Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2024-04-09 | Regular MeetingTuesday, April 9, 2024 5:30 PM City of Hermosa Beach City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 City Council Mayor Justin Massey Mayor Pro Tem Dean Francois Councilmembers Rob Saemann Mike Detoy Ray Jackson Regular Meeting Agenda - Final Closed Session at 5:30 p.m. and Open Session at 6:00 p.m. Executive Team Angela Crespi, Deputy City Manager Viki Copeland, Finance Director Myra Maravilla, City Clerk Paul LeBaron, Chief of Police Joe SanClemente, Public Works Director Carrie Tai, Community Development Director Vanessa Godinez, Human Resources Manager Lisa Nichols, Community Resources Manager City Treasurer Karen Nowicki City Attorney Patrick Donegan Suja Lowenthal, City Manager 1 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final PUBLIC MEETING VIEWING OPTIONS Hermosa Beach City Council meetings are open to the public and are being held in person in the City Hall Council Chambers located at 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254. Public comment is only guaranteed to be taken in person at City Hall during the meeting or prior to the meeting by submitting an eComment for an item on the agenda. As a courtesy only, the public may view and participate on action items listed on the agenda via the following: *ZOOM - https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89968207828? pwd=bXZmWS83dmxHWDZLbWRTK2RVaUxaUT092 *PHONE - Toll Free: (833) 548 0276; Meeting ID: 899 6820 7828, then #; Passcode: 472825 Please be advised that while the City will endeavor to ensure these remote participation methods are available, the City does not guarantee that they will be technically feasible or work all the time. Further, the City reserves the right to terminate these remote participation methods (subject to Brown Act restrictions) at any time and for whatever reason. Please attend in person or by submitting an eComment to ensure your public participation. Similarly, as a courtesy, the City will also plan to broadcast the meeting via the following listed mediums. However, these are done as a courtesy only and are not guaranteed to be technically feasible. Thus, in order to guarantee live time viewing and/or public participation, members of the public shall attend in Council Chambers. *CABLE TV - Spectrum Channel 8 and Frontier Channel 31 in Hermosa Beach *YOUTUBE - https://www.youtube.com/c/CityofHermosaBeach90254 *LIVE STREAM - www.hermosabeach.gov and visit the Agendas/Minutes/Videos page If you experience technical difficulties while viewing a meeting on any of our digital platforms, please try another viewing option. View City Council staff reports and attachments at www.hermosabeach.gov and visit the Agendas/Minutes/Video page. Council Chambers WiFi Network ID: CHB Guest Password: chbguest To comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Assistive Listening Devices (ALD) are available for check out at the meeting. If you require special assistance to participate in this meeting, you must call or submit your request in writing to the Office of the City Clerk at (310) 318 0204 or at cityclerk@hermosabeach.gov at least 48 hours before the meeting. Page 2 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 2 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final Submit Supplemental eComments Submit an eComment via Speak Up Hermosa at hermosabeach.granicusideas.com by 3:00 p.m. on the meeting date. For items on the agenda, supplemental communications may be submitted via eComment or emailed to cityclerk@hermosabeach.gov. Supplemental emails should indicate the agenda item and meeting date in the subject line. Supplemental communications must be received by 3:00 p.m. on the date of the meeting to be posted to the corresponding agenda item before the meeting begins. Supplemental communications submitted after 3:00 p.m. on the date of the meeting but before the meeting ends will be posted to the agenda packet the next business day. Page 3 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 3 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final 5:30 PM - CLOSED SESSION CALL TO ORDER ROLL CALL PUBLIC COMMENT ON THE CLOSED SESSION AGENDA The public is invited to attend and provide public comment. Public comments are limited to 3 minutes per speaker. This Public Comment period is limited to Closed Session agenda items only. 1. IN PERSON - Council Chambers, 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 2. ZOOM - https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89968207828? pwd=bXZmWS83dmxHWDZLbWRTK2RVaUxaUT09 and use 'Raise Hand' feature. 3. PHONE - Toll Free: (833) 548-0276; Meeting ID: 899 6820 7828, then #; Passcode: 472825 Press *9 to 'Raise Hand' and then *6 to unmute yourself line when prompted. 4. EMAIL - Email comments to cityclerk@hermosabeach.gov by 3:00 p.m. on the meeting date. 5. ECOMMENT - Submit an eComment via Speak Up Hermosa at hermosabeach.granicusideas.com by 3:00 p.m. on the meeting date. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION (Meeting will reconvene in the Council Chambers after Closed Session and recess to Open Session) a)24-0190 MINUTES: Approval of minutes of Closed Session held on March 26, 2024. b)24-0189 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL: Initiation of Litigation - Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(4) The City finds, based on advice from legal counsel, that discussion in open session will prejudice the position of the City in the litigation. Number of Potential Cases: 1 Page 4 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 4 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final 6:00 PM - OPEN SESSION 1. CALL TO ORDER 2. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE 3. ROLL CALL 4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT 5. ANNOUNCEMENTS - UPCOMING CITY EVENTS 6. APPROVAL OF AGENDA This is the time for the City Council to discuss any changes to the order of agenda items. 7. PROCLAMATIONS / PRESENTATIONS 8. CITY MANAGER REPORT a)24-0188 PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR UPDATE b)24-0162 POLICE CHIEF UPDATE 9. PUBLIC COMMENT This is the time for members of the public to address the City Council on any items within the Council's jurisdiction and on items where public comment will not be taken (City Manager Report, City Councilmember Comments, and Future Agenda Items). The public is invited to attend and provide public comment. Public comments are limited to two minutes per speaker and shall only be taken from those present in City Council Chambers. No remote public comment will be taken during this time unless required by the Brown Act. A total of thirty minutes will be allocated to this initial public participation item. This time allotment may be modified due to time constraints at the discretion of the Mayor or City Council. Another period is also reserved for general comment later in the meeting for those that could not be heard at this time. No action will be taken on matters raised during public comment, except that the Council may take action to schedule issues raised during public comment for a future agenda. Speakers with comments regarding City management or departmental operations are encouraged to submit those comments directly to the City Manager. Members of the audience will have a future opportunity to speak on items pulled from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion, Public Hearings, and Municipal Matters when those items are heard. Page 5 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 5 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final 10. CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS a)24-0163 UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL AD HOC SUBCOMMITTEES AND STANDING COMMITTEE DELEGATES/ALTERNATES 11. CONSENT CALENDAR The following matters will be acted upon collectively with a single motion and vote to approve with the majority consent of the City Council. Councilmembers may orally register a negative vote on any Consent Calendar item without pulling the item for separate consideration before the vote on the Consent Calendar. There will be no separate discussion of these items unless a Councilmember removes an item from the Consent Calendar, either under Approval of the Agenda or under this item before the vote on the Consent Calendar. Items removed for separate discussion will be considered under Agenda Item XII (12), with public comment permitted at that time. a)24-0191 WAIVE READING IN FULL OF ALL ORDINANCES ON THE AGENDA (City Clerk Myra Maravilla) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council waive reading in full of all ordinances on the agenda and declare that said titles which appear on the public agenda shall be determined to have been read by title and further reading waived. b)REPORT 24-0181 CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES (City Clerk Myra Maravilla) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council approve the minutes for the Tuesday, March 26, 2024 regular meeting. c)REPORT 24-0166 CHECK REGISTERS (Finance Director Viki Copeland) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council ratify the following check register. d)REPORT 24-0169 APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE LIEUTENANT AND AFFIRMATION OF THE BARGAINING GROUP AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP (Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council: 1. Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Lieutenant (Attachment 2); and 2. Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group. Page 6 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 6 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final e)REPORT 24-0167 APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE CAPTAIN AND AFFIRMATION OF THE BARGAINING UNIT AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP (Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council: 1. Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Captain (Attachment 2); and 2. Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group. f)REPORT 24-0164 APPROVAL OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH VAN LINGEN TOWING TO PROVIDE TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES (Police Chief Paul LeBaron) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council: 1. Approve a Professional Services Agreement (Attachment 3) with Van Lingen Towing to provide non-exclusive towing and storage services for a four-year term ending March 31, 2028, with an option to allow the City Manager to extend up to two one-year terms; and 2. Authorize the City Manager to execute and the City Clerk to attest to the proposed agreement, subject to approval by the City Attorney. g)REPORT 24-0171 LOS ANGELES COUNTY FIRE AND AMBULANCE MONTHLY REPORT FOR FEBRUARY 2024 (Emergency Management Coordinator Maurice Wright) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council receive and file the February 2024 Fire and Ambulance monthly report. h)REPORT 24-0173 REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SPONSORSHIP DONATION TO MIRA COSTA HIGH SCHOOL GRAD NITE 2024 (City Manager Suja Lowenthal) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council approve a sponsorship donation of $1,000 to the Mira Costa High School G.R.A.D. Booster Club for 2024. 12. ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR FOR SEPARATE DISCUSSION Items pulled from the Consent Calendar will be handled separately. Public comment will be taken before Council deliberation, and action on each item pulled from the Consent Calendar. Page 7 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 7 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final 13. PUBLIC HEARINGS - TO COMMENCE AT 6:30 P.M. 14. MUNICIPAL MATTERS a)REPORT 24-0168 CONSIDERATION OF APPROVAL OF ADDITIONAL EVENT DAYS TO THE LOS ANGELES RAMS NFL DRAFT EXPERIENCE (Community Resources Manager Lisa Nichols) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council provide direction on the request for additional event days, as outlined in the discussion section of the following staff report, to the Los Angeles Rams National Football League Draft Experience. b)REPORT 24-0152 DISCUSSION OF ADMINISTRATION CITATION FINES FOR CANNABIS DELIVERY AND SHORT-TERM VACATION RENTALS AND A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING THE ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION FINE SCHEDULE TO INCLUDE RECENTLY ADDED VIOLATIONS SUBJECT TO ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION PROVISIONS AND FINDING THE SAME EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (Community Development Director Carrie Tai) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council: 1) Discuss and provide direction on the cannabis delivery administrative citation fines; 2) Discuss and provide direction on the short-term vacation rental administrative citation fines; and 3) Adopt a resolution (Attachment 1) amending the City's administrative fine schedule and finding the action to be exempt pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act. c)REPORT 24-0153 DISCUSSION AND CONSIDERATION OF INTERIM ORDINANCE TO PROHIBIT OFFICES AND OTHER NON-PEDESTRIAN-ORIENTED USES ON THE GROUND-FLOOR IN THE DOWNTOWN COMMERCIAL ZONE (C-2) (Community Development Director Carrie Tai) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council: 1. Conduct a discussion regarding the potential prohibition of offices and other non-pedestrian uses on the ground floor in commercial areas; and 2. Consider an interim ordinance to protect ground-floor pedestrian-oriented uses in the City's Downtown Commercial Zone (C-2). Page 8 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 8 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final d)REPORT 24-0172 PURCHASE OF VEHICLES FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT (Public Works Director Joe SanClemente) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council: 1. Authorize the purchase of two patrol pursuit vehicles in an amount not to exceed $146,266 from National Auto Fleet Group, the State of California's General Services Department Statewide Contract for Fleet Vehicles, or sole source from a dealership as the vehicles become available; 2. Authorize outfitting, at an amount not to exceed $54,000 total for the two vehicles, through National Auto Fleet Group; and 3. Approve an additional appropriation of $200,266 from the Equipment Replacement Fund balance to fund the purchase and outfitting of the two patrol pursuit vehicles. e)REPORT 24-0176 CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION EXPRESSING OPPOSITION TO ASSEMBLY BILL 2560 (ALVAREZ), SENATE BILL 1077 (BLAKESPEAR), SENATE BILL 1092 (BLAKESPEAR), AND SENATE BILL 951 (ALLEN) (Deputy City Manager Angela Crespi) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council consider adopting by title a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach, California expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560, Senate Bill 1077, Senate Bill 1092, and Senate Bill 951 (Attachment 1). f)REPORT 24-0174 ADOPT A RESOLUTION EXPRESSING CONTINUED OPPOSITION TO TAXPAYER PROTECTION AND GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY ACT INITIATIVE NO. 21-0042A1 RESTRICTING VOTER'S INPUT AND LOCAL TAXING AUTHORITY (Deputy City Manager Angela Crespi) Recommendation:Staff recommends City Council adopt by title a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach, California, expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1 (Attachment 1). 15. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS This is the time for Councilmembers to schedule future agenda items and to ask questions about the status of previously approved future agenda items. No discussion, debate, or public comment will be taken. Councilmembers should consider the city's work plan when considering new items. The tentative future agenda items document is provided for information only. a)REPORT 24-0180 TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS Page 9 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 9 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final 16. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION FROM THE PUBLIC This time is set aside for the public to address the Council on any item of interest within the subject matter jurisdiction of the Council that could not be heard under Item 9 during the first public participation item because there were too many prior public speakers and the thirty minute maximum time limit was exhausted. 17. ADJOURNMENT Page 10 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 10 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final FUTURE MEETINGS AND CITY HOLIDAYS CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS: April 18, 2024 - Thursday - 6:00 PM - CIP Study Session April 23, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark) May 14, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting May 28, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting June 5, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Budget Study Session June 11, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - 8:00 PM (Budget Adoption) June 25, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark) July 9, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting July 15, 2024 - Monday - 6:00 PM - Mayor and Mayor Pro Tem Election July 23, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting August 13, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting August 27, 2023 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark) September 10, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting September 24, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting October 8, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting October 22, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting November 12, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Closed Session, 6:00 PM - City Council Meeting November 26, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark) December 5, 2024 - Thursday - 6:00 PM - Certification of Election Results and Installation of Elected Officials December 10, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark) December 24, 2024 - Tuesday - No Meeting (Dark) Page 11 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 11 April 9, 2024City Council Regular Meeting Agenda - Final BOARDS, COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS: April 11, 2024 - Thursday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting April 16, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting April 17, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting May 7, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting May 15, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting May 15, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting May 21, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting June 4, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting June 18, 2024 - Tuesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting June 18, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting July 2, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting July 16, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting July 17, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting July 17, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting August 6, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting August 20, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting August 21, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting September 3, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting September 17, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting September 18, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting September 18, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting October 1, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting October 15, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting October 16, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting November 4, 2024 - Monday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting November 18, 2024 - Monday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting November 20, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting November 20, 2024 - Wednesday - 6:00 PM - Public Works Commission Meeting December 3, 2024 - Tuesday - 7:00 PM - Parks and Recreation Advisory Commission Meeting December 16, 2024 - Monday - 7:00 PM - Planning Commission Meeting December 18, 2024 - Wednesday - 5:00 PM - Civil Service Board Meeting CITY OFFICES CLOSED FRIDAY-SUNDAY AND ON THE FOLLOWING DAYS: May 27, 2024 - Monday - Memorial Day June 19, 2024 - Wednesday - Juneteenth July 4, 2024 - Thursday - Independence Day September 2, 2024 - Monday - Labor Day November 11, 2024 - Monday - Veterans Day November 28, 2024 - Thursday - Thanksgiving Day December 25, 2024 - Wednesday - Christmas Day January 1, 2025 - Wednesday - New Year's Day Page 12 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024 12 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report 24-0190 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Closed Session of April 9, 2024 MINUTES:Approval of minutes of Closed Session held on March 26, 2024. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™13 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report 24-0189 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Closed Session of April 9, 2024 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL: Initiation of Litigation - Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(4) The City finds, based on advice from legal counsel, that discussion in open session will prejudice the position of the City in the litigation. Number of Potential Cases: 1 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™14 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report 24-0188 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR UPDATE City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™15 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report 24-0162 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 POLICE CHIEF UPDATE City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™16 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report 24-0163 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL AD HOC SUBCOMMITTEES AND STANDING COMMITTEE DELEGATES/ALTERNATES City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™17 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report 24-0191 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 WAIVE READING IN FULL OF ALL ORDINANCES ON THE AGENDA (City Clerk Myra Maravilla) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council waive reading in full of all ordinances on the agenda and declare that said titles which appear on the public agenda shall be determined to have been read by title and further reading waived. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™18 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0181 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES (City Clerk Myra Maravilla) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council approve the minutes for the Tuesday,March 26,2024 regular meeting. Attachment: March 26, 2024 Regular Meeting Minutes Respectfully Submitted by: Myra Maravilla, City Clerk Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™19 City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 City of Hermosa Beach Meeting Minutes - Draft City Council Mayor Justin Massey Mayor Pro Tem Dean Francois Councilmembers Rob Saemann Mike Detoy Ray Jackson 5:00 PMTuesday, March 26, 2024 DRAFT 5:00 PM - CLOSED SESSION CALL TO ORDER Mayor Pro Tem Francois called the Closed Session order meeting to order at 5:07 p.m. ROLL CALL City Clerk Myra Maravilla announced a quorum. Mayor Pro Tempore Francois, Councilmember Saemann, Councilmember Detoy, and Councilmember Jackson Present:4 - Mayor MasseyAbsent:1 - PUBLIC COMMENT ON THE CLOSED SESSION AGENDA There was no Public Comment. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 5:15 p.m. 24-0160a)MINUTES: Approval of minutes of Closed Session held on March 12, 2024. Page 1City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 20 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft 24-0157b)CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL: Existing Litigation - Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(1) The City finds, based on advice from legal counsel, that discussion in open session will prejudice the position of the City in the litigation. (2 cases) a)Name of Case: Granite Re, Inc. DBA Granite Surety Insurance Company v. City of Hermosa Beach Case Number: 2:23-cv-1548 Date of Filing: 03/01/2023 b)Name of Case: EBS General Engineering v. City of Hermosa Beach LASC Case Number: 23TRCV02119 Date of Filing: 06/30/2023 6:00 PM - OPEN SESSION 1. CALL TO ORDER Mayor Pro Tem Francois called the Open Session to order at 6:13 p.m. 2. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE The Pledge of Allegiance was led by Trent Larson. 3. ROLL CALL Mayor Pro Tem Francois presided over the meeting. City Clerk Myra Maravilla announced a quorum. Mayor Pro Tempore Francois, Councilmember Saemann, Councilmember Detoy, and Councilmember Jackson Present:4 - Mayor MasseyAbsent:1 - 4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT City Attorney Patrick Donegan provided a Closed Session Report. No reportable action was taken. Page 2City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 21 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft 5. ANNOUNCEMENTS - UPCOMING CITY EVENTS Mayor Pro Tem Francois acknowledged the City's recently awarded 'Clean Bay Certified' restaurants. Sixty-Six restaurants from Hermosa Beach were acknowledged. The Baked Bear; Barans; Barnacles; The Best Donuts; Bolt; Bonaparte Bistro; The Bottle Inn; Brews Hall; Brothers Burritos; Café Bonaparte; Capri Gelato; Chef Melbas Bistro; Chicken Shack; Cultured Slice Sandwich Shop; The Cultured Slice; Decadence; El Pollo Inka; El Tarasco Mexican Food; Encanto; Fritto Misto; Fusion Sushi; Gitana Cafe; Good Stuff; Granny’s Grocery; Guisados; The Gum Tree Café; The Habit Burger Grill; Hermosa Brewing Co.; Hermosa Mexican Cuisine; Hermosa Pie and Cake Co.; Hermosa Saloon; Hi-Fi Espresso; Hook & Plow; Japonica; Java Man; Jersey Mike’s; Juiced; Lucky 7 Coffee; Mama D’s; Mickey’s Pizza & Deli; North End Bar & Grill; Oakberry; Oki Doki Sushi; Pacific Rim Cafe; Palmilla; Paradise Bowls; Pedones; Playa Hermosa; Poke Prince Cafe; Proudly Serving; Rabano; Radici; Red & Louie’s Pizza; RYLA; Scotty’s on the Strand; Slay Hermosa; Sosta; The Source; Spumoni; Starbucks (PCH); Starbucks (Hermosa Ave.); Tacos El Goloso (Pier Ave.); Uncle Stavros; Underground Pub & Grill; Vista; and Vons. 6. APPROVAL OF AGENDA Mayor Pro Tem Francois requested to pull item "f" from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion. A motion was made by Councilmember Detoy, seconded by Councilmember Saemann and to approve the remainder of the agenda. The motion carried by the following vote: Aye:Francois, Saemann, Detoy, and Jackson4 - Absent:Mayor Massey1 - 7. PROCLAMATIONS / PRESENTATIONS 24-0155a)RECOGNIZING TJ BRINJAK AND PETER MICHEL FOR THEIR SERVICE TO THE CITY Mayor Pro Tem Francois recognized TJ Brinjak and Peter Michel for their service to the City. TJ provided comments. Peter was not present for the recognition. 8. CITY MANAGER REPORT City Manager Suja Lowenthal provided a City Manager Report. Page 3City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 22 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft 24-0161a)PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR UPDATE Public Works Director Joe SanClemente provided an update on various Capital Improvement Projects. Councilmember Detoy asked various questions. Public Works Director SanClemente provided information. 24-0111b)POLICE CHIEF UPDATE Police Chief Paul LeBaron provided a Police Chief Update. Mayor Pro Tem Francois provided comments. Councilmember Saemann provided comments. 9. PUBLIC COMMENT REPORT 24-0165 SUPPLEMENTAL ECOMMENTS FOR PUBLIC COMMENT In Person Public Comment: Trent Larson Kent Allen Michele Hampton Xavier Haase Matt McCool Page 4City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 23 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft 10. CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS 24-0139a)UPDATES FROM CITY COUNCIL AD HOC SUBCOMMITTEES AND STANDING COMMITTEE DELEGATES/ALTERNATES Mayor Pro Tem Francois asked various questions. City Manager Lowenthal provided information. Councilmember Detoy was in attendance at the Los Angeles World Airports (LAWA) meeting and announced an update from NASA regarding super sonic jets and other related information. Mayor Pro Tem Francois was in attendance at the Los Angeles Sanitation District meeting and provided an update on fee increases. Councilmember Jackson expressed appreciation for the sponsors and volunteers that run the Hermosa Beach Education Foundation. He provided a brief summary of the Prom Night event in the city. 11. CONSENT CALENDAR Approval of the Consent Calendar A motion was made by Councilmember Detoy, seconded by Councilmember Saemann to remove item "f" from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion and approve the remainder of the Consent Calendar. The motion carried by the following vote: Aye:Francois, Saemann, Detoy, and Jackson4 - Absent:Mayor Massey1 - a)REPORT 24-0156 CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES (City Clerk Myra Maravilla) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. b)REPORT 24-0148 CHECK REGISTERS (Finance Director Viki Copeland) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. Page 5City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 24 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft c)REPORT 24-0154 REVENUE REPORT, EXPENDITURE REPORT, AND CIP REPORT BY PROJECT FOR JANUARY AND FEBRUARY 2024 (Finance Director Viki Copeland) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. d)REPORT 24-0142 CITY TREASURER’S REPORT AND CASH BALANCE REPORT (City Treasurer Karen Nowicki) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. e)REPORT 24-0143 ACTION MINUTES OF THE PUBLIC WORKS COMMISSION MEETING OF JANUARY 17, 2024 (Public Works Director Joe SanClemente) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. g)REPORT 24-0123 APPROVAL OF A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE PREPARATION OF A REPORT FOR THE ANNUAL LEVY OF ASSESSMENTS WITHIN THE HERMOSA BEACH LANDSCAPING AND STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT DURING FY 2024-2025 (Public Works Director Joe SanClemente) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar and adopt Resolution No. RES-24-7422. h)REPORT 24-0149 ACTION MINUTES OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION REGULAR MEETING OF MARCH 19, 2024 (Community Development Director Carrie Tai) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. i)REPORT 24-0151 PLANNING COMMISSION TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA (Community Development Director Carrie Tai) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. j)REPORT 24-0138 BROWN ACT DEMAND FILED BY TONY HIGGINS (City Attorney Patrick Donegan) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. k)REPORT 24-0150 ACTION MINUTES OF THE CIVIL SERVICE BOARD MEETING OF NOVEMBER 15, 2023 (Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. Page 6City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 25 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft l)REPORT 24-0146 RECOMMENDATION TO REJECT CLAIMS (Risk Management Analyst Vanessa Lassooy) A motion was made to approve the recommendation on the Consent Calendar. 12. ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR FOR SEPARATE DISCUSSION f)REPORT 24-0144 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM STATUS REPORT AS OF MARCH 18, 2024 (Public Works Director Joe SanClemente) Mayor Pro Tem Francois asked questions about the Capital Improvement Program. Public Works Director SanClemente provided updates on CIP numbers 111, 692, 193, and 108. Councilmember Jackson asked various questions. In Person Public Comment: John Burry Trent Larson Virtual Public Comment: Laura Pena Councilmember Jackson asked various questions. Public Works Director SanClemente provided information. Councilmember Detoy provided comments. Mayor Pro Tem Francois provided comments. A motion was made by Councilmember Detoy, seconded by Councilmember Jackson to receive and file the Capital Improvement Program Status Report as of March 18, 2024. The motion carried by the following vote: Aye:Francois, Saemann, Detoy, and Jackson4 - Absent:Mayor Massey1 - 13. PUBLIC HEARINGS - TO COMMENCE AT 6:30 P.M. There were no Public Hearings. Page 7City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 26 March 26, 2024City Council Meeting Minutes - Draft 14. MUNICIPAL MATTERS There were no Municipal Matters. 15. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS a)24-0159 TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS Councilmember Detoy requested support to oppose AB2560 Density Bonus Law affecting housing in the Coastal area, density bonuses, and other bills stripping away local control. Councilmember Jackson and Mayor Pro Tem Francois supported this item. Councilmember Detoy requested support to oppose the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act measure on the November ballot. Councilmember Jackson and Mayor Pro Tem Francois supported the item. City Attorney Donegan provided comments. Councilmember Detoy modified his original request to include other similar bills. Councilmember Jackson and Mayor Pro Tem Francois gave support. Councilmember Jackson requested support for an action item on April 9th to amend the RAM’s event application. Councilmember Detoy and Mayor Pro Tem Francois supported the item. City Manager Lowenthal provided comments. 16. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION FROM THE PUBLIC No Public Comment was provided. 17. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Pro Tem Francois adjourned the meeting at 7:46 p.m. Page 8City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/3/2024 27 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0166 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 CHECK REGISTERS (Finance Director Viki Copeland) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council ratify the following check register. Attachment: Check Register 3/21/2024 Respectfully Submitted by: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™28 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 1 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount 105218 3/21/2024 AQUA FLO SI2274850 MAT REQ 806097 IRRIGATION SUPPLIES09366 001-6101-4309 962.26 Total : 962.2609366 105219 3/21/2024 AT&T 000021414348 PD COMPUTER CIRCUITS/FEB2400321 001-2101-4304 130.09 Total : 130.0900321 105220 3/21/2024 AT&T MOBILITY 287297411168X0310202 PD&CSO CELL PHONES/LPR CAMERAS/FEB2413361 001-2101-4304 1,028.80 001-3302-4304 88.68 001-2101-4201 117.60 001-2101-4304 156.67 Total : 1,391.7513361 105221 3/21/2024 AT&T MOBILITY 287016141723X0314202 COMM DEV&PW CELL PHONES&TABLETS/FEB2413361 001-4202-4304 451.07 001-4201-4304 324.64 Total : 775.7113361 105222 3/21/2024 BEAN, SHIHO Parcel 4188 012 082 STREET LIGHT TAX REBATE/FY2417196 105-3105 24.61 Total : 24.6117196 105223 3/21/2024 BENSON, MARY ANN Parcel 4182 019 005 STREET LIGHT TAX REBATE/FY2420396 105-3105 24.61 Total : 24.6120396 105224 3/21/2024 CMRTA 2742 ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL11980 001-1204-4315 150.00 Total : 150.0011980 105225 3/21/2024 CRAFCO, INC.9403135749 EMERGENCY REPAIR FOR ASPHALT HOT BOX21601 715-3109-4201 1,563.59 Total : 1,563.5921601 105226 3/21/2024 FRONTIER 310-318-0113-1203155 EOC ANALOG LINES/MAR2419884 715-1206-4304 1,470.58 29 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 2 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount (Continued)Total : 1,470.58 105226 3/21/2024 FRONTIER19884 105227 3/21/2024 FRONTIER 209-190-0013-1206175 PD COMPUTER CIRCUITS/MAR2419884 001-2101-4304 870.25 Total : 870.2519884 105228 3/21/2024 GHD, INC.380-0047165 PIER REPAIR PROJECT PERMITS/FEB2420756 122-8629-4201 4,681.14 Total : 4,681.1420756 105229 3/21/2024 GRAINGER 9051717750 MAT REQ 668447/MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES10836 001-4204-4309 237.78 MAT REQ 668448/MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES9053127578 001-4204-4309 17.63 Total : 255.4110836 105230 3/21/2024 HARDY & HARPER, INC.50040 ANNUAL STREET IMPROVEMENTS/DEC2313373 115-8191-4201 120,087.67 147-8191-4201 200,146.11 148-8191-4201 480,350.68 Total : 800,584.4613373 105231 3/21/2024 HINDERLITER DE LLAMAS AND ASSC SIN036383 AUDIT SERVICES - SALES TAX/JAN-MAR2407547 001-1202-4201 1,544.20 Total : 1,544.2007547 105232 3/21/2024 HONDA MD INC, STEPHAN T 00166790 INMATE MEDICAL SVS/OK TO BOOK 2.26.2415141 001-2101-4201 185.00 Total : 185.0015141 105233 3/21/2024 INVERIS TRAINING SOLUTIONS INC INV-0102755 GUN RANGE CLEANING MATERIALS23143 001-2101-4201 101.14 GUN RANGE CLEANING & MATERIALSINV-010754 001-2101-4201 3,495.00 001-2101-4201 82.32 Total : 3,678.4623143 105234 3/21/2024 JILK HEAVY CONSTRUCTION, INC.24A-0211 MUNI PIER REPAIRS THRU 2.26.2422913 122-8660-4201 8,861.60 301-8629-4201 60,841.47 30 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 3 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount (Continued)Total : 69,703.07 105234 3/21/2024 JILK HEAVY CONSTRUCTION, INC.22913 105235 3/21/2024 JOHNSON CONTROLS FIRE PROTECTI 24010037 ANNUAL FIRE ALARM MONITORING FEE13061 001-4204-4201 853.51 Total : 853.5113061 105236 3/21/2024 KEYSTONE UNIFORM DEPOT 070008 RECRUIT UNIFORMS/PEREZ20359 001-2101-4314 2,421.06 001-2101-4314 245.91 RECRUIT UNIFORMS/CLAUDIO070009 001-2101-4314 2,152.06 001-2101-4314 219.56 Total : 5,038.5920359 105237 3/21/2024 KOA CORPORATION 000022754-2 CIP689 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SVS/FEB2422869 301-8689-4201 5,148.00 Total : 5,148.0022869 105238 3/21/2024 LEAP SPORTS ACADEMY, LLC PO41189 INSTRUCTOR PAYMENT CLASS 1109122911 001-4601-4221 429.55 Total : 429.5522911 105239 3/21/2024 LINKEDIN CORPORATION 10112277494 ANNUAL ACCOUNT RENEWAL21432 001-1203-4201 1,910.00 Total : 1,910.0021432 105240 3/21/2024 MAIN STREET TOURS 1138 EXCURSION BUS TRANSPORTATION 2.25.2410045 145-3409-4201 1,150.00 Total : 1,150.0010045 105241 3/21/2024 NAJEEB KHOURY APC 3.19.24 ADMIN CITATION SVS/14353941 & 1435399423177 001-1201-4201 1,600.00 Total : 1,600.0023177 105242 3/21/2024 ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC 355521034001 MAT REQ 668446/OFFICE SUPPLIES13114 001-4202-4305 63.07 MAT REQ 668442/OFFICE SUPPLIES357821936001 001-4202-4305 43.57 MAT REQ 668442/OFFICE SUPPLIES357822426001 001-4202-4305 14.78 31 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 4 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount 105242 3/21/2024 (Continued)ODP BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, LLC13114 MAT REQ 909513/OFFICE SUPPLIES357920256001 001-2101-4305 18.19 MAT REQ 909513/OFFICE SUPPLIES357920958001 001-2101-4305 21.89 MAT REQ 909513/OFFICE SUPPLIES357920958002 001-2101-4305 21.89 MAT REQ 668445/OFFICE SUPPLIES358395174001 001-4202-4305 78.14 MAT REQ 806620/OFFICE SUPPLIES358736450001 001-4601-4308 55.14 MAT REQ 909530 MISSING ITEMCM354788558001 001-2101-4305 -10.28 Total : 306.3913114 105243 3/21/2024 OPSAHL, JOHN Parcel 4181 026 019 STREET LIGHT & SEWER TAX REBATE/FY2410922 001-6871 139.58 105-3105 24.61 Total : 164.1910922 105244 3/21/2024 PARKS COFFEE CALIFORNIA, INC.80034955 PD COFFEE SUPPLIES&SVS/MAR2422071 001-2101-4305 147.47 001-2101-4306 147.46 Total : 294.9322071 105245 3/21/2024 PARS 55066 ALT RETIREMENT PLAN ADMIN FEES/JAN2414693 001-1101-4185 9.42 001-1141-4185 1.57 001-1204-4185 10.99 001-3302-4185 20.41 001-4101-4185 3.14 001-4202-4185 18.84 001-4601-4185 62.81 001-1121-4185 17.29 001-2101-4185 12.56 Total : 157.0314693 105246 3/21/2024 PARTEK SOLUTIONS INC 27878 PARKING CITATIONS14694 001-3302-4201 2,640.00 32 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 5 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount (Continued)Total : 2,640.00 105246 3/21/2024 PARTEK SOLUTIONS INC14694 105247 3/21/2024 PSYCHOLOGICAL CONSULTING ASSOC 527052 CCW EVALUATION 3.6.2419904 001-2101-4201 312.00 Total : 312.0019904 105248 3/21/2024 REDONDO BEACH, CITY OF 579667 CITY PROSECUTOR SERVICES/FEB2403282 001-1132-4201 16,667.00 Total : 16,667.0003282 105249 3/21/2024 REVENUE & COST SPECIALISTS 9208 COST ALLOCATION&USER FEE STUDY PYMT 1OF416517 001-1201-4201 7,250.00 Total : 7,250.0016517 105250 3/21/2024 RIO HONDO COMMUNITY COLLEGE S24-87-ZHRB PD RECRUIT TUITION/PEREZ&CLAUDIO01070 001-2101-4317 2,610.00 Total : 2,610.0001070 105251 3/21/2024 RJ PRINTING & PROMOTIONAL 1208 ENVELOPES-PLAIN & WINDOW21153 001-1208-4305 1,229.50 001-1208-4305 108.63 Total : 1,338.1321153 105252 3/21/2024 RK SPORTS LLC PO41222 INSTRUCTOR PYMTS CLASSES THRU 3.21.2420932 001-4601-4221 2,188.45 Total : 2,188.4520932 105253 3/21/2024 RUSSO, SARA TR1070-CLOSEOUT TRAVEL REIMB/CJPIA MGMT ACADEMY23242 001-1201-4317 302.84 Total : 302.8423242 105254 3/21/2024 SAFEWAY INC VONS Acct#150882 REFRESHMENTS&CLEANING SUPPLIES/FEB2416425 001-4601-4308 99.73 Total : 99.7316425 105255 3/21/2024 SBCU VISA 0358400-9852277 CC COLORED PAPER FOR MAILERS03353 001-4101-4305 117.30 001-4101-4305 11.15 PD WATER DELIVERY/FEB2404B0034513168 CC 001-2101-4305 687.62 33 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 6 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount 105255 3/21/2024 (Continued)SBCU VISA03353 MATERIALS FOR COMMUNITY EVENTS0778930-1305865 CC 001-3302-4201 136.00 001-3302-4201 12.92 EDUCATION WEEK VIRTUAL TRAINING SESSIONS16811 CC 001-4201-4317 725.00 EDUCATION WEEK VIRTUAL TRAINING SESSIONS16841 CC 001-4201-4317 435.00 COFFEE MUGS FOR CITY EVENT26685597 CC 001-3302-4201 383.69 LUNCH MEETING-IA PROCESS3.14.24 CC 001-2101-4305 66.18 ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP DUES/S CALDERON300019797 CC 001-4201-4315 100.00 CODE ENFORCEMENT UNIFORM EMBROIDERY68547 CC 001-4101-4314 225.00 001-4101-4314 22.50 E-CITE MACHINE7132123-1019429 CC 153-2106-5405 47.30 153-2106-5405 497.91 OFFICE SUPPLIES8302792-7609827 CC 001-2101-4305 70.96 001-2101-4305 6.75 TABLE CLOTHS8315203-9352213 CC 001-3302-4201 37.88 001-3302-4201 3.60 LABELS FOR MAILERS (12,000/BX)8729627-2056243 CC 001-4101-4305 64.99 001-4101-4305 6.17 EVENT SUPPLIES8887454-7888204 CC 001-2101-4305 372.70 001-2101-4305 35.40 GUN RANGE MATERIALS9726340-2853857 CC 001-2101-4317 132.74 001-2101-4317 12.61 FASTRAK ACCOUNT REPLENISHMENT/FEB24FEB2024 CC 001-2101-4201 360.00 ACCIDENTAL PERSONAL CHARGEFEB2024 CC 001-4201-4305 10.98 34 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 7 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount 105255 3/21/2024 (Continued)SBCU VISA03353 ACCIDENTAL PERSONAL CHARGEFEB2024 CC 001-4201-4305 17.99 SUPERCHARGER FEES/FEB24FEB24 CC 715-2101-4311 48.23 ADDITIONAL STORAGE/LEBARON/FEB24MXG2KZYWKQ CC 001-2101-4305 2.99 RETURNED ECITE MACHINEPO40554 CC 153-2106-5405 -480.61 PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING DINNERPO41086 CC 001-4101-4305 134.19 CIVILIAN LEADERSHIP COURSE/10 EMPLOYEER#1018-0949 CC 001-2101-4317 3,500.00 LUNCH MEETING-FTO PROGRAMR#614429 CC 001-2101-4305 64.39 SAFETY VESTSSVAM14212254 CC 001-2101-4314 688.50 001-2101-4314 65.41 NOWICKI-PUBLIC INVESTING CONF FEB28-29TR1037 CC 001-1141-4317 153.37 LEBARON- PUB SECTOR EMP LAW CONF FEB8-9TR1051 CC 001-2101-4317 630.46 GAGLIA - PUB SECTOR EMP LAW CONF FEB8-9TR1052 CC 001-2101-4317 630.46 Total : 10,037.7303353 105256 3/21/2024 SCOOTER'S JUNGLE, SOUTH BAY PO41197 SUMMER CAMP EXCURSION 7.24.24-DEPOSIT15589 001-1550 400.00 Total : 400.0015589 105257 3/21/2024 SHATTUCK, NICK TR1021 CPRS CONF 2024 TRAVEL CLOSEOUT19508 001-4601-4317 159.20 Total : 159.2019508 105258 3/21/2024 SITEONE LANDSCAPE SUPPLY, LLC 138963317-001 MAT REQ 763454/LANDSCAPING SUPPLIES19829 001-6101-4309 993.12 Total : 993.1219829 105259 3/21/2024 SPECTRUM BUSINESS 8448 30 030 0352413 1301 HERMOSA/540 PIER CONNECTION/MAR2420236 35 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 8 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount 105259 3/21/2024 (Continued)SPECTRUM BUSINESS20236 001-2101-4304 290.59 Total : 290.5920236 105260 3/21/2024 SPECTRUM BUSINESS 8448 30 030 0049969 PD CABLE/MAR2420236 001-2101-4201 95.27 Total : 95.2720236 105261 3/21/2024 T-MOBILE 9562637642 GPS LOCATION SERVICES19082 001-2101-4304 100.00 Total : 100.0019082 105262 3/21/2024 TYLER TECHNOLOGIES, INC 045-458719 TIME&ATTENDANCE IMPLEMENTATION 2.13.2405626 715-1206-4201 1,400.00 Total : 1,400.0005626 105263 3/21/2024 US BANK 2533504 INTEREST PAYMENT ON OIL SETTLEMENT BONDS19648 201-1220-6701 137,436.95 Total : 137,436.9519648 105264 3/21/2024 WITTMAN ENTERPRISES LLC 2312062 AMBULANCE TRANSPORT BILLING/DEC2313359 001-1202-4201 2,791.75 Total : 2,791.7513359 105265 3/21/2024 YOUNG, LISA 202337B CONCERT SERIES BRANDING - BALANCE22991 001-4601-4302 1,000.00 Total : 1,000.0022991 4973702 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700057262780 ELECTRICITY/FEB2400159 105-2601-4303 101.53 Total : 101.5300159 4974518 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700234897163 ELECTRICITY/FEB2400159 001-3304-4303 2,577.03 Total : 2,577.0300159 4974839 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700304673105 ELECTRICITY/FEB2400159 160-3102-4201 115.61 ELECTRICITY/FEB24700371314327 105-2601-4303 201.57 36 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 9 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount (Continued)Total : 317.18 4974839 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO00159 4974869 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700313445137A ELECTRICITY/FEB24A00159 105-2601-4303 8,534.17 ELECTRICITY/FEB24B700313445137B 105-2601-4303 5,101.83 Total : 13,636.0000159 4974982 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700338055956 ELECTRICITY/FEB2400159 001-4204-4303 2,572.03 Total : 2,572.0300159 4975181 3/15/2024 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON CO 700382668983 ELECTRICITY/FEB2400159 001-3104-4303 1,065.66 001-4204-4303 1,568.47 105-2601-4303 2,912.86 Total : 5,546.9900159 12021925 3/18/2024 EXXON MOBIL BUSINESS FLEET 95719347 VEHICLE FUEL 2.9.24-3.7.2410668 715-4204-4310 496.62 715-4206-4310 153.37 715-6101-4310 91.58 715-3104-4310 700.57 715-3302-4310 1,422.71 715-4202-4310 75.16 715-2101-4310 4,459.66 Total : 7,399.6710668 14920932 3/13/2024 ADMINSURE AS AGENT FOR THE Wire date 3.13.24B WORKERS COMP CLAIMS 3.4-3.8.2414691 705-1217-4324 6,669.31 Total : 6,669.3114691 15020027 3/13/2024 ADMINSURE AS AGENT FOR THE Wire date 3.13.24A LIABILITY CLAIMS REIMB/FEB2414691 705-1209-4324 63,064.88 Total : 63,064.8814691 44440932 3/4/2024 ADMINSURE AS AGENT FOR THE Wire date 3.4.24A WORKERS COMP CLAIMS 2.26-3.1.2414691 705-1217-4324 17,508.97 Total : 17,508.9714691 37 03/21/2024 Check Register CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH 10 7:27:13AM Page: Bank code :boa Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Description/Account Amount 673002558 3/4/2024 ATHENS ADMINISTRATORS Wire date 3.4.24A WORKERS COMP ACCT REPLENISHMENT/FEB2423101 705-1217-4324 14,295.77 Total : 14,295.7723101 Bank total : 1,226,849.50 59 Vouchers for bank code :boa 1,226,849.50Total vouchers :Vouchers in this report 59 "I hereby certify that the demands or claims covered by the checks listed on pages 1 to 10 inclusive, of the check register for 3/21/2024 are accurate funds are available for payment, and are in conformance to the budget." By Finance Director Date 3/21/24 38 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0169 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE LIEUTENANT AND AFFIRMATION OF THE BARGAINING GROUP AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP (Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council: 1.Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Lieutenant (Attachment 2); and 2.Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group. Executive Summary: The current class specification for the position of Police Lieutenant no longer encapsulates all the essential duties and qualifications required for this role.The class specification was revised to align the duties and qualifications and incorporate the physical demands and working environment with the current needs of the Police Department (department). Background: The FY 2023-24 budget includes one Police Lieutenant position for the Police Department.This position is currently vacant,and the department is preparing a promotional recruitment process to fill the vacancy.In preparation for the recruitment process,the department reviewed the Police Lieutenant class specification to align the duties and responsibilities with the current needs of the Police Department.The Police Chief and Police Captain reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification for Police Lieutenant. The Police Management Group also reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification for Police Lieutenant.As a courtesy,the revisions were presented to and subsequently approved by the Police Officers’Association.At its March 20,2024 meeting,the Hermosa Beach Civil Service Board approved the proposed revised class specification (Attachment 1). City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 3 powered by Legistar™39 Staff Report REPORT 24-0169 Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board approved revised class specification for Police Lieutenant Discussion: Proposed revisions to the Police Lieutenant class specification primarily relate to the qualification guidelines,physical demands,and working environment,with minor revisions to the definition and duties.The proposed revisions include overseeing internal affairs,the Community Services Division, and modifications to the education and experience requirements to better align with other Police Management classifications. To finalize these recommended changes,staff requests City Council approval of the revised class specification and affirmation that the bargaining unit for this position remains the Police Management Group.A final draft of the proposed Police Lieutenant class specification is included as Attachment 2. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below. Governance Element Goal 1. A high degree of transparency and integrity in the decision-making process. Policy: ·1.2:Strategic planning.Regularly discuss and set priorities at the City Council and management level to prioritize work programs and staffing needs. Fiscal Impact: There is no direct fiscal impact related to approval of the revised Police Lieutenant class specification. Attachments: 1.Police Lieutenant-Redlined Class Specification 2.Police Lieutenant-Final Draft Class Specification 3.Link to the March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board Meeting Agenda Respectfully Submitted by: Vanessa Godinez, Human Resources Manager Concur: Paul LeBaron, Chief of Police Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 3 powered by Legistar™40 Staff Report REPORT 24-0169 Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 3 powered by Legistar™41 CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH Class Specification POLICE LIEUTENANT DEFINITION Under general direction, perform a variety of routine and complex public safety work activities; supervise police patrol, investigations, internal affairs, traffic regulation, and related law enforcement activities; serve as division commander or Chief of Staff to the Police Chief; and do related work as required. EXAMPLES OF DUTIES Supervise and inspect the work of pPolice sSergeants, Community Services Division Supervisors, pPolice oOfficers, Community Services Officers and support staff in their assigned duties; assign and direct the work of officers engaged in patrol activities, traffic, or investigation activities, or may direct other employees in records, property and evidence, task and custodial functions; receive complaints or reports of emergencies and determine the need for police action; assist officers in handling difficult situations; review an coordinate the work of employees engaged in communications, record keeping, and the care and custody of prisoners; assist in planning and coordinating departmental programs and procedures; prepare reports to superior offices on incidents and special situations requiring administrative review; provide guidance and training to subordinate officers and evaluate their performance; supervise officers in conducting preliminary and/or investigations of crimes and civil disturbances; relieve superior officers in their absence as assigned; work shifts, weekends, and/or holidays as required. QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Requires thorough knowledge of modern law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; and considerable knowledge of applicable laws, ordinances, and department rules and regulations; extensive knowledge of the City’s geography; skill in operating department tools and equipment including police car, police radio, radar gun, handgun and other weapons as required; baton, handcuff, breath analyzer, pager, first aid equipment, personal computer, including word processing software; ability to plan, coordinate, supervise and evaluate the work of subordinates; perform work requiring good physical condition; communicate effectively orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with subordinates, peers, supervisors, civic groups and other departments, agencies, and the public; exercise sound judgement in evaluating situations and in making decisions. Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying. 1) Associates A degree or 60 units infrom an accredited college or university in police, public or business administration, political science or closely related field and possession of a P.O.S.T. Advanced certificate and completion of P.O.S.T. supervisory course.; 2) Four years of professional police experience with a public agency including onetwo years experience as a Police Sergeant. Completion of advanced leadership training, such as P.O.S.T. Supervisory Leadership Institute (SLI), LAPD Leadership Program, or equivalent is preferred. 42 POLICE LIEUTENANTPOLICE LIEUTENANT.doc 2 Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment. Possession of a P.O.S.T. Supervisory Certificate or be eligible to obtain a P.O.S.T Supervisory Certificate within one year of promotion to Lieutenant. PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodations may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions. Environment: Work is performed in a standard office setting, reactive emergency, natural or man-made disaster, and routine peace keeping environments with travel to various locations to attend meetings or respond to major crime scenes, disasters or critical incidents; the employee is occasionally exposed to outside weather conditions; occasionally exposed to fumes or airborne particles, toxic or caustic chemicals, extreme cold, extreme heat, risk of electrical shock, risk of radiation, and vibration; the noise level in the work environment is usually moderate; however, the noise level is occasionally very loud due to sirens, firearm training, etc.; incumbents may be required to work extended hours including evenings and weekends and may be required to travel outside City boundaries to attend meetings. Physical: Primary functions require sufficient physical ability and mobility to work in an office setting; walk, stand, or sit for prolonged periods of time; occasionally stoop, bend, kneel, crouch, reach, and twist; to lift, carry, push, and/or pull light to moderate amounts of weight; to operate office equipment requiring repetitive hand movement and fine coordination including use of a computer keyboard; to travel to other locations using various modes of private and commercial transportation; to operate and use specialized law enforcement tools and equipment including guns and handcuffs; and to verbally communicate to exchange information.. Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction. Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction. Approved by the Civil Service Board: Approved by the City Council: 43 CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH Class Specification POLICE LIEUTENANT DEFINITION Under general direction, perform a variety of routine and complex public safety work activities; supervise police patrol, investigations, internal affairs, traffic regulation, and related law enforcement activities; serve as division commander or Chief of Staff to the Police Chief; and do related work as required. EXAMPLES OF DUTIES Supervise and inspect the work of Police Sergeants, Community Services Division Supervisors, Police Officers, Community Services Officers and support staff in their assigned duties; assign and direct the work of officers engaged in patrol activities, traffic, or investigation activities, or may direct other employees in records, property and evidence, task and custodial functions; receive complaints or reports of emergencies and determine the need for police action; assist officers in handling difficult situations; review an coordinate the work of employees engaged in communications, record keeping, and the care and custody of prisoners; assist in planning and coordinating departmental programs and procedures; prepare reports to superior offices on incidents and special situations requiring administrative review; provide guidance and training to subordinate officers and evaluate their performance; supervise officers in conducting preliminary and/or investigations of crimes and civil disturbances; relieve superior officers in their absence as assigned; work shifts, weekends, and/or holidays as required. QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Requires thorough knowledge of modern law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; and considerable knowledge of applicable laws, ordinances, and department rules and regulations; extensive knowledge of the City’s geography; skill in operating department tools and equipment; ability to plan, coordinate, supervise and evaluate the work of subordinates; perform work requiring good physical condition; communicate effectively orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with subordinates, peers, supervisors, civic groups and other departments, agencies, and the public; exercise sound judgement in evaluating situations and in making decisions. Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying. Associates degree or 60 units from an accredited college or university; four years of professional police experience with a public agency including two years of experience as a Police Sergeant. Completion of advanced leadership training, such as P.O.S.T. Supervisory Leadership Institute (SLI), LAPD Leadership Prog ram, or equivalent is preferred. 44 Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License wi th a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment. Possession of a P.O.S.T. Supervisory Certificate or be eligible to obtain a P.O.S.T Supervisory Certificate within one year of promotion to Lieutenant. PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodation may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions. Environment: Work is performed in a standard office setting, reactive emergency, natural or man-made disaster, and routine peace keeping environments with travel to various locations to attend meetings or respond to major crime scenes, disasters or critical incidents; the employee is occasionally exposed to outside weather conditions; occasionally exposed to fumes or airborne particles, toxic or caustic chemicals, extreme cold, extreme heat, risk of electrical shock, risk of radiation, and vibration; the noise level in the work environment is usually moderate; however, the noise level is occasionally very loud due to sirens, firearm training, etc.; incumbents may be required to work extended hours including evenings and weekends and may be required to travel outside City boundaries to attend meetings. Physical: Primary functions require sufficient physical ability and mobility to work in an office setting; walk, stand, or sit for prolonged periods of time; occasionally stoop, bend, kneel, crouch, reach, and twist; to lift, carry, push, and/or pull light to moderate amounts of weight; to operate office equipment requiring repetitive hand movement and fine coordination including use of a computer keyboard; to travel to other locations using various modes of private and commercial transportation; to operate and use specialized law enforcement tools and equipment including guns and handcuffs; and to verbally communicate to exchange information.. Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction. Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction. Approved by the Civil Service Board: March 20, 2024 Approved by the City Council: 45 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0167 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 APPROVAL OF A REQUEST TO REVISE THE CLASS SPECIFICATION FOR POLICE CAPTAIN AND AFFIRMATION OF THE BARGAINING UNIT AS POLICE MANAGEMENT GROUP (Human Resources Manager Vanessa Godinez) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council: 1.Approve the revised class specification for the position of Police Captain (Attachment 2); and 2.Affirm the bargaining unit for the classification as Police Management Group. Executive Summary: The current class specification for the position of Police Captain no longer encapsulates all the qualifications required for this role.The class specification was revised to align the qualifications with the current needs of the Police Department (department). Background: The Police Department is reviewing the class specifications for classifications in the Police Management Group.With the proposed revisions to the Police Lieutenant class specification,the department revised the Police Captain class specification to align the qualifications,education,and experience requirements with the current needs of the Police Department.The Police Chief and Police Captain reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification. The Police Management Group also reviewed and approved the proposed revised class specification for Police Captain.As a courtesy,the revisions presented to and subsequently approved by the Police Officers’Association.At its March 20,2024 meeting,the Hermosa Beach Civil Service Board approved the proposed revised class specification (Attachment 1). Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board approved revised class specification for Police Captain. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 2 powered by Legistar™46 Staff Report REPORT 24-0167 Meeting Date Description March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board approved revised class specification for Police Captain. Discussion: Proposed revisions to the Police Captain class specification primarily relate to the education, experience,and licenses/certificate requirements,with minor revisions to the knowledge,skills,and abilities.The proposed revisions include modifications to the education and experience requirements to better align with other Police Management classifications. To finalize these recommended changes,staff requests City Council approval of the revised class specification and affirmation that the bargaining unit for this position remains the Police Management Group. A final draft of the proposed Police Captain class specification is included as Attachment 2. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below. Governance Element Goal 1. A high degree of transparency and integrity in the decision-making process. Policy: ·1.2:Strategic planning.Regularly discuss and set priorities at the City Council and management level to prioritize work programs and staffing needs. Fiscal Impact: There is no direct fiscal impact related to approval of the revised Police Captain class specification. Attachments: 1.Police Captain-Redlined Class Specification 2.Police Captain-Final Draft Class Specification 3.Link to the March 20, 2024 Civil Service Board Meeting Agenda Respectfully Submitted by: Vanessa Godinez, Human Resources Manager Concur: Paul LeBaron, Chief of Police Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 2 powered by Legistar™47 CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH Class Specification POLICE CAPTAIN DEFINITION Under general direction, responsible for the day-to-day management of the Police Department; to participate as a member of the police management team in the consideration of departmental problems and issues; to coordinate assigned activities with other divisions, departments, and outside agencies; and to provide highly responsible and complex administrative support to the Police Chief. EXAMPLES OF DUTIES Assumes management responsibility for the services and activities of the Police Department including Patrol, Support Services, Staff Services, and Administration; coordinates the activities of sworn and non-sworn personnel in preserving order, protecting life and property, investigating crimes, and in enforcing laws and municipal ordinances as the operating manager of an assigned division; duties include: oversee the community crime prevention/education program, manage and direct jail operations, and manage and direct the operation of data processing and communications; studies crime reports and current literature in law enforcement to determine trends and make recommendations for changes in organization and operating policies and procedures; Plans, directs, coordinates, and reviews the work plan for assigned staff; determines need for police action and assigns work activities, projects, and programs; reviews and evaluates work products, methods, and procedures; meets with staff to identify and resolve problems; participates in the selection, training, motivation, and evaluation of assigned personnel; oversees and coordinates police training programs; provides or coordinates staff training; works with employees to correct deficiencies and implements discipline and termination procedures; acts as staff liaison to city commissions and boards; participates as a member of police management team in the formation of departmental policy, procedures, rules and regulations; provides information to the public on police activities and handles citizen complaints; makes recommendation for purchase and/or procurement of department equipment and supplies; conducts administrative investigations as directed by the Police Chief to include recommendation of discipline; performs a variety of administrative duties including budget preparation, staff reports, grant management and staff reviews; manages and directs the control and custody of evidence and property; directs preparation of criminal cases for presentation to the district attorney for appropriate disposition; manages and directs patrol shifts; manages and directs the activities of special units such as traffic enforcement and beach patrol; maintains liaison with community groups, labor union representatives and law enforcement agencies; and provides general administrative assistance to the Chief of Police. QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Knowledge of: operations, services and activities of a comprehensive municipal law enforcement program; advanced principles of supervision, management, leadership, training, and performance evaluation; modern law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; pertinent federal, state, and local laws, codes, and regulations including laws governing the apprehension, arrest, and custody of persons accused of felonies, misdemeanors, and petty offenses; knowledge of the City’s 48 2 geography; advanced methods, procedures, and techniques used in providing the full range of law enforcement and crime prevention services and activities including investigation and identification, patrol, traffic control, juvenile programs, record keeping, records management, automated records systems, search and seizure, care and custody of persons and property, and crime prevention; care, maintenance, and operation of firearms and other modern police equipment; advanced principles and practices of data collection and analysis; advanced methods and techniques of report preparation and writing; advanced principles and practices used in the identification, preservation, and presentation of evidence; techniques and applications of self-defense and proper use of force; methods and techniques used in interviewing witnesses, victims, or suspects; investigative techniques, procedures, and sources of information; principles and applications of public relations; standard broadcasting procedures of a police radio system; office procedures, methods, and equipment including computers, cellular phones and applicable software applications such as word processing, spreadsheets, and databases; occupational hazards and standard safety practices. Ability to: oversee and participate in the management of the Police Department; effectively plan, direct, supervise, and coordinate the work of the Police Department; oversee, direct, and coordinate the work of lower level staff; select, supervise, train, and evaluate assigned staff; analyze problems, identify alternative solutions, project consequences of proposed actions, and implement recommendations in support of goals; operate department tools and equipment including police car, police radio, radar gun, handgun and other weapons as required, baton, handcuff, breath analyzer, and first aid equipment; perform work requiring good physical condition; work flexible hours, including nights, weekends, holidays, and varied shifts; understand and carry out oral and written directions; operate office equipment including computers and supporting word processing, spreadsheet, and database applications; communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with those contacted in the course of work; exercise sound judgment in evaluating situations and in making decisions. Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying. A typical way to obtain this required knowledge would be: Educational equivalent to gGraduation from an accredited college or university with a Bachelor’s degree. in Public Administration or a related field and sSix years of law enforcement experience; with twofive years at the level of Police LieutenantSergeant or higher rank. A Master’s degree is preferred. Graduation from any of the following or equivalent programs is preferred: POST Command College, FBI National Academy, CPCA Executive Leadership Institute (ELI), PERF Senior Management Institute for Police, POST Executive Development Course, FBI LEEDA, POST Supervisory Leadership Institute, LAPD Leadership Course. If not completed prior, candidates will complete one of these programs within one year of promotion to Captain. Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a POST ManagementSupervisory Certificate. Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment. 49 3 PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodations may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions. Environment: Work is performed in a standard office setting, reactive emergency, natural or man-made disaster, and routine peace keeping environments with travel to various locations to attend meetings or respond to major crime scenes, disasters or critical incidents; the employee is occasionally exposed to outside weather conditions; occasionally exposed to fumes or airborne particles, toxic or caustic chemicals, extreme cold, extreme heat, risk of electrical shock, risk of radiation, and vibration; the noise level in the work environment is usually moderate; however, the noise level is occasionally very loud due to sirens, firearm training, etc.; incumbents may be required to work extended hours including evenings and weekends and may be required to travel outside City boundaries to attend meetings. Physical: Primary functions require sufficient physical ability and mobility to work in an office setting; walk, stand, or sit for prolonged periods of time; occasionally stoop, bend, kneel, crouch, reach, and twist; to lift, carry, push, and/or pull light to moderate amounts of weight; to operate office equipment requiring repetitive hand movement and fine coordination including use of a computer keyboard; to travel to other locations using various modes of private and commercial transportation; to operate and use specialized law enforcement tools and equipment including guns and handcuffs; and to verbally communicate to exchange information.. Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction. Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction. Approved by the Civil Service Board: Approved by the City Council: 50 CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH Class Specification POLICE CAPTAIN DEFINITION Under general direction, responsible for the day-to-day management of the Police Department; to participate as a member of the police management team in the consideration of departmental problems and issues; to coordinate assigned activities with other divisions, departments, and outside agencies; and to provide highly responsible and complex administrative support to the Police Chief. EXAMPLES OF DUTIES Assumes management responsibility for the services and activities of the Police Department including Patrol, Support Services, Staff Services, and Administration; coordinates the activities of sworn and non-sworn personnel in preserving order, protecting life and property, investigating crimes, and in enforcing laws and municipal ordinances as the operating manager of an assigned division; duties include: oversee the community crime prevention/education program, manage and direct jail operations, and manage and direct the operation of data processing and communications; studies crime reports and current literature in law enforcement to determine trends and make recommendations for changes in organization and operating policies and procedures; Plans, directs, coordinates, and r eviews the work plan for assigned staff; determines need for police action and assigns work activities, projects, and programs; reviews and evaluates work products, methods, and procedures; meets with staff to identify and resolve problems; participates in the selection, training, motivation, and evaluation of assigned personnel; oversees and coordinates police training programs; provides or coordinates staff training; works with employees to correct deficiencies and implements discipline and termination procedures; acts as staff liaison to city commissions and boards; participates as a member of police management team in the formation of departmental policy, procedures, rules and regulations; provides information to the public on police activities and handles citizen complaints; makes recommendation for purchase and/or procurement of department equipment and supplies; conducts administrative investigations as directed by the Police Chief to include recommendation of discipline; performs a variety of administrative duties including budget preparation, staff reports, grant management and staff reviews; manages and directs the control and custody of evidence and property; directs preparation of criminal cases for presentation to the district attorney for appropriate disposition; manages and directs patrol shifts; manages and directs the activities of special units such as traffic enforcement and beach patrol; maintains liaison with community groups, labor union representatives and law enforcement agencies; and provides general administrative assistance to the Chief of Police. QUALIFICATION GUIDELINES Knowledge, Skills & Abilities: Knowledge of: operations, services and activities of a comprehensive municipal law enforcement program; advanced principles of supervision, management, leadership, training, and performance evaluation; modern 51 law enforcement principles, procedures, techniques and equipment; pertinent federal, state, and local laws, codes, and regulations including laws governing the apprehension, arrest, and custody of persons accused of felonies, misdemeanors, and petty offenses; knowledge of the City’s geography; advanced methods, procedures, and techniques used in providing the full range of law enforcement and crime prevention services and activities including investigation and identification, patrol, traffic control, juvenile programs, record keeping, records management, automated records systems, search and seizure, care and custody of persons and property, and crime prevention; care, maintenance, and operation of firearms and other modern police equipment; advanced principles and practices of data collection and analysis; advanced methods and techniques of report preparation and writing; advanced principles and practices used in the identification, preservation, and presentation of evidence; techniques and applications of self-defense and proper use of force; methods and techniques used in interviewing witnesses, victims, or suspects; investigative techniques, procedures, and sources of information; principles and applications of public relations; standard broadcasting procedures of a police radio system; office procedures, methods, and equipment including computers, and applicable software applications such as word processing, spreadsheets, and databases; occupational hazards and standard safety practices. Ability to: oversee and participate in the management of the Police Department; effectively plan, direct, supervise, and coordinate the work of the Police Department; oversee, direct, and coordinate the work of lower level staff; select, supervise, train, and evaluate assigned staff; analyze problems, identify alternative solutions, project consequences of proposed actions, and implement recommendations in support of goals; operate department tools and equipment; perform work requiring good physical condition; work flexible hours, including nights, weekends, holidays, and varied shifts; understand and carry out oral and written directions; operate office equipment including computers and supporting word processing, spreadsheet, and database applications; communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing; establish and maintain effective working relationships with those contacted in the course of work; exercise sound judgment in evaluating situations and in making decisions. Education and Experience: Any combination of training and experience which would provide the required knowledge and abilities is qualifying. Graduation from an accredited college or university with a Bachelor’s degree. Six years of law enforcement experience; with five years at the level of Police Sergeant or higher rank. Master’s degree is preferred. Graduation from any of the following or equivalent programs is preferred: POST Command College, FBI National Academy, CPCA Executive Leadership Institute (ELI), PERF Senior Management Institute for Police, POST Executive Development Course, FBI LEEDA, POST Supervisory Leadership Institute, LAPD Leadership Course. If not completed prior, candidates will complete one of these programs within one year of promotion to Captain. Licenses/Certificates: Possession of a POST Supervisory Certificate. Possession of a valid Class C California Driver’s License with a safe driving record is required and must be maintained as valid during the course of employment. 52 PHYSICAL DEMANDS AND WORKING ENVIRONMENT The conditions herein are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. Reasonable accommodation may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential job functions. Environment: Work is performed in a standard office setting, reactive emergency, natural or man-made disaster, and routine peace keeping environments with travel to various locations to attend meetings or respond to major crime scen es, disasters or critical incidents; the employee is occasionally exposed to outside weather conditions; occasionally exposed to fumes or airborne particles, toxic or caustic chemicals, extreme cold, extreme heat, risk of electrical shock, risk of radiation, and vibration; the noise level in the work environment is usually moderate; however, the noise level is occasionally very loud due to sirens, firearm training, etc.; incumbents may be required to work extended hours including evenings and weekends and may be required to travel outside City boundaries to attend meetings. Physical: Primary functions require sufficient physical ability and mobility to work in an office setting; walk, stand, or sit for prolonged periods of time; occasionally stoop, bend, kneel, crouch, reach, and twist; to lift, carry, push, and/or pull light to moderate amounts of weight; to operate office equipment requiring repetitive hand movement and fine coordination including use of a computer keyboard; to travel to other locations using various modes of private and commercial transportation; to operate and use specialized law enforcement tools and equipment including guns and handcuffs; and to verbally communicate to exchange information.. Vision: See in the normal visual range with or without correction. Hearing: Hear in the normal audio range with or without correction. Approved by the Civil Service Board: March 20, 2024 Approved by the City Council: 53 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0164 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 APPROVAL OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH VAN LINGEN TOWING TO PROVIDE TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES (Police Chief Paul LeBaron) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council: 1.Approve a Professional Services Agreement (Attachment 3)with Van Lingen Towing to provide non-exclusive towing and storage services for a four-year term ending March 31, 2028, with an option to allow the City Manager to extend up to two one-year terms; and 2.Authorize the City Manager to execute and the City Clerk to attest to the proposed agreement, subject to approval by the City Attorney. Executive Summary: The City of Hermosa Beach currently contracts for vehicle towing and storage services.Following a competitive Request for Proposals (RFP)process,staff recommends City Council award a non- exclusive agreement for towing and storage services to Van Lingen Towing for a term of four years ending March 31,2028.Staff also recommends approval of an option to allow the City Manager to extend the agreement for up to two additional one-year terms. Background: The responsibility of the City and Police Department to provide for the safety of the public and to ensure smooth traffic flow often requires the removal of vehicles from the roadway via towing service. During the normal course of business,the Police Department responds to numerous traffic collisions and disabled or abandoned vehicles where removal is necessary.The Police Department is also authorized to remove certain vehicles from the roadway and off-street parking facilities pursuant to provisions of the California Vehicle Code.These services are provided through an agreement with an independent towing company licensed to conduct business in the City. At its August 27,2019 meeting,City Council awarded an agreement to Bruffy’s Tow and the contract was subsequently extended by Council at its September 9,2020 meeting.The agreement has since expired and staff initiated the Request for Proposals (RFP) process to secure a new contract. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 5 powered by Legistar™54 Staff Report REPORT 24-0164 Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description August 27, 2019 City Council approved an agreement for towing and storage services to Bruffy’s Tow. September 8, 2020 City Council approved an extension of the agreement with Bruffy’s Tow. Analysis: On February 15,2024,the City issued Requested for Proposal (RFP)24-001 (Attachment 1)inviting experienced and highly qualified providers to submit proposals through a competitive process.The RFP was advertised in the Easy Reader,on the City’s website,and on the City’s online bidding platform,Planet Bids.On March 7,2024,a total of three proposals were received in response to the RFP. The proposing firms are listed below in alphabetical order: ·Bruffy’s Tow; ·US Tow; and ·Van Lingen Towing The proposals were independently evaluated in detail by a staff review panel and scored based on the following weighted criteria: ·Approach (30 percent) o A well thought-out and tailored approach to the technical work that responds to the City’s particular issues and needs. o Incorporation of innovative and/or creative approaches for providing services that will maximize efficient, cost-effective operations or increased performance capabilities. o Evidence of the team’s ability to work collaboratively with other members of a multi- disciplinary team in a complex and dynamic working environment. o Demonstration of the team’s commitment to accurate and superior services as detailed in the management plan. ·Relevant Experience and Expertise (35 percent) o Recent experience providing similar services for jurisdictions. o Familiarity and experience with applicable industry standards and any relevant federal, state, or local requirements. o The depth and appropriateness of experience of individual members of the technical City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 5 powered by Legistar™55 Staff Report REPORT 24-0164 o The depth and appropriateness of experience of individual members of the technical team as they relate to the specific technical tasks called for by the provided services. o The contractor team ability to dedicate a strong point of contact that will service for the duration of the contracted services. o The team’s experience and ability to clearly communicate technical concepts and terminology with the City team and community. ·Timeframe and Costs (25 percent) o Contractor will have services available 24 hours per day,7 per week,365 days per year. o Rate changes do not exceed the change in the Consumer Price Index for Los Angeles County over the previous 12-month period.Rates do not exceed the Los Angeles Police Commission’s Tow and Storage rates. ·Administration (10 percent) o Ability to comply with time-sensitive terms, and billing procedures. o The extent and nature of any proposed amendments to the City’s Professional Services Agreement. The staff review panel evaluated each of the proposals and determined that all three firms met the minimum requirements. Rankings for the proposals are as follows: Ranking Company 1 Van Lingen Towing 2 U.S. Tow 3 Bruffy’s Tow Van Lingen Towing (Attachment 2)has been in business for 76 years and currently provides towing services for the cities of El Segundo,Manhattan Beach,Redondo Beach,Torrance,and Palos Verdes Estates.Van Lingen Towing currently staffs 40 employees,with 32 of its drivers having over 10 years of experience.In comparison with the two other proposers,Van Lingen has the highest number of dispatchers and drivers. Van Lingen Towing currently has 36 trucks assigned to its fleet and has expressed everyday services would be provided to the City of Hermosa Beach to accommodate the late afternoon tow-away zones on Pacific Coast Highway.Van Lingen Towing has four storage facilities,all within a five-mile radius of Hermosa Beach. The staff review panel conducted reference checks for the top ranked firm and after considering the City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 5 powered by Legistar™56 Staff Report REPORT 24-0164 The staff review panel conducted reference checks for the top ranked firm and after considering the entirety of the competitive selection review process,staff recommends City Council approve a Professional Services Agreement (Attachment 3)with Van Lingen Towing to provide non-exclusive towing and storage services for a four-year term ending March 31,2028,with an option to allow the City Manager to extend up to two one-year terms. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below. Mobility Element Goal 2.A public realm that is safe,comfortable,and convenient for travel via foot,bicycle,public transit,and automobile and creates vibrant,people oriented public spaces that encourage active living. Policy: ·2.2 Encourage traffic calming .Encourage traffic calming policies and techniques to improve the safety and efficient movement of people and vehicles along residential areas and highly trafficked corridors. Goal 7.A transportation system that results in zero transportation-related fatalities and which minimizes injuries... Policy: ·7.1 Safe public rights-of-way.Encourage that all public rights-of-way are safe for all users at all times of day where users of all ages and ability feel comfortable participating in both motorized and non-motorized travel. Public Safety Element Goal 5. High quality police and fire protection services provided to residents and visitors. Policy: ·5.2 High level of response.Achieve optimal utilization of allocated public safety resources and provide desired levels of response, staffing, and protection within the community. Fiscal Impact: There is no net change in fiscal impact related to the new towing and storage agreement.The City’s current vehicle impound release fee is $267 per vehicle.The City impound release fees would continue to be collected by the tow company,which would then be paid to the City on a monthly basis. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 5 powered by Legistar™57 Staff Report REPORT 24-0164 Attachments: 1.RFP 24-001 Towing and Storage Services 2.Van Lingen Towing Bid Proposal 3.Professional Services Agreement with Van Lingen Towing 4.Link to August 27, 2019 City Council Staff Report 5.Link to September 8, 2020 City Council Staff Report Respectfully Submitted by: Guy Dove, Police Sergeant Concur: Landon Phillips, Police Captain Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 5 of 5 powered by Legistar™58 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP) NO. 24-001 TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES IN THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH Police Department 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 (310) 318-0360 59 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 of 48 RFP NUMBER: RFP# 24-001 RFP TITLE: TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES REQUESTING DEPARTMENT: Police Department RELEASE DATE: Thursday, February 15, 2024 DUE DATE: March 7, 2024 @ 3:00 p.m. PST Notice is hereby given that the City of Hermosa Beach and its Police Department will receive proposals for: RFP# 24-001, TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES Proposals must be submitted as PDF via the PlanetBids Portal (pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/51313/portal-home). Proposals will be received until 3:00 p.m. PST, Thursday, March 7, 2024. Proposals will not be opened at that time but will be submitted to the Public Works Department for verification and compliance with Specifications and subsequent recommendation to City Council for award of a contract or rejection of the responses, as deemed appropriate. The City reserves the right to make no award. Please direct any inquiries regarding this RFP to Sgt. Dove at gdove@hermosabeach.gov. All questions regardingthe content of the proposal may be emailed to Sgt. Dove referenced above or submitted on the PlanetBids Portal. Dated: February 15, 2024 www.hermosabeach.gov BEACHHERMOSAOFCITY 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA, 90254 Phone: (310) 318-0210 60 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 3 of 48 Table of Contents 1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................5 1.1 Invitation for Proposals.........................................................................................................5 1.2 RFP Timeline ..........................................................................................................................5 1.3 Submittal Procedures...........................................................................................................5 1.4 Contact ................................................................................................................................5 1.5 General RFP Conditions .......................................................................................................6 2. Project Overview.....................................................................................................................11 2.1 Background ........................................................................................................................11 3. Scope of Services....................................................................................................................11 3.1 Definitions ...........................................................................................................................11 3.2 Towing and Storage ...........................................................................................................12 3.3 Administrative Fee .............................................................................................................12 3.4 Record Keeping and Reporting ........................................................................................13 3.5 Legal Requirements ...........................................................................................................13 3.6 Response Time Requirements ...........................................................................................13 3.7 Location of Contractor’s Storage Facility .........................................................................13 3.8 Storage Facility Requirements ..........................................................................................13 3.9 Contractor’s Personnel ......................................................................................................14 3.10 Hours of Operation ...........................................................................................................14 3.11 Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................15 3.12 Site Clean-up ...................................................................................................................16 3.13 Non-exclusive Contract ..................................................................................................16 3.14 Advertising ........................................................................................................................16 3.15 Removal of Vehicles ........................................................................................................16 3.16 Release of Impounded/Stored Vehicles ........................................................................16 3.17 Stolen Vehicle Release Policy.........................................................................................17 3.18 Compliance with Laws ....................................................................................................17 4. Proposal Submittal Instructions...............................................................................................17 4.1 Proposal Format .................................................................................................................17 4.2 Proposal Content ...............................................................................................................17 4.2.1 Cover Letter.................................................................................................................18 4.2.2 Firm Profile....................................................................................................................18 4.2.3 Experience and Qualifications...................................................................................19 4.2.6 Required Forms............................................................................................................21 4.2.7 Cost Proposal...............................................................................................................21 5. Proposal Evaluation and Selection........................................................................................22 5.1 Proposal Review Process ...................................................................................................22 61 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 4 of 48 5.2 Evaluation Criteria..............................................................................................................22 6. Contract Expectations ............................................................................................................24 6.1 Contract Period ..................................................................................................................24 6.2 Professional Services Agreement .....................................................................................24 6.3 Standards of Work ..............................................................................................................24 6.4 Invoicing and Payment .....................................................................................................24 6.5 Conditions...........................................................................................................................25 7. Attachments and Required Forms .........................................................................................27 7.1 Sample Professional Services Agreement .......................................................................27 7.2 Fees Attachment ................................................................................................................38 7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire ..................................................................40 7.4 Required Forms ..................................................................................................................43 7.4.1 Certification of Proposal.............................................................................................43 7.4.2 Non-Collusion Affidavit ...............................................................................................45 7.4.3 Compliance with Insurance Requirements...............................................................46 7.4.4 Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement.........................................47 7.4.5 COVID Vaccination Certification ..............................................................................48 62 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 5 of 48 1 Introduction 1.1 Invitation for Proposals The City of Hermosa Beach and its Police Department is seeking proposals from qualified individuals or firms to provide contract services for vehicle towing and storage services. Contractor(s) must have the expertise, experience, and demonstrate resources available to perform the work described in the RFP. Should an award be made, the selected Contractor(s) will enter into a professional services agreement with the City of Hermosa Beach to provide these services. The City anticipates a contract start date around April 2024. 1.2 RFP Timeline RFP posted February 15, 2024 Deadline to submit written questions February 22, 2024 Posting of responses to questions February 29, 2024 Deadline to submit proposals March 7, 2024 - 3 PM PST Tentative award April 9, 2024 1.3 Submittal Procedures Proposes shall submit one copy of the proposal and one copy of the fee schedule in PDF format on the PlanetBids Portal. No proposals will be accepted after the listed date and time. The format, content, and procedures for submitting a proposal are provided in further detail within the RFP. (Check Section 4 for complete submittal procedures) 1.4 Contact Please direct any inquiries regarding this RFP to Sgt. Dove at gdove@hermosabeach.gov. All questions regarding the content of the proposal may be emailed to Sgt. Dove referenced above or submitted on the PlanetBids Portal. 63 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 6 of 48 1.5 General RFP Conditions The following instructions and conditions apply to this RFP: Pre-Contractual Expenses The City of Hermosa Beach shall not, in any event, be liable for any pre-contractual expenses incurred by any contractor. In addition, no contractor shall include any such expenses as part of the price proposed. Pre-contractual expenses are defined as expenses incurred by bidders in: • Preparing a proposal in response to this RFP. • Submitting that proposal to the City of Hermosa Beach. • Negotiating with the City of Hermosa Beach any matter related to this RFP, proposal, and/or contractual agreement. • Any other expenses incurred by the contractor prior to the date of an executed contract. Authority to Withdraw RFP and/or Not Award Contract The City of Hermosa Beach reserves the right to withdraw this RFP at any time for any reason without prior notice. Further, the City makes no representations that any agreement will be awarded to any contractor responding to this RFP. The City expressly reserves the right to reject any and all proposals in response to this RFP without indicating any reasons for such rejection(s). The release of this RFP does not obligate or compel the City to enter into a contract or agreement. Authority to Revise RFP and Request Additional Information The City reserves the rights to amend the RFP at any time, to determine the successful respondent(s), and to reject any or all Proposals or their components. Should it be necessary for the City to issue addendums to this RFP during the proposal period, the City will post addendums to the PlanetBids Portal. It is the responsibility of all prospective proposers to check PlanetBids regularly to see whether any addenda or supplemental materials have been issued. Proposals shall acknowledge that the contractor is aware of all addendums which have been issued and has incorporated their provisions in their proposal by completing the Certification of Proposal Form. The City reserves the right, to request additional information or clarifications from contractors where it may serve the City’sbestinterest. 64 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 7 of 48 Other Conditions •ADDITIONAL SERVICES.The Scope of Work describes the minimum work to be accomplished. Upon final selection of the firm(s), the Scope of Work may be modified and refined during negotiations with the City. Any proposer that provides additional services can include those services in the proposal and list them as additional services. •AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES.Every proposal must be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the contractor to a contract for the execution of the work. Upon request of the City, any agent submitting a proposal on behalf of a contractor shall provide a current power of attorney certifying the agent’s authority to bind the contractor. •AWARD OF PROPOSAL.City reserves the right to negotiate final terms with the selected contractor, if any. Award may be made to the contractor offering the most advantageous proposal after consideration of all criteria. •COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.All proposals shall comply with current federal, state, and other laws relative thereto. •CONFLICT OF INTEREST.By signing the Certification of Proposal, the contractor declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City has been or shall be compensated, directly or indirectly, in connection with this proposal or any work connected with this proposal. Should any agreement be approved in connection with this Request for Proposals, contractor declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City, during the term of his/her service with the City shall have any direct interest in that agreement, or obtain any present, anticipated or future material benefit arising therefrom. •DISQUALIFICATION OF PROPOSER.If there is reason to believe that collusion exists among the contractors, the City may refuse to consider proposals from participants in such collusion. No person, firm, or corporation under the same or different name, shall make, file, or be interested in more than one proposal for the same work unless alternate proposals are called for. Reasonable grounds for believing that any contractor is interested in more than one Proposal for the same work will cause the rejection of all Proposals for the work in which a contractor is interested. Contractors shall submit as part of their Proposal documents the completed Non-Collusion Affidavit. •EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS.It is the responsibility of the contractor to carefully and thoroughly examine and be familiar with these RFP documents, general conditions, all forms, specifications, drawings, plans, and addendums (if any). Contractors shall satisfy themselves as to the character, quantity, and quality of work to be performed and materials, labor, supervision necessary to perform the work as specified by these 65 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 8 of 48 documents. The failure or neglect of the contractor to examine documents shall in no way relieve the contractor from any obligations with respect to the solicitation for and subsequent contract that may be awarded. The submission of a proposal shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which the City may rely that the contractor has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the RFP documents. The failure or neglect of a contractor to receive or examine any of the documents shall in no way relieve the contractor from any obligations with respectto the proposal. No claim will be allowed for additional compensation that is based upon a lack of knowledge of any solicitation document. •INTERPRETATION OF RFP DOCUMENTS.City reserves the right to make corrections or clarifications of the information provided in this RFP. If any person is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of this RFP documents, or finds discrepancies or omissions in the document, the person may submit to the City a written request for an interpretation or correction. Oral statement(s), interpretations or clarifications concerning meaning or intent of the contents of this RFP by any person are unauthorized and invalid. Modifications to the RFP, including, but not limited to the scope of work, can be made only by written addendum issued by the City. Proposers shall submit all questions in writing to the contact listed in the announcement or submitted on the PlanetBids Portal. Proposers may not contact any other staff members with questions. The requesting party is responsible for prompt delivery of any requests. When the City considers interpretations necessary, interpretations will be in the form of an addendum to the RFP documents, and when issued, will be sent as promptly as is practical to all parties recorded by the City as having received RFP documents. All such addenda shall become a part of the RFP document. It is the responsibility of each contractor to ensure the City has their correct business name, mailing address and e-mail address on file through the PlanetBids online portal. Any prospective contractors who obtained a set of RFP documents from the PlanetBids online portal are responsible for checking PlanetBids to verify if any subsequent Addendums were issued. •IRREGULARITIES.City reserves the right to waive non-material irregularities if such would be in the best interest of the City as determined by the City Manager. •NON-DISCRIMINATION. Contractor represents and warrants that it does not and will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, gender, color, national origin, sexual orientation, ancestry, marital status, physical condition, pregnancy or pregnancy-related condition, political affiliation or opinion, age or medical condition. •NON-EXCLUSIVE.Should the City make an award, the successful contractor will enter into a NON-EXCLUSIVE professional services agreement and the City reserves the right to enter into agreements with other firms. •OFFERS OF MORE THAN ONE PRICE. Contractors are NOT allowed to submit more than one cost proposal. 66 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 9 of 48 •OWNERSHIP.All data, documents and other products used or developed during the RFP process become the property of the City upon submission. All documents submitted in response to this RFP shall become the property of the City and a matter of public record pursuant to Government Code sections 6250 et seq. Proposals should not be marked as confidential or proprietary, and City may refuse to consider a proposal so marked. All information contained within the proposals will become a matter of public record. It is the responsibility of each bidder to clearly identify any and all information contained within its bid proposal that it considers to be confidential and/or proprietary. To the extent that the City agrees with that designation, such information will be held in confidence whenever possible. All other information will be considered public. •PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT.Prior to awarding any work, the selected Contractor will be required to execute a professional services agreement (sample attached) with the City. Any proposed change to the agreement shall be identified in the response to the Request for Proposals (RFP) and shall be subject to the sole approval of the City. The City requires the Contractor to obtain and maintain a policy of professional liability and other insurance as indicated in the agreement. •NO PUBLIC OPENING/PUBLIC RECORDS ACT.Proposals shall be opened and its contents secured by City staff to prevent disclosure during the evaluative process and the process of negotiating with competing contractors. Adequate precautions shall be taken to treat each contractor fairly and to insure that information gleaned from competing proposals is not disclosed to other Contractors. Prices and other information concerning the proposals shall not be disclosed until a recommendation for award is made to the awarding authority. •PUBLIC RECORD.All proposals submitted in response to this RFP will become the property of the City upon submittal and a matter of public record when the City selects a proposer for recommendation to the City Council for its consideration pursuant to applicable law. •REPRESENTATIONS.Contractor understands and acknowledges that the representations made in their submitted proposal are material and important, and will be relied on by the City in evaluation of the proposal. Contractor misrepresentation shall be treated as fraudulent concealment from the City of the facts relating to the proposal. •SEVERABILITY.If any provisions or portion of any provision, of this Request for Proposals are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, they shall be severed from the Request for Proposals and the remaining provisions shall be valid and enforceable. •SUBCONTRACTOR INFORMATION.If the proposal includes the use of subcontractors, contractor must identify specific sub-contractors and the specific requirements of this RFP for which each proposed subcontractor would perform services. All 67 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 10 of 48 subcontractor for work services must follow all required provisions of the prime contract. •VALIDITY. Proposal must be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date. •WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL.Contractors’ authorized representative may withdraw Proposals only by written request received by this RFP contact personal before the Proposal Submittal Deadline. •BUSINESS LICENSE. The selected firm(s) must obtain a City of Hermosa Beach Business license and maintain a current certificate of insurance with the City for the duration of the Professional Service Agreement. 68 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 11 of 48 2. Project Overview 2.1 Background The City of Hermosa Beach is located within the southwestern coastal portion of Los Angeles County in what is commonly referred to locally as the “South Bay” area. The City is bounded on the north by the City of Manhattan Beach, on the south by the City of Redondo Beach, on the east by the City of Redondo Beach and the City of Manhattan Beach, and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. The City limits for Hermosa Beach encompass a relatively small land area, approximately 1.4 square miles. Hermosa Beach is thriving, and engaged community, with some 20,000 residents and naturally draws a high number of visitors to its beaches and downtown. Governed by a five-member City Council with members elected at large, Hermosa Beach operates under the council/city manager form of government as a general law city. Like the community, the Council is informed, educated, and engaged. The programs and services provided by the City are accomplished through eight City departments: City Clerk, City Manager, Community Development, Community Resources, Finance, Human Resources, Police, and Public Works). At this time the City is seeking an experienced contractor to provide contract services for vehicle towing and storage services. The successful Contractor shall have at least three years of prior experience on similar types of services. All companies responding to this Request for Proposal (RFP) will be evaluated on the basis of their expertise, prior experience on similar projects, demonstrated competence, ability to meet the requested services, adequate staffing, reference check, and understanding of services, cost and responsiveness to the needs and concerns of the City of Hermosa Beach. 3. Scope of Services The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to the following tasks. The Contractor is encouraged to recommend alternative approaches and/or additional tasks to completing the work. 3.1 Definitions Impound: Vehicle or equipment taken into custody by order of Police Department. Prior to release by contractor, certain requirements must be satisfied between the owner of the vehicle and the Police Department. Contractor is to release vehicle only upon written order from Police Department. 69 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 12 of 48 Storage: Vehicle can be released directly to the owner without an official written release from Police Department. The matter is considered a civil arrangement between contractor and vehicle owner. Owner’s Authorized Agent: A person having legal authorization by the owner of a vehicle to act on behalf of the owner in his/her absence. Person must have original or certified documentation from the owner indicating such authorization. 3.2 Towing and Storage The Contractor’s primary duty will be: responding, on a first priority basis, to requests for towing services initiated by the City’s police officers and parking enforcement personnel. The Contractor must also respond to towing requests from other City employees who are duly authorized to remove vehicles for storage, or investigation, or both. Typical towing situations will include, but will not be limited to: removing illegally parked vehicles, towing inoperative vehicles as a result of traffic accidents and mechanical breakdowns, and impounding vehicles for investigation, evidence, or a violation of the law. The Contractor must provide towing and storage services all hours of a day, every day of the year. The Contractor must maintain adequate personnel, equipment, and facilities at all times to perform the required towing services, within the time frame(s) outlined in the Contract. While the Contractor has custody of vehicles, it will be responsible for their safekeeping, including their contents, until they have been released to the owner or owner’s agent, or disposed of in the manner the law permits. Until the Contractor receives the Police Department’s written authorization, it must not release a vehicle to an owner or the owner’s agent when the Police Department is: Holding that vehicle for investigation, examination, or evidence, or requesting its special handling or protection (collectively, “police hold vehicles”); or Impounding that vehicle for unpaid parking citations, lack of current registration, or a violation of the law. To prevent damage to police hold vehicles or spoliation of any evidence in or upon those vehicles, such as fingerprints or stains, the Contractor must store police hold vehicles in a secure area protected against the elements, sources of contamination, and entry by unauthorized persons. 3.3 Administrative Fee The City, through the tow contractor, charges each vehicle owner a Vehicle Release Fee. The successful contractor will be required to collect and account for the fee, and report on a monthly basis all vehicles released and the fee collected. 70 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 13 of 48 3.4 Record Keeping and Reporting Contractor shall keep records on all vehicles handled as a result of this contract. Reports shall be submitted in electronically. Utilizing a spreadsheet or similar program is acceptable to the City. Reports are due no later than 15 days after the last day of the previous month. A late charge equal to 1-1/2% per month will be levied on all past due payments. Periodic audits by the City on the contractor's records in relation to the towing contract will be scheduled. 3.5 Legal Requirements The Contractor shall at all times abide by the rules and regulations set forth in the California Vehicle Code regarding the handling of vehicles, lien sales with outstanding parking penalties, owner notification, etc. Further, all of Contractor's vehicles shall also conform to and be maintained in accordance with the latest edition of the California Vehicle Code. All impound procedures shall be in accordance with California Highway Patrol procedures. 3.6 Response Time Requirements The Contractor shall respond to the location requested by the City within 20 minutes of receipt of the call. If the response time is not attainable for a particular call, the Contractor shall notify the City immediately, advising the City of the expected time of arrival (ETA). If the ETA is not acceptable to the City, the City reserves the right to contact an alternate towing contractor to satisfy the need. 3.7 Location of Contractor’s Storage Facility The Contractor's storage/impound facility shall be located within a 10-mile radius of the City of Hermosa Beach City Hall. Transfer of business location may affect the contract and therefore, the City must be consulted prior to such a move. 3.8 Storage Facility Requirements Storage facilities utilized in the performance of a contract shall comply with all of the following conditions: a) All vehicles shall be stored in a building or in an area that is, in the opinion of the City, secure and enclosed by a substantial wall or walls or other City-approved enclosure. b) Storage facilities must be existing structures, not a building to be constructed as the result of a contract award. c) The entire storage facility must be illuminated to such a degree that clear visual observation of the area may be made during the hours of darkness. 71 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 14 of 48 d) Storage facilities must be capable of holding a minimum of 50 cars, parked in such a manner as to provide accessibility and to prevent damage. e) The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, maintain separate and enclosed garage facilities for a minimum of three (3) vehicles ordered impounded by the Police Department for involvement in commission of crimes or as evidence. The enclosed garage shall be lockable with possession of the key to the garage given to the Police Department. f) Contractor will maintain a secure facility or facilities which have 24 hour surveillance utilizing closed circuit television, personnel, or some other City-approved means of security. g) Contractors shall provide sufficient lighting in public access areas for hours of darkness. 3.9 Contractor’s Personnel All of the Tow Contractor's personnel shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: a) All operations engaged in under the provisions of the contract shall be at the direction of the City representative (Police Officer, Parking Enforcement Officer, etc.) at the scene. b) All personnel must possess a valid and proper State of California Driver License required to operate all vehicles and equipment required to be used in the performance of the contract. c) All personnel shall be thoroughly trained in the proper and safe use of all equipment used in performing the necessary work. d) All personnel shall be uniformed with the name of the towing company and the individual's name clearly visible. Personnel shall be neatly groomed. e) The Contractor agrees to perform offender background checks on all personnel performing under the City, to include DOJ Live scan and Clearance through Megan’s law. f) All personnel shall be fluent in the English language. 3.10 Hours of Operation a) Contractor shall have tow service available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year. 72 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 15 of 48 b) Vehicles must be available for release from impound and storage 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. Contractor must have his/her facility clearly marked with telephone number to call if release is requested after normal working hours. c) Contractor shall have at least two tow trucks stationed in the City of Hermosa Beach during the hours of 6:00 AM to 8:30 AM and 2:30 PM to 6:30 PM Monday through Friday (excluding holidays) for the purpose of expedient towing during maximum enforcement times. d) Contractor may be requested periodically to provide deployment of trucks for special events (e.g., the Hermosa Beach Open volleyball tournament, etc.). Such events will be coordinated with Contractor at least 24 hours in advance. 3.11 Equipment Requirements a) The Contractor must have (either through a subcontractor or as owner of the equipment) a minimum of three standard tow vehicles (1 ton rating or greater, dual rear wheels), one flat bed tow vehicle and one heavy duty truck capable of towing tractor-type trucks (semi’s), available at all times. b) None of the vehicles shall be converted pickup trucks or vehicles not specifically built by the manufacturer for the purpose of towing other vehicles. c) All vehicles shall have all necessary communications equipment for radio transmission and reception and shall comply with FCC regulations and requirements. City frequencies shall not be used. Equipment shall be purchased and maintained at Contractor expense. d) All vehicles shall be well maintained and neat in appearance. e) Each tow vehicle shall have a cable winch of sufficient size and capacity to retrieve vehicles that may have gone over embankments, or off of traveled portions of roadways into inaccessible locations. f) All tow vehicles shall have the means by which to tow a trailered boat or other trailered item. g) Contractor shall possess a dolly. h) Contractor is expected to possess the standard tools of the trade such as slim jims, floor jacks, shovels, brooms, sand and absorbent materials for auto fluids. i) All tow vehicles shall pass California Highway Patrol inspection and display a window tag indicating so. 73 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 16 of 48 3.12 Site Clean-up The contractor shall carry the appropriate equipment (brooms, buckets, absorbent, etc.) and shall be responsible for proper clean-up of a tow site, including, but not limited to, broken glass, automobile fluids or other debris. The clean-up shall be performed automatically and without request by the City officer or official on-site. 3.13 Non-exclusive Contract The Contractors selected will be considered the primary tow Contractors for the City of Hermosa Beach, but will not be considered as the exclusive tow Contractors. Other contractors may be used on an as-needed basis. 3.14 Advertising Contractor shall not display or use any signs, advertising materials, logos, etc. which indicate that the towing service is an official towing service for the City of Hermosa Beach without the prior written authorization of the City. Designation of "Official Police Tow" or similar verbiage is acceptable. 3.15 Removal of Vehicles Except for private impounds, the Contractor shall not remove any vehicle without first being instructed to do so by an authorized officer of the City (e.g., Police Officer, Police Services Officer, Community Services Officer, or Public Works employee). 3.16 Release of Impounded/Stored Vehicles a) A vehicle impounded (see definitions above) by order of the Police Department must have a written release and official stamp from the Department to be presented by the registered owner (or R.O.’s authorized agent) to the Contractor at the time of release. b) No repair work shall be performed on any impounded vehicle unless authorized by the registered owner. c) Vehicles ordered towed and stored (see definitions above) by the Police Department or Parking Enforcement do not require release from the Police Department or City. The registered owner of the vehicle may request release directly with the Contractor. Contractor shall require proof of ownership. The Contractor will, at the request of an authorized City representative (e.g., Police Watch Commander, Traffic Sergeant or Police Chief), release any vehicle whether in the field or from storage/impound, at no cost to the registered owner or the City. 74 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 17 of 48 3.17 Stolen Vehicle Release Policy Upon receipt of a recovered stolen vehicle the tow contractor will ascertain from the recovering agency whether any holds are placed on the vehicle. A notation on the impound form shall be made as to whether a hold is placed on the vehicle. The notation shall include the name of the officer, date and time of hold. If the recovering agency does not place a hold on the recovered vehicle the tow contractor shall contact the agency within the jurisdiction from which the vehicle was stolen to determine if a hold will be placed on the vehicle. If a hold is placed on the vehicle, the name of the officer, date and time will be noted by the contractor on the impound form. If no holds are placed on the vehicle the owner will obtain a release form from the recovering agency at which point the owner may then take possession of the vehicle. 3.18 Compliance with Laws Contractor shall keep fully informed of and comply with all state and federal laws and all ordinances and regulations of the City which in any manner affect the Contractor or those engaged or employed by the Contractor in performing the services to be rendered pursuant to a contract. Contractor shall maintain all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by City ordinances or other laws relating to the performance of the service relevant to a contract. 4. Proposal Submittal Instructions 4.1 Proposal Format Proposes shall submit one copy of the proposal and one copy of the fee schedule in PDF format on the PlanetBids Portal. 4.2 Proposal Content Proposals must be concise, but with sufficient detail to allow accurate evaluation and comparative analysis. Proposals should be straightforward and provide "layman" explanations of technical terms that are used. Emphasis should be concentrated on conforming to the RFP instructions, responding to the RFP requirements, and on providing a complete and clear description of the offer.Proposals should include the sections as described in greater detail below. Do NOT include marketing brochures or other promotional material not connected with this RFP. 75 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 18 of 48 4.2.1 Cover Letter Proposal must be accompanied by a cover letter, signed by an individual authorized to bind the proposing entity. An unsigned proposal is grounds for rejection. The cover letter should include an introduction of the firm, contact information, summary statement of professional qualifications, and statement of understanding of the scope of work. The cover letter also shall acknowledge receipt of any addendums that were issued for this RFP. 4.2.2 Firm Profile Proposers should provide a brief profile of the prime contractor and any sub-contractor. Information should include, but is not limited to the following information: • Official name and address. • Name, address, email, and telephone number of the contractor’s primary point of contact. • Type of business entity of contractor (corporation, company, joint venture, etc.). Please enclose a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement if entity is a joint venture. • Federal Employer I.D. Number. • Address, telephone numbers and fax numbers of each of the proposing firm’s locations. • Indication whether firm is totally or partially owned by another business organization (parent company) or individual. • Number of years contractor has been in business under the present business name. • Number of years of experience the contractor has had in providing required, equivalent, or related services. • Any failures or refusals to complete a contract, and explanation. Statement of Understanding Contractor must include in this section its understanding of the Scope of Services noted herein. Contractor should be able to articulate a thorough understanding of the State, County and Local requirements, and other industry standards or services to be provided. Organizational Chart Contractor shall include an organizational chart that reflects key staff and roles/responsibilities of each individual assigned to provide services under this Proposal. Any 76 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 19 of 48 roles or topics in which the proposer anticipates utilizing the expertise of subcontractors should be clearly identified. Approach to Work Program (Required and Optional Tasks) The City is seeking an effective, efficient and creative approach to preparing work products and meeting the City ’s goals and timelines. In this section, proposers should include their recommended approach to providing the requested professional services and tasks noted in the Scope of Services in the RFP. The approach to the work plan shall be of such detail to demonstrate the proposer’s ability to accomplish objectives. The proposer’s approach should provide detail on both the required and optional tasks identified in the scope of work, as well as any additional tasks or services performed by the proposer. Additional Services Contractor shall provide the City with any additional services that the firm can provide. Contractor may additionally itemize those services which are further beneficial but are not noted in the aforementioned paragraphs as requirements. Roles and Responsibilities for City Staff Proposer should summarize any services NOT provided by their firm that are listed in the Scope of Work. Contractor shall also list any resources, City assistance or other items expected to be provided by City, “Work to be Performed or Provided by the City”. Communications Approach Proposers should describe their recommended or preferred approach to project communications between the City and Contractor Team. This should include detail on the frequency of project check-ins, progress updates, and meeting locations (i.e. phone, email, in-person). Quality Assurance/Quality Control Approach Describe the firm ’s QA/QC processes that will be adhered to during the term of the agreement. Describe the Contractor’s method of ensuring that the assigned personnel ’s quality of work is high. 4.2.3 Experience and Qualifications Proposers should include in this section a summary of relevant projects, contact information for references, and information about the experience, qualifications, and availability of key personnel, described in greater detail below. 77 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 20 of 48 Summary of Relevant Work Proposers should highlight representative work that are similar in scope to the services requested to demonstrate the firm’s depth of experience and familiarity with similar projects. For each project, please include the following information, at a minimum: • Year started and completed (if relevant) • Contracting Agency + Department •ScopeofServices • Key Personnel Assigned References Contractor must provide at least three (3) references for which contractor has provided services similar in scope as set forth in the RFP within the last five (5) years. Reference information should include: •Nameofagency • Name of agency project manager • Email address and telephone number of contact person • Description of services provided Experience and Qualifications of Key Personnel The contractor shall provide resumes indicating the experience and qualifications for the key personnel identified in the organization chart. Contractor shall also include the number and type of additional support personnel who will be providing services. At a minimum, the resume for each team member should include: •Name • Position and Role •DegreesandCertifications • Professional Memberships/Registrations • Summary of Experience If sub-contractors are to be used as part of this proposal, a resume of the sub-contractor and relevant experience is to be included in the same format. 78 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 21 of 48 Assignment of Key Personnel It is the City’s preference to have the key personnel identified in the Organizational Chart remain. After contract execution the Contractor should not substitute key personnel or sub- contractors without prior written approval from the local agency. The contractor must request and justify the need for the substitution and obtain approval from the agency prior to use of a different sub-contractor on the contract. The proposed substituted person must be as qualified as the original, and at the same or lower cost. In the event there are proposed changes in key personnel, including sub-contractors, during thetermoftheagreementthatareoutsideofthefirm’s control, the contractor shall prepare a transition plan that is presented to the City’s project manager for review. 4.2.6 Required Forms Contractor shall review, acknowledge and submit the following forms: •Certification of Proposal.Contractor is required to sign and submit theCertification of Proposal including acknowledgement that they have received and considered any addendums issued by the City of Hermosa Beach in connection with this RFP. (See section 7.2.1) •Non-Collusion Affidavit.Contractor is required to sign and submit the Non- Collusion Affidavit. (See section 7.2.2) •Compliance with Insurance Requirements.Contractor shall demonstrate the willingness and ability to submit proof of the required insurance coverage as set forth in the Sample Professional Services Agreement. (See section 7.2.3) •Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement.Contractor shall demonstrate willingness and ability to comply with the City’s Sample Professional Services Agreement and/or indicate any exceptions to the Professional Services Agreement. (See section 7.2.4) •Covid Vaccination Certification.Contractor agrees to certify in writing to CITY that all employees, agents, officers and subcontractors who will be physically present in the City and have contact with City officials and employees or with the public shall be fully vaccinated from COVID-19. (See section 7.2.5) 4.2.7 Cost Proposal The cost proposal shall be submitted through PlanetBids Portal as a separate file, labeled “Cost Proposal” and indicate the firm’s name. The cost proposal shall detail costs broken down by task, hourly rates, and key personnel. 79 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 22 of 48 Contractor should provide the cost proposal for the duration of the agreement to successfully fulfill the Scope of Work detailed in this RFP. Required and optional tasks should be consistent with the tasks listed in the Scope of Services and be clearly marked in the cost proposal to facilitate consistent comparison of costs between proposals. The Cost Proposal should identify hourly billing rates and break costs by tasks. The fee schedule should also include any direct costs such as travel, equipment, printing/materials. Other direct costs, intended to be charged to the City, need to be stated. No mark-ups will be allowed for other direct costs. 5. Proposal Evaluation and Selection 5.1 Proposal Review Process The City will evaluate all proposals received in accordance with the evaluation criteria. The City shall not be obligated to accept the lowest priced fee schedule, but the City may make award(s) in the best interests of the City after all factors are considered, including, but not limited to, the demonstrated competence, experience and professional qualifications of the Proposer. Evaluation scores will not be released until after award of proposal, if one is made. Following the review of RFPs by the City’s team, the City may, if it chooses to do so, invite short-listed contractors to be interviewed by a panel of City staff, which may include non- city personnel at the City’s discretion. Discussions may, at the City's option, be conducted with the most qualified Proposers. Discussions may be for the purpose of clarification to assure full understanding of, and responsiveness to the solicitation requirements. Proposers shall be accorded fair and equal treatment with respect to any opportunity for discussion and written revision of proposals. In conducting discussions, the City will not disclose information derived from proposals submitted by competing Proposers. The City will verify references of short-listed contractors, which may include persons not listed as references, and this will help inform the City’s decisions. The City will select a contractor to negotiate for the performance of work. In negotiating the contract the City may request modifications to the proposed scope or to the technical team or other elements of the proposal. If negotiations fail, the City will commence negotiations with the next qualified candidate. Work will promptly commence following contract award and satisfaction of contract requirements. 5.2 Evaluation Criteria Evaluation criteria will typically include RFP understanding, demonstrated expertise, relevant experience, availability of the firm’s team, and other factors. Task orders resulting from this contract will be negotiated and executed between the City and the selected firm. 80 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 23 of 48 Proposals will be evaluated on the basis of their response to all provisions of this RFP. The City of Hermosa Beach will use the following criteria in its evaluation of proposals, interviews may be required with selected contractors, or verification of references. The categories will be weighted approximately as follows. Approach (30%): • A well thought-out and tailored approach to the technical work that responds to the City’s particular issues and needs. • Incorporation of innovative and/or creative approaches for providing the services that will maximize efficient, cost-effective operations or increased performance capabilities. • Evidence of the team’s ability to work collaboratively with other members of a multi- disciplinary team in a complex and dynamic working environment. • Demonstration of the team’s commitment to accurate and superior services as detailed in the management plan. Relevant Experience & Expertise (35%): • Recent experience providing similar services for jurisdictions. • Familiarity and experience with applicable industry standards and any relevant federal, state, or local requirements. • The depth and appropriateness of experience of individual members of the technical team as they relate to the specific technical tasks called for by the provided services. • The contractor team’s ability to dedicate a strong point of contact that will serve for the duration of the contracted services. • The team’s experience and ability to clearly communicate technical concepts and terminology with the City team and community. Timeframe and Costs (25%): • Contractor will have services available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year. • Ratechangesdo notexceed thechange in the Consumer PriceIndex for Los Angeles County over the previous 12-month period. Rates do not exceed the Los Angeles Police Commission’s Tow and Storage rates. Administration (10%): 81 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 24 of 48 • Ability to comply with the time-sensitive terms, and billing procedures. • The extent and nature of any proposed amendments to the City’s Professional Services Agreement. 6. Contract Expectations 6.1 Contract Period The City anticipates the contract term would begin around April 2024 and be valid for one (1) year. The City has the option to extend the contract two times for one additional year each. 6.2 Professional Services Agreement The selected contractor will be expected to comply with and sign the City’s Professional Services Agreement. Proposers should identify and/or indicate any exceptions to the Sample Professional Services Agreement included in Section 7.1. The City Attorney or their designee retains the discretion to accept or reject proposed exceptions or modifications to the City’s Professional Services Agreement. 6.3 Standards of Work In case of conflicts, ambiguities, discrepancies, errors, or omissions, Contractor shall submit the matter to City for clarification. Any work affected by such conflicts, ambiguities, discrepancies, errors or omissions which is performed by Contractor prior to clarification by City shall be at Contractor's risk and expense. 6.4 Invoicing and Payment Each invoice shall contain a progress report describing theworkcompleted during the billing period andshall also includecost informationby task regarding: previous work billed to date, work billed during the reporting period, percent of task completed and amount remaining by task. Invoices are to be submitted monthly. The invoices shall reference the project title, and list charges by task, worker classification, hours, billing rate, and totals. 82 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 25 of 48 Each invoice shall contain a progress report describing theworkcompleted during the billing period and the following summary information: 6.5 Conditions Charges for towing, storage and other services required of contract holder shall not exceed those approved by the City of Hermosa Beach City Council as a result of Contractor's proposal. The towing charges shall be inclusive of equipment and personnel charges, tow site debris clean-up, etc. Cost data offered by the Contractor shall be listed on the City- provided form attached to this Request for Proposal. Additional conditions include: a) All rates and charges shall be conspicuously posted in the Contractor's office or other area viewable by the Public. b) Each customer shall be issued an itemized invoice indicating the services rendered, the unit cost of each service, and the total cost of all services. c) The City shall not be liable to pay Contractor or any other party any charge or other fee for a call which does not result in a chargeable service being rendered by Contractor. d) In the event any vehicle is towed or impounded, or both, through any error of the Contractor or City, neither the vehicle owner nor the City shall be liable to pay any tow or storage charges, or any other fees. e) In the event of a dispute concerning any charge(s), the Chief of Police or his/her designee shall make a determination of the validity of the charges, pursuant to the California Vehicle Code Section 22852. The decision shall be binding on all parties involved. f) Contractor shall not make any demand on the vehicle owner or driver for a sum in excess of the amount established by the City of Hermosa Beach City Council. g) Contractor shall accept valid bank credit cards (in the field as well as in the office). Personal checks shall also be accepted. Contract Amount Total Prior Contract Billings Contract Work Performed this Period Total Contract Amount Performed To Date Contract Percent Complete Total Amount Remaining for the Contract 83 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 26 of 48 h) Rates quoted shall be valid for 1 year from the date of commencement of the contract and shall be subject to renegotiation on an annual basis. At no time will any negotiated rate changes exceed the change in the Consumer Price Index for Los Angeles County over the previous 12-month period. The rates may never exceed the Los Angeles Police Commission's Tow & Storage rates. All requests for increase must be substantiated to the City's satisfaction prior to approval. i) At no time will charges exceed the fees set by the Los Angeles Police Commission. j) Any hourly charges shall be prorated on a quarter hour basis (i.e., if the task takes 10 minutes, the billing will be one quarter of the hourly rate). 84 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 27 of 48 7. Attachments and Required Forms 7.1 Sample Professional Services Agreement CONTRACT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TO ________________________________________________________________ BETWEEN THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH AND ___________________________ This AGREEMENT is entered into this day of , 2024, by and between the CITY OF Hermosa Beach, a general law city a municipal corporation (“CITY”) and _, a limited liability company (“CONTRACTOR”). R E C I T A L S A. The City desires to __________________________________________. B. The City does not have the personnel able and/or available to perform the services required under this agreement and therefore, the City desires to contract for consulting services to accomplish this work. C. The Contractor warrants to the City that it has the qualifications, experience and facilities to perform properly and timely the services under this Agreement. D. The City desires to contract with the Contractor to perform the services as described in Exhibit A of this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, based on the foregoing recitals, the City and the Contractor agree as follows: CONSIDERATION AND COMPENSATION As partial consideration, CONTRACTOR agrees to perform the work listed in the SCOPE OF SERVICES, attached as EXHIBIT A. As additional consideration, CONTRACTOR and CITY agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. As additional consideration, CITY agrees to pay CONTRACTOR a not to exceed amount of $ , based on the hourly rates set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for CONTRACTOR’s services, unless otherwise specified by written amendment to this Agreement. No additional compensation shall be paid for any other expenses incurred, unless first approved by the City Manager or his/her designee. 85 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 28 of 48 CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY, by not later than the 10th day of each month, its invoice for services itemizing the fees and costs incurred during the previous month. CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR all uncontested amounts set forth in CONTRACTOR’s invoice within 30 days after it is received. SCOPE OF SERVICES. CONTRACTOR will perform the services and activities set forth in the SCOPE OF SERVICE attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference. Except as herein otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by CITY, CONTRACTOR will, in a professional manner, furnish all of the labor, technical, administrative, professional and other personnel, all supplies and materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, office space, and facilities necessary or proper to perform and complete the work and provide the professional services required of CONTRACTOR by this Agreement. PAYMENTS. For CITY to pay CONTRACTOR as specified by this Agreement, CONTRACTOR must submit an invoice to CITY which lists the reimbursable costs, the specific tasks performed, and, for work that includes deliverables, the percentage of the task completed during the billing period in accordance with the schedule of compensation incorporated in “Exhibit A.” TIME OF PERFORMANCE. The services of the CONTRACTOR are to commence upon receipt of a notice to proceed from the CITY and shall continue until all authorized work is completed to the CITY’s reasonable satisfaction, in accordance with the schedule incorporated in “Exhibit A,” unless extended in writing by the CITY. FAMILIARITY WITH WORK. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR represents that CONTRACTOR has (a) thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed; (b) carefully considered how the services should be performed; and (c) understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement. KEY PERSONNEL. CONTRACTOR’s key person assigned to perform work under this Agreement is ________________. CONTRACTOR shall not assign another person to be in charge of the work contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written authorization of the City. TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this Agreement shall commence upon execution by both parties and shall expire on __________, 20___, unless earlier termination occurs under Section 11 of this Agreement, or this Agreement is extended in writing in advance by both parties. CHANGES. CITY may order changes in the services within the general scope of this Agreement, consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, and the contract sum and the contract time will be adjusted accordingly. All such changes must be authorized 86 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 29 of 48 in writing, executed by CONTRACTOR and CITY. The cost or credit to CITY resulting from changes in the services will be determined in accordance with written agreement between the parties. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CONTRACTOR will provide CITY with a Taxpayer Identification Number. PERMITS AND LICENSES. CONTRACTOR will obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the performance of services under this Agreement. TERMINATION. Except as otherwise provided, CITY may terminate this Agreement at any time with or without cause. Notice of termination shall be in writing. CONTRACTOR may terminate this Agreement. Notice will be in writing at least 30 days before the effective termination date. In the event of such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall cease services as of the date of termination, and all finished or unfinished documents, data, drawings, maps, and other materials prepared by CONTRACTOR shall, at CITY’s option, become CITY’s property, and CONTRACTOR will receive just and equitable compensation for any work satisfactorily completed up to the effective date of notice of termination. Should the Agreement be terminated pursuant to this Section, CITY may procure on its own terms services similar to those terminated. INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by law, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, and hold harmless CITY, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers from and against all liability, loss, damage, expense, cost (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation) of every nature to the extent caused by CONTRACTOR's negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct in the performance of work hereunder or its failure to comply with any of its obligations contained in this AGREEMENT. CONTRACTOR shall promptly pay any final judgment rendered against CITY (and its officers, officials, employees and volunteers) with respect to claims determined by a trier of fact to have been the result of the CONTRACTOR’s negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the CITY its costs of defense, including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation to the extent such fees, costs and all other costs are determined by the court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the actual negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California and will survive termination of this Agreement. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by CONTRACTOR as required by Section 17, and any approval of said insurance by CITY, 87 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 30 of 48 are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement is for CONTRACTOR’s professional services. CONTRACTOR’s attempts to assign the benefits or burdens of this Agreement without CITY’s written approval are prohibited and will be null and void. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CITY and CONTRACTOR agree that CONTRACTOR will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. CONTRACTOR will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with CITY. CONTRACTOR is not an agent or employee of CITY and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits CITY provides for its employees. Any provision in this Agreement that may appear to give CITY the right to direct CONTRACTOR as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that CONTRACTOR will follow the direction of the CITY as to end results of the work only. AUDIT OF RECORDS. CONTRACTOR agrees that CITY, or designee, has the right to review, obtain, and copy all records pertaining to the performance of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide CITY, or designee, with any relevant information requested and will permit CITY, or designee, access to its premises, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours for the purpose of interviewing employees and inspecting and copying such books, records, accounts, and other material that may be relevant to a matter under investigation for the purpose of determining compliance with this Agreement. CONTRACTOR further agrees to maintain such records for a period of three (3) years following final payment under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR will keep all books, records, accounts and documents pertaining to this Agreement separate from other activities unrelated to this Agreement. CORRECTIVE MEASURES. CONTRACTOR will promptly implement any corrective measures required by CITY regarding the requirements and obligations of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR will be given a reasonable amount of time as determined by the City to implement said corrective measures. Failure of CONTRACTOR to implement required corrective measures shall result in immediate termination of this Agreement. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. A. The CONTRACTOR, at the CONTRACTOR’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies: 1. Workers Compensation Insurance as required by law. The Contractor shall require all subcontractors similarly to provide such compensation insurance for their respective employees. Any notice of cancellation or non-renewal of all Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by the CITY at least thirty (30) days prior 88 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 31 of 48 to such change. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the CONTRACTOR for City. 2. General Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit. 3. Automobile Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the CONTRACTOR arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. 4. Professional Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors, or omissions which may arise from the CONTRACTOR’S operations under this Agreement, whether such operations be by the CONTRACTOR or by its employees, subcontractors, or sub-contractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit-per- occurrence basis. When coverage is provided on a “claims made basis,” CONTRACTOR will continue to renew the insurance for a period of three (3) years after this Agreement expires or is terminated. Such insurance will have the same coverage and limits as the policy that was in effect during the term of this Agreement, and will cover CONTRACTOR for all claims made by CITY arising out of any errors or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or its officers, employees or agents during the time this Agreement was in effect. B. Endorsements. Each general liability, automobile liability and professional liability insurance policy shall be issued by a financially responsible insurance company or companies admitted and authorized to do business in the State of California, or which is approved in writing by City, and shall be endorsed as follows. CONTRACTOR also agrees to require all contractors, and subcontractors to do likewise. 1. “The CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.” 2. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects the CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by the CITY, including any self-insured retention the CITY may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with this policy. 89 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 32 of 48 3. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each, except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring company. 4. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents. 5. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. 6. The insurance provided by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the CITY. C. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide immediate notice to CITY of any claim or loss against CONTRACTOR arising out of the work performed under this agreement. CITY assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve CITY. D. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the CITY. At the CITY’s option, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate financial capability for payment of such deductibles or self-insured retentions. E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to the CITY as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the CITY on or before commencement of performance of this Agreement. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with the CITY at all times during the term of this Agreement. F. Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to procure or maintain required insurance shall constitute a material breach of contract under which the CITY may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11 above. G. The commercial general and automobile liability policies required by this Agreement shall allow City, as additional insured, to satisfy the self-insured retention (“SIR”) and/or deductible of the policy in lieu of the Contractor (as the named insured) should Contractor fail to pay the SIR or deductible requirements. The amount of the SIR or deductible shall be subject to the approval of the City Attorney and the Finance Director. Contractor understands and agrees that satisfaction of this requirement is an express condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement. Failure by Contractor as primary insured to pay its SIR or deductible constitutes a material breach of this Agreement. Should City pay the SIR or deductible on Contractor’s behalf upon the Contractor’s failure or refusal to do so in order to secure defense and indemnification as an additional insured under the policy, City may include such amounts as damages in any action against Contractor for breach of this Agreement in addition to any other damages incurred by City due to the breach. USE OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR must obtain CITY’s prior written approval to use any sub-contractors while performing any portion of this Agreement. Such approval must include approval of the proposed contractor and the terms of compensation. 90 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 33 of 48 FINAL PAYMENT ACCEPTANCE CONSTITUTES RELEASE. The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the final payment made under this Agreement shall operate as and be a release of the CITY from all claims and liabilities for compensation to the CONTRACTOR for anything done, furnished or relating to the CONTRACTOR’S work or services. Acceptance of payment shall be any negotiation of the CITY’S check or the failure to make a written extra compensation claim within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of that check. However, approval or payment by the CITY shall not constitute, nor be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, sub-contractors and agents for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or work performed; nor shall such approval or payment be deemed to be an assumption of such responsibility or liability by the CITY for any defect or error in the work prepared by the Contractor, its employees, sub-contractors and agents. CORRECTIONS. In addition to the above indemnification obligations, the CONTRACTOR shall correct, at its expense, all errors in the work which may be disclosed during the City’s review of the Contractor’s report or plans. Should the Contractor fail to make such correction in a reasonably timely manner, such correction shall be made by the CITY, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR. In addition to all other available remedies, the City may deduct the cost of such correction from any retention amount held by the City or may withhold payment otherwise owed CONTRACTOR under this Agreement up to the amount of the cost of correction. NON-APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Payments to be made to CONTRACTOR by CITY for services preformed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted fund. In the event that CITY does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of CONTRACTOR’S services beyond the current fiscal year, the Agreement shall cover payment for CONTRACTOR’S services only to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which CITY appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: CITY CONTRACTOR City of Hermosa Beach 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 ATTN: Sgt. Guy Dove ATTN: 91 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 34 of 48 Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. Courtesy copies of notices may be sent via electronic mail, provided that the original notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or personally delivered as specified in this Section. A.SOLICITATION. CONTRACTOR maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than CONTRACTOR’s bona fide employee, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, CONTRACTOR warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than CONTRACTOR’s bona fide employee, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. Should CONTRACTOR breach or violate this warranty, CITY may rescind this Agreement without liability. B.THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement and every provision herein is generally for the exclusive benefit of CONTRACTOR and CITY and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of CONTRACTOR’s or CITY’s obligations under this Agreement. C.INTERPRETATION. This Agreement was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this agreement will be in Los Angeles County. D.ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, and its Attachments, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties. There are no other understandings, terms or other agreements expressed or implied, oral or written. E.RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Each Party had the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement will be construed simply, as a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning; it will not be interpreted strictly for or against either Party. F.AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement and to engage in the actions described herein. This Agreement may be modified by written amendment with signatures of all parties to this Agreement. CITY’s city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on behalf of CITY. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a 92 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 35 of 48 party is delivered by facsimile transmission or scanned and delivered via electronic mail. Such facsimile or electronic mail copies will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. FORCE MAJEURE. Should performance of this Agreement be impossible due to fire, flood, explosion, war, embargo, government action, civil or military authority, the natural elements, or other similar causes beyond the Parties’ control, then the Agreement will immediately terminate without obligation of either party to the other. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence to comply with dates and schedules to be provided. STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR represents that it has demonstrated trustworthiness and possesses the quality, fitness and capacity to perform the Agreement in a manner satisfactory to CITY. CONTRACTOR represents that its financial resources, surety and insurance experience, service experience, completion ability, personnel, current workload, experience in dealing with private contractors, and experience in dealing with public agencies all suggest that CONTRACTOR is capable of performing the proposed contract and has a demonstrated capacity to deal fairly and effectively with and to satisfy a public agency. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the City shall own all documents and other work product of the Contractor, except the Contractor’s notes and workpapers, which pertain to the work performed under this Agreement. The City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion and without further compensation to the Contractor, but any re-use of such documents by the City on any other project without prior written consent of the Contractor shall be at the sole risk of the City. USE OF LOGO. The CITY grants the CONTRACTOR permission to use its name, logo and/or trademark in deliverables produced by the CONTRACTOR on the behalf of the CITY, such as written reports, presentation slides, press releases, social media graphics, and other public outreach materials. The CITY’s prior review of artwork and written approval is required for any use of CITY logo. CITY will provide an electronic copy of the most current logo to the CONTRACTOR for use in materials. The CONTRACTOR will, in turn, only use the most current logo of the CITY. DISCLOSURE REQUIRED. (City and Contractor initials required at one of the following paragraphs) By their respective initials next to this paragraph, City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that Contractor is a “contractor” for the purposes of the California Political Reform Act because Contractor’s duties would require him or her to make one or more of the governmental decisions set forth in Fair Political Practices Commission Regulation 18700.3(a) or otherwise serves in a staff capacity for which disclosure would otherwise be required were Contractor employed by the City. Contractor hereby acknowledges his or her assuming- 93 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 36 of 48 office, annual, and leaving-office financial reporting obligations under the California Political Reform Act and the City’s Conflict of Interest Code and agrees to comply with those obligations at his or her expense. Prior to contractor commencing services hereunder, the City’s Manager shall prepare and deliver to contractor a memorandum detailing the extent of Contractor’s disclosure obligations in accordance with the City’s Conflict of Interest Code. City Initials ______ Contractor Initials ______ OR By their initials next to this paragraph, City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that Contractor is not a “contractor” for the purpose of the California Political Reform Act because Contractor’s duties and responsibilities are not within the scope of the definition of contractor in Fair Political Practice Commission Regulation 18700.3(a) and is otherwise not serving in staff capacity in accordance with the City’s Conflict of Interest Code. City Initials ______ Contractor Initials ______ COMPLIANCE WITH COVID-19 VACCINATION POLICY. All CONTRACTOR’S employees, agents, officers and subcontractors who will be physically present in the City and have contact with City officials and employees or with the public shall be fully vaccinated from COVID-19. CONTRACTOR agrees to certify in writing to CITY that it complies with the foregoing. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH CONTRACTOR [MAYOR/CITY MANAGER] By: NAME/TITLE ATTEST: 94 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 37 of 48 Myra Maravilla, City Clerk Taxpayer ID No. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney 95 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 38 of 48 7.2 Fees Attachment I, the undersigned, have read and understand the attached specifications for the Towing & Storage Request for Proposal. I am able to perform the contract in accordance with the City's specifications and offer the following costs of rendering services (please state bid amounts in words and figures): A.Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for passenger type vehicles and pickup trucks up to and including 1 ton capacity during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. 7 days per week, 365 days per year.$ B. Same as "A", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ C.Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for trucks (1 ton and over), and heavy equipment during the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM 7 days per week, 365 days per year.$ D. Same as "C", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ E.Hourly charge for additional labor to facilitate the movement of the vehicle (including dropping the drive shaft, use of dollies, etc. This does not include using a "slim jim" to open the vehicle - that should be included in base towing cost, except as requested below)$ F.Flat charge to “slim jim” a vehicle without performing towing services.$ G. Hourly charge for use of a dolly or motorcycle trailer if required. $ H.Flat charge for a vehicle release during non-business hours/days.$ Define non-business days: Define non-business hours: 96 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 39 of 48 I. Storage of vehicles shall be charged at the following rates: (In all cases where a vehicle has been stored for less than two (2) hours, no daily storage will be assessed. Any portion after two (2) hours shall constitute one full day). 1. Motorcycles $ /Day 2. Passenger type cars and trucks (1 ton or less)$ /Day 3. Trucks over 1 ton and heavy equipment $ /Day J. Field Release Fee $ K. Cost to tow City-owned vehicles: 1. Within Hermosa Beach to City Yard $ /Tow 2. Outside Hermosa Beach to City Yard $ /Mile 97 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 40 of 48 7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire Please complete the following questions on a separate sheet of paper if necessary. 1. Name of Contractor: 2. Number of years in towing business? 3. Number of years in storage business? 4. Number of years in business under current ownership? 5. List of all storage facilities, addresses, and if owned or leased. 6. Total number of employees? Provide a hierarchy chart. 7. Out of total, how many are drivers? What is their average tenure? How are they compensated? 8. Out of total, how many are dispatchers? Provide the dispatching protocol. 9. Provide a copy of your training manual for both positions. 98 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 41 of 48 10. How many supervisors per shift? Where are they located during the shift? Who do they supervise? 11. What are the shift days and times? 12. How long have you been at your present location? 13.Has your firm been sued in the past 3 years? If so, what was the nature of the litigation? 14.Do you currently have an FCC license? 15. Are you currently licensed to do business in Hermosa Beach? 16. Attach a complete list of your fleet of vehicles including their capacity. 17. How do you track the vehicles? 18. Attach a list of all current contracts with public agencies. Include contact person, phone number, contract term dates, and how many trucks & types are deployed for each agency. The undersigned has checked carefully the entire Towing and Storage Services Request for Proposal (RFP). By signing this document, I attest that I am authorized to contractually bind the company listed, and will meet the Proposal requirements if awarded a contract. 99 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 42 of 48 Dated this day of Print Name Signature Title Name of Company Business Address City, State, Zip Code Telephone Number FAX E-mail 100 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 43 of 48 7.4 Required Forms 7.4.1 Certification of Proposal RFP #: _________ The undersigned hereby submits its proposal and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Request for Proposal (RFP). 1. Proposer declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City has been or shall be compensated, directly or indirectly, in connection with this proposal or any work connected with this proposal. Should any agreement be approved in connection with this Request for Proposal, Proposer declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City, during the term of his/her service with the City shall have any direct interest in that agreement, or obtain any present, anticipated or future material benefit arising therefrom. 2. By submitting the response to this request, Proposer agrees, if selected to furnish services to the City in accordance with this RFP. 3. Proposer has carefully reviewed its proposal and understands and agrees that the City is not responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the Proposer and that the Proposer is responsible for them. 4. It is understood and agreed that the City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals and to waiveany informality or irregularity in any proposal received by the City. 5. The proposal response includes all of the commentary, figures and data required by the Request for Proposal 6. The proposal shall be valid for 90 days from the date of submittal. 7. Proposer acknowledges that the City may issue addendums related to this RFP and that the proposer has reviewed the following addendums which have been issued: Addendum: _____________________________ Addendum: _____________________________ Addendum: _____________________________ Addendum: _____________________________ 8. Proposer further acknowledges the provisions of any addendums issued have been incorporated into their proposal. 101 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 44 of 48 Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 102 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 45 of 48 7.4.2 Non-Collusion Affidavit RFP #: _________ The undersigned declares states and certifies that: 1. This proposal is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization or corporation. 2. This proposal is genuine and not collusive or sham. 3. I have not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Proposer to put in a false or sham proposal and I have not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any other Proposer or anyone else to put in a sham proposal or to refrain from submitting to this RFP. 4. I have not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the proposal price or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the proposal price or to secure any advantage against the City of Hermosa Beach or of anyone interested in the proposed contract. 5. All statements contained in the Proposal and related documents are true. 6. I have not directly or indirectly submitted the proposal price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any person, corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, RFP depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham proposal. 7. I have not entered into any arrangement or agreement with any City of Hermosa Beach public officer in connection with this proposal. 8. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences,and civil damage awards. Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 103 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 46 of 48 7.4.3 Compliance with Insurance Requirements RFP #: _________ The selected contractor will be expected to comply with the City s insurance requirements contained within this RFP. The undersigned declares states and certifies that: 1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the insurance requirements as specified in the Request for Proposal. 2. If selected, proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein. Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 104 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 47 of 48 7.4.4 Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement RFP #: _________ The selected contractor will be expected to comply with and sign the City s Professional Services Agreement. Proposers should identify and/or indicate any exceptions to the Sample Professional Services Agreement included in Section 6.2. The City Attorney or their designee retains the discretion to accept or reject proposed exceptions or modifications to the City s Professional Services Agreement. 1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the conditions specified in the City’s Sample Professional Services Agreement. 2. Proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein with exceptions noted as follows: ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 105 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 48 of 48 7.4.5 COVID Vaccination Certification PLEASE PLACE LETTER ON OFFICIAL COMPANY LETTERHEAD (Insert Date) Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 RE: Mandatory COVID-19 Vaccination for City of Hermosa Beach Contractors Dear Ms. Lowenthal: Per this letter, (Insert Company Name) certifies that all of its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, representatives and volunteers servicing the City of Hermosa Beach on-site within the City pursuant to the (Insert Agreement Title) dated (Insert Agreement Date), are or will be fully vaccinated or covered by an approved medical or religious exemption prior to the implementation of the scope of work located within the above referenced agreement. Respectfully, (Insert Name) (Insert Title) 106 RFP 24-001 4.2.1 Cover Letter 107 Firm Introduction & Professional Qualifications Van Lingen Towing is a 3rd generation small business providing towing, recovery, and haz-mat traffic accident remediation to the South Bay since 1948. Van Lingen is the only local company to maintain an in-house equipment roster that meets the current contract requirements. In addition to the core requirements, we maintain a fleet of recovery units that assist in urban search and rescue operations, upright tractor trailers and the ability to recover heavy equipment such as commuter buses, refuse trucks, construction equipment etc. Van Lingen Towing has been in business for 76 consecutive years. Our longevity highlights our ability to establish trust and build a strong reputation among its government contract customers, vendors, and community stakeholders. Operating successfully for a substantial period demonstrates our ability to deliver consistent service, maintain high-quality standards, and fulfill our promises. This trust and reputation are invaluable assets that attract customers, foster loyalty, and facilitate long term partnerships. Longevity necessitates adaptability and resilience in the face of ever-changing towing and recovery market dynamics. Van Lingen has evolved and innovated in response to new trends, technologies, and customer demands. By staying abreast of industry developments, embracing change, and leveraging opportunities, Van Lingen Towing has maintained a competitive edge and avoided obsolescence. As a result of Van Lingen’s track record of longevity we have an easier time attracting and retaining top talent. Talented individuals are drawn to our company because we have a proven history of success, stability, and growth. Moreover, Van Lingen Towing can offer greater career prospects, job security, and opportunities for professional development. This advantage in attracting talent leads to a skilled and motivated workforce that can drive innovation and contribute to the long-term success of our business and ultimately puts Van Lingen in a great position to service the City of Hermosa for years to come. Van Lingen Towing’s experienced staff lends credibility and instills trust in our business relationships with every municipal contract that we service. Police Officers, City staff, and the public place their trust and confidence in Van Lingen because we are led by experienced towing professionals. The track record of successfully overcoming challenges and delivering consistent results has built Van Lingen a strong reputation. 108 Our experience and longevity are meaningless however without integrity. Integrity plays a crucial role in establishing trust between Van Lingen Towing, our Municipal contracts, and the public. Because Van Lingen operates with integrity, we have built a reputation for being reliable and trustworthy. By consistently adhering to ethical principles, Van Lingen Towing can differentiate ourselves from our competitors and position ourselves as leaders in the towing and recovery industry. By maintaining consistent ethical standards, we have fostered a sense of confidence among stakeholders whom in turn engage in long-term relationships. Trust forms the foundation for successful collaborations, partnerships, and mutually beneficial contractual relationships. At Van Lingen towing we feel that we have a lot to be proud of, but none as much as our team from the lot attendants to the office staff to tow operators and everyone in between. We are very grateful for the team that we have the privilege to work with every day. Van Lingen invests greatly in initial and on-going training for all team levels. Properly trained employees are equipped with the knowledge, skills, and tools necessary to perform their jobs efficiently and safely. Training programs enable employees to acquire new techniques, stay updated on industry best practices, and optimize their workflow. We utilize several outside training vendors such as TowPros, CTTA, TIMS, TRAA, HAZ-Whopper, etc., as well as in house training on a continual basis. Our team members who receive this comprehensive training are better equipped to meet towing and recovery needs, customer needs and deliver exceptional service. Proper training also instills important customer service skills, such as effective communication, problem-solving, and empathy. Within our ranks we have a deep wealth of knowledge from very experienced leaders whom serve in various leadership roles. Effective leadership at Van Lingen cultivates a shared vision, aligning diverse individuals towards the common goal of servicing our contracts. Our leader's ability to articulate this vision not only inspires but also empowers employees to contribute their best efforts. In times of uncertainty, capable leadership becomes even more critical. Our strong leaders can navigate through challenges, make informed decisions, and guide the team towards an answer. They provide a steady hand, ensuring the Van Lingen team remains resilient amidst adversity. Content and competent team members are key but they need the proper tools to do their jobs effectively and efficiently in manner that the City of Hermosa Beach expects. In today's towing and recovery landscape, the role of proper equipment cannot be overstated. Proper equipment significantly contributes to operational efficiency to service a municipal contract and limit Police and City Staff stand by time on-scene. Van Lingen Towing owns a fleet of towing equipment ranging from wheel-lifts to flatbeds to haz-mat equipment to heavy-duties to 75 ton cranes. Van Lingen towing is the only company in the southbay that has this type of fleet under one roof that does not rely on third party vendors to qualify for the City of Hermosa Beach towing contract. 109 Van Lingen towing has been contacted by the City of Hermosa Beach and its Police department multiple times for service during the last 48 months. This leads us to believe that your current vendor is critically unqualified to fulfill your basic contract needs. We humbly request the opportunity to continue to prove ourselves to the City of Hermosa Beach with the award of this contract. Summary statement of understanding of scope of work Below is Van Lingen Towing’s understanding and outline of the scope of work for the City of Hermosa Beach towing contract. This summarizes our responsibilities, the City’s expectations, and requirements for towing services that assist law enforcement and City staff. This towing contract is essential for ensuring that towing operations support the Police and City Staff in managing traffic incidents, accidents, impounded vehicles, and other situations requiring vehicle removal, relocation or other recovery operations. Below are key elements which are included in the scope of work for the City of Hermosa Beach Towing contract: 1. **Availability and Response Time**: The towing service must be available 24/7, including holidays, with a specified 20-minute maximum response time to attend to police/city requests for towing services at various locations. 2. **Towing Services**: Contractor must have Light-duty towing, heavy-duty towing, motorcycle towing, and any specialized towing (e.g., for oversized vehicles or hazardous materials) available on a 24/7 365-day basis. The entire fleet must be inspected on an annual basis by CHP commercial enforcement. 3. **Storage Facilities**: Contractor must currently have secure storage facilities for towed vehicles to ensure the safety and security of impounded vehicles. 4. **Record Keeping and Reporting**: Contractor must maintain detailed records of all towing operations conducted under the contract, including information on the vehicles towed, towing locations, storage details, and release information. The contractor also is required to provide regular reports to the police department. 5. ** Personnel**: Personnel shall meet standards for the training, certification, and conduct of towing personnel. All drivers shall maintain a valid class of California drivers license for the vehicle they are driving. Personnel shall be neatly uniformed with identification. 6. **Compliance and Licensing**: Contractor shall comply with all local, state, and federal regulations, including licensing, insurance, and safety standards. 110 7. **Incident Management and Road Clearance**: Contractor is responsible for managing traffic incidents, including efficient clearance of vehicles to minimize traffic disruption, and ensuring safe conditions for the public and emergency responders. 8. **Environmental and Safety Standards**: Contractor shall adhere to environmental regulations and safety standards in towing operations, including the handling of vehicles involved in accidents and those carrying hazardous materials. This understanding of the scope of work is merely a starting point and Van Lingen Towing fully understands the scope can vary depending on the specific needs of the Police department and the City Staff. The scope of work is designed to ensure that towing services are provided efficiently, safely, and in a manner that supports law enforcement activities and public safety. Contact information & Acknowledgement 1. Offeror name: Van Lingen Towing 2. Name, telephone number, and address of persons authorized to conduct negotiations: Name: Sean Van Lingen Phone Number: 310 602 4111 Address: 20621 Earl St., Torrance CA 90503 3. Van Lingen Towing Inc. acknowledges that the RFP 24-001“City of Hermosa Beach Request for Proposals for Towing and Storage Services”, including the Special Provisions, General Provisions, Additional General Provisions, Attachments, Addendums, and enclosures received via the City of Hermosa Beach and Planet Bid have been thoroughly reviewed and are acceptable in event of contract award. 7. Van Lingen Towing acknowledges the procurement schedule as outlined in part 1.2 RFP Timeline. 111 RFP 24-001 4.2.2 Firm Profile 112 • Official name and address. Van Lingen Towing 20621 Earl St. Torrance, CA 90503 • Name, address, email, and telephone number of the contractor’s primary point of contact. Sean Van Lingen 20621 Earl St. Torrance CA 90503 310-602-4111 -Office 310-310-650-8638 - Cell • Type of business entity of contractor (corporation, company, joint venture, etc.). Please enclose a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement if entity is a joint venture. Van Lingen Towing is California Corporation • Federal Employer I.D. Number. 95-2564247 • Address, telephone numbers and fax numbers of each of the proposing firm’s locations. 20621 Earl St. Torrance CA 90503 310-370-4533 fax (888) 778-1634 2755 Lomita Blvd Torrance CA 90505 310-326-9220 fax (888) 778-1634 10219 Hawthorne Blvd Ingelwood CA 90301 310-674-3222 fax (888) 778-1634 • Indication whether firm is totally or partially owned by another business organization (parent company) or individual. The organization is wholly owned and operated by the Van Lingen family. • Number of years contractor has been in business under the present business name. The company has been in business since 1948 as Van Lingen Body Shop with a dba of Van Lingen Towing • Number of years of experience the contractor has had in providing required, equivalent, or related services. 113 Van Lingen Towing has been providing municipal contract towing, storage and vehicle recovery services since 1948 • Any failures or refusals to complete a contract, and explanation. Van Lingen Towing in 76 years has never failed to complete a contract nor have we ever been suspended or refused to complete a contract. 114 RFP 24-001 Statement of Understanding 115 Statement of Understanding State, County and Local requirements, and other industry standards State Laws & Requirements In California, the laws regulating the towing industry cover a wide range of practices, including safe towing, the circumstances under which vehicles can be towed, consumer rights regarding towed vehicles, and the legal requirements for towing companies. Reasons for Vehicle Impoundment The California Vehicle Code (CVC) also outlines various situations where vehicles may be impounded. These include parking violations, obstruction of traBic, being involved in a crime, or if the vehicle is deemed unsafe. Specific codes like CVC 22651.5 through 22669 cover these scenarios, ranging from vehicles left on a freeway to those used in committing a public oBense [oai_citation:2,§ 22651 CVC – California Impound & Towing Laws](https://www.shouselaw.com/ca/defense/vehicle-code/22651-cvc/). Towing and Loading Equipment Regulations The state's regulations on towing and loading equipment are detailed in the California Vehicle Code, Division 13. This division addresses requirements for towing equipment and transporting loads, ensuring that vehicles are towed safely and securely [oai_citation:3, California TOWING AND LOADING EQUIPMENT Laws - 2021 California Vehicle Code, DIVISION 13 - TOWING AND LOADING EQUIPMENT :: 2021 California Code :: US Codes and Statutes :: US Law :: Justia](https://law.justia.com/codes/california/2021/code- veh/division-13/). Consumer Resources California Vehicle Code 22651.07 outlines requirements for towing and storage service providers regarding consumer notices and rights. The key points include: 1. **Posting and Availability of Towing Fees and Access Notice**: Towing companies are required to prominently post the Towing Fees and Access Notice in the oBice area of the storage facility where it's easily visible to the public. Copies of this notice must be readily available to the public. This requirement ensures transparency of towing and storage fees. 2. **Provision of Notices to Vehicle Owners or Operators**: Upon request, towing companies must provide a copy of the Towing Fees and Access Notice to the owner or operator of a towed or stored vehicle. This ensures that individuals whose vehicles have been towed are informed about the fees and their rights regarding towing and storage. 3. **Itemized Invoice Requirement**: Before receiving payment for towing, recovery, or storage-related fees, towing companies must provide an itemized invoice of actual charges 116 to the vehicle owner or their agent. This measure is intended to prevent billing for undisclosed or unauthorized services and to ensure that vehicle owners are only charged for services actually rendered. 4. **Rights of Vehicle Owners Prior to Payment**: Vehicle owners or their agents have specific rights before paying any towing, recovery, or storage-related fees, including the right to receive their personal property from the towed vehicle during normal business hours at no extra charge, and the right to inspect the towed vehicle. These provisions are designed to protect consumers from predatory towing practices, ensuring fairness and transparency in the towing and storage process. For individuals who believe their rights under this code have been violated, legal recourse is available, including the possibility of seeking damages. County & Local laws & Requirements In Los Angeles County, towing operations are governed by the same State of California specific regulations that ensure safety, fairness, and accountability within the towing industry listed above. Industry Standards The towing industry, encompassing a wide range of operations from light duty towing to vehicle recovery to heavy-duty towing, adheres to various standards and safety practices to ensure the well-being of both operators and the public. These standards include but are not limited to: 1. Federal & State Legislation and Education: Van Lingen Towing belongs to the Towing and Recovery Association of America, Inc. (TRAA) is a leading organization representing the towing industry's interests. TRAA focuses on federal legislation, education, and advocacy to promote safety and professionalism within the industry. They oBer resources such as professional certification, training videos, and written materials to enhance the knowledge and skills of towing professionals. Additionally, Van Lingen is an active member of the California Tow Truck Association (CTTA). The CTTA is a similar organization to the TRAA but on a state level. The CTTA provides standardized training, advocacy, industry education, and legal updates. 2. Safe Work Practices: Safety is a paramount concern of Van Lingen Towing in our operations. Safe work practices include thorough driver selection processes, comprehensive training programs, the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) such as high visibility vests, and adherence to equipment maintenance schedules. It's also crucial 117 that our tow operators employ safe positioning and operational techniques at the scene of a tow to protect themselves and others from potential hazards. 3. Advocacy and Representation: Van Lingen actively represents the towing industry's interests through engagement with traBic incident management partners, government agencies, and other organizations. T eBorts help shape policies and practices that aBect the towing industry, ensuring that the voices of towing professionals are heard in discussions about roadway safety, legislation, and regulation. These standards and practices underscore Van Lingen’s commitment to safety, professionalism, and advocacy. By adhering to these principles, Van Lingen Towing strives to ensure eBicient and safe operations, contributing to the overall safety of the motoring public. Because Van Lingen has a deep understanding of these standards we can ensure best practices are always followed. 118 RFP 24-001 Organizational Chart 119 ROBERT VAN LINGEN PRESIDENT SEAN VAN LINGEN VICE-PRESIDENT D MIKE LOPEZ L1 SUPERVSIOR LUIS LOPEZ L2 SUPERVISOR GEORGE GARCIA DISPATCH SUPERVISOR DANIELLE VELIZ OFFICE SUPERVISOR ARTURO CAMACO DRIVER RICHARD CORONA DRIVER MARIO AVELAR DRIVER MATT URSO DRIVER ANTHONY CALLAGHAN DRIVER CARLOS FLORES DRIVER NATHAN SOTO DRIVER RUDY ENCINAS DRIVER C.T. PEREZ DISPATCH CARLOS CUAHTEMOC DISPATCH ROXY TORREBLANCA DISPATCH KORENA GASTELUM DISPATCH ED HAND OFFICE FELIPE MONTREAL LIEN SALES JUSTIN LIZARDI EQUIPMENT CAROL GOMEZ ADMINISTRATION MARC RIVAS OPERATIONS GIL CAMPOS FACILITIES JORGE SOTO DRIVER PHILLIP OELKERS DRIVER MIRANDA MAYEN DISPACTH JOSE RODRIGUEZ NIGHT SUPERVISOR DANIEL GONZALEZ DRIVER FELIPE MONREAL L4 SUPERVISOR OCTAVIO RAMIREZ DRIVER SILVESTRE CARILLO DRIVER Elvis Del Valle DRIVER WAYNE ZEPEDA DRIVER ERIC TUTTLE DRIVER PETER MATA DRIVER MATT URSO DRIVER BOBBY FOX DISPATCH ALEJANDRO GOMEZ DRIVER Van Lingen Towing Organizational Chart 120 RFP 24-001 Approach to Work Program 121 Approach to Work Program Van Lingen Towing’s approach to meeting the City’s goals in this RFP are quite simple – we plan on exceeding them all so that there will never be a question as to whether or not we have met our performance goals. Van Lingen is very proud of our 76-year history of smashing past performance goals. However, to be more specific, Van Lingen currently has more than enough personnel and employees to handle all of the City of Hermosa Beach’s needs on day one of the contract. That being said, we are never satisfied with the status quo and have an aggressive plan to recruit additional high-quality operators and purchase field ready tow units in the event of contract award. On day one, Van Lingen will have multiple units staged in the city at strategic locations across the city to ensure the best possible ETA’s. Additionally, we will have two trucks staged for the morning sweeps and two staged for the afternoon sweeps. The City of Hermosa Beach will immediately have access to our selection of specialized services including our Haz-mat remediation services, crane services and heavy duty landoll services. Van Lingen will immediately have dozens of tow units available to service the City for special events, other large un-planned events, or natural disasters. During the initial transitional period when the contract commences Van Lingen will have extra management staP in the City and in our dispatch oPice to minimize any confusion and to instantly solve any concerns. 122 RFP 24-001 Additional Services 123 Additional Services Van Lingen offers a wide variety of value added services which differentiates us from the current vendor and other potential vendors. Below are bullet points of those services, capabilities and on-going operational programs. • Hazmat program Van Lingen staffs a fully certified HAZWOPER hazmat remediation crew. Our staff is OSHA Hazardous Waste Operations Emergency Response Certified, and available around the clock. We carry pumps to remove fuel, pressure washers to ensure street cleanliness, and Environmentally Sustainable and EPA approved absorbent to ensure a "green" clean. • Rotators/Cranes Van Lingen owns and maintains two 60 ton JerrDan rotators that are staffed 24/7 365. We currently staff eight certified Rotator Operators. Our rotators have the capability to lift 120,000 pounds each, and have booms that extend 41 feet and provide 360 degrees of rotation. Generally, these trucks are used for the upright and recovery of large commercial vehicles, but have also been used to remove large items off of vehicles, stabilize compromised structures, stabilize vehicles with people trapped for extrications, and provide other live saving measures. • Cross training At least twice per year Van Lingen cross trains with many Southern California Fire Departments in vehicle extrication. Generally, these courses are held at one of our facilities where we provide a cement mixer, bus, and several passenger vehicles. We work hand in hand with the fire department in underride situations, commercial vehicles rolled over on top of vehicles, as well as unique vehicle stabilization exercises. This plays a huge roll in saving lives when our operators and local fire departments get called in a real life scenario with entrapment, as we are well versed in each other’s rolls in these circumstances. • USAR certified Van Lingen is the ONLY towing and recovery company in Southern California to have operators who are Urban Search and Rescue Certified by Los Angeles County Fire Department. We currently have six operators on staff who have been through LA Counties USAR program; which is a 40-hour Urban Search and Rescue Course held at their Del Valle Training center. This program focuses on search and rescue operations after a natural disaster. Our operators are well versed and extensively trained in lifting heavy objects to assist fire departments locating and rescuing in Search and Rescue Operations. • Towing Manufacture certified Our operators are also trained by the two largest Towing Manufactures in the World. JerrDan and Miller Industries both offer courses regarding their equipment, how to operate the equipment, maintain the equipment, and what the equipment is capable of. This unique training offers our staff full confidence in the equipment they operate. • ERSCA Co-Chair Sean Van Lingen was the Vice President of California Tow Truck Association as the Education CO Chair for two full terms. The education co-chair was directly responsible for all certified towing and recovery training in the towing industry. As the Co-Chair of education Sean ensured the towing and training curriculum was current and up to date, worked with ESA in introducing 124 EV training to the towing industry, introduced new modules in to training, helped to create a train the trainer program, create new digital accessible training, create new level 1 and level 6 training manuals, and also helped take the California Training program national under the ERSCA fold. • Landoll services Van Lingen provides Landoll services around the clock. Our 40 ton landoll is capable of hauling large machines, tractors, containers, diesel pusher motorhomes, as well as various heavy items not able to be towed by a standard method. • Providing cars and large trucks for training Van Lingen frequently receives request for training vehicles from police and fire departments. These vehicles are used for pit and pursuit training, SWAT training, vehicle extrication training, new officer/fire fighter training, and much more. We fulfill over 90% of the requests we get for the use of training vehicles to local agencies. • State of the art dispatch center with redundancy In 2019 we completely redesigned our dispatch center. We pooled ideas from several towing companies as well as 911 communication centers. Our dispatch center features several stalls for dispatchers, as well as a supervisor stall to oversee the dispatchers in a live fashion. The dispatch center is staffed with 5 dispatchers during the day, and three during night hours. On our “live wall” in front of the dispatchers we created a six screen intuitive dispatch consul with six separate 50-inch LCD screens. These screen can be fully customized for tracking of assets, live news events, weather forecasts, view to any of our 60+ live view cameras, basic internet searches, as well as live view cameras from our trucks. This dispatch consul ensures our dispatchers can provide second by second arrival times as well live traffic views. In 2022 we also upgraded our phone system. We have a Mitel VOIP phone system with a fiber circuit that allowed for 64 DID numbers, as well as our standard publicly posted number. Each Police Department we contract with is assigned their own “DID” ring down circuit number. When this number is called it rings live to our dispatch center and is answered in less than 5 seconds. All phone calls are recorded (with supervisor accessibility) to ensure our staff is approvability assisting our customers. We created a level of redundancy with our phone system with a generator backup for power and VOIP HotSpot backup for internet, to ensure we are always running. In an extreme natural disaster scenario, we have 10 lines on AT&T FirstNet cellular which has a 99.9% uptime with cell tower priority. We created a dispatch center that is not only unique to our business, but ensures we can provide an unmatched level of service. • Custom dispatch software Our current CAD software is provided by TOPS. TOPS worked with us to create a program that fits ALL of our needs. Our dispatchers can enter a request for service in less than 10 seconds, and then it is routed to a drivers’ tablet or mobile device. Once accepted our dispatchers get a second by second countdown for an arrival time, and the driver gets turn by turn traffic sensitive directions. Once on scene our drivers follow our SOP and photograph each vehicle before hooking up to the vehicle (unless the officer on scene prohibits or ask we not do this for evidence purposes). The photographs are geotagged with a location and time stamped. The driver then follows each prompt to electrically update their status to show in tow, dropping and clear of the call. This allows the towing charges to calculate based on time and actual work performed. Our system with TOPS has taken many functions out of the dispatchers and drivers hands and placed them in the brains of a computer to ensure the utmost accuracy. 125 • In Vehicle cameras In vehicle dash cameras with live view and 90 day playback including GPS Every one of our towing units is equipped with a LYTX Drive Cam and Tracking device. LYTX records and saves up to 300 hours of footage as well as reports on live events. Events such as harsh turns, harsh braking, and accident avoidance are flagged and sent to supervisors for review. These cameras record both outside the truck, and in our cabs. In the case of a high profile evidence case we can save a specific date and time, and provide the police department with a full video of recording of any job we performed. LYTX also provides out fleet tracking. Again, our dispatchers have live access to this with an unlimited historical rewind for any vehicle. On our live tracking view, we can see the drivers current speed, direction traveled, traffic in the area, as well as a live camera view. Tracking is updated every 3 seconds to ensure there is nearly zero lag time to see an asset’s current location. 126 RFP 24-001 Roles and Responsibilities for City Staff 127 Roles & Responsibilities for City Sta3 Van Lingen towing anticipates the role of City Sta6 to be as follows during a routine vehicle tow. • Relay generally accurate location of the requested tow to our dispatch sta6. • Provide on-scene tra6ic control as necessary. • Provide on-scene CHP 180’s as required. • Relay call specific information such as evidence holds, print holds etc., to our field personnel. • Issue vehicle or property releases as appropriate. • Keep our o6ice sta6 updated as to the “hold” status of evidence or print vehicles. • Communicate with our management sta6 as early as practical when planned special events are to occur and how many units are expected to be required. 128 RFP 24-001 Communications Approach 129 Communications Approach The communications approach between Van Lingen Towing and the City of Hermosa Beach involves various key strategies to ensure clarity, compliance, and e?iciency throughout the duration of the contract period. Here are some foundational elements: 1. Formal Communication Channels: Van Lingen and the City will establish formal lines of communication which means both sides will designate points of contact, to ensure that all communications are directed to the right individuals. This can help avoid miscommunications and delays. 2. Regular Updates and Meetings: Van Lingen will facilitate regular updates and meetings to review contract progress, discuss challenges, and adjust plans as necessary. These could be monthly or bi-monthly or quarterly, depending on the City’s preferences. These meetings could be held at any of our facilities or any City facility. The final choice would be up to the City Sta?. The meetings could also take place via teleconference or standard phone landline. 3. Written Documentation: Ensure all communication, especially agreements and changes to the project scope, are documented in writing. This can include email correspondences, meeting summaries, project updates, and formal change requests. 4. Compliance and Reporting: Understand and adhere to all city requirements for reporting and compliance. This shall involve regular submissions of reports, financial documentation, and other compliance forms as necessary. 10. Emergency Communications: Van Lingen will establish an emergency communication plan. This plan will outline how to communicate swiftly and e?ectively with city o?icials and the public in case of an emergency related to the towing contract during natural disasters or other unplanned events. E?ective communication between Van Lingen Towing and the City is crucial for the successful completion of the contract. Van Lingen is committed to the planning, coordination, and a commitment to transparency and collaboration to ensure success. 130 RFP 24-001 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Approach 131 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Approach The quality assurance (QA) process for Van Lingen Towing involves several key steps and practices to ensure that all aspects of the work meet or exceed the specified standards and requirements. Here's a comprehensive outline of our QA process: 1. A Developed Quality Assurance Plan: Prior to the commencement of the contract, Van Lingen has a fully developed QA plan that has been vetted and evolved over the past 76 years of municipal contract work. We have a detailed QA plan that outlines the standards, methodologies, and benchmarks for quality towing and storage activities. These include hiring outstanding people, intense initial training, on-going education and third-party audits of our operations from industry professionals across the nation. This plan is aligned with the towing municipal contract specifications, industry standards, and regulatory requirements. 2. Establish Quality Objectives: Van Lingen will clearly define quality objectives that are specific, measurable, achievable, and relevant to this particular RFP. These objectives will cover all critical aspects of the project, such eta’s, trucks assigned to morning and afternoon sweeps, eUiciency of on scene staU as well as storage facility staU etc,. 3. Selection of Qualified Personnel: Van Lingen Towing will ensure that the team working on the contract has the necessary qualifications, skills, and experience. This includes assigning and hiring certified and experienced personnel, supervisors, and managers who are capable of delivering work to the required towing industry and City of Hermosa Beach standards. 4. Quality Control Procedures: Implement quality control (QC) procedures at various stages of the contract. This includes regular inspections by monitoring eta’s, communicating with City StaU, and having managers do routine random field inspections of our staged drivers within the City. Van Lingen Towing’s QC will be both proactive (to prevent issues) and reactive (to correct issues). 5. Training and Awareness: Van Lingen will c onduct regular training sessions for our team to ensure they are aware of the quality standards, procedures, and their roles in maintaining quality and consistency. This helps in building a quality-centric culture within our entire organization. 6. Corrective and Preventive Actions: When quality issues are identified, Van Lingen will take immediate corrective actions to rectify them. Additionally, we will analyze the root causes of these issues to implement preventive actions that avoid recurrence of similar issues in the future. 132 7. City Communication: Van Lingen will m aintain open and transparent communication with the City regarding quality assurance eUorts, challenges, and outcomes. Implementing a comprehensive QA process requires commitment and coordination across the Van Lingen team and stakeholders. It's a critical component of project management that directly impacts the success and reputation of the contractor. 133 RFP 24-001 Summary of Relevant Work 134 Summary Of Relevant Work Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Torrance Police Department since 1948. As a sole provider for Torrance Police Van Lingen is called on a 24/7 basis to tow and store all sized vehicles. Torrance Police Department also relies on Van Lingen to provide hazmat services for all VOF (vehicle operating fluid) as well as assist the Torrance Fire Department with unique extrication scenarios with our certified USAR staff and Heavy Duty Rotators. Marc Rivas is our assigned staff member to lead our Torrance Contract and backed up by 12 other operators. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Redondo Beach Police Department since 2016. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the Redondo Beach Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Luis Lopez is our assigned staff member to lead our Redondo Beach contract and backed up by 6 other operators. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Manhattan Beach Police Department since 2008. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the Manhattan Beach Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Arturo Camacho is our assigned staff member to lead our Manhattan Beach contract and backed up by 4 other operators. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the El Segundo Police Department since 2016. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the El Segundo Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Richard Corona is our assigned staff member to lead our El Segundo contract and backed up by 6 other operators. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Palos Verdes Estates Police Department since 1985. Van Lingen is the sole service provider for the Palos Verdes Estates Police Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Miguel Lopez is our assigned staff member to lead our Palos Verdes Estates contract and backed up by 4 other operators. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Lomita Sheriff Department since 2006. Van Lingen is one of two providers for the Lomita Sheriff Department and is called on a 24/7 basis. Mario Avelar is our assigned staff member to lead our Lomita Sheriff contract and backed up by 4 other operators. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Inglewood Police Department since 2000. Van Lingen is one of two providers for the Inglewood Police Department, but the only Heavy Duty Provider, and is called on a 24/7 basis. Felipe Monreal is our assigned staff member to lead our Inglewood Police contract and backed up by 6 other operators. 135 RFP 24-001 References 136 References Torrance Police Department 3300 Civic Center Drive Torrance, CA 90505 Sgt. Dave Koenig Cell- 310-678-2064 Office- 310-951-3188 DKoenig@TorranceCA.Gov Van Lingen in the sole provider for the Torrance Police Department for all towing and storage services. Van Lingen is called roughly 350 per months for service from the Torrance Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Torrance Police Department since 1948. Redondo Beach Police Department 401 Diamond Street Redondo Beach, CA 90277 Captain Stephen Sprengel (310) 379-2477 x2665 Stephen.Sprengel@Redondo.Org Van Lingen is the sole provider for the Redondo Beach Police Department for all towing and storage services. Van Lingen is called roughly 200 times per month for service by the Redondo Beach Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Redondo Beach Police Department since 2016. Manhattan Beach Police Department 420 15th St Manhattan Beach, CA 90266 Lt. Andy Harrod (310) 802-5140 aharrod@manhattanbeach.gov Van Lingen is the sole provider for the Manhattan Beach Police Department for all towing and storage services. Van Lingen is called roughly 125 times per month for service by the Manhattan Beach Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the Manhattan Beach Police Department since 2008. El Segundo Police Department 137 348 Main St El Segundo, CA 90245 Chief Jaime Bermudez 310-524-2250 jbermudez@elsegundo.org Van Lingen is the sole provider for the El Segundo Police Department for all towing and storage services. Van Lingen is called roughly 150 times per month for service by the El Segundo Police Department. Van Lingen has been providing towing and storage services for the El Segundo Police Department since 2016. 138 RFP 24-001 Experience and Qualifications of key Personnel 139 Experience & Qualifications of Key Personnel The qualifications for our key personnel are a mixture of what every organization strives for in a proven leader and skills tailored for the towing industry. These skills include: 1. Industry specific training: Robust training and certifications for towing, recovery, and customer relations. 2. Relevant Experience: Significant experience in the towing industry or in roles of increasing responsibility within the towing business. This includes a track record of success in previous positions. 3. Leadership Skills: The ability to lead, motivate, and manage co-workers effectively. This includes strategic thinking, decision-making capabilities, and the ability to inspire confidence in others. 4. Communication Skills: Excellent oral and written communication skills are essential for interacting with employees, and customers effectively. 5. Problem-Solving Skills: The ability to identify problems, analyze information, and develop effective solutions. 6. Adaptability and Flexibility: The capacity to adapt to change, handle uncertainty, and work effectively in an ever-changing business environment. 7. Ethical Judgment and Integrity: Strong ethical principles and the ability to make decisions that are in the best interest of the community stakeholders and the company. Van Lingen Towing has chosen nine key personnel to highlight for the purposes of this RFP – Robert Van Lingen, Sean Van Lingen, Carol Gomez, Marc Rivas, Mike Lopez, Luis Lopez, George Garcia, Danielle Veliz, and Felipe Monreal. Below are their resumes. ROBERT VAN LINGEN Robert Van Lingen is the president/CEO of Van Lingen Towing. Robert is part of a multi- generational small business in the City of Torrance. Robert grew up in the towing, transport, and wrecked vehicle recovery industry. Today is he considered a leading innovator in the super heavy-duty recovery arena, consulting with private companies and municipalities across the country. Robert was born and raised in the towing industry as part of a family operation. He began officially working for the family business at the age of twelve after school and on weekends. Robert’s initial responsibilities were to organize the auto inventory, clean the premises and tow vehicles. At the age of sixteen he began driving tow trucks, and his affection for the towing industry began to blossom. Robert received his first certification of towing competency from the California Tow Truck Association shortly after getting his driver’s license, aged 16. Robert performed towing and recovery assignments for various public agencies. At the age of eighteen, he received his class “A” commercial driver’s license and began to tow heavy duty vehicles in addition to towing and recovering light duty vehicles. Robert graduated with honors from South 140 Torrance High school in Torrance California, Robert was admitted to California State University at Long Beach (CSULB). Robert stayed in the towing history during his tenure at CSULB, working nights, weekends, and between classes. He is proud of the fact he continued to grow his towing and recovery knowledge while pursuing his academic career. Robert received his bachelor’s degree with honors in business management from CSULB. Shortly after graduation from CSULB, Robert experienced a near fatal injury during a vehicle recovery. He used this incident as the catalyst to reengineer the rigging, training, and equipment standards of the towing industry. He began a nationwide training and rigging awareness campaign. Robert trained and continues to train tow operators and emergency personnel from across the country. The Van Lingen family has a long line of Police work in its history, dating back to Robert’s great grandfather. Robert continued this tradition and became a level 1 reserve Police Officer while still working full-time at the family tow business. His assignments as a Police Officer included patrol, detectives, entry team, DUI team, gang task force, warrant task force, community service, traffic, and motor detail. He retried honorably from the Palos Verdes Estates Police Department (PVEPD) as a motor sergeant in 2016 after 18 years of service. Robert received numerous commendations during his tenure at PVEPD, including the prestigious award for meritorious service in 2004. To further his knowledge of Government contracting, Robert sought out and earned a master’s degree in Government Contract management from Villanova University, in Pennsylvania. Robert graduated cum laude. Upon completion of his master’s degree, Robert began to work his way up the management ladder at his family’s business. Upon his father’s retirement, Robert became CEO of the family operation and began to oversee several expansions of the family group of companies. Robert engages the community and donates many hours of service to community organizations such as the Rotary Club of Del Amo, and Torrance Chamber of commerce. As a former 3-time chair of Government Affairs for the Chamber of Commerce, Robert has a unique perspective of private enterprise and of government policy. He has described his position at the chamber as an Intermediary whom matches the needs of various Government entities with the day-to-day reality of running a business. Robert has decades of experience in managing government contracts related to the towing and recovery industry. These have included contracts with following public agencies, Torrance Police, Palos Verdes Police, Redondo Beach Police, Manhattan Beach Police, El Segundo Police, Inglewood Police, California Highway Patrol, Los Angeles County Sheriff, Federal Bureau of Investigations, and the LACMTA. The following is a partial list of Robert Van Lingen’s credentials, awards and certifications: • Rotarian of the year, 2011-12 • President, Del Amo Rotary 2010-2011 • Wreck master certified instructor • Ring leaders – Rotator rescue certified • Crosby – Certified rigger • Tow Pro Certified instructor. • HAZWOPER 141 • USAR • ERSCA • TIMS • Jerr-Dan Factory Trained • Miller Factory Trained • TRAA certified • CTTA certified • Torrance Chamber of Commerce – Government AGairs Chair • American Towman Academy graduate SEAN VAN LINGEN Professional Summary: Strategic-thinking individual experienced in supporting corporate initiatives and attending tradeshows and client meetings. Offers an engaging and pleasant personality with expertise improving customer relationships. Work History Vice President Jan 2004 - Current Van Lingen Group Torrance, CA Van Lingen Towing was established in 1948. Since the one single location and single company our family owned business has acquired three separate companies and three additional facilities; making us the largest towing company in Southern California. Primarily I manage our state of the art dispatch center, which consists of VOIP phone systems with custom programmed ring down circuits and fail safe backups, as well as custom dispatch software. Our dispatch software was specially created for our company to handle our daily call volume with urgency as the priority. On a daily basis 70-80 calls come through our dispatch center, and we achieve a 9 minute average response time, and 36 seconds from phone call to dispatch. Education High School Diploma 2006 South Torrance High School Torrance, CA Associate of Arts: Business 2008 El Camino College Torrance, CA Affiliations CTTA State level Board of Director Certifications Urban Search and Rescue Heavy Rescue Certified, through LA County Fire Rotator Certified through many channels Miller Ring Leader Certfied American Towing and Recovery Institute Certified Tow Pros Light, Medium, and Heavy Certified • Wreckmaster Level 1&2 Certified • HAZWOPER Certfied • Train The Trainer Founding Member for ERSCA • American Towman Academy Certfied 142 • Energy Security Agency EV Vehicle Certfied • TIMS Certfied CAROL GOMEZ Position and Role Office Manager, Accounts Payable, and Phone System Coordinator Skills Summary and Experience I am a hardworking and self-driven person. I thrive in any environment, including working in an isolated atmosphere. My co-workers describe me as patient, detail orientated, and helpful. I am proficient in all aspects of technology including QuickBooks, pay clock pro, TOPS systems, as well as many other technology platforms. I have over 15 years experience in the Towing and Storage Field. Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, Microsoft Office, QuickBooks online, and a Certfiied Record Manager. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the Lomita Chamber of Commerce as well as a current subscriber to American Towman. DANIELLE VELIZ Position and Role Office Manager, Accounts Recievable, Payroll Coordinator, Bank Manager, HR Manager Skills Summary and Experience I have spent my professional career primarily in the Auto Industry. I know my way around the management side of towing and storage companies very well, and I have ran an auction company in prior years. I have over 25 years experience in the Towing and Storage Field. Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, Microsoft Office, QuickBooks online, Pay Clock Pro, Nursing License, Degree in Business Management, and a Certified Record Manager. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the Torrance Chamber of Commerce, Lomita Chamber of Commerce as well as a current local Church Member 143 FELIPE MONREAL Position and Role Office Manager, Lien Sales Supervisor and Lead Field Driver Skills Summary and Experience I have over 30 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, evidence scenes, as well as hand in hand with many law enforcement agencies. I am also a licensed VIN Verifirer through DMV. Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, Tow Pros, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars. I am also a Licensed VIN Verifier with DMV. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the American Towman Academy and California Tow Truck Association JORGE GARCIA Position and Role Dispatch Supervsior, Rotator Operator, Truck Maintence Supervisor and Heavy Duty Operator Skills Summary and Experience I have over 15 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, heavy duty accidents, large vehicle rollovers, evidence scenes, as well as hand in hand with many law enforcement agencies. I am a skilled Mechanic and have 10 years of fleet maintenance experience. Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, HAZWOPER, Tow Pros, ESA EV Containment, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the American Towman Academy and California Tow Truck Association LUIS LOPEZ Position and Role Lead Field Driver and Field Recovery Expert Skills Summary and Experience I have over 10 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, evidence scenes, as well as hand in hand with many law enforcement agencies. 144 Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, Tow Pros, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and ESA EV Containment. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the American Towman Academy and California Tow Truck Association MARC RIVAS Position and Role Field Supervsior, Rotator Operator, and Heavy Duty Operator Skills Summary and Experience I have over 30 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, heavy duty accidents, large vehicle rollovers, evidence scenes, as well as USAR scenarios. Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, HAZWOPER, USAR, Tow Pros, ESA EV Containment, Smith Driving Solutions Instructor, JerrDan Factory Certified, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the American Towman Academy and my Local Church. MIKE LOPEZ Position and Role Field Supervsior, Rotator Operator, Truck Maintence Supervisor and Heavy Duty Operator Skills Summary and Experience I have over 35 years of experience in the Towing and Recovery Field. I have worked major accidents, heavy duty accidents, large vehicle rollovers, evidence scenes, as well as USAR scenarios. I am a skilled Mechanic and have 15 years of fleet maintenance experience. Degrees and Certifications I am currently certified in TIMS, HAZWOPER, USAR, Tow Pros, ESA EV Containment, Smith Driving Solutions Instructor, JerrDan Factory Certified, Miller Ring Leader, TRAA, CTTA Level 1 and 6, and American Towman Seminars. Professional Membership and Associations I belong to the American Towman Academy. 145 RFP 24-001 7.4 Required Forms 146 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 43 of 48    7.4 Required Forms 7.4.1 Certification of Proposal RFP #: _________ The undersigned hereby submits its proposal and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Request for Proposal (RFP). 1. Proposer declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City has been or shall be compensated, directly or indirectly, in connection with this proposal or any work connected with this proposal. Should any agreement be approved in connection with this Request for Proposal, Proposer declares and warrants that no elected or appointed official, officer or employee of the City, during the term of his/her service with the City shall have any direct interest in that agreement, or obtain any present, anticipated or future material benefit arising therefrom. 2. By submitting the response to this request, Proposer agrees, if selected to furnish services to the City in accordance with this RFP. 3. Proposer has carefully reviewed its proposal and understands and agrees that the City is not responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the Proposer and that the Proposer is responsible for them. 4. It is understood and agreed that the City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals and to waive any informality or irregularity in any proposal received by the City. 5. The proposal response includes all of the commentary, figures and data required by the Request for Proposal 6. The proposal shall be valid for 90 days from the date of submittal. 7. Proposer acknowledges that the City may issue addendums related to this RFP and that the proposer has reviewed the following addendums which have been issued: Addendum: _____________________________ Addendum: _____________________________ Addendum: _____________________________ Addendum: _____________________________ 8. Proposer further acknowledges the provisions of any addendums issued have been incorporated into their proposal. 24-001 147 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 44 of 48    Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT 148 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 45 of 48    7.4.2 Non-Collusion Affidavit RFP #: _________ The undersigned declares states and certifies that: 1. This proposal is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization or corporation. 2. This proposal is genuine and not collusive or sham. 3. I have not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Proposer to put in a false or sham proposal and I have not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any other Proposer or anyone else to put in a sham proposal or to refrain from submitting to this RFP. 4. I have not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the proposal price or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the proposal price or to secure any advantage against the City of Hermosa Beach or of anyone interested in the proposed contract. 5. All statements contained in the Proposal and related documents are true. 6. I have not directly or indirectly submitted the proposal price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any person, corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, RFP depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham proposal. 7. I have not entered into any arrangement or agreement with any City of Hermosa Beach public officer in connection with this proposal. 8. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards. Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 24-001 SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT 149 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 46 of 48    7.4.3 Compliance with Insurance Requirements RFP #: _________ The selected contractor will be expected to comply with the City s insurance requirements contained within this RFP. The undersigned declares states and certifies that: 1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the insurance requirements as specified in the Request for Proposal. 2. If selected, proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein. Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 24-001 SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT 150 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 47 of 48    7.4.4 Acknowledgement of Professional Services Agreement RFP #: _________ The selected contractor will be expected to comply with and sign the City s Professional Services Agreement. Proposers should identify and/or indicate any exceptions to the Sample Professional Services Agreement included in Section 6.2. The City Attorney or their designee retains the discretion to accept or reject proposed exceptions or modifications to the City s Professional Services Agreement. 1. Proposer agrees, acknowledges and is fully aware of the conditions specified in the City’s Sample Professional Services Agreement. 2. Proposer agrees to accept all conditions and requirements as contained therein with exceptions noted as follows: ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Representative: ____________________________________________ Printed Name and Title: ____________________________________________ 24-001 NO EXECPTIONS SEAN VAN LINGEN - VICE PRESIDENT 151 RFP 24-001 7.4.5 COVID Vaccination Certification 152 February 27th, 2024 Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 RE: Mandatory COVID-19 Vaccination for City of Hermosa Beach Contractors Dear Ms. Lowenthal: Per this letter, Van Lingen Towing certifies that all of its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, representatives and volunteers servicing the City of Hermosa Beach on-site within the City pursuant to RFP 24-001 dated February 27th 2024 are or will be fully vaccinated or covered by an approved medical or religious exemption prior to the implementation of the scope of work located within the above referenced agreement. Respectfully, Sean Van Lingen Vice-President 153 RFP 24-001 7.3 Towing and Sto rage Contract Questionnaire 154   RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach  Page 40 of 48   7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire Please complete the following questions on a separate sheet of paper if necessary. 1. Name of Contractor: 2. Number of years in towing business? 3. Number of years in storage business? 4. Number of years in business under current ownership? 5. List of all storage facilities, addresses, and if owned or leased. 6. Total number of employees? Provide a hierarchy chart. 7. Out of total, how many are drivers? What is their average tenure? How are they compensated? 8. Out of total, how many are dispatchers? Provide the dispatching protocol. 9. Provide a copy of your training manual for both positions. VAN LINGEN TOWING 76 76 76 20621 EARL ST, TORRANCE CA 90503 2755 LOMITA BLVD TORRANCE CA 90505 10219 HAWTHRONE BLVD, INGLEWOOD CA 90304 40 SEE ATTACHED 32 10.2 YEARS HOURLY, SALARY, COMMISSION 8 SEE ATTACHED SEE ATTACHED -Owned -Owned -Owned 155 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 41 of 48    10. How many supervisors per shift? Where are they located during the shift? Who do they supervise? 11. What are the shift days and times? 12. How long have you been at your present location? 13. Has your firm been sued in the past 3 years? If so, what was the nature of the litigation? 14. Do you currently have an FCC license? 15. Are you currently licensed to do business in Hermosa Beach? 16. Attach a complete list of your fleet of vehicles including their capacity. 17. How do you track the vehicles? 18. Attach a list of all current contracts with public agencies. Include contact person, phone number, contract term dates, and how many trucks & types are deployed for each agency. The undersigned has checked carefully the entire Towing and Storage Services Request for Proposal (RFP). By signing this document, I attest that I am authorized to contractually bind the company listed, and will meet the Proposal requirements if awarded a contract. 4 1 AT EACH OFFICE AND 1 ROAMING DISPATCH, OFFICE, DRIVERS 0600-1800, 1800-0600, SEVEN DAYS 63 YEARS NO YES-REGION NET YES SEE ATTACHED LYTX SOLUTIONS SEE ATTACHED 156 RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach Page 42 of 48  Dated this day of Print Name Signature Title Name of Company Business Address City, State, Zip Code Telephone Number FAX E-mail 27th Febuary 2024 SEAN VAN LINGEN VICE-PRESIDENT VAN LINGEN TOWING 20621 EARL ST TORRANCE, CA 90503 310-602-4111 SEAN@VANLINGEN.COM 888-778-1634 157 ROBERT VAN LINGEN PRESIDENT SEAN VAN LINGEN VICE-PRESIDENT D MIKE LOPEZ L1 SUPERVSIOR LUIS LOPEZ L2 SUPERVISOR GEORGE GARCIA DISPATCH SUPERVISOR DANIELLE VELIZ OFFICE SUPERVISOR ARTURO CAMACO DRIVER RICHARD CORONA DRIVER MARIO AVELAR DRIVER MATT URSO DRIVER ANTHONY CALLAGHAN DRIVER CARLOS FLORES DRIVER NATHAN SOTO DRIVER RUDY ENCINAS DRIVER C.T. PEREZ DISPATCH CARLOS CUAHTEMOC DISPATCH ROXY TORREBLANCA DISPATCH KORENA GASTELUM DISPATCH ED HAND OFFICE FELIPE MONTREAL LIEN SALES JUSTIN LIZARDI EQUIPMENT CAROL GOMEZ ADMINISTRATION MARC RIVAS OPERATIONS GIL CAMPOS FACILITIES JORGE SOTO DRIVER PHILLIP OELKERS DRIVER MIRANDA MAYEN DISPACTH JOSE RODRIGUEZ NIGHT SUPERVISOR DANIEL GONZALEZ DRIVER FELIPE MONREAL L4 SUPERVISOR OCTAVIO RAMIREZ DRIVER SILVESTRE CARILLO DRIVER Elvis Del Valle DRIVER WAYNE ZEPEDA DRIVER ERIC TUTTLE DRIVER PETER MATA DRIVER MATT URSO DRIVER BOBBY FOX DISPATCH ALEJANDRO GOMEZ DRIVER Van Lingen Towing Hierarchy Chart 158 RFP 24-001 7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire Question 8 – Dispatch Protocol 159 COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE POLICY AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE MANUAL Prepared by: Sean Van Lingen Published by: The Van Lingen Group This document has been prepared solely for the voluntary use of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch centers and is provided as an example only. This was not intended as a complete operational directive. 160 Table of Contents INTRODUCTION FOREWORD SECTION 1 - POLICY A. TERMINOLOGY (1) Policy (2) Procedure (3) Shift (4) Shall/Will (5) May (6) Gender (7) Employee B. POSITIONS (1) Communication Employee (2) Shift Supervisor (3) Communications Supervisor C. DAILY OPERATIONS (1) Reporting for Duty (2) Start of Shift (3) End of Shift (4) Breaks (5) Smoking 161 (6) Food and Drink (7) Personal Telephone Calls (8) Visitors (9) Uniforms D. SUBSTANCE ABUSE (1) Pre-Employment Testing (2) Random Testing (3) Reasonable Cause Testing (4) Suspicion of Drug Usage (5) Employee Assistance Program (6) General Procedures E. GENERAL CONDUCT (1) Abuse of Position (2) Conduct Toward the Public (3) Personnel Conduct (4) Performance of Duty (5) Insubordination (6) Work Environment (7) Causes for Disciplinary Action (8) Off Duty (9) Politics F. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES (1) Disciplinary Action 162 (2) Oral Reprimand (3) Formal Disciplinary Procedures (4) Written Reprimand (5) Suspension Without Pay (6) Demotion (7) Dismissal (8) Personnel Files SECTION 2- STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE A. CALL FOR ASSISTANCE (1) Relaying Information (2) Making Assumptions (3) Radio Log Sheets B. POLICE ORDERED CALLS (1) Communication Employee/Call Taker (2) Police/Non-Police Calls (3) Fire Calls (4) Law Enforcement Calls (5) Dispatching Law Enforcement Calls (6) Multiple Calls — Same Incident D.PHONE PROBLEMS (1) General Equipment Failures (2) Hang Up Calls (3) Cancelled Calls 163 E. DISASTER PLAN IN THE COMMUNICATION CENTER (1) Evacuation Procedure (2) Return Procedure (3) Tornado and Severe Wind Storms (4) Bomb Threats (5) Natural Gas Leaks (6) Hazardous Materials Incidents (7) Human Threats (8) Weather Related Staffing Problems 164 INTRODUCTION The primary purpose of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center is serving the needs of our Government and Private contracts and needs of the public at large. A successful Dispatch center must gain and hold the respect and confidence of the public whom it serves. To accomplish this, each communications employee of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center must perform their duties in an efficient, honest and businesslike manner. The communication employee constantly deals with people, and exemplary conduct is a must at all times to make everyone realize the vital necessity of the communication employee to the Government and public well-being. It is the responsibility of every employee of The Van Lingen Group to read and become familiar with this manual’s content, maintaining their assigned copy in good order and updating it as new or revised material is distributed. A current copy of the Policy and Standard Operating Procedure Manual will be kept at the office. If you have any questions about any of the policies, please feel free to discuss them with your supervisor. All employees must be faithful to the principles of professional service, the objectives of each Government Department, and in the discharge of his duties must not allow personal motives to govern his decisions and/or conduct. We welcome you to The Van Lingen Group and express our sincere hope that your employment will be a fulfilling experience. 165 FOREWORD This manual has been prepared to define departmental organization, establish personnel functions and responsibilities, delegate departmental procedure, and set forth department policies and procedures. Every employee of The Van Lingen Group should consider himself the guardian of the character and reputation of the company. His position should be characterized by such traits as efficiency, loyalty, alertness, friendliness, cheerfulness, intelligence, unselfishness, honesty, and moral ascendancy. These virtues cannot help but reflect favorably upon the employee as well as that of The Van Lingen Group. It must be kept in mind that employees, in the general discharge of their duties, continually encounter situations not covered by this Manual. In such instances, the employees must then decide for themselves the proper approach and course of action which would best handle the situation in a competent and efficient manner. All lawful rules, regulations, policies, procedures and orders shall be promptly obeyed. They should be carefully read, and when not thoroughly understood, a supervisor should be asked to explain and/or interpret them. All previous rules, guidelines, job descriptions, orders, policies or procedures found to be in conflict with the contents of this Manual are hereby superseded. 166 SECTION 1 - POLICY A. TERMINOLOGY (1) Policy A course of action, guiding principle, or procedure considered expedient or prudent. (2) Procedure A set of established forms or methods for conducting the affairs of a business, legislative body, or court of law. (3) Shift The designated span of time during which personnel are actually engaged in the performance of the assigned duty. (4) Shall/Will Indicates the action is mandatory. (5) May Indicates that the action is permissive, and/or discretionary. (6) Gender The use of the masculine gender in any directive or manual includes the feminine gender when it is applicable. (7) Employee Any person employed by The Van Lingen Group. 167 B. POSITIONS (1) Communication Employee As used in this manual, means any full time or part time employee that handles the day to day operation of receiving and dispatching calls and is properly trained and approved in the operations of the Dispatch center. This position reports to the Shift Supervisor. (2) Office Staff Would include but limited to communication employee. The office staff employee handles the day to day operation of the front counter, greeting the public, answering the phones and general office duties. This position reports to the Shift Supervisor. (3) Shift Supervisor The Shift Supervisor is responsible for the day to day operations on their shift and ensuring that operating procedures are followed. This position reports to the Communications Supervisor. (4) Communications Supervisor. The Communications Supervisor is responsible for all operations of the Dispatch center. (This position will be referred to in this manual as Communications Supervisor). This position reports to Rob Frank Scotto. 168 C. DAILY OPERATIONS (1) Reporting for duty Employees are expected to report on time for duty. They are expected to review the daily log, any communications and/or on-going calls that may carry over into their shift before the shift starts. Employees who do not follow this procedure shall be considered late for work and appropriate action will be taken. (2) Start of Shift Communication employee will: - relieve the previous shift - start a new shift log - test all equipment (telephone, radio, recording and computer), and - report any equipment that is out of service. (3) End of Shift Communication employee will relay any information that needs to be carried over to the next shift and complete any remaining paper work. It is also the communication employee’s responsibility to: - clean up his or her work station - return all resources to their proper place - loose printouts are to be posted, placed in the wastepaper bin or shredded, and - any other items to be returned to their proper places. (4) Breaks Do the nature of our industry (towing) it is not practical to provide two 30-minute unpaid lunch periods when a shift is 10 hours or more. On some shifts (graveyard, weekends etc) the nature of the work prevents an employee from being relieved of all duty and will be considered “A compensated meal period and break periods. Is summary, whenever possible and staffing allows, take your meal breaks in 30-minute sessions and clock out on the time clock. When shift work and staffing prevents you from leaving your post, it is agreed that meal periods and breaks will be taken as the work load allows and will be fully compensated to you at your regular rate of pay. This additional time on the clock will most probably add to your over time for that shift and the actual hours paid for on that shift will be in full compliance with our policy of any hours over 8 being overtime and any hours over 12 being double time. Further any hours over 40 in one week is considered overtime as well as any hours over 60 hours in any week being double time. (5) Smoking There shall be no smoking or use of any tobacco products in the Dispatch center. The use of tobacco products will be permitted only in a designated area. (6) Food and Drink Food may be consumed in a designated break room/ area, unless urgent circumstances 169 dictate otherwise with the supervisor’s approval. If drinks are permitted in the Dispatch center, they must be in a cup or glass and placed on a form of coaster. Drinks must be kept at a distance from the console or any radio equipment to avoid spills on the communication equipment. (7) Personal Telephone Calls Personal calls are not to interfere with the operations of the Dispatch center. They are highly discouraged during a shift. If personal calls are received, they are to be limited to not more than 5 minutes unless it is a Police situation. Communication employees may place calls or receive calls during their break. These calls must be conducted in a break area or area other than an active console area. These calls shall not exceed their break time. Any exception must be cleared with the shift supervisor. It is strongly urged that personnel closely follow the recommended length for personal telephone calls. Personnel who continually exceed the recommendations will be subject to disciplinary action. (8) Visitors Visitors are not permitted in the radio room of the Dispatch center without the approval of the shift supervisor. Communication employees may have visitors, but they must meet in the lobby, break room, or outside area and limit that visit to no more than 10 minutes. Communication employees shall not leave their position without the approval of the shift supervisor. (9) Uniforms Assigned uniform shall be worn while on duty. Assigned uniform will be determined by the Dispatch center. From 0800 hours to 1700 hours standard uniform will be worn due to 170 the traffic flow of public visitors. From 1700 hours to 0800 hours a more casual uniform, such as golf shirt with Frank Scotto center logo and name, may be worn. All uniforms shall be standard. Any damaged or worn uniforms will be replaced upon approval of the communications supervisor. Uniforms may not be worn during off duty or for personal use without the approval of the communications supervisor. (10) Free Towing Service It is the policy of The Van Lingen Group not to provide free towing services for anyone’s personal vehicle regardless of whom they work for, or whom they are related to. An invoice shall be made for all services rendered even if payment is not made at the time of service. 171 D. SUBSTANCE ABUSE The word “drug” or “drugs” is meant to include but is not limited to: - Legal drugs used illegally, or not as prescribed by a physician - Illegal drugs - Alcoholic beverages - Any substance that adversely affects job performance or makes the employee unsuitable for Police service work. As an employee, you set an example to the public of all fellow employees of The Van Lingen Group . There is a level of professionalism expected from you while you are off duty, therefore, all employees shall not consume alcoholic beverages while off duty to the extent the evidence of such consumption is apparent when reporting for duty, or to the extent their ability to perform duty is impaired. Employees while off duty shall refrain from consuming alcoholic beverages to the extent it results in obnoxious or offensive behavior which discredits the company, or renders the employee unfit to report to their next regular shift. Employees shall not bring into or keep any drugs on the departmental premises. Employees shall not at any time be under the influence of drugs while on duty. (1) Pre-Employment Testing - All offers of employment will be tendered contingent on testing negative for drugs. - If a prospective employee tests positive he may have an independent test conducted from the same specimen at his expense. - If the employee’s test is negative the Dispatch center will pay for another test within 172 seven (7) days. - If the third test is negative the job offer will be tendered. If the test is positive the candidate will be denied employment. (2) Random Testing - All employees will be subject to random drug tests. - Each employee will be tested a minimum of once per year. - Tests will be administered at Care station-Torrance while the employee is on duty. - Employees who refuse a test are considered to be refusing a direct order and will be suspended without pay pending a decision of the Director. - Any employee who tests positive will be suspended, with pay, pending final disposition. (3) Reasonable Cause Testing Any supervisor who has reason to believe an employee is using, or under the influence of, a prohibited drug and/or substance may direct that employee to submit to a screening test. A decision to test must be based on specific contemporaneous physical, behavioral and/or performance indicators of probable drug use. The supervisor shall carefully document all factors that lead him to the decision that the employee is under the influence. If a supervisor becomes suspicious of substance abuse, it should be communicated to the Director immediately. Do not wait for a specific event of obvious impairment. (4) Suspicion of Drug Usage If an employee is suspected of drug usage, it will be reported to the Director immediately. If an employee reports for work under the influence of drugs he will be relieved from 173 duty and the Director shall be notified immediately. The supervisor should keep the employee under direct observation and not allow the employee to take anything by mouth. The Director will come to the Dispatch center and initiate the following actions: - If alcohol is suspected the employee will be directed to take a breath test. - If drug abuse is suspected a urine sample will be obtained - The employee will not be dismissed from duty until the Director has been contacted. The Director will then make the determination to suspend the employee with or without pay. If the Director cannot be located the employee should be suspended with pay and directed to take a drug test as soon as practical. (5) Employee Assistance Program An employee who admits they have a substance abuse problem can choose to enter a treatment program, or resign, rather than be dismissed. The treatment plan must be approved by the Dispatch center’s medical advisor. Any costs associated with the treatment program will be the responsibility of the employee. A leave of absence (without pay) to attend a treatment program will be granted after the employee has used all his leave time. The total absence is not to exceed 60 consecutive calendar days. Assignment to a different shift to accommodate treatment will be made if another 174 employee agrees to the change; however, the re-assignment cannot be guaranteed. The employee must successfully complete the treatment program as a condition of employment. The employee will be subject to frequent drug tests at his expense. Failure to successfully complete a treatment plan or testing positive for drugs will result in the employee being dismissed. (6) General Procedures The following are grounds for dismissal: - Testing positive - Refusing a test or failure to cooperate with a test - Altering or adulterating a sample. 175 E. GENERAL CONDUCT (1) Abuse of Position Employees shall not abuse the use of their official position or identification. Employees shall not use their official position, official identification cards or badges, for personal or financial gain, for obtaining privileges not otherwise available to them except in the performance of their duty, or to avoid consequences of illegal acts. Employees shall not lend to another person their identification card or badges or permit them to be photographed or reproduced without the approval of the Director. Employees shall not authorize the use of their names, photographs, or official titles which identify them as a communication employee, in connection with testimonials or advertisements of any commodity or commercial enterprises without the approval of the Director. (2) Conduct Toward the Public All employees shall conduct themselves in a professional manner while on duty. Employees shall be courteous and orderly in their dealings with the public. They shall perform their duties quietly, avoiding harsh, violent, profane, or insolent language and always remain in control of their behavior regardless of the provocation to do otherwise. Employees are not expected to take abuse from the public. If this occurs, they may be referred to the communication supervisor. Upon request they are required to supply their name and employee or badge number in a courteous manner. They shall attend to requests from the public quickly and accurately. Angry or rude citizens are to be treated in a polite but firm manner. The communication 176 employee will not engage in argumentative conversation or revert to the same behavior as the citizen. If the citizen continues in this manner, they may be referred to the communications supervisor. (3) Personnel Conduct Employees shall treat any employees, subordinates, and associates with respect. They shall be courteous and civil at all times in their relationships with one another. When on duty, and particularly in the presence of other employees or the public, employees shall be referred to by name. (4) Performance of Duty All employees shall perform their duties as required or directed by departmental rule, policy or order, or by directive of chain of command. All duties required by competent authorities shall be performed promptly as directed, notwithstanding the general assignment, duties and responsibilities. (5) Insubordination Failure or deliberate refusal of any employee to obey a lawful order given by any employee or supervisor shall be considered insubordination. Ridiculing any employee/supervisor his/her orders, whether in or out of his/her presence, is also insubordination. (6) Work Environment It is the policy of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center to ensure that each employee is free to work without being harassed or intimidated. Harassment or intimidation of employees will not be tolerated and will result in disciplinary action to include dismissal. 177 (7) Causes for Disciplinary Action Employees are expected to use reasonable judgment in carrying out their duties and not act in a manner contrary to the best interest of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center. The following activities include, but are not restricted to causes for disciplinary action: - Sleeping on duty - Gossiping - Working for a political candidate while on duty or in uniform - Harassing other employees - Physical contact and “horseplay” - Practical jokes - Sexual harassment and/or harassment of any kind - Racial slurs and/or other such derogatory comments - Using abusive and/or obscene language - Failure to give proper notice of an absence which could be anticipated - Irregular attendance or excessive absenteeism without due cause - Repeated tardiness without due cause - Interference with the work of others, including but not limited to, offensive personal habits which interfere with efficient operations. - Excessive inefficiency including, but not limited to, waste, loafing, absence from assigned work area without permission, and defective workmanship - Violating of reasonable, normal or required safety practices, or the failure to report a work related accident or injury - Theft, destruction, careless or negligent use, or willful damage of Dispatch center 178 property - Misconduct, including but not limited to, lack of cooperation, contravention of statutory (civil or criminal) law, and any disgraceful or infamous conduct which reflects unfavorably on the Dispatch center as an employer - Possession or use of alcohol, non-prescribed dangerous drugs, or similar intoxicants while on the Dispatch center property or on duty - Operation of a Dispatch center vehicle or equipment while under the influence of intoxicants such as alcohol, non-prescribed dangerous drugs, or prescribed drugs which cause an unsafe mental or physical state - Loss of a driver’s license or driving privileges by due process of law, when the employee’s job requires the regular operation of a motor vehicle in the performance of routine duties - Deliberate falsification of records or personal misrepresentation of fact to a supervisor, Dispatch center official, the public or the Director - Dishonesty as related to an individual’s job duties or profession, or the use of one’s official position for personal advantages - Insubordination - Conviction of a serious criminal offense or of a misdemeanor involving moral wrong doing - Violation of safety practices that endanger the life or health or the employee or others - Violation of the The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center Policy and Standard Operating Procedures, regulations, rules, lawful orders and/or directions made or given by a supervisor 179 - Acceptance of any consideration of value or gratuity which was given to improperly influence the employee in the performance of duties - Refusal to be examined by a licensed physician when so directed by Dispatch center officials or refusing to submit to blood, breath and/or urine tests for alcohol and/or drugs - Incompetence or repeated inefficiency in the performance of duties - Abusive personal conduct or language toward the public or fellow employees, or abusive public criticism of a superior, Dispatch center Director or Government official - Willful violation of any duly adopted policy or State/Provincial or Federal law or regulation - Conduct or actions determined to be a conflict of interest as defined by state law, Dispatch center policy or standard operating procedures - Fraudulent misrepresentation in securing an appointment or promotion - Repeated and willful violation of relatively minor offenses - Other conduct or activity that is not in the best interest of the Dispatch center. (8) Off Duty Employees shall conduct themselves at all times, both on and off duty, in such a manner as to reflect most favorably upon themselves and the Dispatch center. Employees may pursue off duty jobs as long as they do not interfere with their duties at the Dispatch center and do not bring discredit to the center. Employees are required to inform the Dispatch center officials of any off-duty employment that might be construed as a conflict of interest. 180 (9) Politics Employees who desire to work for a candidate or political cause are encouraged to do so in a nonpublic capacity, so as to avoid involving the Dispatch center. Prohibited activities include but are not limited to: - Referring to the Dispatch center when making endorsements or campaigning - Political work or campaigning while in uniform or while on duty - Anything that gives the impression that The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center supports, or does not support, a particular candidate or slate of candidates, or issue. F. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES (1) Disciplinary Action Employees who violate their oath and trust by committing an offense punishable under the law, or who violate any provision of the Policy and Standard Operating Procedure Manual, Personnel Code or any rules or regulations of the Dispatch center or who disobey any lawful order, or who are incompetent to perform their duties, are subject to appropriate disciplinary action. (2) Oral Reprimand Oral Reprimand will be given when their performance does not meet standards. This may be an informal discussion, or a more formal session, depending on the nature of the problem. The communications supervisor will document the discussion in their personnel file. The communications supervisor may have the employee sign a memo if the problem is more serious or is a recurring violation. (3) Formal Disciplinary Procedures 181 The following procedures will be used when a serious violation occurs or when informal or formal discussion has failed to correct deficient performance. All formal disciplinary procedures will be signed by the employee, the communications supervisor and the Director and added to the employee’s personnel file. (4) Written Reprimand A written reprimand is issued for serious violations and repeated violations of a minor nature. This form will be signed by the employee, the communications supervisor and the Director and added to the employee’s personnel file. (5) Suspension Without Pay A suspension without pay is given for very serious violations that compromise the operation of The Van Lingen Group or for continued violations. Suspensions are considered a last resort and further violations may result in dismissal. (6) Suspension With Pay Suspension with pay is given when a serious violation is alleged and it is felt that the best interest of the Dispatch center would be served by not having the employee on duty until the matter can be investigated to determine if any action is warranted. (7) Demotion Demotions are given when an employee has not demonstrated satisfactory performance in his position, but it is felt they could serve in a reduced capacity. There must be an opening in a lower ranking, and a lower ranking must exist, for this option to be used. (8) Dismissal A dismissal is used for extreme neglect to duty, conduct unbecoming an employee of the The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center, or continued violation of the rules. 182 (9) Personnel Files Communications Supervisor’s File — used to document formal and informal sessions and the communications supervisor’s observations of the employees performance. These files are for the private use of the communications supervisor and are not considered part of the employee’s personnel file. Personnel File — used for training, employee evaluations, employment related documents, payroll and insurance records, commendations, and formal disciplinary actions. This file is the property of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center and is maintained for the benefit of the organization. Employees may review their files but can not remove anything from those files. Requests to review personnel files are submitted to the communications supervisor and must be reviewed in the office. 183 SECTION 2- STANDARD OPERTING PROCEDURE A. CALLS FOR ASSISTANCE It is the policy of The Van Lingen Group Dispatch center to provide assistance to our Government contracts and public in all situations. To accomplish this goal the following policies and procedures will be used. (1) Relaying Information & Dispatching A communication employee’s role in Police ordered towing services is to relay information effectively to the appropriate driver. To avoid giving wrong information, the communication employee will relay information exactly as it is given and will make clear who the source is. (2) Making Assumptions When relaying information, communication employees must be careful not to embellish facts with their assumptions or interpretations of the situation. If you have reason to suspect that the situation may be other than it appears, this should be relayed, but it must be made clear that it is your opinion, not fact. (3) Radio Log Sheets A radio log will be kept of all activity pertaining to the day to day operations of the center. Each communication employee will sign in at the beginning of their shift and will be responsible for the entering of all information along with the time (military time) the information is received. This will include but not be limited to: 184 - All Police ordered calls - Police ordered calls radio traffic - Non-Police ordered calls radio traffic - Equipment in/out of service - Road closing - Weather reports - - Equipment malfunctions or trouble This information will be kept in a CAD (Computer Aided Dispatch) system or in written form. If in written form, entries will be printed by hand and typed onto a log sheet for recording purposes. 185 B. POLICE ORDERED CALLS (1) Communication Employee/Call Taker A communication employee/call taker is responsible for answering all in-coming calls, and for taking all information from the caller. Communication employee/call takers will answer all Police ordered calls after the first ring whenever possible. Police ordered call lines take precedence over all other lines and non-Police call radio traffic. All Police lines will be answered: The Van Lingen Group how may I help you? All other lines will be answered: The Van Lingen Group. (2) Police/Non-Police Calls If the call is a non-Police call and is received on a Police telephone line the communication employee/call taker will notify the caller that they have called on a Police line and will direct them to a non-Police line. It is imperative that only “legitimate” Police calls be handled on the Police system because: An Police ordered call is defined as a call that: - requires the attention of the Police Department - requires the attention of the Fire Department If the call is a Police ordered call, the call taker will request the following information: - Type of call - Location of the incident (Always verify the location. Never assume the location.) 186 - Call back telephone number if unknown - Caller’s name - Any special information that might apply to the situation such as business name, cross streets, etc. The communication employee/radio operator will then notify the appropriate driver by radio to respond to the call. Relay all the information necessary. Continue to handle all radio traffic. 187 (3) Fire Calls Occasionally we are called to assist the Fire Department in moving vehicles that constitute an immediate hazard to the public. When possible an attempt to obtain additional information should be made to assist the responding equipment, i.e. life hazards and hazardous materials. The following is a list of possible fire type calls. This is not a complete list and should only be used as an example of fire calls. The response for these calls will come from Frank Scotto management as to what equipment will respond to each type of call. - Vehicle fire - Vehicle Bomb threats - Person trapped in a vehicle - Chemical spill/hazardous materials involving a vehicle - Electrical wires down on a vehicle - Gasoline leaks form a vehicle - Aircraft emergencies - Vehicle in a structure - Vehicle on a person - Rescue situation 188 (4) Law Enforcement Calls As in a fire situation, the communication employee/call taker is to obtain additional information to assist the responding employees for the safety of the Police officers and the people involved in the incident. The following is a list of possible law enforcement type calls. This is not a complete list and should only be used as an example of law enforcement calls. The response for these calls will come from the law enforcement agency/department as to what equipment will respond to each type of call. - Traffic collisions - Traffic violations or hazard, reckless driving - Broke down vehicle - Over-turned vehicle - Abandoned Vehicle - Parking Violations - Evidence vehicles - Recovered stolen vehicles Note — Some calls may require response from more than one truck (i.e., auto accident, multiple impounds, rescue situations, checkpoints etc.). Therefore, it is important to ask the appropriate questions so that all the drivers that need to be dispatched will be dispatched at the same time in order to avoid any delay in responses. 189 (5) Dispatching Police Calls All Police dispatched call communication on the radio will be repeated twice when dispatching a Police ordered call. The communication employee will identify the Police Agency then the unit that it is dispatching. Next the dispatcher will relay the necessary dispatch information to the unit(s) that is being dispatched. The communication employee will repeat all radio traffic to the tow unit to make sure that the communication traffic is understood correctly. All radio traffic is to be repeated at all times by the communication employee followed by the time (military time). (6) Multiple Calls — Same Incident When there are several calls regarding the same incident, the communication employee will make sure that the caller is reporting the same incident and not an unrelated one. Once you are sure the caller is calling about the same incident that has already been reported and you have obtained any additional pertinent information the caller may have, advise the caller that equipment is already dispatched and clear the call. Clear these calls as soon as possible in order not to tie up any Police lines unnecessarily. 190 D. PHONE PROBLEMS (1) All telephone equipment problems that occur will be reported immediately to the supervisor. The communication employee will then follow the trouble report chart that is provided by the telephone company to verify that the problem is a technical one. The communication employee will then fill out the appropriate forms and notify the telephone company of the problem (there should be a list of telephone numbers to call for phone problems listed at the console). The communication employee will then log on the information in the daily log identifying the date and time the problem occurred, details of the problem and time it was reported to supervisor and Telephone Company. Communication employees when calling the telephone company will identify themselves provide a contact number and will provide the telephone circuit and/or the ID number of the equipment in trouble. (2) Hang up Calls Immediately call back the agency. Speak with a responsible party to determine if a Police ordered call exists. If the number is busy call back in 10 seconds. If the number is still busy, and no contact can be made send an employee to the agency to check out the situation. (3) Canceled Calls 191 If a call is received that turns out to be canceled or a false alarm, the communication employee will verify the information with the appropriate agency. The Supervisor will file the appropriate reports. 192 E. DISASTER AND EMERGENCY PLANS IN THE DISPATCH CENTER (1) Evacuation Procedure The Dispatch center will be evacuated when the lives of personnel are threatened. The following procedure will be used if evacuation becomes necessary: - The communications supervisor will direct all personnel to leave the Dispatch center and report to a secondary location (secondary PSAP). - The communications supervisor will then notify the telephone company and inform them that the Dispatch center is being evacuated. (The communications supervisor is the only one that can make this call). This will cause all Police calls to be forwarded to the secondary P SAP. - If safety permits, the communications supervisor will then transmit on the secondary telephone system to inform all agencies that the Dispatch center is being evacuated. If the communications employee is unable to transmit on the telephone he will instruct the secondary PSAP to inform all agencies of the situation. - The supervisor will notify the management of the situation. - After confirmation the from telephone company the communications supervisor will also evacuate to the secondary position taking a cellular phone and portable radio with him. (2) Return Procedure 193 After the threat has passed, the communications supervisor will return to the Dispatch center and notify the telephone company to restore service. Once verification is received from the telephone company all personnel should return to the Dispatch center. The communications supervisor will notify all agencies and the Director that the Dispatch center is back in operation. (3) Severe Weather Conditions The Dispatch center is not evacuated for severe weather conditions. Evacuate only upon damage to the building making it unsafe. When severe weather is reported by an official source the Dispatch center will notify all appropriate agencies (i.e., fire departments, police, sheriff, EMS) of the weather conditions, and will give updates as they are received. (4) Bomb Threats If there is a reason to believe that there is a bomb in the Dispatch center, everyone will evacuate, except the supervisor, who will implement the evacuation plan. (5) Natural Gas Leaks If the odor of natural gas is detected everyone will evacuate except the supervisor who will implement the evacuation plan. Do not turn on or off any lights or appliances. (6) Hazardous Materials Incidents Implement the evacuation plan if a Haz-Mat incident requires evacuating the Dispatch center. (7) Human Threats To reduce the potential of human threats, unauthorized personnel are not allowed in the communication room. Doors to the communication room are to be kept locked at all 194 times. If there is a threat to a communication employee or any Dispatch center employee, the sheriff’s office or police department will be notified immediately. (8) Weather Related Staffing Problems Weather emergencies often cause both increased call loads and travel problems for employees. The following procedures will be used for weather related problems: - The Director will be notified as soon as it appears that travel conditions will prohibit normal travel by employees. - If an employee has not been contacted concerning travel arrangements, they should call in for instructions if it appears to them that travel would be hazardous. - Employees who report to work when travel problems are forecast should bring enough extra food and clothing to stay for 16 hours or more depending on the situation. 195 TO: LOT 1 OFFICE STAFF RE: MEAL PERIODS AND BREAKS / MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING Do the nature of our industry (towing) it is not practical to provide two 30-minute unpaid lunch periods when a shift is 10 hours or more. On some shifts (graveyard, weekends etc) the nature of the work prevents an employee from being relieved of all duty and will be considered “A compensated meal period and break periods.” Is summary, whenever possible and staffing allows, take your meal breaks in 30-minute sessions and clock out on the time clock. When shift work and staffing prevents you from leaving your post, it is agreed that meal periods and breaks will be taken as the work load allows and will be fully compensated to you at your regular rate of pay. This addional time on the clock will most probably add to your over time for that shift and the actual hours paid for on that shift will be in full compliance with our policy of any hours over 8 being overtime and any hours over 12 being double time. Further any hours over 40 in one week is considered overtime as well as any hours over 60 hours in any week being double time. As stated in the above memorandum, I hereby waive my off-duty meal periods and break periods in exchange for compensation stated above. Employee Name: Signature: Date: 196 TO: LOT 2 OFFICE STAFF RE: MEAL PERIODS AND BREAKS / MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING During normally scheduled 8 hour shifts I understand that I must take a 1-hour unpaid lunch break prior to my 5th hour of work. I understand that I will take this 1 hour all at once, and not in 2 separates 30-minute segments. I understand that no supervisor will tell me when to go to lunch and that I will relieve myself for lunch any time prior to my 5th hour of work as my workload permits. I understand that my position is primarily as a Lot 2 office person, not primarily as a dispatcher and as such different rules and regulations apply to me. I further understand that I am authorized and permitted to take a rest period that must, insofar as practicable, be taken in the middle of each work period. The rest period is based on the total hours worked daily and must be at the minimum rate of a net ten consecutive minutes for each four-hour work period, or major fraction thereof. I understand that I am required to stay on the premises during my rest break. Since I am being compensated for the time during my rest period, The Van Lingen Group can require that I remain on its premises. The Van Lingen Group provides suitable resting facilities that are available for employees during working hours in an area separate from the toilet rooms. I understand that my break can be taken anywhere on company premises. I further understand that anytime I am not working on specific work-related activities this is considered break time. I understand that a supervisor will not relieve me for my breaks; I will take them as needed. In essence this means I will get a 10-minute break in the morning and a 10 minute break in the afternoon. Employee Name: Signature: Date: 197 RFP 24-001 7.3 towing & Storage Contract Questionnaire Question 9 – Towing Operator Training Manual 198 199 ABOUT US © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA A Safety is our first concern. Operation of the towing equipment you drive and operate is your responsibility. This manual contains key safety points, many of which are related to actual manufacturer’s specifications. Please note that the equipment you use may be different than the equipment used in this book. The Emergency Road Service Coalition of America was formed in 2012 when a dedicated group of motor club towers banded together. Since then, the Coalition has successfully fought to improve working conditions for towing and recovery companies contracting with motor clubs, as well as ensuring the safety of the public that they serve. Our mission is to promote collaboration and education in the towing industry, with a focus on safety and advocacy. • ersca.org Founded in 1969, the California Tow Truck Association represents professional towing operators statewide and beyond. Created by and for towing company owners, CTTA provides unparalleled solutions and resources that empower towing companies to be more professional and progressive within the industry while serving the motoring public. We believe in protecting and educating the men and women who will become the towing industry professionals of tomorrow, as well as continuing safety and equipment operation training with seasoned veterans. • ctta.com 200 “If you think learning the knowledge is difficult, try doing your work without it and you'll learn what difficult really is.” © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA B This training manual is only one part of The CTTA/ERSCA Tow Operator Education Pro- gram. It is designed to provide essential information in a condensed format. It is not intended to provide all the information that may be available on each topic. It is de- signed to serve as a overview and introduction to the towing industry. You are encouraged to read all available industry materials and to learn as much as possible so that you may tailor the information to the needs of each roadside scenario. DO NOT ignore or alter any applicable safety precautions from the manufacturer of the towing equipment you operate as well as the automotive manufacturer’s towing or road and service recommendations, as doing so may result in accidents, injuries, and even death. Always check the manufacturer’s instructions before using any equipment or tools and follow the recommended safety guidelines or procedures. If you find conflicting information between this manual and the manufacturer’s instructions, then follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Since equipment in our industry may vary, confirm the specific use and safety instructions of the equipment you use. In addition, apply all towing and safety recommendations from the manufacturer of vehicles you may tow or service. Remember, your safety and the safety of others is always our first concern. ABOUT THIS MANUAL 201 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA C Special Thanks Images used in this manual were provided by the following companies. Thank you to all of the companies for your time and expert help in making this manual a visual learning tool for our students. Thank you to the ERSCA & CTTA Member companies that provided photos for the demonstration portion(s) of this manual. Your input and support was invaluable in the creation of this manual and its corresponding training tools. 202 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES: •Increase safety awareness •Increase knowledge of equipment •Promote professionalism •Motivate you to do your best everyday •Prepare you for certification •Train you to operate safely & professionally WHAT TO EXPECT FROM THIS COURSE _ Each student who successfully completes this course will be provided an ID card that identifies you as Light Duty Level 1 compliant © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA D The Emergency Road Service Coalition of America and the California Tow Truck Association are dedicated to providing the best industry training instruction. By successfully completing this Light Duty Level 1 Training, tow operators will be equipped with the knowledge to safely and professionally perform their jobs. ERSCA and CTTA expect tow operators to continually educate, update, and refresh their skills with additional training. 203 TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY 1 APPEARANCE 1 SAFETY APPAREL/ANSI 3-4 TRUCK APPEARANCE/FIRST IMPRESSIONS 5 CONDUCT 6 DRUG & ALCOHOL USE 7 PARTNERSHIP IN SERVICE 8 AURAL BREVITY CODES/RADIO COMMS 9 Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING 11 SAFE DRIVING PRACTICES 11 DRIVER'S LICENSE 12 DRIVING HOURS/LOGBOOKS 13 STOPPING/BRAKING DISTANCE 14-15 SAFE DRIVING REMINDERS 16-18 Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE 20 DAILY INSPECTIONS 20-21 TRIP INSPECTIONS 22-23 MONTHLY SAFETY INSPECTION 24 Chapter 4: CHAINS 26 WLL/BREAKING FORCE/DESIGN FACTOR 26 SHOCK LOAD 27 CARBON WELDED STEEL CHAIN 28-29 LINKS 30 CHAIN SAFETY REMINDERS 31-32 Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS 34 HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS DO'S & DON'TS 34 J-HOOKS 35 T-HOOKS/MINI J-HOOKS/R-HOOKS 36 ANCHOR SHACKLE/TWIST LOCK GRAB/SLIP/SWIVEL 37 LATCH SWIVEL/CLEVIS GRAB/RATCHET LOAD BINDER 38 HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS SAFETY REMINDERS 39 Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS 41 NYLON STRAP CARE 42 ENDLESS OR LOOP SLINGS 43-44 SLING HOOKS 45 NYLON STRAP SAFETY REMINDERS 46 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA E Chapter 7: WINCHES 47 WINCH INTRODUCTION/MECHANICAL 47 WINCH TYPES/FREE SPOOL ENGAGEMENT CONTROL 48 LAYERS OF WIRE ROPE ON WINCH DRUM 49 IMPROPER WINDING OF WIRE ROPE 50 WINCH SAFETY REMINDERS 51 204 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA F 205 Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE 53 ANATOMY OF WIRE ROPE/FIBER VS. STEEL CORE 53-54 SYNTHETIC WINCH ROPE/WINCH CABLE OPTIONS 54 SHEAVE/WLL 55-56 LEFT HAND VS RIGHT HAND LAY 57 CAUSES OF DAMAGE 58-59 WIRE ROPE TERMINATIONS 60 INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE 61 HANDLING WIRE ROPE 62 WIRE ROPE SAFETY REMINDERS 62 Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING 64 IDENTIFYING THE PARTS OF A TOW TRUCK 64 WHEEL-LIFTS 65-77 TOW TRUCK CONTROL HANDLES 78 TOW SLINGS 79-81 BASIC TOWING 101 SAFETY 82 REAR TOWING PRECAUTIONS 83 STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT 84-85 TOW LIGHTS 86 SAFETY CHAINS 87-89 Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES 91 INTRODUCTION TO DOLLIES 91 COLLINS HI-SPEED DOLLIES 92-94 IN THE DITCH DOLLIES 95-96 DRIVELINE REMOVAL 97 TABLE OF CONTENTS © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA G Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS 99 IDENTIFYING CAR CARRIER COMPONENTS 99 LOADING A VEHICLE ONTO A CAR CARRIER 100-101 CAR CARRIER SAFETY REMINDERS 102 LOADING EYE BOLTS 102-103 CAR CARRIER TIRE SKATES 104 RUN-AWAY VEHICLES 105 MOTORCYCLE TOWING 106 Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS 108 RATINGS 108-109 CERTIFICATION LABELS 110 RATINGS PLATES 111 RATING & TRUCK LIMIT SAFETY REMINDERS 112 206 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA H 207 TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS 126 JUMP STARTS 126-127 FUEL DELIVERY 128 FLAT TIRE SERVICE 129-131 Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY 133 BASIC RECOVERY GUIDELINES 133-134 RECOVERY BOOMS 135 CALCULATING A SIMPLE RECOVERY 136-137 ROLLING RESISTANCE 138 GRADIENT/SLOPE/DAMAGE RESISTANCE 139-140 RECOVERY SAFETY REMINDERS 141 RIGHTING AN OVERTURN 142-150 Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS CONSTRUCTION & USE 152-153 RECOVERY RIGGING TERMS 154-155 MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE VS. CHANGE OF DIRECTION 156-157 PARALLEL LINES/LINE TENSION 158-159 ANGLE FACTORS 160 MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS 161-165 LOAD IMPOSED ON SNATCH BLOCK 166-167 RECOVERY REQUIRING SNATCH BLOCKS 168-169 SNATCH BLOCK SAFETY REMINDERS 170 152 Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT 172 MANAGEMENT FLOW CHART 172 WARNING LIGHT & ROAD SERVICE CALLS 173 ACCIDENT/COLLISION 174 TRAFFIC CONES, TRAFFIC CONTROL & FLARES 175-178 SCENE/PERSONAL SAFETY 179-180 AIRBAG SAFETY 181 CUSTOMER/BYSTANDER SAFETY 182 Chapter 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 185 Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLES 188 Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING/HAULING CAPACITY 114 DEFINITIONS & ACRONYMS 114-115 STEERING LOAD VS. SAFE STEERING LOAD 116-117 SAFE STEERING LOAD CALCULATIONS 118 GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING 119 REAR AXLE WEIGHT 120 WHEEL-LIFT/WHEEL-LIFT TOW RATING 121 WEIGHT & LOAD DISTRIBUTION ON A CARRIER 122-124 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA I 208 209 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 1 The majority of what a person perceives about your ability and professionalism is based on your appearance and conduct. PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY IMPORTANT i ALWAYS KEEP PROFESSIONALISM AND SAFETY IN MIND WHEN PREPARING FOR A SHIFT! APPEARANCE A tow operator can acquire the customer’s confidence when he or she presents a positive professional image. This includes personal appearance as well as the appearance of their truck. Everyday you arrive to work you should be groomed the same as in your interview and your first day on the job. PROFESSIONALLY • Start each day freshly showered/bathed and groomed • Hair should be neat and clean • Beards should be trimmed short as to not pose a hazard while working around the tow truck • Long hair should be tied back securely, so that it does not get caught in moving machinery • Jewelry should be kept minimal • Tattoos that may be offensive to a customer should be covered as much as possible • Start each shift with a clean uniform. Iron your uniform if needed • Uniforms should fit well and shirts should be tucked in as to not pose a hazard when working • Uniforms should be free of tears and required patches should be clean and in good repair • Boots should be clean and have a sole made of oil and slip resistant material. We recommend an impact resistant toe made of steel or composite material that meets the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA) guidelines Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY210 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 2Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETYThe most important word in the Towing & Recovery Industry is safety. This manual is dedicated to ensure that you, the tow operator, perform your duties and make it through your shift safely. Knowing your equipment and how to use it properly will assist you in becoming a more efficient and safe operator. There are no shortcuts given in this manual. The material covered in this manual will provide you with the knowledge and the confidence to help you avoid unnecessary steps or hesitation by second guessing yourself. Being knowledgeable and confident will help you clear your call safely and expeditiously. The time will come when a situation causes you to question the appropriate next steps. Whenever in doubt, call for assistance. Call your shop for instruction or for additional help. You are not expected to know everything, but you are expected to realize when to ask for help. Know your abilities and stay within your comfort zone. Taking risks outside your abilities is a recipe for disaster. If it is predictable then it is preventable. If you can see that it can go badly, it probably will. Never be too proud to ask for assistance. You are ultimately responsible for your actions. Work safely! SAFETY SAFETY MATTERS IMPORTANT i • SPEED MAKES FOR MISTAKES, EFFICIENCY PREVENTS THEM • SHORTCUTS PROVIDE FOR ERRORS, KNOWLEDGE PREVENTS THEM • UNCERTAINTY PROVIDES FOR POOR JUDGEMENT, CONFIDENCE PREVENTS IT 211 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 3 Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY SAFETY APPAREL/PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) Tow operators should also have the following items for safety and protection: • Work gloves made of a heavy-duty material (such as leather) that will protect the operator’s hands while working • Latex-type gloves that can protect the operator from blood-borne pathogens in vehicles where blood, bodily fluids, battery acid, grease, or dirt may be present • Safety glasses with impact resistant lenses to protect the operator’s eyes when working • Retro-reflective vest or apparel that makes an operator more visible during inclement weather, night time, or whenever working near a roadway Each operator should also be prepared for unpredictable weather with items such as: -SUNGLASSES -SUNSCREEN -HAT/CAP/HARD HAT -JACKET -RAIN BOOTS -TOWELS/PAPER TOWEL -RAIN GEAR -KNEE PADS -STEEL TOE, SLIP RESISTANT WORK BOOTS work boots safety glasses paper towels work gloves retro-reflective jacket hard hat knee pads 212 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 4Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY TOW OPERATORS MUST BE SEEN Most uniforms that towers wear today are considered enhanced visibility. The term enhanced visibility can be used for any garment of any color that has retro-reflective striping added to it in any configuration. These garments are not typically ANSI compliant. Operators can still benefit from the extra security of heightened visibility, especially in low light conditions. CLASS ONE For speeds up to 25 miles per hour, apparel should have 217 square inches of highly visible background material (fluorescent orange, lime green, or yellow material) and 155 square inches of reflective material (striping). CLASS TWO For speeds exceeding 25 miles per hour and working traffic side, apparel should have 775 square inches of highly visible background material and 201 square inches of retroreflective material. CLASS THREE For speeds above 50 miles per hour, or when your attention is focused on your work, 1240 square inches of highly visible material and 310 square inches of retroreflective material. The wearer must be identifiable as a person at a minimum of 1,280 feet. This class is recommended for all tow truck operators, emergency responders, and accident site investigators. Most distributors of safety apparel list ANSI class and recommend that the safety apparel be replaced when it becomes faded or worn. Check the tag on the garment to confirm ANSI class. Safety apparel must be maintained in order to benefit from their safety features. Any safety apparel which is dirty or greasy cannot provide its maximum reflective qualities. Keep your apparel clean and properly stored in the cab of your truck when not in use. The Federal Highway Worker Visibility Rule (23 CFR Sec 634) requires all workers along federal aided highways wear ANSI approved garment. We recommend that all tow truck drivers wear approved retro-reflective apparel during the course of their duties. Operators should review their state and local regulations concerning minimum ANSI requirement for safety garments. 213 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 5 Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETYRemember that the truck you drive is seen by thousands of people each day. A person who sees a clean tow truck and professional looking driver believes that the company will take better care of their vehicle when they need service. A professional working tow truck will have: • A professional appearance, signage/lettering, and CA number • A clean exterior, free of grease and/or greasy handprints • A clean interior, free of grease, especially on passenger’s side • Clean easy-to-use door handles • Trash should be contained in a proper receptacle • A smoke-free and pleasant smelling interior • No offensive materials such as books, pictures, or calendars • All liquids in the cab should be in a spill proof container TRUCK APPEARANCE & FIRST IMPRESSIONS 214 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 6Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY CONDUCT Every driver should conduct themselves professionally: • Make direct customer contact when arriving on scene. • Greet the customer or report to the incident commander. • Keep your attention on the customer and their concerns. • Address the customer formally, using “sir” or “ma’am” and/or their last name; it shows the customer respect and that you value their business. • Have patience when dealing with an angry or upset customer. You should try to understand the customer’s frustration and handle the call to the best of your ability, always remaining courteous and polite. • Explain what will be done and what the charges will be prior to beginning service. • Explain how the situation will be handled without using technical terms that the customer may not understand. Although the procedures may be routine to you, they are most likely unfamiliar to the customer. Explaining the procedures builds trust and avoids misunderstandings. • Show empathy and compassion, especially at a collision incident. • DO NOT engage in inappropriate conversations. This includes conversations with both your customers and co-workers. Keep conversations professional and friendly. • Acknowledge when the situation is beyond your expertise and call for assistance when necessary. DRIVER/MOTORIST RELATIONSHIP On occasion, some people may require additional help or assistance. Elderly people, the physically challenged, small children, or others unfamiliar with their surroundings expect you will provide not only the towing or road service of their disabled vehicle, but also for their transportation, and well-being during the time you are providing services to them. When you arrive at a scene, your presence has created a “special relationship” between you and the motorist. It is your duty to reasonably secure the area for everyone’s safety and well-being. If you cannot provide scene safety or require assistance for this task, then immediately request for law enforcement help. Never leave any customer or motorist in an unsafe situation regardless of whether or not you provide road or towing services. If anyone refuses service or your offer of help, notify your dispatch and/or the proper authorities for guidance on these situations. Tow truck operators have a duty to provide for the safety of their customers at a roadside scene. 215 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 7 Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY DRUG & ALCOHOL USE Each towing company is responsible for complying with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations pertaining to a drug and alcohol free workplace. The towing company is required to have a written drug and alcohol policy in place which must be distributed and made easily accessible to all of their employees. Towing companies and drivers must do their part to maintain a Drug and Alcohol-Free Workplace. You, the tow truck operator, operating a commercial vehicle, must abide by all laws, regulations, and company policies regarding drug/ alcohol use. Since the towing industry is a part of the transportation industry, the primary safety objective is to prevent, through deterrence and detection, drug and alcohol users from performing transportation industry safety sensitive functions. To fulfill these obligations, you and your employer have certain rights and responsibilities under the law. You may be subject to one or more of the following: • Pre-Employment Drug / Alcohol Testing • Driver Background Check from past employers on drug and alcohol testing • Random Drug-Free Testing Program for non- regulated drivers • DOT Drug and Alcohol Program for regulated commercial drivers • Post-Accident Testing • Employer pull notice (EPN) For More Information See: DOT-FMCSA 49 CFR Parts 40 & 382 Motor Carrier Random Drug & Alcohol Testing Program 216 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 8Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY PARTNERSHIP IN SERVICE COMMUNICATION MODEL CUSTOMER/PUBLIC AGENCY Initiates contact with the tow company TOW TRUCK OPERATOR Receives call & proceeds to the scene. Upon arrival, provides the required services DISPATCHER/OFFICE PERSONNEL Receives the call for services & dispatches the call to the tow truck operator The Customer and/or public agency contacts the tow company which initiates the process of the tow truck arriving on scene. The dispatcher or office personnel takes the information required to get the proper equipment to the scene where the service is needed. Finally, the information is dispatched to the tow truck operator who responds to the scene and provides the necessary service. Each person in the circle of communication is of equal importance. Each needs the other to achieve the goal of providing quality service as quickly and efficiently as possible. 217 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 9 Chapter 1: PROFESSIONALISM & SAFETY AURAL BREVITY CODES In order to convey information as quickly and concisely as possible, aural brevity codes, commonly known as “10” and “11” codes, can be used. 10-1 Receiving Poorly 10-2 Receiving Well 10-4 Acknowledge / OK 10-5 Relay Message 10-6 Busy 10-7 Out of Service 10-8 In Service 10-9 Repeat Transmission 10-10 Off Duty 10-19 Return to 10-20 Location 10-21 Telephone 10-22 Disregard / Cancel 10-23 Stand-by 10-39 Message or Item Delivered 10-97 On Scene 10-98 Assignment Completed 11-10 Take a Report 11-24 Abandon Vehicle 11-25 Traffic Hazard 11-26 Disabled Vehicle 11-41 Ambulance Required 11-42 Paramedics Required 11-48 Provide Transportation 11-79 Accident - Ambulance Responding 11-80 Accident - Major injury 11-81 Accident - Minor Injury 11-82 Accident - Property Damage 11-83 Accident - No Details 11-84 Traffic Control 11-85 Tow Truck Required or Requested RADIO COMMUNICATIONS The phonetic alphabet is used when giving a license plate number or when spelling the names of streets or customers to ensure that the information is easily understood and relayed correctly. General Phonetic Adam Henry Ocean Victor Boy Ida Paul William Charles John Queen X-ray David King Robert Yellow Edward Lincoln Sam Zebra Frank Mary Tom George Nancy Union 218 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 10 NOTES 219 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 11 SAFE DRIVING Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVINGSafe driving begins with you. Driving a tow truck is a huge responsibility. It is of utmost importance that you are professional in your driving skills, courteous in your demeanor, and confident in your abilities. Your safety and the safety of others revolve around putting it all together and operating at the highest level. Following the safety guidelines in this manual can keep you from becoming another tow truck operator statistic. SAFE DRIVING PRACTICES WARNING ! THE MOST COMMON DAYTIME COLLISIONS INVOLVING COMMERCIAL VEHICLES ARE THE RESULT OF REAR ENDING THE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF THEM. BE ALERT AT ALL TIMES! 220 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 12Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING DRIVER’S LICENSE Drivers have been required to have a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) in order to drive certain Commercial Motor Vehicles (CMV) since April 1, 1992. The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) has developed and issued standards for the testing and licensing of CDL holders. These standards require states to issue a CDL to certain CMV drivers only after the driver passes knowledge and skills tests administered by the state and related to the type of vehicle the driver expects to operate. Drivers are required to obtain and hold a CDL if they operate in interstate, intrastate, or foreign commerce or if they drive a vehicle that meets any of the classifications of a CMV. A CDL must be obtained by the driver of any of the following vehicles: • CLASS A: Any combination of vehicles with a gross combined weight rating (GCWR) of 26,001 or more pounds, providing the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of the vehicle being towed is in excess of 10,000 pounds. • CLASS B: Any single vehicle with a GVWR of 26,001 or more pounds, or any such vehicle towing another not in excess of 10,000 pounds. • CLASS C: Any single vehicle, or combination of vehicles, that does not meet the definition of Class A or Class B, but is either designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver, or is transporting material that has been designated as hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 and is required to be placarded under subpart F of 49 CFR Part 172 or is transporting any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR Part 73. What does all that have to do with me? Most states don’t require CDLs to operate light duty towing equipment with a GVWR under 26,000 pounds. Example: In California, all you need is a basic driver's license to operate a commercial motor vehicle under 26,000 pounds. However, if you travel Interstate into Nevada you are required to have a basic license and a medical card that meets FMCSA standards for operating in the state of Nevada. Please refer to your state and local laws on what additional license requirements are necessary in your area. ? 221 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 13 LOG BOOK EXAMPLE Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING LIMITATIONS ON DRIVING HOURS Hours of Service Drivers are regulated for operators who hold a Commercial Driver’s License and/or operate a commercial vehicle. Code of Federal Regulations 49 CFR Part 395 covers those regulations. Students should also communicate with their employers concerning any Hours of Service regulations related to their state and local government. DIGITAL LOG BOOK EXAMPLE (ELD) 222 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 14 LAW OF AVERAGES The most common daytime collisions involving commercial vehicles are the result of rear ending the vehicle in front of them- be alert at all times! Let’s say you are traveling at a speed of 35 mph (51 ft. per second). Because you are a skilled and safe driver, you always leave about 50 ft. between the tow truck / car carrier you are driving and the vehicle directly ahead of you. Suddenly, you see a stop sign ahead. Will it be possible for you to stop before rear ending the vehicle in front of you? Nobody wants to be involved in a crash, so let’s look at one important aspect of driving – What is a safe following distance?Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING UNDERSTANDING STOPPING DISTANCE Stopping distance refers to how far it takes you to bring the towing equipment to a full stop in an emergency, and it is determined by several factors: your perception time, reaction time, and braking distance. PERCEPTION DISTANCE: The distance a vehicle travels while you realize you need to stop. REACTION DISTANCE: The distance a vehicle travels in the time it takes to step on the brake pedal. BRAKING DISTANCE: The distance a vehicle travels during the braking. Your perception distance is affected by how attentive you are with what is going on around you. Being distracted by phones, electronic devices, eating, and not being well rested can add extensive time to your awareness on needing to stop. Since nobody has perfect reaction, there will always be a certain amount of time, even just a split second, between the moment when something happens and when you hit the brakes. Your braking distance is how far your tow truck/carrier travels after you hit the brakes before coming to a complete stop. The faster you are traveling, the longer it will take to come to a full stop. Braking distance is directly proportional to speed, weather, road condition, driver condition, vehicle condition, and weight. PercePtion Distance + reaction Distance + Braking Distance = total stoPPing Distance VARIABLES IN BRAKING DISTANCE • Speed in which you are traveling • Vehicle weight (loaded or unloaded) • Driver condition (tired, distracted, eating, etc.) • Vehicle condition (condition of brakes, tires, etc.) • Road conditions (asphalt, gravel, concrete, dirt) • Weather conditions (rain, snow, etc.) 223 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 15 Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING HOW TO IMPROVE STOPPING DISTANCE SLOW DOWN The faster you drive, the greater the impact or striking power of your vehicle. When you double your speed from 20 to 40 mph, the impact is 4 times greater. The braking distance is also 4 times longer. Triple the speed from 20 to 60 mph and the impact and braking distance is 9 times greater. Increase the speed to 80 mph and the impact and braking distance are 16 times greater than at 20 mph. High speeds greatly increase the severity of accidents and stopping distances. By slowing down, you can reduce braking distance. INCREASE YOUR FOLLOWING DISTANCE One good rule for how much space you should keep in front of you is at least 1 second for each 10 feet of vehicle length at speeds below 40 mph. At greater speeds, you must add 1 second for safety. In bad weather, you should consider leaving additional seconds between you and the vehicle ahead. If you leave less than the recommended seconds between you and the vehicle you are following, you risk driving into the back of it if it stops suddenly. We recommend a minimal of five seconds of distance. The opposite of a safe following distance is tailgating; it can feel very aggressive. If a driver is being followed too closely, it may make him or her feel pressured and even anxious. Anxious, flustered drivers are more prone to mistakes or bad decisions, which could endanger both vehicles. BE ALERT Plan ahead and be ready for anything! Keep focused on the roadway and all other traffic around you. Anticipate your surroundings and potential hazards as you drive the highways and city streets. Keep your mind on your driving. Avoid thinking about stressful personal matters or issues in your life so that you will not be distracted. 224 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 16Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING BE WELL RESTED Get a good amount of rest prior to going on-duty. Don’t work when you are fatigued or not feeling well. Your ability to return safely home after work will rely on having all your faculties in a keen sense of awareness. DRIVE DEFENSIVELY Keep a high level of awareness while driving. Watch out for the other guy! Obey all traffic laws and reduce your speed while in tow as well as increase your following distance. Allow a cushion of at least five seconds between your truck and the vehicle in front of you so that you can stop with ample time. The five second distance is the amount traveled by your truck at your current speed over a five second period of time. Although this may seem too far from other traffic, you need this distance due to the additional weight you may be carrying, reaction time, and actual stopping distance. When in tow you must reduce your speed and increase your following distance because of the reduced braking and steering ability of your tow truck. DISTRACTED DRIVING- PUT DOWN YOUR DEVICES! Tow truck operators seem to have a talent for being able to not only drive their trucks, but to simultaneously eat a cheeseburger, talk on a cell phone, read a location in a map book or electronic device, and enjoy music on a radio station; all while holding a soft drink between their legs. This talent is admirable in its ability, but certainly not legal or appropriate in terms of safety. If it's in your hand while driving, it's illegal! Remember that hands-free devices can also be very distracting. Minimize the distractions in your truck interior as you drive. BE PATIENT Stress is a common factor while driving, even more so in the towing industry. This industry runs on a hectic and sometimes chaotic time table. With E.T.A’s to meet, stress often runs high in tow truck operators and is considered “just part of the job.” You will encounter many delays throughout your day such as traffic congestion and traffic incidents. Staying patient and calm helps to avoid stress. Reducing stress levels can assist you as you maneuver through the challenges of daily driving. 225 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 17 Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVING BACK-UP DRIVING Backing a vehicle into a desired location is a daily occurrence. However, once you put your truck in reverse gear you take on additional risks, therefore, you should avoid backing up whenever possible. Immediately your vision is limited to your side mirrors and obscured by the towed vehicle that you are now behind and pushing. Your body is contorted by looking over your shoulder. You must be safe during any backing-up procedure with a tow truck or car carrier unit. Continuously scan the immediate area for any obstacles and use a spotter whenever possible. If you are not certain, get out of your truck and walk around the area. Watch out for any children or pedestrians that may cross into your intended path. Some newer trucks are equipped with back up cameras. DO NOT rely on these. Although these cameras can be beneficial, they only show a very restricted view of what’s directly behind your truck. NIGHT DRIVING You must be well rested and alert for any driving at night. Driving a tow truck and/or a car carrier at night requires additional safety awareness due to the obvious hazards of darkness and limited visibility for anyone on the roadway. • Watch out for glare from oncoming vehicles • Dim your dash panel lights • Use high beam headlights only when it is safe and legal • If you get sleepy, pull over safely and stop driving and never attempt to drive at night if you are tired or fatigued! • Be alert for other drivers who may seem confused or are driving erratically 226 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 18Chapter 2: SAFE DRIVINGYou, the tow truck operator/driver of a commercial vehicle, are responsible for the safe operation and driving of your tow truck as you travel the streets and highways during the course of your duties. Because you are heavier, longer, wider, etc. than most other vehicles, you must be extremely alert, aware, and safety conscious under all conditions. Listed below are some key points that must be considered. A.) Obey all related traffic laws, vehicle code requirements, and safety procedures. B.) Check and plan your routes ahead of time; allow enough time to reach your intended location. C.) Do not drive aggressively or become stressed while driving. D.) Stay alert and be aware of your surroundings as you drive your truck at all times. Expect the unexpected as you operate your vehicle along streets and highways. E.) Minimize distractions while you operate your truck, especially in the cab of your truck. F.) Slow down, especially during the towing process. G.) Do not tailgate. Allow plenty of stopping distance between your vehicle and the vehicles in front of you as you are driving on the roadway. H.) Occasionally look back, make mirror checks and mind the vehicle in tow. If anything catches your attention or does not seem normal, pull over at the nearest safe location to check your load and securement. I.) Make slow and safe lane changes; double check before you change lanes that it is clear and there is enough room. Wait at least 5 seconds before changing lanes. J.) Adjust speed and following distance for conditions, including: weather, road conditions, downgrades, roadway curves, traffic flow, night driving, etc. K.) Back up safely, moving very slowly and cautiously. Get out of your vehicle and check the area if necessary. Get assistance when possible and practical. Back in the direction that gives you the best view of your surroundings. L.) Be aware when making any turning maneuver. Allow ample distance and clearance to ensure that you will complete each turn safely. Check blind spots for other vehicles that may attempt to pass on your right side. M.) The most common daytime collisions involving commercial vehicle are the result of rear ending the vehicle in front of them. N.) BE ALERT AT ALL TIMES! SAFE DRIVING REMINDERS 227 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 19 NOTES_ 228 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 20 TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCEIt is very important that the tow truck, car carrier, or service truck you operate be inspected daily before it is put into operation. Any normal or necessary preventative maintenance issues should be addressed prior to operation to ensure the truck is in good working condition and safe for operation. The manufacturer’s recommended inspection and maintenance schedules must be followed. These items should never be overlooked or accepted without confirmation. Take the time to be safe and know that you can operate the tow truck without the possibility of accidents or injuries as a result of equipment failure. Inspections will also prevent service failures from either a lack of equipment or missing / broken equipment at a scene. Save yourself and your company the embarrassment from this type of situation. Some areas not only require daily inspection sheets, but records must also be kept and made available for law enforcement inspection. DAILY INSPECTIONS 229 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 21 TOW EQUIPMENT DAILY INSPECTION • Towing devices such as the wheel-lift and tow sling are free of excess wear or damage. • Winch and wire rope should be free of damage and excess wear. The wire rope should be properly wound on the winch drum (no crossover winding). All wire rope terminations should be free of damage. • Wire rope guides and sheaves should be free of excess wear and damage. • Make sure that all tow accessories are free of damage or excessive wear. Chains should be inspected and hook latches should be in proper working order. • Check towing equipment to ensure all parts are moving freely. Inspect the wheel- lift pivot pin for excessive wear or damage. There should be very little vertical or side to side movement. • Check to ensure that all the lights are in proper working order. • Make sure that there are no oil or hydraulic leaks and that your wheel-lift or boom has not crept down while being parked. • If your tow truck is equipped with dollies, ensure that the dollies are free from excessive wear and that the tires are properly inflated. • Most companies have a form to follow for vehicle inspection that may include more items than listed above. Make sure to follow your management instructions when completing a vehicle condition report and note any problems you encounter. Should you encounter a problem with your equipment, ask your management for guidance.Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE230 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 22 PRE-TRIP INSPECTION Perform a pre-trip inspection before each trip, look for any issues that could cause a problem or breakdown. A pre-trip inspection should be done routinely before operating the vehicle. You should always review the last vehicle inspection report and confirm that the vehicle has been released for service by the maintenance mechanics, if applicable. The motor carrier must repair any items in the report that affect safety and certify on the report that repairs were made or were necessary. Remember, when you get behind the wheel, you (not the mechanic) are responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle. If the defects have been repaired, sign the previous driver’s inspection report. EN ROUTE INSPECTION An “En Route” inspection is recommended if you travel more than 100 miles, or 2 hours of time on the road. During a break or stop, the items noted below should be checked: • Check your gauges for any signs of problems. • Look, listen, smell, and feel in and around your vehicle for problems. • Check your tires and wheels, including air pressure. Do not proceed if you have any flat tires until they have been serviced or changed. • Perform a brake check, including pedal performance and air leak check. • Check all truck lighting and reflectors. • Check the towing device within the first few miles of a tow. A bad lift cylinder seal may be the cause of the wheel-lift or boom to “creep down” under a load or while in tow. • Check all cargo securement devices Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCEIMPORTANT i DO NOT PROCEED UNLESS EVERYTHING CHECKS OUT AND IS SAFE! RECOMMENDATION P ALTHOUGH EN ROUTE AND POST-TRIP INSPECTIONS MAY NOT BE REQUIRED FOR SOME COMMERCIAL TRUCKS AND DRIVERS, THEY CAN AND SHOULD BE A PART OF YOUR DAILY PRACTICE AND ROUTINE EVEN THOUGH YOU MAY NOT HAVE A COMMERCIAL DRIVER’S LICENSE. 231 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 23 INSPECTION OF THE TOWED VEHICLE It is necessary to thoroughly perform an inspection of the vehicle(s) you attach or transport on the tow truck unit prior to any actual towing. Once hooked up to the tow unit, the disabled vehicle or equipment you are towing/transporting is considered to be your cargo or load and therefore it is your responsibility to ensure that it will travel safely on the roadway. Treat the inspection of attached or towed vehicles the same as your pre-trip inspection and include any applicable towing procedures. Some items to remember: • Ensure proper attachment or “hook-up” of the vehicle • Check for any overloading or poorly balanced loads • Any hazardous materials must be properly placarded and safety guidelines obeyed • Inspect all tires and suspension components for problems • Avoid any top-heavy loads or loads that may slide/move during transit • Perform a check on all truck lighting, especially rear tail, turn, and brake lights Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCEcan you tell what is wrong with this picture? POST-TRIP INSPECTION We recommend an inspection of the vehicle at the end of the trip, day, or tour of duty for each vehicle you operated. Operators should complete a written inspection report each day, noting any problems you found. The inspection report helps your company know when the vehicle needs repairs. 232 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 24Chapter 3: TRUCK INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE MONTHLY SAFETY INSPECTION Manufacturers of towing equipment recommend a thorough monthly safety and service inspection. Monthly inspections will generally cover items that are included in the daily inspection, but will also cover a closer, more comprehensive inspection of the entire tow truck, chassis, and associated equipment. The monthly inspection time is also the point at which scheduled lubrication is provided for all moving parts, joints, and equipment. Be sure to thoroughly inspect the following things each month: • Check the level of the hydraulic reservoir with all cylinders fully retracted. Check the manufacturer’s specifications for correct hydraulic fluid level and add fluid as needed. • Visually inspect all body bolts for any sign of rusting, damage, or loosening. • Visually inspect the entire towing equipment structure closely for any hairline cracks, especially at weld points. Hairline cracks can be a sign of impending failure and should be inspected by a qualified specialist. • Inspect all chains link by link for excessive wear or damage. Check all hooks, links, and latches for signs of excessive wear or damage. • Inspect the entire length of wire rope for excessive wear or damage. Inspect wire rope terminations and sheaves. Lubricate the wire rope as recommended by the manufacturer. • Extend the recovery boom and inspect it closely for any hairline cracks which can be a sign of impending failure. Lubricate the boom so that it extends and retracts freely. • Extend the towing device and check for signs of excessive wear, damage, or hairline cracks. Lubricate each device as recommended by the manufacturer. • Check each control handle for proper movement and adjustment. • Check hydraulic hoses and connections for signs of excessive wear, damage, or leaks. Always inspect hoses & connections Check equipment daily for signs of damage & excessive wear WHAT IS THE BOTTOM LINE? INSPECTIONS ARE NECESSARY! A.) Improves safety and compliance B.) Less down time C.) Recurring problems can be identified so that their causes can be corrected D.) Creates better information for planning preventative maintenance E.) Equipment lasts longer F.) You won’t have to transfer into the spare truck for lengthy repairs 233 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 25 NOTES_ 234 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 26 DESIGN FACTOR Design Factor is a chain manufacturer’s industry term that indicates a product’s reserve capacity. The design factor is usually determined by dividing the minimum breaking force by the working load limit (WLL). The number is usually expressed as a ratio. This factor takes into consideration normal wear and tear and the fluctuation of the load. WORKING LOAD LIMIT The Working Load Limit (WLL) is the rated capacity for a chain when the load is uniformly applied to a straight chain. The WLL is measured in pounds. The Minimum Breaking Force (formally Maximum Breaking Strength) is the amount of force in pounds at which a new chain with an evenly applied load will fail. The Minimum Breaking Force is often referred to as the “Ultimate Load”. MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE The National Association of Chain Manufacturers (NACM) has developed standards for the chain manufacturing industry. These standards include grading and labeling according to the system strength. Chains are permanently marked at intervals on their links. A letter which identifies the manufacturer precedes the grade number of the chain. NEVER use a chain that does not have a stamped identification on its link. CHAINS Chapter 4: CHAINS235 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 27 SHOCK LOAD A Shock Load occurs as a result of the rapid application of a force such as impacting or jerking or the rapid movement of a static load. Shock loads should be avoided whenever possible. RECOMMENDATION P WE RECOMMEND THAT TOW TRUCKS HAVE THREE TYPES OF CHAINS AVAILABLE AND DEDICATED FOR EACH OF THESE SPECIFIC USES: TOW CHAINS USED FOR ATTACHING VEHICLES TO THE TOWING DEVICE. SAFETY CHAINS USED FOR SECURING THE VEHICLE TO THE TOW TRUCK IN THE EVENT THAT THE PRIMARY HOOK UP FAILS. RECOVERY CHAINS USED EXCLUSIVELY DURING RECOVERY OPERATIONS AND WINCHING WITH ATTACHMENTS. EXAMPLE A GRADE 70 5/16” TRANSPORT CHAIN HAS A WORKING LOAD LIMIT (WLL) OF 4,700 Lbs. THE MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE IS 18,800 Lbs. 18,800 lbs. ÷ 4,700 Lbs. = 4 THIS MEANS A 5/16” TRANSPORT GRADE 70 CHAIN HAS A 4 TO 1 DESIGN FACTOR.Chapter 4: CHAINS236 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 28 Grade 70- Transport Grade 70 carbon welded steel chain is often called “Transport Chain”. Grade 43 chain is electronically welded. However, Grade 70 chain is also boron-treated, which gives it a higher strength to weight ratio than Grade 43. Grade 70 transport chain is the most commonly used chain in the towing industry. SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMIT 5/16” 4,700 LB. 3/8” 6,600 LB. Grade 80- Alloy Alloy steel chain has the same characteristics as carbon steel chain, but the alloy gives the chain added strength and durability. Grade 80 Alloy chain is ideal for recovery since it can withstand heat transfer which may occur during long recovery operations. There are additional grades of alloy chains available such as Grade 100 and Grade 120. Both grades have a higher WLL. Alloy chain is the only chain approved by OSHA for overhead lifting. SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMIT 5/16” 5,300 LB. 3/8” 7,100 LB. CARBON WELDED STEEL CHAIN Carbon Welded steel chain comes in three grades. The higher the grade of chain, the higher the WLL. According to the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), carbon welded steel chain must never be used for overhead lifting. Grade 43- High Test Primarily used as safety chains for travel trailers, boat trailers, and utility trailers – NOT RECOMMENDED FOR THE TOWING INDUSTRY Grade 30-Proof Coil Chain General purpose economical chain. – NOT USED IN THE TOWING INDUSTRY Chapter 4: CHAINS237 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 29 Conditions that can affect the chain’s performance include, but are not limited to: • Extreme temperatures • Chemical exposure, acids, corrosives • Twisting of chain • Disfigurement caused by stretching, dragging or bending • Using chain in excess of working load limit (WLL) • Shock loading the chain • Exposure to salt water CHAIN PERFORMANCE IMPORTANT i INSPECT CHAINS LINK BY LINK AT LEAST ONCE A MONTH. REPLACE CHAINS THAT ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN, CRACKED, GOUGED, OR DISTORTED. ALLOY CHAIN IS THE ONLY CHAIN APPROVED BY OSHA FOR OVERHEAD LIFTING. CHAIN GRADE REFERENCE CHART GRADE CHAIN SIZE WLL COMMON NAME 70 80 5/16’’ 3/8’’ 5/16’’ 3/8’’ TRANSPORT ALLOY 4,700 lbs. 6,600 lbs. 5,300 lbs. 7,100 lbs.Chapter 4: CHAINS238 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 30 CHAIN LINKS Two devices are available for extending or adding an attachment to a chain. When replacing a link on a chain, always make sure that the link or hook meets or exceeds the WLL of the chain. DOUBLE CLEVIS LINK Double clevis links are made from carbon welded steel and are available in Grades 43 and 70. A double clevis should only be used when repairing carbon welded steel chain. Not designed or rated for grade 80 or higher chain. WLL of a 5/16” Grade 70 link is 4,700 lbs. WLL of a 5/16 Grade 80 link is 5,300 lbs. MECHANICAL COUPLING LINK- AKA HAMMERLOCK The mechanical coupling link is commonly referred to as a hammerlock. Hammerlocks are available in Grade 70, 80, and 100. GRADE LINK SIZE WLL 70 80 5/16’’ 3/8’’ 5/16’’ 3/8’’ 4,700 lbs. 6,600 lbs. 5,300 lbs. 7,100 lbs.Chapter 4: CHAINS239 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 31 The items below should never be used in the towing and recovery industry due to their lack of strength and working load limits (WLL). GRADE 30- CARBON STEEL WELDED CHAIN Grade 30 carbon steel welded chain is referred to as “Proof Coil Chain”. Although the chain is commercial grade and readily available, it should never be used in the towing industry due to its low WLL. GRADE 43 – HIGH TEST Grade 43 carbon steel welded chain is also referred to as “High Test” chain. It is prima- rily used as safety chain for travel trailers, boat trailers, and utility trailers – NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN THE TOWING INDUSTRY CHAIN REPAIR DEVICES The Cold Shut Connection, the Quick Link, and the Lap Link should never be used for repairing chain or attaching hooks. TYPE RATING Cold Shut Connection 1,300 lbs. Lap Link 950 lbs. Quick Link 1,540 lbs. This rating chart should only be used for identification purposes. WARNING ! EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE USED Chapter 4: CHAINS240 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 32 A.) Always inspect chains prior to use as well as scheduled and documented truck inspections (every 90 days) B.) Never exceed the WLL of any chain or its components C.) Due to the crushing effect standard hooks have upon chain, the WLL of the captured link may be reduced by 20% depending on hook angle D.) Attachments or repairs to a chain must be equal to or exceed the WLL of the chain E.) Use protection on chains that are wrapped around an object that may cause damage to the chain and avoid sharp edges during the application of a chain F.) Always insert chain into the hook on the non-welded side of the link G.) Begin the loading of the chain slowly H.) Never “shock load” any chain I.) Never use a chain that does not have a stamped identification on its link or is missing an I.D. tag listing the manufacturer’s grade and WLL of the product J.) Any chain that is damaged or suspect to failure must be removed from service and properly disposed of immediately K.) Avoid dragging or excessive wear on all chains L.) Replace any chain that has been exposed to weather changes over long periods of time M.) All the components of a chain sling assembly or attachments must be of the appropriate rating and chain size N.) The angle of any lifting chain sling assembly may have an impact on the WLL rating O.) Secure all connections attached to a chain during any recovery job and recheck any chain connection which may have become slack during an operation capacity, and application of the chain with the hooks and attachments P.) It is recommended that you rig with two separate attachment chains during winching and recovery in the event that one part of the rigging fails CHAIN SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 4: CHAINS241 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 33 NOTES_ 242 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 34 With each hook or attachment you should: • Quickly identify each hook or attachment • Understand the use, application, and installation of each hook or attachment • Understand and recognize proper rigging when using any hook or attachment • Verify the WLL of each hook or attachment • Evaluate the condition, safety, and ability of the hook or attachment prior to each use • Determine the weight of the load imposed on any hook or attachment prior to use • Check all other components attached to any hook or attachment prior to use • Ensure that any safety locking devices on any hook or attachment is in good working condition • While under load, check the tension, center of pull, and stress upon the hook or attachment • Never proceed unless you are certain of the proper use of any hook or attachment Hooks and attachments come in a variety of shapes, sizes, configurations, and Working Load Limit (WLL). As with all equipment you use during the scope of your duties, follow the manufacturer’s intended use and application and never exceed the WLL. Doing the following things will ensure your safety and the safety of others. HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS243 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 35 J-HOOKS J-Hooks are available in different lengths. They are used for sling and car carrier towing. Manufacturers strongly advise that the hook be used throat up so that the weight of the vehicle sits in the throat of the hook. The throat is its strongest point of the J-Hook. Most J-Hooks are not designed for recovery work. J-Hooks are not recommended for towing many vehicles because of the potential for damage to suspension components. Always use J-Hooks with the long side down Round Shanks I-Beam styled J-Hooks A Grade 70 forged steel sports car J-Hook has a 4,700 lb. to a 5,400 lb. WLL. It is commonly found on a car carrier bridle. THROAT SHORT SIDE LONG SIDE Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS244 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 36 T-HOOK T-Hooks can be used for both sling and car carrier towing. Automobile manufacturers recommend that if a vehicle is equipped with T-Hook slots then the vehicle should be towed with T-Hooks instead of J-Hooks. T-Hooks are designed for straight, level pulls. T-Hooks are not designed for recovery work. Use T-Hooks only in specialized or reinforced slots which are specifically designed for T-Hooks or tie down points. Make sure that the T-Hooks are lined up 90° to the slots. WLL of T-Hooks should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook. MINI J-HOOK Mini J-Hooks are used for car carrier towing. These hooks can be used at different angles. However, care should be taken to ensure that the weight sits in the throat of the hook. Mini J-Hooks are not designed for recovery work. Use only at a point designed or reinforced for use as a tie down point. Use only on the bottom of a frame rail or torque box. WLL of Mini J-Hooks should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook. R-HOOK R-Hooks are primarily used in the vehicle transport industry but can be found as part of a cluster on a car carrier bridle. R-Hooks are specifically designed for straight downward pulls from the frame of the vehicle. R-Hooks are not designed for recovery work and should only be used at a point designed or reinforced for use as a tie down point. WLL of R-Hooks should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook.Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS245 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 37 ANCHOR SHACKLE Anchor Shackles are used as attachments and can be used with hooks or straps. Shackles may have a round pin and cotter, screw pin, or locking roll pin. These can be used for lifting slings or rigging. WLL of Anchor Shackles should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook. TWIST LOCK GRAB HOOK Twist lock grab hooks prevent accidental release and inadvertent un-hooking. These hooks work with Grade 70 or 80 chains and are recommended for recovery applications. WLL of Twist Lock Grab Hooks should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook. SLIP HOOK WITH LATCH The Slip Hook with Latch are commonly found on safety chains. These types of hooks are available with clevis pin and cotter, and come in different grades and sizes. WLL of Slip Hooks with Latch should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook. SELF-LOCKING SWIVEL HOOK Self-locking hooks have a locking mechanism that is much more durable than the standard spring-loaded latches. It’s available as a clevis style for using on chains and as a swivel for using on the end of cables. WLL of Self-Locking Swivel Hooks should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook.Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS246 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 38 RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER Ratcheting Load Binders are commonly used to secure loads on a car carrier. CTTA does not recommend the use of standard lever type load binders. The ratings of these binders vary greatly Working load limit of a 5/16” - 3/8” Ratchet Binder is 5,400-7,000 lbs. CLEVIS-TYPE GRAB HOOK A Grab Hook is commonly found on recovery chains. These hooks attach back onto the chain itself. Grab hooks are available in different sizes and grades. WLL of a 5/16” Grade 70 Clevis-Type Grab hook is 4,700 lbs. LATCH SWIVEL HOOK A Latch Swivel Hook is commonly found on winch cables and recovery chains. These hooks also come in different sizes and grades. They are suitable for overhead lifting. The WLL of the Latch Swivel Hook should be checked on the rating stamp of the hook. WARNING ! CTTA RECOMMENDS NOT USING ANY TYPE OF DEVICE TO INCREASE HANDLE LENGTH IN AN ATTEMPT TO INCREASE TENSION. Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS247 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 39 A.) Never exceed the WLL of any hook or attachment device. B.) Never use or apply any hook or attachment device in a manner that it it was not intended or designed for. C.) Never use or apply any hook or attachment device that does not meet, exceed, or match its size and/or rated capacity, to any connecting products. D.) Only use hooks or attachments that have been proof tested and certified with a design factor suitable for the towing and recovery industry. E.) Never use any hook or attachment whose condition or appearance causes doubt as to its ability to safely perform any task or job. F.) Keep all body parts, arms, and fingers clear of pinch points or tensioned areas. G.) Never allow yourself or others to be in the immediate or surrounding areas of a loaded hook or attachment. Keep everyone at a safe distance. H.) Never tip, back, or side load any hook or attachment device. Do not use any hook without a complete understanding of its proper use and application. I.) Never attempt to repair, alter, rework, or reshape any hook or attachment device. J.) Tag, destroy, and dispose of any hook or attachment that has been damaged, compromised, bent, or twisted in any way. K.) Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for scheduled inspection, documentation, and service for any hook or attachment device. L.) Make a visual periodic check for cracks, nicks, wear, gouges, and deformation as part of your required comprehensive documented inspection program. M.) Always secure any hook or attachment device during use that is not designed or provided with a positive locking latch. Do not rely on these securement devices for any load or tension. N.) Seek professional and qualified advice on any question or concern regarding hooks or attachments. HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 5: HOOKS & ATTACHMENTS248 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 40 NOTES 249 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 41 Nylon straps are used for a variety of towing and recovery applications such as: • Tying down and securing motorcycles • Vehicle rollovers and recoveries • Wheel restraints and wheel straps • Tying down portions of a badly damaged vehicle • Vehicle tie down on a car carrier NYLON STRAPS 1’’ MOTORCYCLE TIE-DOWN STRAP SYSTEM WITH LOADING DEVICE ROUND-SLING STRAP USED IN RECOVERY 2’’ LOOP STRAP W/RATCHET L-BAR WHEEL RESTRAINTS 2’’ LOOP STRAP COMMONLY USED ON CAR CARRIER IMPORTANT i DO NOT USE A NYLON STRAP FOR ANY REASON THAT IS NOT INTENDED. ALWAYS FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS250 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 42 NYLON STRAP CARE Whatever the reason the nylon / synthetic strap is being used in towing and recovery applications, there are some basic rules you must follow. Always follow the manufacturer’s specifications for each application Always protect the straps from sharp edges or objects that may wear out or compromise the fabric Always use shackles when connecting straps together Do not exceed the WLL Do not use a strap if the rating label is missing or unreadable Do not use a strap that has been damaged or compromised by abrasions, tears, or snags Do not use a strap for any other purpose which is not intended Do not use a strap that has foreign materials or objects which may be embedded into the fabric Do not drag a strap across abrasive materials Do not use a strap that has been exposed to caustic fluids (acid) Do not expose a strap to long term or extreme weather conditions Do not tie knots in straps or tie multiple straps together Do not shock load a strap Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS251 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 43 ENDLESS OR LOOP SLINGS Endless or loop slings are an alternative solution for many recoveries and lifting applications in the towing and recovery industry. These light weight and flexible slings may be a wiser choice over chain assemblies for the following reasons: • They are very strong, flexible, and lightweight • They are easier to carry • Loop slings consist of one continuous loop with no sewn edges that can rip • The capacity is color coded to quickly identify the load rating of each product • Loop slings are extremely strong and lightweight • Loop slings are helpful during recoveries that require surface contact as they typically do not dent or mar the fitting area. TYPE OF SLING 5,200 lbs. 10,600 lbs. 16,800 lbs. 26,400 lbs. BASKET - WLL VERTICAL - WLL CHOKER - WLL 2,600 lbs. 5,300 lbs. 8,400 lbs. 13,200 lbs. PURPLE GREEN YELLOW RED 2,100 lbs. 4,200 lbs. 6,700 lbs. 10,600 lbs. ENDLESS OR LOOP SLING CAPACITY CHART WARNING ! ALWAYS REFER TO THE RATING LABEL ON THE SLING TO VERIFY ITS CAPACITY.Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS252 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 44 EXAMPLES OF WEB SLING APPLICATIONS Nylon straps have three (3) separate ratings based on the type of hitch used. Vertical Choker Basket Single leg to load in straight lift. The full vertical rated lifting capacity can be used but not exceeded. The load should not be allowed to rotate since this can damage the sling. Using the sling as a choker reduces its rated capacity. A choker hitch has a 20% lower rating capacity than a vertical hitch. When using a choker sling at an angle of less than 120˚, the choker rated capacity must be reduced, even more than 20%. A basket hitch equally distributes the load between the two legs of a sling. This rigging typically produces the best possible working capacity of a sling. Keep in mind that the leg to load angle will affect the WLL. Vertical: Choker: Basket: IMPORTANT i ALL STRAPS HAVE VARIED STRETCH FACTORS AND MAY CONTINUE TO STRETCH DURING A RECOVERY OPERATION OR WHILE IN TOW. STRAPS MAY STRETCH AND RECOIL. THE STRETCH FACTOR IS GENERALLY 10% TO 15% TWIN-PATH ROUND SLINGS These green synthetic slings are made with a bulk nylon outer cover that is abrasive resistant. They have double the protection in the event that one is cut. Twin path round sling products typically have an inspection quality to them, enhancing on-site job safety.Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS253 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 45 SLING HOOKS Attach your round sling or strap to the Joker Sling Hook to avoid the need for additional rigging. Each hook is color coded to match the round sling color and rated capacity. For instance, attach a yellow Joker to a yellow round sling for the same working load limit, providing you with easy identification of matching products. SLING HOOK 5,200 lbs. 10,600 lbs. 16,800 lbs. 26,400 lbs. WLL PURPLE GREEN YELLOW RED SLING HOOK CAPACITY CHART The following are some basic guidelines to remember when using nylon straps: A.) All straps must have rating labels B.) Never exceed the WLL C.) Do not use a strap if its rating tag is missing or not readable D.) Do not use any strap that has been damaged by chemicals or when cuts, tears, or snags are present E.) Do not use a strap for any reason that is not intended and always follow the manufacturer’s specifications for each application F.) Do not use any strap that has foreign materials or objects embedded in it G.) Straps are subject to damage when used against abrasive materials, exposed to caustic fluids (acids), and exposed long term to extreme weather conditions H.) Never tie knots in the strap or tie multiple straps together I.) Always use shackles when attaching straps J.) All straps have a varied stretch factor and may continue to stretch during a recovery operation or while towing. The stretch factor for straps is generally 10 to 15% K.) Never shock load any strap L.) Nylon straps may be unsuitable for some specific uses M.) Overloading a strap beyond the rated capacity may stretch and weaken it N.) Remove any strap from service when its condition, either visible or hand checked, causes concern as to its safety NYLON STRAP SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 6: NYLON STRAPS254 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 46 NOTES 255 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 47 Most light duty tow trucks used today have either one or two hydraulic winches. Wire rope from the winch drum is usually routed over a sheave at the end of the tow truck’s boom, then routed through a tensioner guide. Each winch should have a rating plate that indicates the winch’s rated load capacity. It is important to never exceed the rated load capacity of a winch. Winches have working load limits based on maximum line pull that is affected by the number of layers that are on the winch drum. A minimum of five complete wraps of wire rope must be left on the winch drum to achieve rated capacity. NEVER completely unwind all the wire rope from a winch drum, always leave at least five wraps of line around the drum. WINCHES MECHANICAL WINCHES The use and application of a mechanical winch in the today’s modern towing and recovery trucks is not very common. There are older type traditional “wrecker” units which are still in use; these tow trucks have mechanical driven winches utilizing a winch gear, powered by a connecting chain and drive shaft, from the Power- Take-Off (PTO) source mounted at the transmission. Mechanical winches when engaged, only have one rate of speed and torque. Therefore, the operator cannot “feather” the controls or may not be able to input minute adjustments during winching operations. These winches may at times, also pull more than their rated capacity and not “stall” as in standard hydraulic units. Chapter 7: WINCHES256 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 48 WINCH “FREE SPOOL” ENGAGEMENT CONTROL Normally located near or on the winch, the winch engagement control must be fully engaged before the winch can be operated under load. When disengaged, the winch drum free-wheels and allows the wire rope to be easily pulled out. Winch engagement controls must be properly adjusted to prevent accidents, injuries, or even death! Never disengage a winch under load! Always check that the control is fully engaged before applying a load. You must always watch the wire rope guides or tensioners. Be sure that the wire rope does not climb between the guide and the ends of the winch drum. Always winch in the wire rope under tension so that the wire rope will wind evenly and tightly around the winch drum. PLANETARY TYPE WINCH Planetary type winches are common in both light and heavy duty towing and recovery. Planetary gears provide both strength and smooth operation with good resistance to torque loads. These type of winches are very efficient, last longer, and require less power to operate than worm drive type winches. In addition, they can be ran continuously during difficult recovery jobs that may require winching over a long period of time. WORM DRIVE TYPE WINCH Worm drive type winches are more common in light/medium duty tow trucks due to their lower cost and simple construction. Worm drive type winches offer very high reliability and are very durable. They can handle “shock loads” better than planetary type winches, but may have a slower winching speed. This type of winch is not well suited for long or continuous winching situations. HYDRAULIC WINCHES Most tow trucks today have winches that operate by a hydraulic powered system. The system includes a pump that is driven by a Power- Take-Off (PTO) unit from the engine or truck's transmission, and activated by a cab controlled switch. Care must be taken to avoid damage to the system components by operating the hydraulic system within the manufacturer's recommended RPMs or speed while running the winches. If pressure or flow exceeds the rated specifications for the winch, it could damage the winch, winch mounting, hydraulic system, or cause a wire rope failure.Chapter 7: WINCHES257 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 49 LAYERS OF WIRE ROPE ON THE WINCH DRUM The maximum winch rating is determined on its first layer. The winch rating decreases with each layer of wire rope because the diameter of the drum is increased with each layer. The larger the diameter of the drum, the more torque that is required to pull the same amount of weight. 1st LAYER 2nd LAYER 3rd LAYER Maximum Line Pull Rating by Layer - Using 3/8 Inch Wire Rope LAYER 1 2 3 4 MAXIMUM SINGLE LINE PULL 8,000 lbs.6,700 lbs.5,700 lbs.5,000 lbs. RECOMMENDATION P ALTHOUGH YOU MAY FIND OTHER INFORMATION WHICH STATES THREE (3) WRAPS IS ENOUGH, THE INDUSTRY STANDARD IS FIVE (5) WRAPS ON A BARE DRUM AS THE MINIMUM FOR USE IN THE TOWING INDUSTRY. Chapter 7: WINCHES258 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 50 IMPROPER WINDING OF WIRE ROPE Improper winding of wire rope on to a winch drum is the reason for most common types of damage to the wire rope. Tow truck operators must wind the wire rope evenly and tightly on the drum. Wire rope improperly wound on the drum will cross over itself and crush or bury itself among the other wraps of line, which will likely result in extensive damage. • Wrap wire rope correctly each time you operate the winch • Wrap under tension to prevent damage • Keep a watchful eye on the wire rope as it winds on the drum. DO NOT allow the wire rope to “slip by” the side of the tensioner and get caught or damaged by “pinching” the wire rope. • NEVER overload or cause damage to wire rope on your tow truck / car carrier • Immediately replace any wire rope that is damaged WARNING ! IMPROPERLY WOUND WIRE ROPE CAN ALSO CAUSE OR HIDE POTENTIAL HAZARDS. TANGLED AND CROSSED OVER WIRE ROPE CAN SLIP OR EVEN FAIL UNDER LOAD. THIS WILL RESULT IN SITUATIONS THAT MAY CAUSE DYNAMIC SHOCKS, FALLING LOADS, OR OTHER INCIDENTS WHICH COULD RESULT IN DAMAGES, INJURIES, OR EVEN DEATH.Chapter 7: WINCHES259 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 51 A.) DO NOT operate any winch unless you are familiar with and understand safe operating procedures. Apply common sense and good judgment. B.) NEVER attempt to disengage a winch drum that is under load. C.) Always leave a minimum of five (5) wraps of wire rope around the bare drum. D.) Winches should NEVER be used for the lifting or moving of persons. E.) Only install and use the manufacturer’s recommended size and working load limit for wire rope on a winch. F.) Keep all persons away and at a safe distance from the winch while under load. This includes all bystanders or scene personnel. G.) DO NOT put hands or feet near rotating parts or a moving wire rope that is under tension. H.) Always check the immediate and surrounding area before operating any winch. NEVER proceed with winching unless you are certain it is safe to do so. I.) Use good judgment and care before any operation of a winch. DO NOT use a winch unless you are certain it is safe to do so. J.) Frequently watch and monitor the winch and wire rope while it is being operated. K.) NEVER exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL) of a winch. L.) Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for the scheduled inspections, service, and maintenance of the winch and its components. M.) Keep all deck equipment and accessories away from the immediate winch area. N.) NEVER operate any winch that does not have a legible rating plate. O.) NEVER use a winch for any purpose that it is not intended. P.) Ensure that all of the winch mounting bolts and support structures are in good condition and can safely hold a load. Q.) While operating a winch, the use of safety glasses, gloves and hard hat is always recommended. R.) Operate all winch controls slowly and smoothly to prevent damage and/or injuries. S.) Be cautious when using a remote control device for winching. Avoid placing the device where controls might be compromised or depressed mistakenly. WINCH SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 7: WINCHES260 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 52 NOTES _ 261 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 53 Wire rope consists of several strands laid (or twisted) together. Each strand is likewise made of metal wires laid or twisted together. Wire rope (also called cable) is commonly used to tow and recover vehicles. Fiber core wire rope is the most commonly used in the towing industry but there is also steel core wire rope. Most light duty tow trucks are equipped with 3/8”, 6x19 IPS, fiber core wire rope. The specification of a wire rope type including the number of wires per strand, the number of strands, and the lay of the wire rope is documented using a commonly accepted coding system, consisting of a number of abbreviations. WIRE ROPE FIBER CORE VS. STEEL CORE Tow trucks are commonly equipped with either fiber core or steel core wire rope. Each type of wire rope has desirable characteristics which are suitable for most common tasks involved in the towing and recovery industry. When replacing original factory installed wire rope, always insure that the replacement wire rope is of high quality that meets the original equipment working load limits.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE262 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 54 SYNTHETIC WINCH ROPE There has been some recent development in the use of synthetic winch rope on tow trucks and car carrier units. Synthetic winch rope has impressive strength, is lightweight, and has other convenient characteristics that set it apart from traditional wire rope. Some tow operators may not be familiar with the properties or wear and tear to synthetic winch rope during normal towing and recovery operations. Synthetic winch rope is subject to damage or failure if it is under tension and is against sharp edges. Anyone choosing to use synthetic winch rope must utilize extra caution when working with damaged vehicles and other situations that may put the rope against sharp edges. Refer to your state and local requirements concerning using synthetic winch rope. ANATOMY OF WIRE ROPE (6 X 19 IPS FC) 6 X 19 Improved Plow Steel (IPS) Fiber Core Wire Rope is commonly used in the towing industry due to its flexibility and ease of maintenance. 6 X 19 Fiber Core wire rope is made of 19 small wires that are twisted into a strand, 6 strands are then twisted around a fiber core to produce the rope. The fiber core provides storage for lubrication that is slightly secreted when the wire rope twists or winds around a drum. The lubrication helps to reduce wear to the wire. 6 number of strands that make up the rope 19 number of wires that make up the strand IPS improved plow steel FC fiber core COMPARING YOUR WINCH CABLE OPTIONS FIBER CORE (FC)INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) covered in steel threads but have a polypro- pylene cord at their centers made of steel threads and a steel core more flexible, but have a lower working load limit (WLL) stronger and have a higher working load limit (WLL) accept lube more readily and can be lubri- cated less often are crush-resistant have slightly more cushion or give are more susceptible to “bird nesting”Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE263 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 55 THE SHEAVE A wire rope loses some of its strength when it goes around a sheave. The outer wires will have more tension and stretch, while the inner wires are being crushed. This compresses the fiber core and forces oil out into the wires, lubricating the wire rope. DIAMETER 3 / 8 ” Wire Rope Specifications 6 X 19 Improved Plow Steel ( IPS ) Fiber Core Working Load Limit LOAD LIMIT 3,500 lbs. WORKING LOAD LIMITS (WLL) The working load limit listed above is the maximum rated load. Do not exceed the rated working load limit of the wire rope. To reduce tension on the wire rope, use snatch blocks or multiple lines to the load. Ensure that the wire rope is safe to use. Safely secure any attachments that are connected or rigged with the wire rope to prevent any part of the rigging from becoming loose or slipping off during use. A wire rope that breaks or fails can whip back, causing serious damage, injury, or loss of life. WARNING ! WIRE ROPE FAILURE IS MOST COMMONLY CAUSED BY EXCEEDING THE WLL OF THE WIRE ROPE.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE264 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 56 SIZE IS IMPORTANT There is a definite relationship that exists between wire rope service and sheave size. It is very important that the wire rope size matches the proper sheave size. PROPERLY MATCHED ROPE AND SHEAVE ROPE IS TOO LARGE (WILL PINCH) ROPE IS TOO SMALL (WILL FLATTEN) If the wire rope operates over improper sized sheaves, the severe bending stresses imposed will cause the wires to break from fatigue, even though the actual wear on the wire rope is slight. The smaller the sheave diameter, the quicker these breaks occur, causing a shorter wire rope life. Sheave size is important because sheave diameter can also influence wire rope strength. When a wire rope is bent around too small of a sheave, the result is a loss of strength and possible damage due to the inability of the individual strands and wires to adjust themselves by bending around the small sheave diameter.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE265 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 57 LEFT HAND LAY VS. RIGHT HAND LAY Left hand lay or right hand lay describes the manner in which the strands are laid to form the wire rope. To determine the lay of the strands in the rope, look at the rope as it points away. If the strands appear to turn in a clockwise direction, the rope has a right hand lay. left hand lay right hand lay Most wire rope furnished to the towing and recovery industry is “right hand lay”. Some tow operators prefer to install “left hand lay” on the left side winch of their recovery unit and the “right hand lay” on the right side winch of the same truck. Right hand lay seems to work just fine for either side and is mostly a personal preference. If the strands appear to turn in a counter-clockwise direction, the rope has a left hand lay.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE266 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 58 CAUSES OF DAMAGE There are several ways the wire rope can become damaged and compromise the WLL. It is important to inspect your wire rope and be aware of signs of wear and damage. KINKS AND BENDS Commonly caused by improper handling or installation. CORROSION Commonly caused by improper storage, rust, inadequate lubrication, or exposure to corrosive chemicals. BROKEN WIRES Commonly caused by crushing or flattening of the rope, overloading, routing a wire rope through a sheave that is too small, or by dragging the wire rope across the the ground. STRETCHING Commonly caused by overload. Once the wire rope passes normal stretch it can easily fail. Replace the wire rope immediately if the core is visible between the strands.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE267 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 59 CRUSHING / PINCHING Commonly caused by improper installation or winding on a winch drum, poor maintenance, or by the routing of the wire rope through a sheave that is too small. BIRD CAGED Commonly caused by shock loads or by the routing of the wire rope through a sheave that is too small. OVERLOADED Repeated use of cable over sheaves under normal workloads eventually results in fatigue (breaking) of individual wires. STRAND NICKING Commonly caused when a wire rope’s WLL is exceeded. Typical signs of stress are distressed strands as well as individual wire breakage. CROSSOVER WINDING Crossover winding is caused by carelessness. If a tow operator allows the cable to cross over itself as it is being wound in, it could result in numerous damage points. Crossover winding will inevitably damage the wire rope and cause the wrap to become jammed on the winch drum.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE268 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 60 WARNING ! THIS DEVICE RETAINS 80% OF THE WIRE ROPE’S ORIGINAL STRENGTH. A WEDGE SOCKET IS ONLY FOR TEMPORARY USE IN TOWING AND RECOVERY OPERATIONS. RECOMMENDATION P WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL WIRE ROPE USED ON TOWING EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE PROFESSIONALLY SWAGED. THIS INVOLVES A FLEMISH-EYE THIMBLE AND SPLICE WHICH IS PLACED IN THE LOOP WHILE A SECURING SLEEVE IS SLID INTO THE ATTACHMENT AND THEN COLD PRESSED BY A HYDRAULIC PRESS. WIRE ROPE TERMINATIONS A wedge socket type of termination can be used to finish the job if a cable is damaged in the field. This type of termination attachment is not 100% efficient. It is recommended that you consult the manufacturer’s limit for this device. The wire rope slips into the socket around the wedge and then back out the socket. A cable clamp anchors the end of the wire rope to the wedge. The more weight applied to the hook, the tighter the wedge is pulled into the socket. Shock loads will cause the wire rope to be pinched or to move. DO NOT USE CABLE CLAMPS. CABLE CLAMPS ARE NOT TO BE USED IN TOWING OR RECOVERY OPERATIONS. WARNING !Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE269 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 61 DAILY INSPECTION Wire rope should be inspected daily. Carefully conducted inspections are necessary to determine the condition of the wire rope. Inspection will allow for removal of the wire rope from service before the wire rope’s condition could pose a hazard. No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for replacement of the wire rope since many factors are involved. Good judgment by an authorized person should determine when a wire rope needs to be replaced. Therefore, the tow operator should report the condition of the wire rope to an authorized person for evaluation. • DO NOT fasten the wire rope hook directly to a vehicle • DO NOT wrap wire rope around an object • DO NOT use wire rope or winch for lifting people in any way MAINTENANCE OF WIRE ROPE Wire rope is usually lubricated when it comes from the manufacturer but no wire rope can be lubricated sufficiently during manufacture to last its entire life. That’s why it’s important to lubricate periodically throughout the life of wire rope. The surface of some ropes may become covered with dirt, rock dust or other material during their operation. This can prevent field-applied lubricants from properly penetrating the rope, so it’s a good practice to clean these ropes before you lubricate them. You can normally apply lubricant by using one of three methods: drip it on, spray it on, or brush it on rope. In all cases, you should apply it at a place where the rope is bending, such as around a sheave. We recommend you apply it at the top of the bend because that’s where the rope’s strands are spread by bending and more easily penetrated. In addition, there are pressure lubricators available commercially. Your rope’s service life will be directly proportional to the effectiveness of the method you use and the amount of lubricant that reaches the rope’s working parts. A proper lubricant must reduce friction, protect against corrosion and adhere to every wire. It should also be pliable and not crack or separate when cold – yet not drip when warm. Never apply heavy grease to the rope because it can trap excessive grit, which can damage the rope. Nor should you apply used “engine oil” because it contains materials that can damage the rope.Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE270 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 62 A.) Never exceed the WLL of any wire rope and always be sure to carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s safety instructions before use B.) Always follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for scheduled inspections and service to any wire rope C.) Never use wire rope for any purpose that is not intended D.) Properly install wire rope on the winch and always maintain a minimum of five wraps around the bare winch drum E.) Do not put hands or feet near wire rope while it is winding into or out of the winch F.) Check your immediate surroundings while winding wire rope G.) Never pull wire rope from under a load when the load is resting on the wire rope H.) Use good judgment, common sense, and care during any wire rope operation I.) Frequently monitor the wire rope while running the winch J.) Always wind the wire rope tightly on the winch drum in order to avoid any crossover of the line K.) Never attempt to disengage a wire rope under load or tension L.) Never perform any work with wire rope unless you have a full and complete understanding of its rated operating standards M.) Never use wire rope for the movement or lifting of people N.) Keep yourself and others at a safe distance while using wire rope O.) Never completely wrap wire rope around an object that is to be winched or lifted P.) Never hook the wire rope back onto itself Q.) Avoid sharp corners that may come into contact with the wire rope R.) Always use the proper size wire rope on a winch, sheave, or snatch block S.) Always replace any wire rope if its condition or appearance causes concern as to its safety T.) Remove any wire rope from service that is damaged or compromised WIRE ROPE SAFETY REMINDERS HANDLING WIRE ROPE Wire rope may show wear and tear or become damaged due to excessive use. The wires that make up the strands of the wire rope may break. Tow truck operators handling wire rope should wear heavy, leather-palmed gloves to prevent hand injuries or cuts from broken wires. NEVER allow wire rope to slide through your hands, even if you are wearing gloves! Chapter 8: WIRE ROPE271 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 63 NOTES 272 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 64 1. Light Pylon 10. Safety Chains 2. Light Bar 11. Wheel Lift Assembly 3. Outer Boom 12. Lower Work Lights 4. Wire Rope 13. Body 5. Boom Head 14. Lower D-Rings 6. Wire Rope Guides 15. Tool Box 7. Hydraulic Cylinder 16. Boom Tower and Rating Plate 8. Control Handles 17. Winch 9. L-Arm 18. Upper Work Lights IDENTIFYING THE PARTS OF A TOW TRUCK LIGHT DUTY TOWING Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING273 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 65 WHEEL-LIFT ASSEMBLY 1. Outer Boom 2. Inner Boom 3. Center Pin/ Cross Tube Pivot Pin 4. Cross Tube, Inner 5. Wheel Grid 6. L-Arm Receiver 1. Wheel Grid 2. L-Arm Receiver 3. Locking Plunger 4. Grab Hooks 5. Wheel Grid T-Handle 6. L-Arm Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING274 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 66 WHEEL-LIFT The wheel-lift towing device is the most common piece of equipment utilized for the towing of passenger vehicles, light vans, and light trucks. Anyone operating a wheel-lift must be familiar with the manufacturer’s operating instructions and safety recommendations. In addition, an inspection of the wheel-lift and all of its related components must be done prior to each use. An awareness and understanding of the manufacturer’s tow and lift rating prior to any towing with the wheel-lift is crucial for its safe use. Wheel-lifts may not always safely lift and tow weights equal to their ratings. Never use any wheel-lift device for any other purpose other than that which it was intended. Don’t take any shortcuts no matter what the distance of the tow may be.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING275 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 67 WHEEL-LIFT TOWING DEVICES When towing any vehicle from the front with a wheel-lift, use extreme caution as you lift the wheel-lift. Ensure that there is adequate clearance between vehicle’s engine oil pan and the wheel-lift device, because the wheel-lift may hit the oil pan, causing damage or cracking. If unsafe, or there is the possibility of damage, arrange for a car carrier transport. WARNING ! NEVER ALLOW CUSTOMERS OR BYSTANDERS TO ASSIST YOU WITH THE PREPARATION, ATTACHMENT OR LOADING OF ANY WHEEL-LIFT TOW. DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO BE IN YOUR IMMEDIATE WORK AREA AND ALWAYS FOLLOW ROADSIDE SAFETY GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED AT ALL TIMES.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWINGIMPORTANT i ALWAYS USE TWO (2) WHEEL RESTRAINTS, TWO (2) SAFETY CHAINS, EXTENSION TOWING LIGHTS, AND STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT DEVICE, PROPERLY INSTALLED ON EVERY TOW. 276 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 68 WHEEL-LIFT INSPECTION All tow truck operators must perform a pre-trip daily inspection of the equipment they operate. This includes the wheel-lift, controls, and the wheel strap attachments. In addition to this daily inspection, tow truck operators should be aware of the condition of all wheel-lift equipment during and after each tow. Any equipment which is damaged, worn, or loose must be addressed prior to towing another vehicle. Never tow any vehicle with any equipment which is not in good working condition! Replace or repair equipment immediately. IMPORTANT i SAFETY MUST NEVER BE COMPROMISED! YOU SHOULD INSPECT THE WHEEL-LIFT PIVOT PIN EVERY DAY FOR EXCESSIVE WEAR OR DAMAGE AND LUBRICATE WEEKLY. WHEEL-LIFT STRAPS Wheel-lifts of different designs utilize various and versatile nylon straps. Used with a matching hand ratchet mechanism, straps are installed on a wheel-lift to hold a vehicle securely (two straps, one on each wheel, must always be used on all wheel-lift tows). The most common strap for this purpose is two inch (2”) wide strap 8 to 12 ft. long. There are a variety of strap designs, each dedicated for a specific wheel-lift design. Replacements are available for worn or damaged straps. All straps must meet OEM specifications and be inspected before each use. Straps are used in choker, basket, loop, tire cross-over, or lasso hook-up procedures. Straps can be easily damaged by improper use. All straps have a stretch factor, and can easily loosen up during the towing process. Without straps, a towed vehicle may come free of the wheel- lift while traveling or maneuvering in tow.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING277 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 69 STANDARD L-ARM GRID STYLE WHEEL-LIFT Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING• Park your truck in position to hook up the vehicle. Set the tow truck’s transmission in “park,” engage the parking brakes. Engage the Power Take Off (PTO). • Check the vehicle to be towed. Set the vehicle’s parking brake or chock the wheels if the parking brake is inoperable. Obtain the keys from the customer. Document any damage to the vehicle. Confirm the proper towing procedure via the owner’s manual, an app, or AAA Tow & Service manual. • Back up the tow truck. Align your wheel lift to the center of the axle that you will be hooking up to. Do not make contact with the vehicle and stop approximately 1 to 2 feet from the vehicle. • Adjust the wheel-lift receiver sleeves to the width of the vehicle. Lower the wheel- lift to approximately one inch above the ground. Extend the wheel-lift under the vehicle to the tires. After making contact with the tires, slightly tilt and lower the wheel-lift to the ground. Do not make contact with the underside of the vehicle. • Insert the L-arms into the wheel-lift receivers around the vehicle tires, adjust the L-arms to fit around the tires, then lock the L-arms into place and lift the wheel lift slightly. • Release the vehicle’s parking brake. Put the vehicle’s transmission in “neutral”. Attach a steering wheel clamping device. Do not use the vehicle’s seat belt. Raise the wheel lift a minimum of eight inches. Use the tilt function first if there is a low clearance problem with the vehicle’s under carriage hitting the wheel-lift crossbar. • Attach the wheel straps on both sides of the vehicle. Adjust the wheel-lift extension and check the vehicle’s ground clearance in the rear for proper towing. Make sure there is proper clearance for the oil pan, air dam, splash-guards, mufflers, and/or ground effects. • Attach two safety chains as required. Remember to leave sufficient slack for turns while in tow but not enough to allow chains to drag on the ground. • Attach tow lights and make final adjustments, then do a walk around prior to towing. • Your ability to safely steer and control your tow truck will be greatly reduced if you have poor weight distribution after hooking up. Weight from the towed vehicle can be transferred to the steering axle of the tow truck by retracting the towing device. • Disengage the PTO unit; never travel with the PTO engaged. • Before proceeding in tow, take into consideration the age, mileage, and overall condition for the vehicle to be safely towed without additional precautions. • Perform a final walk around on your hook-up. Inspect the vehicle to be towed for any possible problems which may interfere with the safe towing of the vehicle. • Some vehicles may not be suitable for a wheel-lift tow due to their damaged condition or design. 278 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 70 “SELF LOADER” STYLE WHEEL-LIFTS Also known as “auto loader” wheel-lifts. Many tow operators prefer this style of towing device because of its fully hydraulic L-Arm design. Typically a “self-loader” wheel-lift loads a vehicle with permanently attached L-arms that hydraulically load from inside the wheels. Parallel parked vehicles can be easily attached and lifted from a 90 degree angle with this type of wheel-lift. Although its design may make some aspects of vehicle loading easier, the “self-loader” may have additional rear overhang, more so than traditional wheel-lifts. Some of these trucks may require a higher Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR ) and/or longer wheel base. The following is additional specific information to be aware of when operating “self-loader” style wheel-lifts: • Additional space may be required to load due to the “self-loader” fold down system. • When travelling, the L-Arms may extend above the cab of the truck. • It may be necessary to attach adapters to the folding L-arms for use with smaller tires. • Extend the wheel-lift until the cross tube is firmly against the tires of the vehicle to be towed. • When an angled approach is necessary, back the wheel-lift until the cross bar is rotated by contact with the tire and is centered between the tires on the vehicle to be towed. • Rotate the L-arms and ensure that both L-arms have fully captured both tires before lifting the vehicle. • Tie down wheel strap procedures are unique to the “self-loader” system, generally utilizing a cross over style wheel strap. Always follow manufacturer’s vehicle securing instructions. • With a single strap, the wheel strap must cross the tire just forward of the top center of the tire in order to function properly. • Vehicles being towed should always be centered on the wheel-lift, especially those with wider tires. • Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for the attachment of ratchets, wheel straps, and safety chains. • Some vehicles may not be suitable for a “self-loader” wheel-lift tow due to their damaged condition or design.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING279 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 71 “EAGLE-CLAW” STYLE WHEEL-LIFTS Claw style wheel-lifts are common in the towing industry and may be preferred by some operators due to its ease in loading and attaching vehicles. This wheel-lift uses a self- loading set of “claws” that pivots itself around the wheels of a vehicle as it is extended and contacts the tires. Due to its unique design, the manufacturer’s recommended operating instructions must be followed to prevent damage, accidents, and vehicles coming loose. In addition to the basic hook-up procedures outlined in this manual, the following are additional specific information to be aware of when using “Eagle Claw” wheel-lifts: • Additional space may be required to load due to the “claw” fold down system. • Alignment with the tow truck to the vehicle is very important to allow for loading. • Care must be taken with the “claws” while extending so that the tires are not inadvertently punctured. • Check to be sure that the “claws” are fully wrapped around the tires. • “Eagle-Claw” reducers or spacers must be used on small and narrower tire widths. • The position of the vehicle’s tires hold the “claws” in the proper towing position. Tow vehicles with the wheels aligned straight and steering wheel secured. • “Claw” style wheel-lifts have unique wheel strapping systems. The manufacturer’s wheel restraint securement instructions must be followed precisely to ensure that the vehicle does not pivot out and away from the wheel-lift. Always follow the manufacturer’s vehicle securing instructions. • Any “bottoming-out” or “wheel-lift dragging” while in tow can result in damages, disconnection, or vehicle becoming loose from the tow truck. • Some vehicles may be damaged or in a condition that cannot be safely towed with an “Eagle- Claw” wheel-lift. • Some “claw” style wheel-lifts have remote (cab control or hand-held) functions. Do not operate any remote controls at speeds over 5 mph.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING280 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 72 “SCOOP” STYLE WHEEL-LIFTS “Scoop” style wheel-lifts are also common in the towing industry and are sometimes preferred by operators due to their unique design which can be friendlier when the vehicle’s wheels may be turned or locked to one side. Its L-arm system is typically mounted higher than traditional wheel-lifts, allowing the towed vehicle’s wheel to be captured deeper in the wheel-lift system. The “scoop” traps more of the tire than standard wheel-lifts. This system sometimes is advertised as a “strapless wheel-lift” tow truck, because of this design feature. However we highly recommend that all tow operators use wheel straps (regardless of the wheel-lift system) in order to securely retain a towed vehicle to the wheel-lift and to ensure that a towed vehicle cannot become detached during a tow. In addition to the basic wheel-lift hook-up procedures outlined in this manual, the following is additional specific information to be aware of when operating “scoop” wheel-lifts: • Care must be given while extending the wheel-lift as the L-arm receiver is on top of the cross bar and can cause damage due to its position. • The pivot and securement pins should be removed and receivers positioned outward away from the vehicle when loading. • Adjust wheel-lift grids, slide “scoop” L-arm (adjusting to match receivers), and replace the pivot and L-arm adjustment pins accordingly to allow for the vehicle’s tire size and pivot into place. • Check clearance between vehicle body components and wheel-lift components. Some vehicles require adjustments or may need to be towed by other means. • Set the necessary pivot and securement pins after loading the vehicle to the wheel-lift. • Any “bottoming-out” or “wheel-lift dragging” while in tow can result in damages, disconnection, or the vehicle becoming loose from the tow truck. • Two wheel straps and two properly placed safety chains must always be installed. • Some vehicles may be damaged or in a condition that cannot be safely towed with a “scoop” style wheel-lift. We recommend following all manufacturer guidelines to the letter. Know that Federal and many state laws require primary securement to all wheel-lift systems.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING281 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 73 WHEEL-LIFTING A VEHICLE WITH A FLAT TIRE When attempting to wheel-lift a vehicle with a flat tire or on uneven ground, use a floor jack to raise the vehicle, then lower the vehicle onto a block of wood centered under the flat tire. Adjust the wheel-lift under the vehicle so that the L-Arm is close enough under the flat tire as to not allow the wheel to fall through the support arms. It is necessary to use two wheel restraints and safety chains. Do not use the cross bar of the tow truck as a lifting device to place lumber under the wheel unless L-arms are attached securing the wheel.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING282 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 74 ESTIMATING A WHEEL-LIFT LOAD Professional tow operators should know and understand how to estimate a load that will be supported on the wheel-lift. This can be easily accomplished by using the 60/40 system. Estimate the weight of the front axle of a towed vehicle by 60% of the vehicle’s total weight. Estimate the weight of the rear axle of the towed vehicle by 40% of the vehicle’s total weight. Although the actual front axle weight of a vehicle is closer to 54% of the vehicle’s total weight, the weight is rounded up to 60% to keep the math simple. Please be aware that this this is for estimates only. 1. Determine the vehicle’s curb weight. (phone app, AAA Towing Manual, or door post) 2. Multiply the vehicle’s curb weight by 0.6 (60%) of the curb weight. This determines the weight lifted by the wheel-lift. 2019 Ford Explorer FWD has a curb weight of 4,560 lbs. EXAMPLE Curb Weight 4,560 lbs. 60% Factor 0.6 Wheel-lift Load 2,736 lbs.X = 3. Compare wheel-lift load to the tow truck’s wheel-lift rated lift capacity. 4. Compare curb weight to the tow truck’s wheel-lift tow capacity. 5. Compare wheel-lift load to Safe Steering Load (SSL). 6. Check the tow truck’s rated rear axle capacity. 7. Multiply 0.4 (40%) to estimate the rear axle load. 8. Do not proceed with any tow that exceeds the rated capacities of the tow truck, its wheel-lift device, or the steering load (SSL).Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING283 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 75 WHILE IN TOW WITH A WHEEL-LIFT • Obey all traffic laws and regulations. • Never proceed with a tow unless you are certain it is safe to do so. • Check the wheel-lift for proper towing height, position, tail-board, and ground clearances. • Always maintain at least 50% of your original front axle weight (FAW) when a wheel-lift is loaded. • Allow for safe braking distance when in tow. Reduce your speed and maintain a safe following distance. Take into consideration weather and road conditions and when traveling in a downhill direction. • Watch the towed vehicle’s tracking alignment and correct if necessary. • Never allow strap ends or chains to drag on the ground while in tow. • Position the wheel-lift and extend just far enough to allow for turns. Don’t over extend the wheel-lift. • Do not proceed with a tow unless the vehicle is well centered on the wheel-lift. Correct and adjust as necessary. • Do not allow towed vehicles to “bottom out” or “drag” while entering or exiting driveways or uneven roadways and watch the towed vehicle’s trailing end to avoid “dragging” or scraping the vehicle. • Use the greatest possible angle to transverse any driveways, inclines, or dips in the road (proceed slowly, adjust with hydraulic controls if necessary and keep aware). • Do not jack-knife or turn too sharply while moving in reverse. • Make sure to close all windows, doors, and ensure the hood is firmly latched. • Secure the steering wheel straight on all wheel-lift tows and use an approved steering wheel clamping device. DO NOT use a seatbelt for this purpose.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING284 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 76 THE L-ARM There are several different styles of L-arm manufacturers and designs. They include standard L-arm, half scoop, and full scoop L-arms. There will be occasions in which any L-arm will be difficult to insert or remove from the wheel-lift receiver. Do not “beat” on the L-arms with sledge hammers or mauls. This will only cause damage to the L-arm and “mushroom” the ends, making it extremely difficult to get the L-arm out of the receiver. Uneven ground may cause difficult loading or unloading. Do a "Double Pick" and set the vehicle’s tires on a small block of lumber, positioning the L-arm to give you the clearance you need. Remember to secure any vehicle before you load or unload on a wheel-lift.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING285 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 77 IMPORTANT i 2 SAFETY CHAINS, 2 WHEEL TIE-DOWNS, TOW LIGHTS, AND A STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT DEVICE ARE MANDATORY WITH ALL TOWING APPLICATIONS. A.) Always use the wheel-lift to hook-up as stated by the manufacturer B.) Load on level ground whenever possible C.) Use additional safety precautions when loading on ground that is not level D.) Never lift a vehicle into the towing position until wheel straps are installed E.) Always keep your body, hands, and feet out from under the wheel-lift device F.) Never get under a vehicle supported only by the wheel-lift G.) Never allow customers or bystanders to assist you or be near your hook-up area H.) Never allow anyone to enter the vehicle while it is lifted off the ground I.) Never walk or allow anyone else to walk between the tow truck and the vehicle being towed J.) Keep your body out of traffic lanes as you hook-up K.) Some vehicles may be damaged or in a condition that cannot be safely towed with a wheel-lift L.) Secure all wheel-lift components and related accessories M.) Wheel-lifts may not always safely lift and tow weights equal to their ratings N.) Use the 10 and 2 locations on the tire when using tie down straps WHEEL-LIFT SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING286 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 78 TOW TRUCK CONTROL HANDLES • Only trained personnel should be permitted to operate tow truck controls. • Tow truck controls should only be operated when it is safe to do so. • Always try to operate the tow truck controls on the non-traffic side. • Tow truck control handles must remain clearly marked as to their functions and directions. • Replace any control handle that is worn or unreadable. • Anyone operating a tow truck, regardless of design or options installed, must be thoroughly familiar with all controls, components, and operating requirements. • Operate all controls slowly and smoothly to avoid damage to the tow truck or to its components. • The PTO pump is normally designed to run any function at normal idle speeds. Do not over rev the engine. • Check Manufacturer’s recommendations for optimal engine R.P.M. for operating equipment. • Do not operate any hand-held or cab controls while the truck is in motion.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING287 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 79 TOW-SLING ASSEMBLY 1 2 3 3 4 6 5 7 8 7 1. Lift Plate 2. Lifting Shackle 3. Upper Grab Hooks 4. Sling Pads 5. Extension Arms 6. Extension Arm Locking Pins 7. Lower Grab Hooks 8. Anchor Bar Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING288 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 80 TOW-SLING Attaching a Vehicle to a Tow Sling 1. Park your truck in position to hook up to the vehicle. Set the truck's transmission in “park” and engage the parking brakes. Position the boom at cab height. 2. Check the vehicle to be towed prior to hooking up. Set the vehicle’s parking brakes. If the vehicle’s parking brake is inoperative, chock the wheels. Confirm the proper tow procedure. 3. ALWAYS use the winch line to raise and lower the tow sling. 4. Engage the PTO, lower the tow sling and back up the tow truck almost to the bumper of the disabled vehicle. Do not make contact with the vehicle. 5. Center the sling to the vehicle for best positioning. Position the tow sling under the vehicle just behind the bumper so that the vehicle will ride on the sling belts. 6. Attach the J-hook or T-hook assembly to the vehicle and “safety wrap” the chain to the anchor bar grab hooks. 7. Using the winch line, lift the vehicle until the extension arms lock. Slowly release the vehicle’s brakes and set the vehicle’s transmission in “neutral”. 8. Lift the vehicle to the desired towing height, at least ten inches from the ground. Check the opposite end of the vehicle for proper ground clearance. 9. Secure the remaining chain to the hooks on the lift plate, leaving sufficient slack so that none of the vehicle’s weight is resting on the remaining chain. 10. It may be necessary to use a 4 x 4 piece of lumber and/or spacer blocks to prevent damage on some vehicles. Always check the recommended towing procedure. 11. Rotate extension arm locks and ensure that they are locked. Keep extension arms below horizontal level, pointed at the ground. 12. Secure the steering wheel and attach two safety chains and tow lights. Walk around the vehicle and make any final adjustments before proceeding with the tow.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING289 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 81 A.) Position the tow truck boom at about the same height as the truck cab. B.) When towing with a sling, you must “safety wrap” the attaching chain assembly. C.) Always attach “J-Hooks” with the point of the hook facing up. D.) Always leave a minimum of three links of chain between the anchor bar grab hooks and the vehicle attaching hook. E.) All sling tows must have the steering wheel straightened and properly secured. F.) There must be at least 10 inches of clearance between the ground and the towed vehicle. G.) Always position the extension arms of the sling below a horizontal level before towing a vehicle. H.) Safety chains must be properly attached, crossed, and secured from the tow truck to the towed vehicle, in addition to the tow sling hook-up. I.) Some vehicles, because of their design or damage, cannot be towed with a sling. TOW-SLING SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING290 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 82 A.) Never use any equipment unless you are certain that is in good working condition and Never operate equipment unless you are familiar with its safe operating procedures. B.) Never exceed WLL or overload your equipment or truck. C.) Never allow passengers to ride in a towed vehicle. D.) Be aware and take necessary steps to ensure customer safety. E.) Always drive at a safe operating speed and obey all traffic laws. F.) Always follow the respective auto manufacturer’s recommendations and specific procedures for towing. G.) Never assume that everything is okay. Check each and every service call or tow on its own merits and concerns. Then double check! Do not proceed if you are uncertain. H.) Whenever possible, tow vehicles with the drive wheels off the ground to prevent damage. I.) Some vehicles, due to their condition, age, or mileage cannot be towed with standard wheel-lift equipment and must be transported on a car carrier. J.) Always use safety chains, wheel-lift restraints, and tow lights as required. K.) When towing a front wheel drive from the front, you must secure the steering wheel. L.) Adjust your speed to allow for weather, road traffic, and visibility conditions as necessary. M.) The most common cause of incidents which lead to injury and death in the towing industry is exceeding the WLL of the equipment. BASIC TOWING 101 SAFETY IMPORTANT i IF YOU HAVE ANY DOUBTS, GET HELP!Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING291 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 83 REAR TOWING PRECAUTIONS Whenever towing or transporting a vehicle from the rear, the following list of items should be addressed prior to towing: • Check for proper towing procedures. Some vehicles cannot be towed from the rear of the vehicle. • Secure the steering wheel with an approved clamping device. Never use a vehicle ignition lock or seat belt for this purpose. • Check trunk lid and doors to make sure all are properly latched. • Check and ensure sunroof or convertible tops are closed and secured. Close all windows if possible; this includes vent windows. Tape off any openings or gaps. • Check vehicle accessories such as wind deflectors, bug deflectors, antennas, or other add-on after-market devices. • Check for adequate ground clearance. • Do not overload the steering axle of the vehicle you are towing. • Check tires and lug nuts for safe towing ability, including any custom wheel concerns. • Secure covers and camper shells when towing pick-up trucks.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING292 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 84 STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT All tows require that the steering wheel of the towed vehicle be properly secured. This includes straightening the wheels (regardless of front or rear tow) and installing a primary steering wheel securement device. There are several commercially produced securement device types and styles, however, no single device will be suitable for all vehicles. It may be necessary to have several different devices on hand to install for a variety of vehicles. The common practice of using a piece of rope as a steering wheel securement device may be subject to interpretation by the area tow truck officer. Whatever your company policy or your practice regarding this subject, the steering wheel restraint must be of proper size, grade, and installed so that there is no question or doubt that the steering wheel will remain secured throughout the entire duration of the towing process.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWINGWARNING ! VEHICLE SEAT BELTS AND SAFETY RESTRAINT DEVICES ARE NOT TO BE UTILIZED AS A STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD ANYONE USE OR RELY ON THE STEERING WHEEL COLUMN LOCK OR IGNITION LOCKING DEVICE TO SECURE THE STEERING WHEEL DURING THE TOWING PROCESS. NEVER USE THE BRAKE PEDAL FOR ANY PART OF A SECUREMENT. 293 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 85 IMPORTANT i BE SURE TO FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT THE VEHICLE IS SECURE WHEN USING A STEERING WHEEL TIE DOWN DEVICE. A.) Always use a proper, dedicated steering wheel securement device. B.) Keep securement devices clean and free of grease, oil, and other contaminates. C.) Never use seat belts or safety restraints for the purposes of steering wheel securement. D.) Apply two separate steering wheel securement devices if necessary. This would also provide added safety if the primary device fails. E.) Follow the manufacturer’s instructions on proper application and installation of any steering wheel securement device. F.) Do not attach any steering wheel securement device to vehicle interior components such as door panels, gear shifts, center consoles, etc. G.) Never use the brake pedal or any part of the braking system for the attachment or installation of any steering wheel securement device. H.) The use of a leather belt, hose, or rope for steering wheel securement purposes is not recommended. I.) To ensure safety, do not proceed with a tow unless the steering wheel has been set in a straight position and two steering wheel securements have been installed. STEERING WHEEL SECUREMENT SAFETY GUIDELINES Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING294 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 86 TOW LIGHTS AUXILIARY TOWING LIGHTS SHOULD BE PLACED ON THE TRAILING END OF THE DISABLED VEHICLE THAT IS UNDER TOW. Installation of Tow Lights: 1. Ensure your tow lights are in good working condition. The magnetic area should be clean and free of rust and debris. The extension cord should be checked for cleanliness. 2. Evaluate and determine tow light placement for the vehicle being towed. Lights should be placed to the rear of the towed vehicle. 3. Some vehicles may require protective material between the tow lights and the paint surface. 4. The use of suction cup tow lights and vinyl tow light pads maybe necessary on vehicles that are non-magnetic or whose body shape does not allow the use of standard tow lights. 5. Use care when applying tow lights on a vehicle. Slowly attach each magnetic tow light on a flat surface area near the rear most area of the towed vehicle. 6. Route and secure the extension cord allowing slack between the vehicles. 7. Install the 4 way plug into the 4 way receptacle socket using the connection guides, ensuring that the plug is in proper position for a good connection. 8. Test and check tow lights for proper working order after installation. 9. To increase safety awareness, you must use tow lights on every tow. Removal of Tow Lights : 1. To disconnect tow lights, pull on the 4 way plug itself, NOT the extension cord. 2. Cautiously remove the extension cord away from the vehicle body. Avoid dragging across the vehicle body. 3. Carefully tilt-away, then lift and remove each side tow light away from the vehicle body. 4. Roll up the extension cord and secure the tow lights for future use.Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING295 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 87 Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING SAFETY CHAINS The proper use of safety chains protects you and the public in the event of the failure of your primary attachment to a vehicle that you are towing. Safety chains must be attached to separate, independent locations not connected to your primary securement. Even the most skilled driver with the best equipment can have a car become disconnected while in tow. For example, the cross bar pivot pin on your wheel-lift pivots a couple of hundred times a day and can break if not greased properly. You may have to slam on your brakes to avoid a collision and the straps on your wheel-lift may not handle the shock load. Whatever the reason, if a car becomes disconnected and you have properly attached safety chains, they will help a bad situation from becoming worse. There is no reason why a professional tow operator would not use safety chains. It does not matter if you’re towing 50 feet or 50 miles. It doesn’t matter if you’re towing a small or big car, you must use safety chains on every tow. It is like a seatbelt or an airbag; you never know when you’re going to need it, but when you do, it could save a life. RECOMMENDATION P WE RECOMMEND ADOPTING A STRICT POLICY REQUIRING SAFETY CHAINS ON EVERY TOW, NO MATTER THE DISTANCE OF THE TOW, AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND FEDERAL LAW. 296 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 88Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWING PROPER USE OF SAFETY CHAINS To properly attach a safety chain, you must attach one end to a part of the vehicle that can withstand a shock load, such as the frame or suspension of the towed vehicle. The other end of the safety chain must be attached to the tow truck body. Safety chains should have an appropriate amount of slack so that you may make full turns while in tow but not drag the chains on the ground. The safety chain must also be of a sufficient grade and size to absorb the shock load of a dropped vehicle. Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) states in 49 CFR section 393.71 (10)(ii): “If chains or cables are used as the safety device, they shall be crossed and attached to the vehicles near the points of bumper attachments to the chassis of the vehicles.” We strongly recommend safety chains be securely affixed to the truck frame, bed, or towing equipment by means of a bolt. This prevents using the safety chains for anything except safety chains. When replacing safety chains due to wear or damage, they must be replaced with OEM or higher grade of chain. RECOMMENDATION P WE RECOMMEND THAT SAFETY CHAINS BE CROSSED TO HELP MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL OF TOWED VEHICLE IF THE TOWED VEHICLE SHOULD BECOME LOOSE WHILE IN TRANSIT. 297 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 89 REASONS VEHICLES BECOME LOOSE • Improper hook up • Equipment failure due to overloading, excessive wear, or improper maintenance • Jack-Knifing or sharp turning • Improper attachment of safety chains to the tow truck • Improper placement of safety chains on the vehicle being towed • Not safety wrapping tow chains on a sling hook-up • Sudden stopping of a dynamic load (shock loading) • Using safety chains for other applications, such as recovery work • Safety chains not permanently attached to a tow truck • “Bottoming out” or “dragging” during driveway access Chapter 9: LIGHT DUTY TOWINGA.) Safety chains should be attached to a portion of the vehicle which can withstand a shock load. B.) The safety chain can be run under the wheel-lift attached to the towed vehicle, then laid loosely in the grab hook on the wheel grid to minimize forward movement during a rapid braking or possible impact. C.) The difference between safety chains and tow chains is that safety chains are not under load when used, whereas tow chains are. D.) Always check the chains for damage before use. SAFETY CHAIN SAFETY GUIDELINES WARNING ! THE POSSIBLE RESULT OF NOT USING SAFETY CHAINS COULD INCLUDE: THE TOWED VEHICLE COMING FREE FROM THE TOW TRUCK OR FALLING OFF THE CAR CARRIER, LIABILITY FOR CRIMINAL NEGLIGENCE, AND/OR SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 298 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 90 NOTES 299 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 91 DOLLIES & DRIVELINES Towing dollies are utilized when the towed vehicle condition or manufacturer’s towing recommendations, call for the towed vehicle’s trailing wheels to be off the ground. Depending on the situation, it may be necessary to use dollies instead of a car carrier, although it may seem like more work. Before each use of the dollies, the tow operator must be certain that the dollies are in proper working condition. In addition, the dollies should never be loaded beyond their rated capacity and should be used only for their intended purpose. Self-loading dollies are designed to be assembled around the towed vehicle tires while on the ground, while the vehicle is still hooked up, attached and secured to the tow truck. • Check the tire pressure in each tire and ensure that it matches the proper inflation as marked on the sidewall of the tire. Pressure must be the same on all four tires. • All dolly tires should be of the same size and load rating. • Dolly tires should be free of weather cracks, as they may make the dollies unsafe to use. • Check all parts of the dolly for proper lubrication and good working condition. • Never exceed the combined tire load rating while using dollies. • Tow operators must be familiar with the manufacturer's proper loading and unloading information. DOLLIES MUST BE IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION DOLLIES CHECKLIST • Check tire pressure in each tire. • The tires must be free of weather cracks. • Check all parts for proper lubrication. • Secure the vehicle to dollies with a ratchet and safety straps. • Keep your body and head away from the pivot pry bar path while lifting. • Keep your work area clear of bystanders. • Never exceed 50 miles per hour while in tow. IMPORTANT i THE FOLLOWING PAGES INCLUDE EXCERPTS FROM BOTH COLLINS DOLLIES AND IN THE DITCH DOLLIES MANUFACTURER MANUALS. AS WITH ALL EQUIPMENT, YOU SHOULD REVIEW THE ENTIRE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION BEFORE USE TO ENSURE SAFE AND PROPER USAGE.Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES300 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 92 RAISING ALL COLLINS HI-SPEED® DOLLIES: 1975 - PRESENT ADJUST TELESCOPIC CROSS RAILS BY FIRST DEPRESSING SPRING-LOADED PLUNGER AND SLIDING OUTER TUBE UNTIL PLUNGER LOCKS INTO HOLE THAT MATCHES TOWED VEHICLE WIDTH. PLACE CROSS RAILS (A) FORE AND AFT OF VEHICLE’S TIRES. TIRES SHOULD BE AS CLOSE TO END OF CROSS RAILS AS POSSIBLE. PLACE DOLLY IN COLLAPSED POSITION BESIDE VEHICLE TIRE TO BE LIFTED, WITH DOLLY TIRES ABOVE DOLLY BODY (J). DISENGAGE SAFETY LOCK (C) ALLOWING SPINDLE ASSEMBLY AND TRIP ASSEMBLY FREE MOTION. ROTATE SPINDLE TO END OF DOLLY BODY (J). SAFETY WARNING! FAILURE TO DISENGAGE SAFETY LOCK BEFORE RAISING DOLLY WILL CAUSE TRIP HANDLE TO BEND, POTENTIALLY ALLOWING TRIP ASSEMBLY TO PREMATURELY RELEASE. SET RAIL END (B) INTO ONE OF THREE RAIL POCKET (I) SLOTS, ADJUSTING FOR DIAMETER OF VEHICLE’S TIRES, POSITIONING CROSS RAIL AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO VEHICLE TIRE TREAD. ENGAGE SAFETY RATCHET (D) BY ROTATING RATCHET CAM HANDLE TOWARD DOLLY FRAME. SAFETY WARNING! SAFETY WARNING! RAISING ANY DOLLY WITHOUT A SAFETY RATCHET SYSTEM CAN BE HAZARDOUS, AS IT MAY LEAD TO PERSONAL INJURY, VEHICLE OR PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND POTENTIAL LAW SUITS. PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO THIS MOST CRUCIAL SAFETY WARNING! 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A J C J D B I Pages 92-94 were adapted from the Collins Dollies Instruction Manual. Thank You to Collins Dollies for their contribution to the ERSCA/CTTA Training Program.Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES301 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 93 RAISING ALL COLLINS HI-SPEED® DOLLIES: 1975 - PRESENT INSERT PRY BAR (E) INTO PRY POCKET (F). SAFETY WARNING! FAILURE TO DISENGAGE SAFETY LOCK BEFORE RAISING DOLLY WILL CAUSE TRIP HANDLE TO BEND, POTENTIALLY ALLOWING TRIP ASSEMBLY TO PREMATURELY RELEASE. GRIPPING END OF PRY BAR (E), SWING IT IN AN ARC, FORCING SPINDLE ASSEMBLY FROM ABOVE DOLLY FRAME (J) TO BELOW DOLLY FRAME, THEREBY LIFTING VEHICLE WHEEL (T) OFF THE GROUND. IF NEEDED, BETTER LEVERAGE MAY BE OBTAINED WHILE LIFTING VEHICLE WITH SAFETY RATCHETS ENGAGED. ALLOW VEHICLE WEIGHT TO REST ON RATCHET GEAR WHILE REPOSITIONING FEET, TO GET A BETTER PURCHASE OF PRY BAR FOR LEVERAGE. WATCH AND LISTEN FOR RELEASE HANDLE (G) TO RISE THEN SNAP BACK INTO PLACE, AS TRIP ASSEMBLY LOCKS DOWN SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) IN THE LOADED POSITION. DOLLY IS NOW LOCKED AND LOADED — PRY BAR CAN NOW BE REMOVED. ENGAGE SAFETY LOCK (C) OVER RELEASE HANDLE (G). LEAVE SAFETY RATCHET (D) ENGAGED AS A FAILSAFE BACKUP, TO PREVENT DOLLY FROM DROPPING WHILE VEHICLE IS IN TOW. REPEAT THIS ACTION FOR ALL FOUR ASSEMBLIES DOLLY IS NOW SECURE. SAFETY TIE-DOWN STRAPS (M) SHOULD ALWAYS BE USED TO SECURE DOLLY TO VEHICLE. SAFETY WARNING! ENSURE THAT SAFETY RATCHETS AND SAFETY LOCKS ARE ENGAGED TO PREVENT PREMATURE RELEASE OF DOLLY WHILE IN TOW, CAUSING VEHICLE ACCIDENTS. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. E F T E J T EJ G H G C D M Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES302 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 94Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES GENTLE LOWERING ALL COLLINS HI-SPEED® DOLLIES: 1975 - PRES. SKILL SET LEVEL: EXPERIENCED — PRACTICE EMPTY MULTIPLE TIMES BEFORE ACTUAL UNLOADING! DISENGAGE RATCHETS (D) AND SAFETY LOCKS (C) BY TURNING LOCKS TOWARD END OF DOLLY BODY (J). ROLL SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) TO OUTSIDE AND INSERT PRY BAR (E) INTO PRY POCKET (F). GRIP PRY BAR (E) WHILE AT THE SAME TIME PLACING OTHER HAND ON RELEASE HANDLE (G). GENTLY LIFT TRIP HANDLE (G) WHILE SLOWLY ALLOWING SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) TO JUST CLEAR HEEL OF TRIP ASSEMBLY (L), A DISTANCE OF ABOUT ONE INCH. WHEN SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (H) HAS JUST CLEARED TRIP ASSEMBLY (L), RELEASE TRIP HANDLE (G) AND FIRMLY PLACE BOTH HANDS ON END OF PRY BAR (E). AT THIS POINT PRY BAR WEIGHT IS ONLY 5-10 LBS. WITH A FIRM GRIP, SLOWLY LET WEIGHT SHIFT TOWARD OPERATOR AS PRY BAR IS BROUGHT AROUND AND END OF DOLLY BODY (J) IS GENTLY LOWERED TO THE GROUND. REPEAT THIS FOR ALL FOUR ASSEMBLIES. 1. 2. 3. 5. 4. 6. 7. MAINTENANCE AND CAUTIONS 1. FOR SAFEST OPERATION KEEP DOLLY MAINTAINED AND WELL LUBRICATED: A. CHECK AND PACK BEARINGS AS NEEDED, KEEPING MOISTURE OUT. B. LUBRICATE SAFETY RATCHET SYSTEM AS NEEDED — ESPECIALLY IN INCLEMENT WEATHER. C. GREASE ALL DOLLY FITTINGS REGULARLY— HUB FITTINGS WITH BEARING GREASE D. KEEP LUG NUTS TIGHTENED TO 75-85 FT-LBS. E. CHECK TIRE CONDITION AND AIR PRESSURE BEFORE EACH OPERATION. 2. BEFORE RAISING ANY VEHICLES, COMPLETE OPERATION OF DOLLY SHOULD BE PRACTICED EMPTY. 3. WEAR WORK GLOVES AND ALWAYS KEEP A FIRM GRIP WHEN HANDLING PRY BAR. 4. MAKE SURE SAFETY LOCKS ARE DISENGAGED BEFORE RAISING DOLLY. 5. MAKE SURE SAFETY LOCKS ARE ENGAGED AFTER RAISING DOLLY. 6. AREA SHOULD BE CLEAR OF OTHER PERSONNEL WHILE OPERATING DOLLY. 7. DO NOT TOW FASTER THAN 50 MPH WITH 4.80 DOLLIES AND 60 MPH WITH 5.70 DOLLIES ON SMOOTH ROADS; SLOWER ON ROADS THAT ARE ROUGHER. POT HOLES SHOULD BE APPROACHED AT A CRAWL. 8. DO NOT EXCEED TIRE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDED LOAD CAPACITIES: 4.80 x 8 load range C -- 760 lb. @ 90 psi per tire or 3,040 lb. per set of dollies w/ steel or aluminum axles. (4.80 x 8 load range C -- 345 kg. @ 6.2 bar per tire or 1,379 kg. per set of dollies w/ steel or aluminum axles.) 5.70 x 8 load range D -- 1070 lb. @ 100 psi per tire or 4,000 lb. per set of dollies w/ steel axles only. (5.70 x 8 load range D -- 485 kg. @ 9.6 bar per tire or 1,814 kg. per set of dollies w/ steel axles only.) 303 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 95 IN THE DITCH© DOLLY OPERATIONS- BASIC LIFTING Adjust Dolly Axles Extend axles to the minimum length required to span the width of the vehicle, assuring the thumb button re-engages at the extended setting. Position Dolly Axles and Side Frames Place the dolly axles and side frames on the ground, in the configuration shown to the right. Keep dollies centered and parallel to vehicle tires. 1. 2. 3.Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINESPosition Dolly Side Frames a.) Rotate Camlocks to release tires from storage position. b.) Allow wheel pivot arms to rotate then re-engage Camlocks. Camlocks will engage in detents to assist positioning of the dolly. Connect Dolly Axles to Dolly Place the Engagement Tabs into Axle Cradles. Note: Assure both dollies use identical cradle positions, such that dolly axles are parallel to each other and perpendicular to side frames. Insert Break-over Bar Insert the break-over bar into the dolly’s break-over bar receiver tube. 4. 5. 1 5 4 3 2 Pages 95-96 were adapted from the In the Ditch Instruction Manual. Thank You to In the Ditch for their contribution to the ERSCA/CTTA Training Program. 304 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 96Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINES IN THE DITCH© DOLLY OPERATIONS- BASIC LIFTING 7. Swing Break-over Bar to Raise Dolly Grasp the far end of the Break-over Bar with both hands and swing the bar in an arc to raise the dolly assembly. Assure Cam-lock Engagement With the assembly fully raised, the Cam-Lock mechanism will visually re-engage by snapping into the closed position. Note: An engaged Cam-Lock can be distinguished by the roll pin lying flat against the body in a position parallel to the dolly tube. If not visually engaged, lower the dolly into the starting position before inspecting the Cam-Lock. Raise Remaining Tires on Dolly Follow steps 5 through step 7 to raise the additional 3 (three) tires of the dolly. 8. Secure Ratchet Straps Pass the ratchet straps behind the vehicle’s tire, attaching the hooked ends to the mounts on the dolly handle. Ratchet the straps to secure the dolly to the towed vehicle. 9. USE EXTREME CAUTION TO AVOID THE POTENTIAL STRIKE ZONE OF THE BAR! ALWAYS KEEP BOTH HANDS ON THE BREAKOVER BAR WHILE RAISING THE DOLLY! EXTRA CAUTION SHOULD BE USED IF LOADING OR UNLOADING ON UNEVEN PAVEMENT, LOOSE GRAVEL, SNOW, WATER OR ICE! ! ! ! 6. 6 7 9 TRANSPORTING SAFETY REMINDERS WHILE TOWING A VEHICLE ON DOLLIES, DO NOT EXCEED 50 MPH! • ITD dollies are designed for on-road use only, and are not approved for free- way driving. • Potholes and railroad tracks should be approached at a low rate of speed. • ITD recommends while towing with dollies to place the car in neutral to allow tire to move with the dolly. • We do not recommend the quick lowering of dollies due to personnel safety and shock loading damage to equipment. 305 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 97 DRIVELINE REMOVAL There may be a time when a tow truck operator will find it necessary to remove a driveline from a disabled vehicle. An improper attempt to remove a driveline can result in serious injury or even death. Always follow these safety precautions: 1. Hook up prior to working on the vehicle. Secure the vehicle to the tow truck and use jack stands while working underneath. In addition, chock the wheels. 2. Check driveline torque. Put the vehicle in neutral, release the brakes and then check for torque on the vehicle's driveline. Make certain that there is no torque on the vehicle’s driveline before attempting any removal. If the driveline still has torque, dolly towing should be considered. 3. Mark the driveline. Using a grease pencil or paint pen, mark the driveline position at the slip yoke and rear end yolk so that the driveline can be properly reinstalled. 4. Secure all parts including U-joint bolts, nuts, and caps. Using a plastic bag will help to keep parts from being lost. Be sure that the driveline is tied up or completely removed. 5. If you choose to tie up the driveline, secure it so that there is no chance of it falling out. Leave a note that the driveline has been tied up and that the vehicle should not be started without reinstalling the driveline. 6. Reinstallation of the driveline: It is not recommended that tow truck operators reinstall drivelines. This should be done by a properly trained mechanic or technician.Chapter 10: DOLLIES & DRIVELINESWARNING ! NEVER ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE DRIVELINE OR PLACE YOURSELF UNDER AN UNSUPPORTED LOAD. NEVER ATTEMPT TO REMOVE A DRIVELINE THAT IS "TORQUED UP" 306 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 98 NOTES_ 307 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 99 CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS1. Light Bar 8. Stabilizer 2. Light Pylon 9. Control Handles 3. Car Carrier Bed 10. Mud Flaps 4. Wire Rope 11. Frame 5. Bridle Assembly 12. Tool Box 6. Key Hole Slots 13. Winch 7. Wheel Lift Assembly 14. Upper Work Lights IDENTIFYING CAR CARRIER COMPONENTS 308 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 100Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS1. Back within 10 ft. of vehicle to be loaded. 2. Apply the car carrier’s parking brake and chock the wheels for safety. 3. Check that the vehicle that is to be loaded is in park and parking brake is set. 4. Engage the truck's PTO and set engine idle. 5. Using curb-side controls whenever possible, slide the bed back until the bed is clear of bed locks. 6. Tilt the bed down until the rear stabilizer is on or near the ground. 7. Slide the bed back until it comes in contact with the ground. 8. Inspect the vehicle to be towed and confirm loading procedures and attachment points. 9. Winch out or disengage the winch and free spool out enough wire rope so that the bridle connected to the end can be easily attached to the vehicle. Attach the bridle using the recommended hooks and attachment points. For safety reasons, you should always attach the hook on the wire rope so that the hook point is facing up. 10. Ensure that the winch engagement locking control is fully re-engaged. A visual confirmation must be done each time before winching a vehicle up the bed. 11. Winch the wire rope in until there is slight tension on the cable. Release the vehicle’s parking brake and place the vehicle’s transmission in “neutral”. 12. When loading a vehicle onto a car carrier, place the load as far forward on the bed as possible. 13. After winching the vehicle to the “transport” position, attach a safety chain from the front of the bed to the vehicle. 14. Slide the bed forward to transfer the weight over the rear axle of the truck. Do not tilt the bed down with the body extended back, as this could damage the truck frame. 15. Lower the bed until it is almost level with the truck frame. Attach two tie down attachments to the front of the vehicle and two tie down attachments to the rear of the vehicle. 16. Readjust the front tie downs to remove any slack. Level the bed and then slide the bed forward into the bed locks. 17. Make sure the four point tie down system is secure. Ensure that all doors are secured on the transported vehicle. 18. Do a final walk around inspection. Do not proceed with a tow if any situation exists that is not safe. 19. Check for any open tool box doors, chains, loose equipment, etc. LOADING A VEHICLE ONTO A CAR CARRIER NOTE: When using an 8-point tie down securement kit, it still equals a 4-point securement because you are securing 4 separate wheels. 309 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 101 Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKSIMPORTANT i FEDERAL AND STATE LAW REQUIRES THAT VEHICLES BEING TRANSPORTED ON A CAR CARRIER OR TRAILER BE SECURED WITH A FOUR POINT TIE DOWN NOT INCLUDING THE WINCH CABLE. WARNING ! WHEN USING NYLON STRAPS FOR TIE-DOWNS, BE SURE TO CHECK YOUR STRAPS WITHIN THE FIRST FEW MILES OF A TOW AND PERIODICALLY AFTER. NYLON STRAPS HAVE A STRETCH FACTOR AND WILL LOOSEN (STRETCH) DURING TOWS. 310 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 102Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKSSome late model vehicles come equipped with a dedicated loading eye bolt for loading onto a car carrier. Each will have specific instructions and limitations for their intended use. Always check the vehicle’s owner’s manual, AAA Tow & Service manual, or phone apps to ensure the safe and proper application. The removal of the eye bolt and access or attachment to the screw receiver on the bumper structure can easily be damaged if the recommended instructions are not followed. Some eye bolts cannot be used to load a car carrier. Again, check the manufacturer’s written procedures for limitations of their eye bolt use. If you’re not certain, do not use the eye bolt. LOADING WITH EYE BOLTS A.) Load and operate the equipment only as recommended by the manufacturer. B.) Load on level ground whenever possible. C.) When not on level ground, always use additional safety precautions. D.) Never allow your customer or bystanders to assist with the loading of a vehicle and Never allow anyone to stand behind a vehicle while it is being loaded on a car carrier. Keep the area around the car carrier clear. E.) Never allow anyone to enter the vehicle while it is loaded, being loaded, or attached to the bridle assembly. F.) Never drive a vehicle onto a carrier. Always load and unload vehicles with the winch. G.) Use a bridle attached to the wire rope to load vehicle. H.) Always use the four point tie down system to secure a vehicle on a car carrier that is independent of the winch line. I.) Never leave loose items or equipment on the bed. J.) Some vehicles may require the use of an 8-point tie down kit. K.) Properly secure and stow all equipment including straps, ratchets, chains, rear wheel- lift components, etc. L.) Be sure to close all tool boxes securely. M.) Make sure that the front of the vehicle is secure before securing the back of the vehicle. CAR CARRIER SAFETY REMINDERS 311 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 103 Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS LOADING WITH EYE BOLTS - continued • Be careful as you remove the eye bolt and plastic access panels. Secure all components or parts during attachment and transport. • Use only the dedicated eye bolt intended for the vehicle’s year, make, and model. • Screw the eye bolt in until it is fully seated in place but do not over-tighten. • Attach the wire rope hook and ensure that the positive locking safety latch is in place and in good working order. • During the loading process, the wire rope line may twist or turn as the vehicle moves forward, thereby unscrewing the eye bolt. Stop and adjust accordingly to prevent an unsafe situation. • Pull the vehicle only to the point where the line and pull remain straight as it nears the winch. Any downward or sideward tension can damage the bumper support structure. • The eye bolt is intended as a loading device only. It cannot be relied on to secure the vehicle on the car carrier deck. Use a typical four point tie-down. • Always return the eye bolt and components back into their proper storage place to prevent customer complaints after the transporting process. • Alternative solution and our recommendation is to use a soft touch bridle to load onto car carrier. WARNING ! IMPROPER EYE BOLT USE MAY RESULT IN RUNAWAY VEHICLES, DAMAGES, AND/ OR PERSONAL INJURIES. 312 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 104Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS CAR CARRIER TIRE SKATES The car carrier "skate" is a piece of additional equipment designed to help the car carrier operator to load and unload vehicles that are damaged, reduce the friction resistance of vehicles whose tires/wheels will not roll, and help protect the carrier deck from vehicle loading damage, scarring, or gouging. Operators must be knowledgeable and trained in the proper use of carrier skates to prevent accidents, mishaps, or injuries. Like a lot of other processes and procedures in the towing and recovery industry, you must keep all customers, bystanders, and other personnel clear of the work area. Noted below are some, but not necessarily all, car carrier tire skate safety reminders. Always read and follow the skate manufacturers guidelines for their application and use. Skates have operating limitations; do not use in any inappropriate manner. Use all other car carrier procedures included in this manual. • Keep everyone away from behind the rear car carrier unloading area. • A vehicle must be properly attached to a tensioned car carrier winch line anytime skates are installed or utilized. • Install the skates under the tire, fully in the heel area of the skate using a 6lb. hammer and install in the direction of the pull. • Vehicles with skates installed move in the path of the winch line. Keep this in mind as you winch the vehicle on the deck surface. • Do not transport a vehicle with skates installed under the vehicle tire(s), as loads will shift or move on the skates. • To remove a skate, firmly hit or tap the skate on the heel side with a 6 lb. sledge hammer in a side-to-side motion until it dislodges from under the tire. • Limit the loaded skate travel to about 25 feet. • When unloading a vehicle with skates, install the skates first, then tilt the bed slowly, and expect that the vehicle may move differently when you operate the winch to unload. • Do not disconnect the winch line until the vehicle is completely unloaded and has been secured at the scene. 313 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 105 Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS RUN-AWAY VEHICLES A run-away vehicle situation could occur due to a number of reasons including but not limited to the following: • Failure of the wire rope during the loading/ unloading process • Failure of the loading bridle, hooks, or attachment devices • Accidental winch free-spool We recommend an additional safety measure during the loading and unloading process: using a common rubber wheel chock behind one of the vehicle’s tires. You can also use a safety tether / safety line attached to the carrier bed. 314 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 106Chapter 11: CAR CARRIERS, FLATBEDS & ROLLBACKS• Be certain that the motorcycle loading device is correctly assembled, adjusted, and secured. • Anyone loading a motorcycle must be properly trained and familiar with the operation of a motorcycle. • All motorcycles loaded on a car carrier must be secured by a four point tie-down system.In addition, the loading device must be properly secured with a four point tie- down. • Some custom motorcycles, racing, or sports bikes may need additional ramping or handling to prevent any damages. • Motorcycles involved in collisions may require a recovery boom, recovery straps, and special handling. • If the loading and transporting of a motorcycle on a car carrier or auto loader is necessary, get additional help or assistance. The loading angle and bed surface can result in further damages to the motorcycle or injury to the tow operator while attempting to position the motorcycle on the bed. MOTORCYCLE TOWING The towing and transporting of motorcycles can be a challenging and delicate process. Attempts to load and secure a motorcycle on a car carrier can be difficult, awkward, and trying for a tow operator without the proper device. RECOMMENDATION P WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL MOTORCYCLES BE LOADED AND TRANSPORTED WITH A DEVICE THAT IS DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE AND PROPERLY RATED. 315 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 107 NOTES_ 316 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 108 RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS RATINGS- KNOW YOUR TRUCK’S LIMITS Wheel-Lift Rating The wheel-lift rating is the amount of weight that the wheel-lift can support safely. This weight rating does not change while static or dynamic, extended or retracted. Tow Sling Rating Most conventional towing slings have lift ratings which vary from 3,000 pounds to 3,500 pounds. Tow Rating The tow rating is the amount of weight that the wheel-lift or tow sling can support safely while in tow. Haul Rating The haul rating is the amount of weight that can be hauled on the bed of the carrier without exceeding the Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, or GVWR.Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS317 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 109 Tire Capacity The tow truck equipment manufacturer specifies what tires are being used when determining the weights on the rating plate. The ratings can change if the tires are replaced with tires that are rated differently than the tires listed on the rating plate. RATINGS- continued Tire Configurations Single Configuration: 2 tires per axle Dual Configuration: 4 tires per axle single tire axle dual tire axle In the above noted Load and Inflation Table, it will show that the tire has a Maximum Tire Load single rating of 5,675 lb. and a dual tire Maximum Tire Load rating of 5,355 lb., both at a tire inflation pressure of 115 psi. LOAD RANGE G MAX TIRE LOAD SINGLE 5,675 / 115 lbs/psi MAX TIRE LOAD DUAL 5,355 / 115 lbs/psi Michelin XZE 10R22.5 Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS318 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 110 CERTIFICATION LABEL Federal law requires that the tow truck equipment manufacturers installing new equipment on a new chassis must certify the completed vehicle by obtaining, completing, and affixing a certification label similar to the example shown here to the door post on the driver’s side of the vehicle. From this label you can understand your gross vehicle weight rating, gross front & rear axle weight rating, tire rating, etc. DATE OF MANUFACTURE: ______ MO_____ YR INCOMPLETE VEHICLE MANUFACTURED BY: DATE INC. VEH. MFD. _________ MO ________ YR GVWR _____________________________________ FAWR FRONT __________________________ with _______________________________________ TIRES ____________ rims @______ psi cold ___________ RAWR REAR ___________________________ with ______________________________________ TIRES ____________ rims @ _____ psi cold ____________ Conformity of the chasis-cab to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, which have been previously fully certified by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer of intermediate vehicle manufacture has not been affected by final-stage manufacture. The vehicle has been completed in accordance with the prior manufacturer’s instructions, where applicable. This vehicle conforms to all other applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards in effect in; _________ MO _______ YR VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: VEHICLE TYPE: _____________________________ MANUFACTURED BY: ABC TOW SALES WEST SACRAMENTO, CA 07 15 General Motors Corp. 03 08 17,500 7,000 225 / 70R19.5F 19.5 95 SINGLE 13,500 225 / 70R19.5F 19.5 95 DUAL 07 11 J8BE5W16387300090 WFChapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS319 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 111 RATING PLATE SERIAL NUMBER WINCH RATING UNDER-LIFT RATING MANUFACTURER’S IN- FORMATION BOOM RATING WIRE ROPE RATING WARNINGS & DISCLAIMERS RATING PLATE- CAR CARRIER Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS320 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 112 A.) It is important to understand all aspects of your equipment, chassis, body, and tires. B.) Equipment ratings could exceed chassis specifications. C.) When not on level ground, always use additional safety precautions. D.) If tires are replaced, it’s important to verify you meet or exceed the manufacturer's recommended ratings. E.) Wheel-lifts will have ratings from 3,000 lbs. and up. F.) Carriers made today will have ratings starting at 10,000 lbs. G.) Do not operate any equipment without seeing, knowing, and understanding equipment ratings. RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS SAFETY REMINDERS IMPORTANT i • GVWR AND GAWR REFER TO THE MAXIMUM LOADS THAT CAN BE APPLIED TO THE CHASSIS AND AXLES TO RETAIN PROPER BRAKING AND STEERING. • A TOW TRUCK'S BRAKING SYSTEM IS RATED FOR THE GVWR, NOT THE GCWR NOTE: SOME GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING (GCWR) APPLICATIONS WILL REQUIRE THE USE OF ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY BRAKING. CHECK THE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS.Chapter 12: RATINGS & TRUCK LIMITS321 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 113 NOTES_ 322 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 114 To truly understand the concept of “Safe Towing or Hauling Capacity", a trained operator must have knowledge of the effects that weight transfer has on a tow truck/carrier chassis when raising or loading a vehicle with the truck’s towing device, and the weight factors involved to determine a safe towing operation. A calculation must be specifically done for each truck. Information necessary to determine safe towing or hauling capacity would include (but is not limited to) the front and rear axle weights, the tow truck’s wheelbase measured in inches, and the towing position overhang behind the rear axle. • Steering Load - Towing must not proceed if it would result in the reduction of the tow truck’s front axle weight to less than 1/2 of its original unload weight. • Gross Vehicle Weight Rating - The truck chassis manufacturer’s Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must NEVER be exceeded. • Rear Axle Load - The tow truck’s Rear Axle Weight Rating (RAWR) must NEVER be exceeded. • Towing Equipment - The rating for the towing equipment, wheel lift, or tow sling must NEVER be exceeded. All other applicable equipment ratings, vehicle attachment procedures, and safety concerns you have previously learned in your Level 1 training, must also be considered and strictly adhered to during any towing procedure or process. SAFE TOWING/HAULING CAPACITY Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY323 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 115 Front Axle Wheel Base Rear Axle UNDERSTANDING ACRONYMS Before you can start your calculations, you must know your tow truck/carrier: FAW – Front Axle Weight – The static weight by scale RAW – Rear Axle Weight – The static weight by scale GVW - Gross Vehicle Weight – The static weight by scale GCW – Gross Combination Weight OH – Overhang LP – Lift Point FGAWR – Front Gross Axle Weight Rating RGAWR – Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GVWR – Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GCWR – Gross combination Weight Rating WB - Wheelbase SSL – Safe Steering Load FRONT AXLE WEIGHT (FAW) REAR AXLE WEIGHT (RAW) GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT (GVW) GROSS COMBINATION WEIGHT (GCW) LIFT POINT (LP)Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY324 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 116 STEERING LOAD (SL) VERSUS SAFE STEERING LOAD (SSL) Steering Load – is the static weight of the front axle while empty and while towing. Safe Steering Load – is maintaining more than 50% of the static weight of the front axle while towing. The towing industry has adopted a formula which determines the amount of weight that a specific tow truck can lift while maintaining at least 50% of its front axle weight for safe steering and braking. Your ability to safely steer, brake, and control the tow truck is greatly reduced by not maintaining at least 50% of the original front axle weight. The length of the overhang of the wheel lift from the tow truck increases the weight on the tow truck’s rear axle and decreases the weight on the tow truck’s front axle. The longer the wheelbase (effort side of the lever) of the tow truck, the more weight the truck can lift without compromising safe steering and braking. However, you should always take into account the RAWR and GVWR, which can limit the truck’s overall capacity to tow a vehicle safely and legally (as well as the lift rating and tow rating). Fulcrum Wheel Base Overhang WARNING ! NEVER EXCEED THE WLL OF THE TOWING EQUIPMENT AND NEVER LOAD ANY TRUCK CHASSIS OR AXLE(S) BEYOND THE RATINGS SPECIFIED BY THE TRUCK MANUFACTURER.Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY325 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 117 To achieve SSL, you must not lift any vehicle on the towing device that reduces the weight of the front axle of the tow truck to less than one-half its unladen weight. The attaching and lifting of a vehicle to the rear of a tow truck does not transfer any weight to the front axle of the tow truck. To calculate SSL, use the following formula: ½ FAW × WB ÷ OH= SSL Multiply half of the Front Axle Weight (FAW) by the Wheel Base (WB) and then divide the product by the Over Hang (OH). This will give you the minimum Safe Steering Load. See the example that uses this formula on the next page... FAW FRONT AXLE WEIGHT (weight unloaded on a scale) WB WHEEL BASE (measured from the center of the front axle to the center of the rear axle) OH OVER HANG (measured from the center of the rear axle to the center of the lift point) rear axle lift point IMPORTANT i Check with your local and state regulations concerning minimum FAW. Some states will have a minimum set amount in their regulations. If your area uses a minimum set amount, you can use that amount as the answer to step 1 on the following page. We recommend never to have less than ½ of the FAW at any time.Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY326 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 118 Remember, Safe Steering Load (SSL) is calculated in three simple steps: ½ FAW × WB ÷ OH= SSL SO, USING THE EXAMPLE BELOW: 1/2 (5,420 lbs.) x WB (169) ÷ OH (85) = 5,388 lbs SAFE STEERING LOAD (SSL) - CALCULATIONS Front Axle 5,420 lbs. Wheel Base 169” Rear Axle 7,700 lbs. Over Hang 85” Lift Point STEP 1 Calculate ½ FAW → FAW: 5,420 lbs.2 ½ FAW : 2,710 lbs.÷= STEP 2 Calculate ½ FAW × WB → ½ FAW : 2,710 lbs.WB: 169 457,990 lbs.x= STEP 3 Calculate (½ FAW × WB) ÷ OH → 457,990 lbs.OH: 85 : 5,388 lbs.÷=TOW LOAD ANSWER: 5,388 lbs. is the maximum load that can be lifted, at 85 inches, AND retain 50% of the original Front Axle Load/WeightChapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY327 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 119 GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING Now that we determined what the SSL (5,388 lbs.) is for this example, we must make sure we are not exceeding the GVWR of the truck. This is done in a simple two-step process. Step 1 To calculate the actual GVW of the truck, add the FAW, RAW, and the previously determined SSL: FAW (5,420 lbs.) + RAW (7,700 lbs.) + SSL (5,388 lbs.) = GVW (18,508 lbs.) Step 2 Subtract the GVW from the GVWR: GVWR (19,500 lbs.) – GVW (18,508 lbs.) = 992 In the example noted above, the GVW did not exceed the GVWR, therefore the SSL number does not change, so our SSL for this specific truck at 85” reach is still 5,388 lbs. NOTE: If the GVW was higher than the manufacturer’s recommended GVWR, the difference must be subtracted from the SSL to avoid overloading of the tow truck. FAW 5,420 lbs. RAW 7,700 lbs. SSL 5,388 lbs. GVW 18,508 lbs.++= GVW 18,508 lbs. GVWR 19,500 lbs.-=992 lbs. Front Axle 5,420 lbs. Rear Axle 7,700 lbs. SSL= 5,388 lbs Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY328 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 120 REAR AXLE WEIGHT We must make sure we are not exceeding the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (RGAWR). To do this, we need to calculate what our new RAW is now that we are loaded with a vehicle. This is done by: ½ FAW + RAW + SSL = RAW (loaded) So: ½ FAW (2710 lbs.) + RAW (7,700 lbs.) + SSL (5,388 lbs.) = 15,798 lbs. We have our new RAW. If it's less than the RGAWR (13,500) we are good to go. In the example above, the new RAW is greater than the RGAWR and this makes us overloaded. How much are we overloaded on the rear axle? RAL (15,798 lbs.) – RGAWR (13,500 lbs.) = Overload (2,298 lbs.) We are overloaded by 2,298 lbs. on the rear axle. The only way to reduce that number is to lift less weight. To determine the amount of weight we can lift and not be overloaded, we simply use the following calculation: SSL (5,388 lbs.) – Overload (2,298 lbs.) = Lifting Capacity (3,090 lbs.) After calculating the SSL, GVWR, and RAL formulas, we have determined that the maximum lift for this specific truck is 3,090 lbs. with an 85-inch rear overhang. NOTE: Tow operators will find that they generally overload their rear axle before losing the Safe Steering Load. A professional, prudent, and properly trained tow operator will always check SSL, GVWR and GAWR before towing any vehicle. A clear understanding of truck and axle ratings is imperative. -= ++=½ FAW 2,710 lbs. RAW 7,700 lbs. SSL 5,388 lbs. RAW (loaded) 15,798 lbs. RAW (loaded) 15,798 lbs. RGAWR 13,500 lbs. Overload 2,298 lbs. SSL 5,388 lbs. Overload 2,298 lbs. Lifting Capacity 3,090 lbs. -=Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY329 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 121 WHEEL-LIFT LIFT RATING The lift rating is the amount of weight the wheel-lift can lift and support. Most common light duty wheel-lifts have a lift rating of 4,000 pounds. With a few exceptions, this rating is generally applied to the wheel-lift regardless if it is retracted or extended. 4,000 lbs. Maximum Load WHEEL-LIFT TOW RATING Tow rating is the amount of weight that a light duty wheel-lift can safely tow. This rating is a structural rating of the wheel-lift device and should be regarded as the maximum towing load for a wheel-lift tow truck. Towing loads exert a push-pull effect on the wheel-lift during use. 7,500 lbs. Maximum Load After calculating the SSL, GWVR and RAL formulas, we compare our final Tow Load of 3,090 lbs. with the wheel-lift rating of 4,000. Since the Tow Load is lower than the wheel-lift rating, we are limited to the Tow Load of 3,090 lbs., and you will not exceed any of the manufacturer's ratings on the cab and chassis or wheel-lift. IMPORTANT i REDUCING THE OVERHANG OF THE WHEEL-LIFT WILL TRANSFER SOME OF THE WEIGHT FROM THE REAR AXLE OF THE TOW TRUCK TO THE FRONT AXLE OF THE TOW TRUCK IMPROVING STEERING AND BRAKING.Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY330 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 122Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY WEIGHT & LOAD DISTRIBUTION ON A CARRIER A car carrier’s load capability is normally determined by the truck's rear axle weight rating. Rarely do the capacities of the carrier bed or towing device reach their maximum ratings before the truck's rear axle rating is exceeded. No car carrier should ever be loaded in excess of the manufacturer’s recommended GVWR, FGAWR, or RGAWR. Professional, prudent, and properly trained operators should ask the following questions before they proceed with the transporting / towing of any vehicle or load. • Is the vehicle I am loading and transporting within the capacity of the carrier bed and truck chassis, particularly the RGWAR? • Can I safely load the vehicle(s) in order to achieve proper weight distribution? • Do I have all adequate and proper restraint devices to ensure safe transport /towing? • Are the total weights of all vehicles to be transported / towed within the GVWR? • Is there a chance that I may be exceeding the front or rear axle rating? • Do I have any doubt or hesitation about proceeding with this transport / towing? The transport / tow process should not proceed until the secured and loaded car carrier is within all ratings and within the maximum allowable limits as noted above. It is true that some operators will often overload their car carriers. This is because they do not understand the seriousness and potential liability of transporting and towing vehicles when they overload the car carrier unit. The following pages include examples that examine and review the car carrier’s safe operating ranges. The capabilities of car carriers installed on a specific truck should always consider the GVWR, RGAWR, towing device rating, and safe steering capacity. 331 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 123 Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITYEXAMPLE #1: Dodge Ram 5500 Federal Sticker Capacity: • FGAWR 7,000 lbs. (Front) • RGAWR 13,500 lbs. (Rear) • GVWR 19,500 lbs. BOTH AXLES GVWR 19,500 lbs. GVW -14,420 lbs. Remaining Load Capacity 5,080 lbs. FRONT AXLE FGAWR 7,000 lbs. FAW -5,460 lbs. Remaining Load capacity 1,540 lbs. REAR AXLE RGAWR 13,500 lbs. RAW -8,960 lbs. Remaining Load capacity 4,540 lbs. EXAMPLE #1 NOTE: A truck chassis GVWR will determine the maximum load that can be imposed on that specific truck and its components. A higher GVWR may be necessary when transporting a heavier vehicle or loading two vehicles in the same transport / tow. Two vehicles will usually exceed the RGAWR. Combine the two and it appears we have 5,080 lbs. available for our payload. The maximum GVWR of the Truck is 19,500 lbs., once we subtract the unladen weight 14,420 lbs. we only have 5,080 lbs. of payload available. We are aloud up to 1,540 lbs. on the front or up to 4,540 lbs. on the rear, however, no more than 5,080 lbs. between the two and still stay within GVWR, FGAWR, and RGAWR. 332 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 124Chapter 13: SAFE TOWING & HAULING CAPACITY EXAMPLE #2: International 4300 Extra Cab Federal Sticker Capacity: • FGAWR 8,000 lbs. (Front) • RGAWR 17,500 lbs. (Rear) • GVWR 25,500 lbs. BOTH AXLES GVWR 25,500 lbs. Unladen Weight -19,760 lbs. Remaining Load Capacity 5,740 lbs. FRONT AXLE FGAWR 8,000 lbs. FAW -7,300 lbs. Payload Available 700 lbs. REAR AXLE RGAWR 17,500 lbs. RAW -12,460 lbs. Payload Available 5,040 lbs. OVERLOADED! 400 lbs. RAW &/OR 330 lbs. GVW IMPORTANT NOTE: Safety is the driving force behind the GVWR, FRONT GAWR, and REAR GAWR for any vehicle. If a vehicle is overloaded, several problems can result. For example, if the vehicle is too heavy, the brakes may not be substantial enough to slow down or stop the vehicle effectively; the suspension components can become ineffective or possibly even break under the added strain and tires that are overloaded generate more heat, making them more likely to blow out. For safety's sake, the GVW should never surpass the GVWR. It's important to understand that a vehicle's GVWR is not a measurement of how much a vehicle actually weighs. A vehicle's actual weight is the gross vehicle weight, or GVW. The two numbers should not be confused -- the GVW of a vehicle is constantly changing, but the GVWR will always remain a constant. EXAMPLE #2 FAW 7,980 lbs. RAW 17,900 lbs GVW 25,880 lbs. FGAWR 8,000 lbs. RAW 17,500 lbs GVW 25,550 lbs. 333 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 125 NOTES_ 334 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 126 SERVICE CALLS Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS JUMP-START SAFETY When jump-starting a vehicle, always use the following precautions: • Wear latex gloves and remove jewelry. • Wear safety glasses and/or shield your face and eyes. • Examine the battery for damage or a sulfur smell which can indicate that the battery should not be jump-started. • Check the manufacturer’s recommendations for jump-starting a vehicle. Some manufacturers advise that the heater fan should be in the “on” position when jump-starting the vehicle. Other manufacturers advise that a fuse should be pulled prior to jump-starting the vehicle. • Check to confirm that the vehicle’s transmission is in “park” and that the parking brake is set. • Keep flames, sparks, or lit cigarettes away from the area. Remember, gases around the battery can cause it to explode. • Do not allow customers or bystanders in your work area. • Position yourself out of harm's way in case vehicle moves upon starting. FILLER CAP COMPARTMENT NEGATIVE TERMINAL POSITIVE TERMINAL BOLT STYLE SPRING RING SIDE POST 335 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 127 Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS BASIC JUMP-STARTING PROCEDURES • Use only a 12 volt battery to start a 12 volt system. • If the battery is not a “maintenance free” type, then check to make sure battery fluid level is at the proper level. • Make sure that all accessories of the vehicle are in the “off” position unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer. • Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch while making any cable connections. • Shut off any interior lights and close all doors before attaching cable connections. • If using a socket box, attach the cables to the socket box of the tow truck, keeping the positive and negative clamps separate. • Always connect the positive clamp to the positive terminal of the vehicle’s battery, or designated “jump post.” • Always attach the negative terminal to the engine block or any other area at least 18 inches away from the battery that is metallic and will act as a ground. • Make sure the cables are not in the way of any moving parts. • Stand away from the battery and start the vehicle. • Be sure both vehicles are idling at normal speed before disconnecting jumper cables. • Disconnect jumper cables in reverse order of hook-up. • Coil-up your jumper cables and stow in a proper manner. THINGS TO REMEMBER • Be sure to check the vehicle’s owner manual for specific jump-starting instruction as many vehicles have special procedures to follow. You may also check the AAA manual for jump-starting guidelines. • Sometimes it is necessary to allow the battery to charge with the cables connected before there are enough amps for the engine to turn over. It may also be necessary to check the clamps to ensure that there is a good connection to the battery. • Batteries contain sulfuric acid which burns skin, eyes, and clothing. If acid touches your skin, eyes, or clothes, immediately flush the area with water for 15 minutes. • Never push-start a vehicle. 336 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 128Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS FUEL DELIVERY When delivering fuel to a motorist, use the following precautions: • Gasoline is extremely dangerous! It is highly flammable! • Store the fuel in an approved container only. The lid should fit tightly. The container should be properly labeled. • Always fill portable gas containers off of your vehicle. Set fuel containers on the ground while filling to properly ground them. • Ensure that the container is secured on your truck so that it will not tip or spill on your way to the motorist. • Keep your work area clear of bystanders and motorists. Ensure there is no danger of igniting fuel vapors; cell phones should not be used while pouring fuel and all smoking materials should be extinguished. • Use a flexible spout to pour gas. This will help minimize fuel spills. • Do not prime the carburetor to start the vehicle. Priming a carburetor can cause serious flash back, damage and injuries. • Avoid breathing gasoline fumes. And NEVER siphon gasoline by mouth. • Only fill fuel containers to about 95% capacity. • To avoid eye and skin contact, wear safety glasses and gloves. WARNING ! JUST ONE GALLON OF GASOLINE IS EQUIVALENT TO 14 STICKS OF DYNAMITE IN EXPLOSIVE FORCE. IMPORTANT i NEWER VEHICLES MAY REQUIRE SPECIAL PROCEDURES OR TOOLS WHEN PROVIDING OUT OF FUEL SERVICES. 337 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 129 PROPER PROCEDURE FOR PROVIDING FLAT TIRE SERVICE 1) Secure the vehicle • Set the emergency brake. • Ensure that transmission selector is in “Park”. • Chock a tire on the vehicle which is not flat, diagonal from the flat tire. 2) Check to determine a good spare is available • Check spare tire, if equipped. • Check air pressure. • Check wheel & bolt pattern for use on this vehicle. • If necessary, check the tools to release spare. 3) Prior to jacking or lifting vehicle • Check vehicle lift point. • Check jacking instructions for specific vehicle. • Determine how to remove hubcaps, beauty rings, center caps, locks, etc. • Check lug nuts. 4) Removing the flat and installing the spare • Remove lug nuts, then remove flat. • Set the hub caps and lug nuts in a safe place. • Take care to set hub caps, wheel, or covers so that no damage occurs. • Check wheel for correct fit and alignment to hub. • Start lug nuts by hand and carefully check threads. • If something isn’t quite right, STOP, and resolve the issue. • Get advice if necessary. • Only use wheels and lugs designed for the vehicle. 5) Completing the tire change • Hand tighten all lugs in alternating pattern, then fully tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque. • Ensure beveled end of lug is faced toward the wheel (unless it is a custom wheel). • Reinstall hubcaps or trim rings and double check fit. • Temporary or mini spares may not accept hubcaps. • Stow flat tire properly; do not allow wheel or tire to soil or damage storage area.Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS338 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 130Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLS• Remember that hydraulic jacks can be heavy, so use proper lifting procedures to avoid injuries. • Inspect the floor jack before each use. Do not use if broken, bent, cracked, damaged, or leaking fluid. • Floor jack must be labeled with its rated capacity. Do not exceed the rated capacity. • Use only on hard, level surfaces. Lifting a vehicle on uneven surfaces may cause the vehicle to tip over or fall off the floor jack during use. • Lift only on designated areas of the vehicle as specified by the vehicle manufacturer. The vehicle owner’s manual should provide the location of the approved jacking points. • Use the “rubber saddle” contact area of the hydraulic jack to protect the vehicle and avoid slipping or damage. Position the hydraulic jack so that the “rubber saddle” is centered under the lifting point. • Always chock the wheels of the vehicle being lifted with appropriate devices to prevent the vehicle from moving, to ensure lifting stability. • Immediately after lifting, support the vehicle with appropriately rated vehicle stands. • Never work on, under, or around any load supported by the hydraulic jack. Keep yourself clear and away, in the event of sudden movement or vehicle coming off the jack. Keep your hands and feet clear of the jack hinge mechanism and ground contact area. • Never allow a customer, bystander, or any other person near or around the work area and never allow anyone to assist you who is not familiar with the operating instructions of the hydraulic jack. • Do not allow the hydraulic jack or the jack handle to be positioned towards passing traffic, which is a tripping hazard. • Do not attempt to move or “dolly” a vehicle while loaded on the hydraulic jack. • Lower the vehicle carefully and slowly, keeping everyone away from the immediate area. • Properly stow the hydraulic jack and jack handle after each use. HYDRAULIC FLOOR JACKS Tow trucks and car carriers commonly carry a hydraulic floor jack for tire changing or vehicle towing preparation. For your safety and the safety of others at each scene, you must read, understand, and follow the information provided by the hydraulic jack manufacturer. An operator must be aware and knowledgeable of the safe and proper use. 339 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 131 Chapter 14: SERVICE CALLSA.) Keep the motorist and bystanders away from your work area and do not allow them to assist you. Never proceed with flat tire service if the area is unsafe for you. Move the vehicle to a different and safe location. B.) Any vehicle which has after-market or custom wheels should be checked for proper installation instructions. Do not service any vehicle with modified hubs, lugs, or bolt patterns until specific instructions are known and applied. C.) Check manufacturer’s instructions on installing a spare whenever possible. Some manufacturers suggest that the spare only be used to replace a front tire or a rear tire. Other manufacturers provide different bolts for use with spare tires. D.) Four wheel or all-wheel drive vehicles require specific precautions. FLAT TIRE SERVICE SAFETY REMINDERS PASSENGER CAR TIRE WIDTH OF TIRE IN MILLIMETERS RATIO OF HEIGHT TO WIDTH (ASPECT RATIO) RADIAL DIAMETER OF WHEEL IN INCHES LOAD INDEX & SPEED SYMBOL U.S. DOT SAFETY STANDARD CODE TREAD WEAR INDICATORS MAX COLD INFLATION & LOAD LIMIT TIRE PLY COMPOSITION & MATERIAL USEDTREADWEAR, TRACTION & TEMPERATURE GRADE 340 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 132 NOTES_ 341 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 133 BASIC RECOVERY Light duty recovery is part of our industry which can bring some of the most challenging and rewarding moments. A thorough understanding of your equipment, a well thought out plan, and awareness of your surroundings will lead to the safe completion of a vehicle recovery. The following are just some of the basic guidelines for you to consider. Each recovery job will have its own merits and must be individually addressed. Don’t proceed with a recovery unless you are certain that it can be accomplished safely. You are obligated, first and foremost, to operate your tow truck and equipment safely. WARNING ! NEVER TIE DOWN OR ANCHOR THE FRONT END OF THE TOW TRUCK DURING A RECOVERY. THIS CAN RESULT IN SEVERE DAMAGE TO YOUR TRUCK'S FRAME AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT. DO NOT USE THE WHEEL-LIFT AS AN ANCHOR OR TO STABILIZE THE RECOVERY VEHICLE, DUE TO THE POTENTIAL FOR DAMAGE TO THE TRUCK FRAME AND WHEEL- LIFT. ALWAYS USE WHEEL CHOCKS, SET YOUR TRANSMISSION IN “P”, PARK POSITION, AND SET THE PARKING BRAKES. NEVER USE A CAR CARRIER THAT IS NOT DESIGNED TO DO RECOVERY WORK, AS THEY ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR THIS PURPOSE. YOU MAY DAMAGE OR BREAK THE BED AND/OR THE TRUCK CHASSIS AND POSSIBLY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURIES TO YOURSELF OR BYSTANDERS. NEVER USE ANY EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER THAT IT WAS NOT DESIGNED FOR.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY342 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 134 A complete understanding of your truck chassis and towing equipment capacity is a must. In addition, a knowledge of winch, chain, wire rope capacities, and all related equipment is essential. Any equipment used during a recovery should be designed for that specific use. All equipment must be inspected before each use. Do not rig any recovery with equipment which may be damaged, worn, or missing its rating tag. KNOW YOUR EQUIPMENT ! Study all aspects of the recovery scene. Check in with the scene manager (if available) for any issues such as land access, recovery path, hazardous materials, or traffic management concerns. SURVEY THE SCENE Move all bystanders to a safe position. Law enforcement can assist you with this task. Request any additional equipment or assistance you may need to complete the recovery safely. Think before you act and do not take any chances. Remember to always request assistance if you are not sure of what to do. SECURE THE SCENE Properly position your truck and estimate the amount of resistance you will have to overcome to successfully recover the vehicle. Keep in mind that you need to consider the vehicle’s weight, the extent of damage and number of damaged tires on the vehicle, the surface type, and the grade that the vehicle will be recovered over. Rig up for the amount of pull estimated and stabilize your truck. Never “tie-down” or secure the front end of the tow truck. Allow for ample room for the vehicle to be recovered. ESTABLISH A PLAN Put your plan into action. Keep a sharp eye on all aspects of the recovery as it happens. If the vehicle stops moving during the recovery, stop and check your rigging to find the problem(s) before proceeding. Don’t operate the recovery at a fast pace. Running your hydraulics at excessive speeds can cause mistakes and also damage the hydraulic system components. APPLY THE RECOVERYChapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY343 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 135 RECOVERY BOOMS Recovery booms, as the name suggests, are used during rollover and recovery operations. Generally speaking, recovery booms in the light duty class are rated at 16,000 pounds (8 tons) fully retracted, and rated 4,000 pounds (2 tons) fully extended. The hydraulic boom is also used when towing with a tow sling. Recovery booms can be hydraulically extended, retracted, raised, or lowered on most tow trucks. Booms have a rating plate with the manufacturer’s working load limits. Ratings are based on the structural design of the tow truck rather than stability. The working load limits are given for both extended and retracted. Boom ratings decrease as the boom is extended. Rigging in a manner which establishes a low center of gravity brings more stability to your boom work. Operate all of the controls slowly and smoothly and rig to keep the load as close to the ground as possible as it moves. Secure the boom on a D-ring on the bed when pulling off the side of the boom to help to prevent damage to the boom. Never extend and boom out without ensuring that there is sufficient slack in the wire rope. Recovery booms are equipped with a sheave or pulley on the end and wire rope is routed from the winch, over the boom sheave and through the sheave guide. It is important that the swaged end of the wire rope does not contact the guide or sheave under tension while winching in because of potential damage. Never allow anyone to walk or stand near or under a suspended load, or a winch line that is under tension. WARNING ! NEVER EXCEED THE WORKING LOAD LIMIT (WLL) OR RATING OF THE RECOVERY BOOM!Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY344 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 136 CALCULATING A SIMPLE RECOVERY Before attempting any recovery, it is necessary to calculate an estimate of the amount of resistance that will be encountered. The amount of force, effort, or pull required is determined by a simple process and can easily be done at the recovery scene. If this process is not followed, you will NOT know if the working load limits for equipment are exceeded, leading to equipment failure. It should be understood that all recovery estimates are approximated calculations, but should provide enough information to allow the recovery operator to safely perform each job, and remain within the manufacturer’s equipment ratings. IMPORTANT i YOU, AS THE OPERATOR, HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY AND DUTY TO TAKE DUE DILIGENCE IN THE PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY INVOLVED IN THE RECOVERY PROCESS. WILLFULLY DISREGARDING AND/OR NEGLECTING PROPER CARE, PROCEDURE, OR CUSTODY DURING ANY PART OF THE RECOVERY PROCESS CAN BE CONSIDERED AS AN ACT OF NEGLIGENCE, AND YOU COULD BE HELD LEGALLY OR CRIMINALLY LIABLE. Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY RECOVERY FORMULA The generally understood recovery formula is; R (+ / -) G + D = TL R - rolling resistance G - gradient D - damage (drag) TL -Total Load This formula will allow you to arrive at the total load and enable you to safely and correctly rig your casualty vehicle for a successful recovery. 345 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 137 CALCULATING A SIMPLE RECOVERY Using the resistance charts from the next page, we can estimate our line loads by following this basic recovery formula and gathering the following information: 1. VEHICLE WEIGHT: To estimate the vehicle's weight, you can check the vehicle’s B pillar, owner’s manual or tow manual or the sidewall of the vehicle tires for maximum weight rating and add the ratings together to get an approximate vehicle weight. This will be the basis for our estimate, but is not a factor to calculate into the recovery estimate. 2. ROLLING RESISTANCE: Refers to the surface the vehicle is on and the resistance it will encounter as you move the vehicle during the recovery process. If the vehicle must be recovered over several different surfaces, use the higher surface resistance figure. 3. GRADIENT RESISTANCE: Refers to the grade or slope that the vehicle is situated on or will be moving on during the recovery process. 4. DAMAGE RESISTANCE: refers to the amount of resistance caused by the vehicle’s ability to roll. This calculation is computed for any wheel which does not roll in the direction of the recovery.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY346 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 138Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY ROLLING RESISTANCE: R (+/-) G + D = TL This refers to the surface or ground the vehicle is sitting on or will be recovered from. There will be a varied amount of different surface condition from hard surfaces to extreme mud/mired surfaces that affect rolling resistance. Use the “Surface Resistance” chart and choose the best description available to determine the percentage of resistance for calculating how to move the vehicle over that surface/ ground. ROLLING RESISTANCE SURFACE CHART SURFACE TYPE PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLE’S WEIGHT RESISTING CONCRETE OR ASPHALT (HARD)10% GRASS OR GRAVEL (FIRM)33% SAND, MUSH, OR SNOW (SOFT)66% MUD - TIRE DEPTH 100% MUD - WHEEL DEPTH 200% MUD - BODY DEPTH 300% IMPORTANT i Vehicles stuck in mud can also have surface suction resistance making it seem impossible to winch out or recover the vehicle at all. The only way to break suction is to attach your recovery line to the vehicle, tension the line until you determine you have produced an ample amount of effort, wait a minute or two, then tension again. Repeat this process. With patience, you can overcome the resistance and eventually recover the vehicle, but will still be faced with the mud recovery. Another option is to remove the mud around the wheels. 347 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 139 DAMAGE RESISTANCE R (+/-) G + D = TL This refers to the ability of the vehicle to roll on its wheels. Damage, locked brakes, or flat tires will affect the amount of resistance you encounter during the winching process. NUMBER OF TIRES DAMAGED 1 2 3 PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLE’S WEIGHT RESISTING 25% 50% 75% 4 100% DAMAGE RESISTANCE CHART Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY GRADIENT/SLOPE RESISTANCE R (+/-) G + D = TL DEGREE & TYPE OF GRADE 0° (LEVEL GROUND) 15° UP SLOPE GRADIENT RESISTANCE CHART 30° UP SLOPE PERCENTAGE OF VEHICLE’S WEIGHT RESISTING 0% 25% 50% 45° UP SLOPE 75% This refers to the slope or angle the vehicle is resting on. Any slope or angle in your recovery will increase the amount of resistance you will have to overcome and increase tension on your recovery line. Use the “Gradient /Slope Resistance” chart to calculate the resistance you will have to overcome. 348 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 140 Add the factors to determine the vehicle's total resistance as shown below. 3,000 Pound Vehicle SURFACE TYPE: SLOPE: DAMAGE: GRASS 30° 1 WHEEL 1,000 lbs. 1,500 lbs. 750 lbs. TOTAL RESISTANCE 3,250 lbs. The recovery shown below is a simple recovery which is common in our industry. Based on the factors involved, we have estimated that our line load has 3,250 pounds of resistance. 3,000 lbs. FLAT TIRE 30° EXAMPLE Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY349 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 141 A.) Do not attempt any recovery without a complete understanding of your tow truck’s recovery and equipment ratings, and knowledge of light duty towing and recovery safety procedures. B.) Estimate each recovery on its merits and inspect your equipment before each use to determine if it is safe to begin recovery. C.) Always use wheel chocks before beginning a recovery or while parked. D.) Never tie down or chain the front end of a tow truck during recovery operations. E.) If you are making a heavy pull and you notice that the winch is still winding in wire rope but the vehicle you are recovering has stopped moving, stop and check the vehicle and rigging. F.) Plan your recovery for the easiest and safest path; evaluate each scenario for safety. G.) Always try to work off the rear of the truck bed; avoid side pulls if possible. H.) Maintain a safe area of clearance at a recovery scene in the event that you have wire rope or equipment failure. Never allow customers or bystanders in line of your recovery wire rope. I.) Position yourself low and close to the tow truck body as you work a recovery job. Do not place any part of your body under the tow truck or behind the truck’s wheels. J.) Do not use the wheel-lift as an anchor point or spade during recovery. K.) Remember that heavy pulls can damage equipment. Any recovery beyond 7,000 lb. may require the use of a medium or heavy duty tow truck. L.) Be aware of any possible damage to the roadway or other property while positioning a tow truck or during a recovery. M.) Do not attach anchor lines to any trees, pillars, poles, or vehicles, etc. unless you have permission and are confident that it will be safe. N.) Allow enough space for the casualty vehicle as you recover the vehicle to the tow truck. O.) Always use your own equipment for recoveries; DO NOT use another operator's equipment. Never use any equipment that is not familiar, as its ratings and/or condition may not be suitable for use. P.) It is recommended that recoveries be done at standard truck idle speeds. Caution should be used when deciding to engage a throttle cable control or electronic “idle up” truck features. RECOVERY SAFETY REMINDERS WARNING ! IT IS NOT POSSIBLE FOR THIS MANUAL TO CONTAIN DETAILED INFORMATION FOR ALL RECOVERY SCENARIOS. EVERY RECOVERY OPERATOR MUST BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR OWN ACTIONS AND MUST NOT PROCEED UNLESS THEY ARE CERTAIN THAT EVERYONE IS SAFE FROM JEOPARDY AND RECOVERY METHODS ARE SAFE.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY350 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 142 RIGHTING AN OVERTURN As a tow truck operator, you will most likely encounter an incident where it may be necessary to upright an overturned vehicle back onto its wheels. Overturned vehicles may be resting on their tops, on their sides, or in precarious situations. Careful observation of the entire scene and interaction with scene managers will better prepare you for a productive and efficient uprighting process. There are several common uprighting methods which are noted in the following pages; most incidents can be easily and quickly cleared once a determination is made on which method will be used. The decision must be appropriate for the recovery at hand. Consider all pertinent factors, then apply the best possible method of application. Remember that it will be necessary to hook up and tow the vehicle away after the recovery, so keep this in mind during the planning stages to ease with the removal of the vehicle afterwards. If you are not certain about any part of the uprighting procedure, ask for help from a qualified source. Never rush or hurry the process as this may cause you to make mistakes or overlook simple items.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY351 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 143 STANDARD UPRIGHTING PROCEDURES Light duty uprighting procedures are fairly simple and can be safely accomplished by a qualified operator using the proper truck/equipment. Your goal should be to perform a recovery operation in the safest and most expeditious manner possible. No uprighting procedure should begin without first contacting emergency personnel and the scene manager, as well as detailing your intended recovery process. You must follow all directions and requests from scene managers as you get approval to proceed. In addition, you must not park or position your recovery vehicle in a manner that would interfere or obstruct the work of the emergency first responders. If there is no law enforcement, fire department, or rescue personnel at the scene, you must take steps in providing scene safety for everyone in the area until such time that you can transfer this duty to the appropriate personnel. The recovery truck and equipment must be of the proper size and capacity for the work being done. Car carriers and/or flatbeds have limited abilities and generally do not fit into this category. Using a flatbed incorrectly for recovery work could potentially damage the truck bed or frame and create unsafe conditions. ROLLOVER/RECOVERY EQUIPMENT The following is a partial list of commonly used recovery equipment utilized during the uprighting of overturned passenger vehicles: • Recovery chains of small lengths with grab hooks or chain shortener links. • Roll-Over Chain assembly consisting of a pear ring, two ten-foot legs and grab hooks attached on each leg. • Recovery straps, 4”X12’ for standard passenger vehicles, 4”X20’ for larger SUV’s and vans. • Snatch Blocks of the proper size and rating for use with the wire rope on the recovery truck. • 20’ recovery chain assembly with grab hooks on each end. • Roll-Over Stiff leg, notched and bolt strengthened on each end (4X4 lumber), 48 inches long. • Miscellaneous lumber pieces to aid in recovery support or damage prevention. • Strap shackles, recovery reach rigging tools, duct tape, and mechanic’s wire.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY352 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 144 UPRIGHTING AN OVERTURNED CASUALTY The uprighting of overturned light duty passenger vehicles should be a simple and quick process when done by a trained, qualified operator. Most circumstances don’t require a complex strategy or recovery process. However, careful and calculated steps must be taken to ensure a safe, successful uprighting and clearing of the scene. Do not be persuaded to take risky or uncertain actions by scene managers or first responders. You may be under pressure from those wanting to quickly clear the scene or rush the recovery process and others may also want to provide advice on how to do your job. DO NOT be tempted or coerced by anyone into any unsafe or uncertain operation. Remember, YOU are the most knowledgeable person on scene to conduct the uprighting operation. UPRIGHTING PRECAUTIONS Vehicles are not designed to be on their roofs or sides. Always check the integrity of the vehicle structure, the condition of the battery(s) and fuel system, its damaged components and stability before you begin any work on an overturned vehicle. Take all necessary precautions to resolve any concerns prior to the uprighting process. The following is a partial list of items for your attention. • Check and ensure that all equipment, including the recovery vehicle, is in good operating condition and the rigging is within its safe operating capacity. • Check and clear anyone in the immediate area, including bystanders. Do not proceed until clear and stop the uprighting process should anyone enter the recovery area. • Check the surface area the overturned vehicle is sitting on. Determine if there are any problems or concerns that may affect the uprighting process. • Check the vehicle for leaking automotive fluids, battery acid, etc. Resolve any problems or get assistance from first responders if necessary. • Check and determine recovery path, as well as possible obstacles for a clear uprighting process.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY353 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 145 ROLLOVER OF A VEHICLE TOWARDS RECOVERY TRUCK This procedure assumes the vehicle is sitting on its roof. Step 1) Position the recovery truck perpendicular to the overturned vehicle. Allow enough space between the overturned vehicle and your truck to clear as the vehicle rolls on its side, then space to land on its wheels, plus a margin of safety. Set your transmission in “Park”, firmly set the truck’s parking brake, and chock the wheels. Step 2) Inspect the recovery area, vehicle, and recovery path. Clear all obstacles, and arrange for recovery area/scene control. Resolve any other concerns. Step 3) Attach the recovery chains to the vehicle’s far, uppermost side. Route the chains across the vehicle and attach the winch line to the bridle. The chain should be secured and positioned for easy detachment after the vehicle is righted. Step 4) Winch the vehicle up and onto its side, then onto its wheels. Once the vehicle is on its side, this is a good time to re-check placement of wheel chocks/lumber to ensure the vehicle will not roll away after it is uprighted. There should be no reason to re-rig or make adjustments during the process, but if you have concerns, immediately stop and check all connections and make any necessary corrections. As the vehicle begins to drop, boom down to prevent the vehicle from landing on the winch line.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY354 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 146 ROLLING A VEHICLE AWAY FROM RECOVERY TRUCK This procedure assumes that the vehicle is sitting on its roof. Step 1) Back up to the vehicle and position the recovery truck in a perpendicular position to the overturned vehicle, but very close and the boom centered to the vehicle’s body. Set your transmission in “Park”, firmly set the truck’s parking brake, and chock the wheels. Step 2) Inspect the recovery area and vehicle. Secure the recovery area. Wheel chocks and/or lumber should be set to prevent the vehicle from rolling once it’s back on its wheels. Step 3) Make a rigging attachment with the roll-over chain assembly. Secure each leg of the roll-over chain to the frame or sturdy suspension component. It should be routed under the vehicle’s roof, up to the frame structure evenly attached near the front and rear tire area. The winch line is then attached securely to the pear ring or center of the bridle. Rigging should be evenly adjusted as the line is tensioned. The decision to either allow the vehicle to fall onto its wheels with gravity or to lower the vehicle under control with a catch line can be made at this point. A slower and controlled catch line is desired when there are limited space or obstructions. Step 4) Winch the vehicle up and onto its side, then onto its wheels. Once on its side, re- check placed wheel chocks/lumber to ensure the vehicle will not roll after it is uprighted. There should be no reason to re-rig or make adjustments during the process. If you have any concerns, stop immediately and make any necessary corrections.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY355 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 147 UPRIGHTING ROLLOVER VEHICLE PULL-DOWN METHOD This procedure assumes that the vehicle is sitting on its side. Step 1) Position the recovery truck in a perpendicular position to the overturned vehicle, allowing enough space between the casualty vehicle and the wheel-lift, so that the vehicle can be lowered back onto its wheels without setting it on top of the towing device. Set your transmission in “Park”, firmly set the truck’s parking brake, and chock the wheels. Step 2) Rig a line through a “low point” snatch block, attached to one of the dedicated “D” rings on the tailboard. The line angle must be low enough to create a “down-pull” effect. A recovery chain is attached to the frame or a sturdy suspension component (of the overturned vehicle), leaving little to no slack. After attaching the line to the chain, secure and center your rigging, keeping in mind that the rigging should be positioned for easy detachment. Step 3) A second recovery chain can also be placed on the uppermost frame or suspension component. Using a second winch line attached to act as a “catch” line, will follow the vehicle as it is lowered down gently back onto its wheels. This may require extending the recovery boom out and up over the vehicle. This of course, happens simultaneously when done by a skillful operator.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY356 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 148 SINGLE LANE ROLLOVER This procedure allows the recovery unit to “end roll” an overturned vehicle that is lying on its roof back onto its wheels continuously, without re-rigging. If done correctly, the vehicle should land directly behind the recovery truck, ready to attach and quickly remove from the scene. This can be accomplished with a single or dual line recovery truck, but for the purposes of our demonstration, we will describe the single line method. Remember that all previously noted safety precautions and recommendations apply to any uprighting/recovery process. Note: The size, weight, and shape of the overturned vehicle may affect this procedure. In addition, the boom position and line angle will greatly affect the ability of the vehicle to begin to roll. A professional tow operator should evaluate each uprighting scenario and choose the best solution. DO NOT attempt to catch the vehicle with your second line. Doing so may cause the vehicle to spin or twist. Step 1) Position the recovery truck so that it is in front of the overturned vehicle and offset in a manner that will allow space for the vehicle to end up directly behind the unit (in the customary hook-up position) after the uprighting procedure. The position must provide enough clearance so that the vehicle will not come down onto its wheels and land on top of the wheel-lift or hit the tailboard.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY357 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 149 Step 2) Lower the wheel-lift near the ground surface, free-spool the winch, take a 4”X12’ recovery strap, two shackles, and short recovery chain to the casualty vehicle. Step 3) Set the vehicle in park, set the parking brake, and/or make provisions so that the vehicle cannot possibly roll after being uprighted (e.g. By setting out wheel chocks). Step 4) Make your attachment on the vehicle to the opposite side of the tow unit position. Locate an area just forward or rearward of the rear tire and attach the recovery chain to the frame or strong suspension component. Secure the chain to the shackle and shackle to the recovery strap. Route the strap from the rear wheel opening around the vehicle running over the rear window post section, then across the roof section. The strap should then come up the other side along the door jam post. This area will be approximately halfway between the front and rear tire. This will be the point at which you attach the winch line from the recovery truck.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY358 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 150 Step 5) Lower and extend the recovery boom. Tension the winch line and re-check all line attachments and connections. Once certain everything is secure, slowly winch in the recovery line. Remember, you are rolling the vehicle over on the ground; too much lift will slide or shift the vehicle out of position. You will immediately know this by the reaction you see from the tensioning of the winch line. If you get any sliding or turning of the vehicle, immediately STOP! Re-position the strap or make the necessary boom adjustment to begin the rolling process. Once the vehicle begins the roll, continue as it comes over onto its side, and then onto its wheels. Keep a close eye throughout the entire process keeping safety in mind as you perform each and every procedure. The entire process normally takes less than five minutes. Use wise judgment to determine when it is proper and appropriate to use this technique. All uprighting techniques must be practiced in a tow yard environment until you are confident enough to skillfully perform at a recovery scene. Do not use the streets or highways under real conditions to test/practice your skills. Get assistance from a qualified recovery operator should you have any doubt about your ability to safely and quickly upright any vehicle.Chapter 15: BASIC RECOVERY359 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 151 NOTES_ 360 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 152 SNATCH BLOCKS Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKSIMPORTANT i SNATCH BLOCKS MUST BE REGULARLY INSPECTED, LUBRICATED AND MAINTAINED. A snatch block is a device consisting of a sheave, side plates, and an end fitting hook that is used for lifting or pulling a load. When properly used, a snatch block can reduce tension on a line or change direction in a rigging. Any snatch block used in a recovery situation must have a rating plate which provides the working load limit of that block. A snatch block (or multiple lines) must be used when a load would exceed the working load limit of your wire rope. In light duty applications, a snatch block of 4 ton capacity-accepting a 3/8” wire rope on its sheave would be the minimum size to use. A properly attached snatch block hook should be free to align itself with the direction of pull. Do not allow the block to be forced against another object (“side” or “tip" load), thus causing the block to be loaded unevenly; it could result in the snatch block binding or failing. To gain a 2 to 1 mechanical advantage to reduce line tension while winching a vehicle with a single line tow truck, you would route the wire rope through a snatch block attached to the load and then hook the wire rope to the back of your tow truck. It is best to limit the number of snatch blocks in each line to three. More than three snatch blocks will increase cable friction, thus reducing the effectiveness of the snatch blocks. It is important to know that only lines that are properly attached to a load reduce tension. A snatch block that is moving with a load is reducing tension, while a snatch block that does not move with the load is just changing direction or is being used as an anchor. For safety reasons, the hook portion of a snatch block should always have the tip of the hook pointing upward when tension is applied. Should there be a failure in the rigging, the snatch block and wire rope would tend to be directed towards the ground. 361 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 153 SIDE PLATE CENTER PIN LOCK PIN SHANK & NUT FITTING HOOK SNATCH BLOCK CONSTRUCTION AND USE Note: An end fitting can also be a shackle. • When properly used, a snatch block can reduce line tension or change direction of a line. • A snatch block must have a rating plate which provides information on the working load limit and appropriate size wire rope to be applied on that block. • Snatch blocks used in light duty applications should have a manufacturer’s rating of at least 4-tons. • The weight of any load applied on a snatch block must be seated in the throat area of the hook. • Snatch blocks must be regularly inspected, lubricated, and maintained. • The hook of a snatch block should be positioned with the hook point (open part) facing in an upward direction during any application.Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKSFITTING HOOK SHANK & NUT LOCK PIN SIDE PLATE SHEAVE 362 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 154Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS SNATCH BLOCKS IN RECOVERY RIGGING TERMS Rigging is the application of wire rope and various related components, used in combination to lift or pull loads. Snatch blocks are a part of this process. Depending on where and how they are applied, they are termed and defined as follows: Fixed Block A block attached to a stationary object (anchor) is classified as a fixed block. The sheave of a fixed block permits a change of direction of the wire rope and acts as a first class lever. The wire rope enters from one side of the sheave from the source of effort, passes around the sheave, and returns to the resistance. The sheave pin acts as the fulcrum. Running Block A block attached to a load and moves with the load is classified as a running block. A running block will gain mechanical advantage at angles up to 120 degrees, and its sheave functions as a second-class lever. The sheave is reeved in the same manner as the fixed block; however, the load location is on the sheave pin. The fulcrum is at one side of the sheave, and the effort is exerted on the opposite side. Effort distance is twice the resistance distance; the result is 2 to 1 mechanical advantage. The line speed will be reduced. Floating Block: A block used with a tow cable to allow the pull of the cable to align with the source of power is known as a floating block. A floating block provides no mechanical advantage. It allows the pull to be equally distributed to both tow attachments (hooks) to the disabled vehicle. LOAD LOAD LOAD ANCHOR POINT ANCHOR POINT 363 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 155 Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS SNATCH BLOCK, LINE AND RIGGING TERMS The following terms are crucial: Fall Line: The line from the source of effort (winch) to the first block in the rigging. There is only one fall line in a rigging system. Return Line: The lines between the blocks or the line from the sheave of the block to the point where the end of the line is attached. Dead Line: The lines used to attach blocks or other equipment to the load or to an anchor point. Anchor Point: A point or place of support where rigging components can be attached to terminate or change the direction of line (Dead-man). Winch: The winch represents the effort or physical action used to overcome resistance. Load: The load represents resistance. It is the weight to be moved (Opposing effort). Dead-man: The point to where you can attach the other half of your load. This is accomplished by attaching snatch blocks in your rigging. By routing to another location, you allow the load to be shared. The rigging must include the use of mechanical advantage to successfully reduce tension on the lines and remain within the capacity of the winch. LOAD In the example above, there are three (3) lines attached to the load. The effort to pull the load is now reduced by a 3:1 mechanical advantage. 364 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 156Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKSThe following two rigging examples show the same angle of pull (90°) and the same snatch block positioning. The only difference is the positioning of the load has changed. By simply changing this one factor, your rigging has totally changed. Example A Illustrates how the snatch block is being used for mechanical advantage. This configuration is used for reducing line tension. The load imposed on the snatch block is 1,000 lbs. There are two lines to the load and the snatch block moves with the load, reducing the line tension. Example B Illustrates how the snatch block is not being used for mechanical advantage but for change of direction. Now that the snatch block has been anchored, the load imposed on the snatch block is 1,410 lbs. There is only one line to the load and the snatch block does not move with the load. MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE VS. CHANGE OF DIRECTION 1,000 lbs.“Change of Direction” 90° Angle 1,000 lbs. “Mechanical Advantage” 90° Angle Anchor Point 365 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 157 Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS CHANGE OF DIRECTION EXAMPLES Using a snatch block connected to the D-Ring on the back of the tow truck allows you to achieve a straight pull. This is a change of direction because the snatch block is not moving with your recovery/pull. Using a snatch block connected to the D-Ring on the back of the tow truck allows you to achieve a downward pull in situations such as rollovers and recoveries. This is a change of direction because the snatch block is not moving with your recovery/pull. Using a snatch block connected to the chain pocket on the side of the bed of a car carrier allows you to move the front of the vehicle sideways during the loading. This again is a change of direction because the snatch block is not moving with your recovery/pull. 366 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 158 PARALLEL LINES Parallel: Lines, planes, surfaces, or objects side by side that have the same distance continuously between them. If extended to infinity, parallel lines will never cross. A snatch block properly attached and rigged has its best advantage when effected with two connecting lines. This is known as a “two-part line” or “parallel lines”. Each line would equally share the load and the tension on each part to 1/2 the tension of a single line. Adding additional snatch blocks in the rigging can further divide and reduce line tension. LOAD PARALLEL LINESANCHOR POINT UNDERSTANDING LINE TENSION As you can see, the snatch block DOES NOT lighten or reduce the weight being held, it only relieves the tension applied on each line to the load. Example (B) Shows 2 lines to the load. The same amount of weight is being lifted, yet the stress is now being dispersed between two points, creating less stress on one point, and more balance and stability throughout your body. This entire load is supported by one line and supports 100% of the weight. 50 lb. LOAD ex. A This load is shared by two lines and each line supports 50% of the weight. 50 lb. LOAD ex. B Example (A) Shows one line to the load. If you were to hold this, your arm would bear the entire load and your body would tend to lean to the side of the load carried, causing you to be unbalanced and unstable.Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS367 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 159 CALCULATING LINE TENSION ON EACH LINE When rigging snatch blocks attached to the load, as the line angle increases, the tension on each line part will increase. LOAD 120° ANGLE THIS EXAMPLE AT 120°, SHOWS THAT EACH LINE PART WILL SUPPORT 100% OF THE LOAD BY RE-RIGGING THE LINE TO A 90° ANGLE, EACH LINE PART NOW SUPPORTS 70% OF THE LOAD, THEREBY REDUCING LINE TENSION BY 30%. 90° ANGLE LOAD Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS368 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 160 ANGLE FACTORS The angle that the winch line enters and leaves the snatch block can dramatically influence the line tension. It is important to understand how angles can work for you and more importantly, how they can work against you. Never exceed the rated WLL of any snatch block. Use the chart below to determine the total load being imposed on each line in a rigging: ANGLES 0° 30° 60° LINE TENSION 50% OF THE WEIGHT ON EACH LINE 52% OF THE WEIGHT ON EACH LINE 58% OF THE WEIGHT ON EACH LINE 90° 120° 70% OF THE WEIGHT ON EACH LINE 100% OF THE WEIGHT ON EACH LINE (parallel lines)Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS369 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 161 MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS - LINE ANGLES ADD TENSION LINE LOAD 1,500 LBS. LINE LOAD 1,560 LBS. Tension on each line is 50% of the total load. This is known as a 2 to 1 mechanical advantage. Tension on each line is 52% of the total load. This is loss of mechanical advantage due to the 30° angle. 3,000 LB. VEHICLE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS370 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 162 MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS - continued LINE LOAD 1,740 LBS. 3,000 LB. VEHICLE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE LINE LOAD 2,100 LBS. Tension on each line is 58% of the total load. This is loss of mechanical advantage due to the 60° angle. Tension on each line is 70% of the total load. This is loss of mechanical advantage due to the 90° angle.Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS371 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 163 MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE LOSS - continued LINE LOAD 3,000 LBS. 3,000 LB. VEHICLE LINE LOAD 3,000 LBS. Tension on each line is 100% of the total load. This has no mechanical advantage and each part of these lines support 100% of the load.Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS372 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 164 CALCULATE THE WEIGHT TENSION ON EACH LINE 1 WINCH, 1 PART LINE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE 2 WINCHES, 1 PART LINE EACH 3,000 LB. VEHICLEChapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS373 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 165 CALCULATE THE WEIGHT TENSION 1 WINCH, 2 PART LINE 1 WINCH, 3 PART LINE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE 3,000 LB. VEHICLE Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS374 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 166Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS LOAD IMPOSED ON A SNATCH BLOCK When a snatch block is used to change direction and/or attached as a fixed block, it will subject the block to loads greatly different from the weight being lifted or pulled. As the line angle decreases, the load on the snatch block will increase. It is very important to understand the effects of line angle factors in snatch block use. Never exceed the WLL of any block attached in a rigging. Regardless of the angle of the pull, the line tension will remain constant. Use the chart below to determine the total load on a block by multiplying the factor by the line load.90°load60°load 45°load anchorANGLE 45° 60° ANGLES FACTOR MULTIPLIERS FACTOR 1.84 1.73 90°1.41 ANGLES FACTORS ARE USED TO DETERMINE THE LOAD APPLIED ON THE BLOCK 0°2.00 fixed block 375 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 167 Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS LOAD IMPOSED ON A SNATCH BLOCK Look closely at every snatch block in your recovery line rigging. Evaluate each aspect of your rigging to ensure that you DO NOT exceed the WLL. Example B In this example, the line is routed through a snatch block at 90° to the load. The 1,000 lb. load is multiplied by the angle factor of 1.41. This results in a snatch block load of 1,410 lbs. Example A 1 winch, 1 fall line, 1 return line at 60° = 58% of the load = 580 lbs. line tension per line. The load on the snatch block is 1,000 lbs. 1,000 LBS. 1,000 LBS. EXAMPLE A EXAMPLE B 1,000 lbs. 1,410 lbs. 1,000 lbs. 60° ANGLE 90° ANGLE 1 anchor point anchor point 376 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 168 30° SLOPE RECOVERY REQUIRING SNATCH BLOCKS In this recovery scenario, use the same recovery estimate method and calculate this recovery. Establish your recovery and rigging to safely recover this vehicle. 4,700 lbs. USE THE SPACE BELOW TO ILLUSTRATE THE RIGGING FLAT TIRE 30° SLOPE Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS377 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 169 SNATCH BLOCK RECOVERY 30° SLOPE 4,700 LBS. =÷ =SURFACE TYPE 1,551 SLOPE 2,350 DAMAGE 1,175 TOTAL RESISTANCE 5,076 ++ TOTAL RESISTANCE 5,076 MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE 2 to 1 LINE PART 1 2,538 LINE PART 2 2,538 Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS378 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 170 A.) The weight imposed on any snatch block should never exceed the WLL or rated capacity per the manufacturer’s recommendation B.) Snatch Blocks must never be used in any manner that may side load, back load, or tip load the fitting hook of that block C.) Keep all body parts away from the pinch or crush contact areas, as well as the area between the hook and load D.) All snatch blocks should be inspected prior to use to ensure that they are in good working order, sufficiently lubricated, and properly maintained E.) Any component attached to or working with a snatch block must be used for its intended purpose and must be properly connected or attached F.) Snatch block safety latches must be in good working condition G.) Never impose a load on the safety latching device H.) Only the appropriate size and grade of wire rope should be used with a snatch block I.) Never allow wire rope lines that are rigged through a snatch block to become crossed or make contact with each other during each use J.) The lock pin of any snatch block must be fully engaged K.) Snatch blocks equipped with a securement or security pin must be properly set before beginning any work L.) Never allow anyone to assist you with any snatch block work unless they are qualified and knowledgeable in the proper use and application of snatch blocks M.) Designate an area of safety in and around any rigging or snatch block use N.) Do not allow bystanders or others to be in the immediate area O.) In the event of an unexpected failure in any of the rigging components, never position yourself and others in an area where backlash can occur P.) All snatch blocks should be placed so that the tip of the lifting hook faces in an upward direction during any winching operation Q.) Do not use a snatch block if you are uncertain of its ability to safely perform an operation during its use R.) If you are unsure of any snatch block procedure, you must ask a qualified individual for assistance SNATCH BLOCK SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 16: SNATCH BLOCKS379 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 171 NOTES_ 380 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 172 SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENTYou’ll never arrive at the scene if you are involved in a traffic accident en route. Tow trucks are not emergency vehicles; they are not allowed to use center divides or right shoulders to get around traffic unless given permission by a law enforcement officer. Speeding to a scene compromises your safety and the safety of other motorists. Although the incident you are responding to may be causing heavy congestion, you are required to obey all traffic laws. RESPOND SAFELY When approaching the scene of an incident, decide the best place to position your truck. It’s a judgment call based on the merits (or lack of) of a specific scene. Do not cross into an accident scene unless directed to do so by the incident commander. Remember not to block access or exits for emergency responders. Park out of traffic if possible and use only the appropriate lighting for the situation. ARRIVAL TO AN ACCIDENT SCENE Your main responsibility will be to follow the instructions of the officer in charge. You may have to speak with law enforcement, fire, medical personnel, customers, or bystanders at the scene. Use your people skills as you communicate: be friendly, understanding, and courteous. Always be professional. Keep your dispatch office informed of your progress throughout the incident. COMMUNICATIONS Manage your time wisely. While waiting for law enforcement to finish their investigation and survey the scene. Study all aspects of the incident environment. Check with the incident commander for any issues such as access, hazardous materials, and traffic concerns. Move all bystanders safely away, and ask law enforcement for assistance. Get additional help from your company if necessary to perform the recovery safely. Think before you act and do not take any chances. Remember to always request assistance if you are not sure of what to do. Do not start a recovery if you are not confident that it is within your capabilities. SURVEY THE INCIDENT 381 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 173 Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT USE OF WARNING LIGHTS Only use necessary and appropriate emergency lighting while at the scene of an incident. Some tow operators feel it necessary to use all of their warning lights when on scene. However, too much lighting may cause additional traffic congestion by distracting the motorists. This may slow traffic, possibly causing a second incident. Be aware that your emergency lights, flood lights or spot-lights may blind oncoming traffic. Your flashing and/or rotating lights should only be used if your truck is blocking the road or if a definite hazard exists. ROAD SERVICE CALLS Know the location before you respond. Clear up any doubt about the description of the vehicle, nature of the disablement, any supplies necessary, direction of travel, etc. Activate your truck’s warning lights just prior to arrival and gradually pull over to provide assistance. Always leave about 1 to 1 1/2 truck lengths behind the disabled vehicle as a safety cushion should an errant or drifting vehicle strike your service vehicle. If the conditions are unsafe, get assistance from law enforcement. Always park completely out of the lanes of traffic and never assume that any location is safe. Always approach from the curb side of the vehicle. Keep an eye on traffic and NEVER turn your back to it. The use of reflective cones may be necessary at some scenes. Review your state regulations for their requirements on use, colors, and styles of required warning lights. 382 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 174Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ACCIDENT/COLLISION Coordinate with the scene commander to identify and address any potential hazards at a collision or recovery scene such as fuel/oil leaks, damaged or leaking batteries, etc. Resolve any potential hazards before proceeding with the hooking up process of a vehicle. Clean and clear traffic lanes as soon as possible, but only when it is safe to do so. There will be some collision scenes that may need additional resources for the volume or amount of spill from a collision. These spills will sometimes exceed the amounts of absorbent or equipment that is commonly carried by a tow truck. It will be necessary to coordinate with the scene manager to ensure proper scene cleanup. No tow truck driver should leave a scene that is not properly cleaned up. There is a hazard to passing traffic, pedestrians, or the environment from debris or spills. A towing company and/or the employee may be held accountable for their action, or failure to act, in providing a clean and safe roadway prior to leaving a collision scene. Let common sense and good judgment be your guide in these matters. Resupply and clean all equipment that was used in scene cleanup. Properly dispose of any contaminated absorbent material and debris collected. Never put used absorbent, parts, or debris inside a wrecked vehicle. 383 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 175 Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TRAFFIC CONE RECOMMENDATIONS It is recommended that tow trucks and/or car carriers carry a minimum of six (6) 28" retro-reflective traffic cones as part of their operational equipment. There are situations where the application of traffic cones may be necessary. Use common sense and keep safety in mind as you begin to set up a cone pattern at a scene. The use of cones may be advantageous over flares in some situations. The following is a partial list of guidelines to be aware of when using traffic cones: • Evaluate the scene and determine the appropriate placement and cone pattern. Find a safe route away from the immediate scene to begin cone placement and work your way upstream from the incident as you place each cone. • Keep your eyes on traffic and NEVER turn your back to traffic. • Place cones approximately 20 to 25 feet apart. • Set cones in a taper pattern allowing for transition area for traffic to flow around the scene, NOT in the roadway. • Cone patterns should be set to direct traffic to only one side of an incident. TRAFFIC CONES All tow operators should be trained in the safe practices for accomplishing their tasks in and near traffic on city or highway systems. Tow truck operators must always be aware of their visibility to oncoming traffic and take necessary measures to make the area safer. In addition, a tow truck operator must NEVER jeopardize his own personal safety or the safety of others. If there is any doubt about traffic control procedures, immediately request law enforcement. Each scene or scenario must be evaluated based on traffic speed, traffic volume, hazards in the area, possible impact and/or effects of warning device placement, etc. Qualified training, good judgment, and common sense should be your guidelines as you decide on what level of traffic control you provide at each scene. Any questions about blocking lanes, causing closures, or impeding the flow of traffic should result in calling out the proper law enforcement agency for assistance. Tow operators are not authorized to close roads or lanes. Regardless of whether the incident site is a residential street, major city artery, two lane remote highway, or interstate highway system, you and the company you work for may be held accountable for your actions when a decision is made to block or close any portion of the road. It may be necessary to utilize flares, retro-reflective cones, or other warning devices at some scenes when you arrive or during the course of your duties. Under no circumstances should you allow anyone to assist you in traffic control. 384 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 176Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENTBased on the above noted procedures, a cone pattern using six cones should be laid out with a minimum distance of 100 feet, but can be adjusted depending on the current oncoming traffic speed or other conditions. When retrieving your cones, always work from the incident scene going away (upstream). Tow truck operators should never become complacent at any incident scene and must be alert for inattentive drivers or the possibility of intoxicated motorists. A cone pattern DOES NOT guarantee your safety or the safety of others in the area. Note: Some incidents may require the presence of law enforcement due to the traffic speed, hazardous situations, etc. NEVER compromise your safety or the safety of others while attempting to provide traffic control. TRAFFIC CONE RECOMMENDATIONS - continued TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR TOW TRUCK OPERATORS Most incidents that tow truck operators respond to will be minor traffic incidents. These incidents are typically disabled vehicles and minor traffic accidents that result in partially or fully blocked lanes or lane closures of less than thirty (30) minutes. Tow truck operators who do respond to these scenes should always remain calm and in control of their emotions. Generally, on-scene responders (from law enforcement, fire department personnel and department of transportation) will provide support for scene management. Tow truck operators should always attempt to rely on these agencies to provide incident management direction and traffic control. If these resources are not immediately available, or the situation demands that the tow truck operator begin to place warning devices from his/her service vehicle to warn or alert oncoming traffic, then the tow truck operator must be knowledgeable in maintaining the safety of all people at the scene and the appropriate and proper placement of warning devices. IMPORTANT i TOW TRUCK OPERATORS MUST NEVER ATTEMPT TO STOP OR HOLD TRAFFIC. 385 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 177 Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENTIt is recommended that tow trucks and/or car carriers carry a minimum of twelve (12) traditional style flares as part of their operational equipment. Use common sense and keep safety in mind as you begin to set up a flare pattern at an incident scene. The use of flares may be advantageous over cones in the evening and nighttime hours. The following is a partial list of guidelines to be aware of when using flares. • Use flares only as an initial or short term response warning device • Assess the scene and determine the appropriate placement and flare pattern • Find a safe route away from the immediate scene to begin flare placement and work your way back toward the incident scene as you place each flare • Keep your eye on traffic. NEVER turn your back to traffic • Determine if there is any fire danger prior to lighting any flare • When lighting a flare, point it downward and away from your body • Always turn your face away as you light each flare • Keep flares away from your body by extending your arms • NEVER hold the burning end of a flare in an “up” position. This will avoid possible sulfur burns to your hands, wrists, or arms • Attach the cap to the non-burning end of the flare before placing on the ground. This will help keep the flare from rolling • Avoid breathing the toxic fumes from the burning flares • DO NOT place flares on plastic striping, highway dots, or under or near any vehicles • Place flares in a taper pattern, allowing for a transition area for traffic to flow around the scene • Flare patterns should be set to direct traffic to only one side of the incident • Based on the above noted procedures, a flare pattern using six (6) flares would be laid out with a minimum distance to 100 feet, but can be adjusted depending on the current oncoming traffic speed or other conditions. FLARES 386 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 178Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT EXTINGUISHING FLARES To extinguish a flare, pick up the non-burning end of the flare and rub out the burning end on the pavement. NEVER throw a flare or leave a flare burning unattended. Always work from the incident scene going away, as you extinguish and terminate the flare pattern. The following are examples of situations where the use of flares may be a hazard: • Gasoline, diesel, or any other fuel is present at the scene • The presence of any other flammable substance • The presence of an explosive • An area that could easily catch fire, such as dry brush. WARNING ! DO NOT ATTEMPT TO LIGHT ANY FLARE WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED OR EXPOSED TO WATER OR WEATHER. 387 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 179 Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SCENE SAFETY - DISCUSSION POINTS • Your safety first • Safety for all at a scene • Understanding vicarious duty IMPORTANT i PERSONAL SAFETY, CUSTOMER SAFETY AND SCENE SAFETY ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT TOPICS WE COVER. TRAINING, REASONED DECISIONS AND FOLLOWING ESTABLISHED SAFETY PRACTICES ARE OUR GUIDELINES UNDER HOW WE, AS PROFESSIONAL TOW TRUCK OPERATORS, MUST ALWAYS PERFORM. 388 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 180Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT PERSONAL SAFETY Tow truck operators find themselves in many different situations during the course of their duties and many can be potentially dangerous. The most important issue for all tow truck operators is their focus on safety. Keep yourself safe at all times. This will include but is not limited to the following: • Having a clear understanding of your equipment, its proper use and its limitations. • Wearing of safety apparel and the utilization of other safety devices. • Always face traffic. NEVER turn your back to oncoming traffic. • Never become so complacent in doing your job that you get “comfortable” while on the streets and highways. • Always plan your escape route during roadside duties. Keep your eye on traffic and be ready to react to any situation which you believe places you in jeopardy. • Check traffic before you exit your tow truck. • Exit your tow truck from the passenger side whenever possible. IMPORTANT i YOU MUST KEEP YOURSELF SAFE FIRST SO THAT YOU CAN CONTINUE TO MAKE THE AREA SAFE FOR OTHERS AND FOR ONCOMING TRAFFIC AS IT ENTERS THE SCENE OF YOUR WORK. ALWAYS BE KEENLY AWARE OF YOUR SURROUNDINGS. 389 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 181 Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT AIRBAG SAFETY Airbag Facts Most frontal airbag systems work in deceleration, rather than impact, to set the system off during an impact. • Side airbag systems can deploy during an impact rather than deceleration • It is highly unlikely that during the normal towing process you will cause an airbag to deploy • It is highly unlikely that during a typical recovery you will cause an airbag to deploy • If proper jump-starting procedures are followed, jump-starting a vehicle will not affect an airbag system With any vehicle involved in a collision where airbags have not deployed, use extreme caution if entering the vehicle. Do not place your body close to the airbags. Disconnect the battery terminals and tape up the ends; then wait at least ten minutes before entering the vehicle or beginning the tow. Dual Stage Airbags Some vehicles are equipped with frontal dual stage airbags. A deployed dual stage air bag will look the same whether one or both stages are deployed. Always assume that a deployed dual stage inflator module has an active second stage and could deploy a remaining airbag if the vehicle is bumped or moved. In some airbags, a canister of sodium azide is converted to nitrogen gas to deploy an airbag. The nitrogen gas inflates the bag and then quickly deflates. Some smoke coming from the deployed inflator module is normal; the smoke is actually airborne particles from the inflation. WARNING ! ACUTE EXPOSURE TO THE DUST OR GAS PRESENT WHEN AN AIRBAG IS DEPLOYED MAY PRODUCE ADVERSE REACTIONS THAT MAY INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, CONFUSION, BRONCHIAL IRRITATION AND MUCOUS MEMBRANE IRRITATION. SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IF YOU BELIEVE THAT YOU HAVE BEEN ACUTELY EXPOSED. WHEN WORKING AROUND A VEHICLE THAT HAS DEPLOYED AIRBAGS, ALLOW GASSES TO DISSIPATE FOR TEN TO TWENTY MINUTES. WEAR PROTECTIVE GEAR SUCH AS SAFETY GLASSES AND GLOVES. 390 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 182Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT CUSTOMER/BYSTANDER SAFETY Although law enforcement will usually provide scene management at a collision or vehicle disablement, there will be times when it will be necessary for you, as a professional tow truck driver, to take the necessary steps to provide safety to your customer or bystanders during the course of your duties. It is very important to immediately evaluate the situation, recognize any potential hazards, and take actions to provide for a safer environment. This can be difficult at times since customers and bystanders are not familiar with scene safety or do not understand the potentially hazardous situations. You must provide clear instructions to everyone in the area and attempt to move them to a safer situation. Although you do not have the authority to force people to comply, most people will understand and follow a reasonable request to move to a safer area. If a customer or bystander refuses or does not want to comply, use your public relations skills to convince them towards safety. Here are a few suggestions: • Immediately move people away from passing traffic and the roadway • Keep your eyes on people and be aware of their movements • Do not allow anyone to wander or roam around in the area • Do not place anyone in a position of foreseeable danger • Offer the cab of your tow truck as an area of safety • Assist people entering and exiting the cab of your truck • Suggest they wear the seat belt while in the truck cab • Do not begin your work until you have provided for scene safety • Never allow anyone to walk, stand, or work between vehicles • Call for assistance or help from law enforcement when necessary • Never allow anyone to enter the vehicle while it is lifted off the ground • Some areas or surroundings are not safe. Never leave or abandon a customer in an unsuitable area, as there may be situations that may compromise their safety. • It is the duty of the tow operator to ensure motorist safety even if service is not provided. It may even be a good idea to transport the customer to a “safer” location. 391 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 183 CLASSROOM DISCUSSION Arrival to an Accident / Disablement Scene: FREEWAYS • Approaching accident scenes • Approaching disabled vehicles • Merging out of traffic • Positioning truck at a scene • Blocking traffic • Vehicles in traffic lanes • Center dividers • Right shoulders STREETS • Approaching accident scenes • Approaching disabled vehicles • Merging out of traffic • Positioning truck at a scene • Obstructing traffic • Parking lots • Residences • Backing • Delivery of towed vehicles Chapter 17: SCENE & INCIDENT MANAGEMENT392 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 184 NOTES 393 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 185 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Most of the time when a tow truck operator arrives at a scene where hazardous material is present, it has been contained and it is safe to proceed. However, there have been incidences in which hazardous material has not been discovered until after a vehicle recovery has begun. Keep in mind that not all vehicles containing hazardous materials will be marked with a placard. For instance, a vehicle used to haul pool cleaning supplies may carry acids that are highly corrosive and can cause major injuries to skin, lungs, and eyes. Remember, if you are unsure if hazardous materials are present, ask and get help. WARNING ! IF YOU SUSPECT A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AT AN INCIDENT WHICH YOU ARE WORKING, GET HELP AND NOTIFY THE INCIDENT COMMANDER IMMEDIATELY. THE BEST PLACE FOR YOU AND OTHERS IS AWAY AND UPWIND FROM THE SUSPECTED HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. • If you believe that you have been contaminated by a hazardous material, inform emergency personnel immediately. • Do not smoke, eat, or drink around hazardous material. Never attempt to inhale, touch, or taste an unknown material to identify it. IT CAN KILL YOU!Chapter 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS394 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 186 A.) Communicate any danger to emergency responders. B.) Always consider the possibility of multiple hazard categories in each hazard class. C.) Approach all hazardous material incidents from upwind and upgrade, positioning vehicle/ apparatus headed away from incident. D.) At any hazardous material incident, you may have delays while first responders are tending to the injured in order to save the lives of others. E.) The first operational priority: isolate the hazard, secure the area, and limit the spread of material. F.) Never eat, smoke, or drink at or around hazardous material incident scenes until you decontaminate and wash hands, face, and hair thoroughly. G.) Think safety with every breath you take. H.) Do not provide medical aid or rescue until you are convinced it is safe to do so. I.) When Fire or Hazmat arrives on the scene, they will determine what available protective clothing is compatible with the materials involved in the incident. J.) The minimum safety perimeter is usually 1,000 feet beyond the inner perimeter boundaries in open air areas. K.) Only those emergency personnel, in the proper level of protective clothing and positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, are to operate within the inner perimeter. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS395 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 187 NOTES_ 396 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 188Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLE SAFETYWARNING ! Contact with the high voltage system must be avoided for your personal safety; the high voltage wiring can normally be identified by the bright orange (sometimes yellow or blue) wiring loom easily seen under the hood and throughout the vehicle. Hybrid Electric Vehicle A hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) uses both an electric motor and an internal combustion engine to propel the vehicle. Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle A plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV) uses electricity obtained by plugging into the grid to power an electric motor, and similar to a pure hybrid, also utilizes an internal combustion engine. Battery Electric Vehicle A battery electric vehicle (BEV) is powered exclusively by electricity from its on-board battery, charged by plugging into the grid. HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLE SAFETY 397 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 189 WARNING ! NEVER TOUCH, CUT OR OPEN ANY ORANGE HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES OR HIGH VOLTAGE COMPONENTS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. All towing and road service to a hybrid / electric vehicle must be within the noted manufacturer's safe procedures, cautions, and warnings as outlined in the vehicle owner's manual, AAA Tow & Service Manual, or Hybrid Vehicle Procedures Manual. Because of the continuing changes and modifications during model year changes, the possibility exists that you may not be familiar with current road service concerns. Check carefully each time as you respond to each road service or tow request. Important notes when servicing or towing a hybrid/electric vehicle: • Never assume a hybrid / electric vehicle is shut off simply because it's silent, or you don't hear an engine/motor running. • Never allow any person in the immediate area to assist you who is not knowledgeable in hybrid/electric vehicle service. • Always approach a hybrid vehicle from the side, never from the front or back of the vehicle. • Always chock the wheels and set the emergency brake, preventing the vehicle from moving forward or backwards. • Secure the keys and store them a minimum of 16 feet away. • Be aware and expect that a hybrid/electric vehicle's engine may start on its own, without any warning. • Never touch, cut, or breach any high voltage wiring, cables, or system components. • Failure to follow the manufacturer's safety instructions may result in serious injury or death. ROAD SERVICE & BASIC TOWING Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLE SAFETY398 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 190 HYBRID/ELECTRIC VEHICLE INVOLVED IN ACCIDENT CAUTION: In the event of damage to or fire involving a hybrid/electric vehicle: • Always assume the high voltage (HV) battery and associated components are energized and fully charged. • Exposed electrical components, wires, and HV batteries present potential HV shock hazards. • Venting/off-gassing HV battery vapors are potentially toxic and flammable. • Physical damage to the vehicle or HV battery may result in immediate or delayed release of toxic and/or flammable gases and fire. RESPONDING TO THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT • Determine if the vehicle is a hybrid or electric vehicle, and if it is, advise your dispatch and all other responders that a hybrid or electric vehicle is involved. • Always approach vehicle from the sides to stay out of potential travel path. It may be difficult to determine if the vehicle is running due to lack of engine noise. • If you detect leaking fluids, sparks, smoke, flames, increased temperature, gurgling, popping or hissing noises from the HV battery compartment, ventilate passenger area (i.e., roll down windows or open doors), notify first responders or call 911 if they are not on scene. • Use your judgment and if the vehicle has only minor damage, prepare vehicle to remove from the scene. Chock the wheels, set emergency brake, place vehicle in park, and secure the keys 16 feet away. • If major damage is observed, get assistance from emergency first responders to disconnect power source and discharge system. • Call an authorized service center or vehicle manufacturer representative, if necessary, to determine additional steps that you should take to safely recover or transport the vehicle. • Never touch, cut or breach any high voltage wiring, cables, or system components. • Never allow any winch cables, chains, hooks, or other recovery devices to come in contact with any part of the high voltage system during winching or recovery operations. Refer to vehicle manual/recovery guide to locate proper attachment/ connection points and transport method.Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLE SAFETY399 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 191 STORING HYBRID/ELECTRIC VEHICLES • Do not store a severely damaged hybrid/electric vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside of a structure or within 50 feet of any structure or vehicle. • Ensure that passenger and cargo compartments remain ventilated. • Prior to placing and while located in storage area/tow lot, continue to inspect vehicle for leaking fluids, sparks, smoke, flames, gurgling or bubbling sounds from the HV battery and call 911 if any of these are detected. • Notify authorized service center or vehicle manufacturer representative as soon as possible. There may be additional steps necessary you or they can take to secure, discharge, handle, and store the HV battery and vehicle. • Maintain clear access to stored vehicles for monitoring and emergency response if needed. • Always assume the high voltage battery and associated components are energized and fully charged. A.) Never cut orange high voltage, or yellow or blue medium voltage cabling. B.) Never touch damaged or submerged high voltage or medium voltage cables or components. C.) Lack of engine noise in most hybrids and electrics does not mean that the vehicle is OFF. Silent movement or instant restart capability exists until vehicle is fully shut down. D.) Store vehicle at least 50ft. from structures or vehicles. E.) High voltage electrolyte leakage should be minimal but is likely caustic and/or flammable if released. F.) Some damaged vehicles may require the use of personal protective equipment that towers are not equipped or trained with. Leave disconnecting and discharging of high and medium voltage batteries to the trained professionals. There is not a second chance! The mishandling of high and medium voltage wiring, cables, and system components is fatal. HYBRID/EV SAFETY REMINDERS Chapter 19: HYBRID & ELECTRIC VEHICLE SAFETY400 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 192 NOTES 401 © Copyright 2020 ERSCA/CTTA 193 402 403 RFP 24-001 7.3 Towing and storage Contract Questionnaire Question 9 – Dispatch Training Manual 404 Rev 5.1 User’s Guide  IT Help Desk:     866‐800‐8677 Option 1  or  support@towxchange.net  405 TOPS User Manual Table of Contents Rev 5.1 - i - General Information ................................................................................................................. 1   System Overview ................................................................................................................ 1   Central Resource for Information ....................................................................................... 1   Basic Definitions .................................................................................................................. 1   General Notes / Tips ........................................................................................................... 2   Screen Resolution ............................................................................................................... 3   System Maintenance .......................................................................................................... 3   Support ................................................................................................................................ 3  Optional Features ..................................................................................................................... 5   GPS Truck Tracking .............................................................................................................. 5   Dispatch Location / Destination Mapping .......................................................................... 5   TOPS Link ............................................................................................................................. 5   TOPS Mobile ........................................................................................................................ 5   VIN Decoding ...................................................................................................................... 6   Bar Code Inventory Management ...................................................................................... 6   Accounting Options ............................................................................................................. 6   California DMV Integration ................................................................................................. 6  Call Taking ................................................................................................................................. 7   Entering New Calls .............................................................................................................. 7    Required Fields .......................................................................................................................... 7    Call Details Section (Fields Not Required) ............................................................................... 10    Vehicle Section (Fields Not Required) ..................................................................................... 12    Miscellaneous Section (Fields Not Required) .......................................................................... 13    Tow Pricing .............................................................................................................................. 15    Quick Call ................................................................................................................................. 15   Integrated Call Mapping System .................................................................................................... 17  Dispatch .................................................................................................................................. 19   Dispatching a Call .............................................................................................................. 19    Assigning a Call ........................................................................................................................ 20    Paging ...................................................................................................................................... 20    Dispatch Multiple Drivers / Single Call .................................................................................... 21    Filtering Dispatch Screen ......................................................................................................... 25    Custom Settings ....................................................................................................................... 27    Updating Call Status ................................................................................................................ 28    Unassigning Calls ..................................................................................................................... 29    Completing Calls ...................................................................................................................... 30    Completing Dispatch ............................................................................................................... 31   After the Call is Dispatch Complete .................................................................................. 32    Finding a Call (Search) ............................................................................................................. 32    Pricing the Call ......................................................................................................................... 32    Add a Payment ........................................................................................................................ 33    Delete payment ....................................................................................................................... 34    Overmileage ............................................................................................................................ 35    Retow ...................................................................................................................................... 35  406 TOPS User Manual Table of Contents Rev 5.1 - ii -   Dropoffs ................................................................................................................................... 36   Change Call Status ............................................................................................................. 38    Inventory to Complete ............................................................................................................ 38    Place a Vehicle in Inventory .................................................................................................... 38    Releasing from Inventory ........................................................................................................ 40  Accounting .............................................................................................................................. 43   Reconciliation .................................................................................................................... 43    Reconciling from the Checkout Screen ................................................................................... 44    Reconciling from the Call Screen ............................................................................................. 47   Confirmation ..................................................................................................................... 48    No Charge Calls ........................................................................................................................ 50    Exporting / Retrieving Data ..................................................................................................... 52   Completing Disposed Vehicle Calls ................................................................................... 54    Auctioned Vehicle ............................................................................................................ 54    Scrapped Vehicle ............................................................................................................. 56    Sold Vehicle ........................................................................................................................................... 57   Adjustments ...................................................................................................................... 59   Daily Accounting ............................................................................................................... 61   Reconciliation Checklist .................................................................................................... 62   Confirmation Checklist ...................................................................................................... 63  Troubleshooting Accounting .................................................................................................. 65  Employees............................................................................................................................... 67  Drivers ..................................................................................................................................... 68  Trucks ...................................................................................................................................... 71  Customers ............................................................................................................................... 74  Customer Private Property Impound Database (PPI) ........................................................... 76  Tow Tickets ............................................................................................................................. 78  Lot / Inventory ........................................................................................................................ 80  Services and Pricing ................................................................................................................ 82  Lien .......................................................................................................................................... 92  Auction .................................................................................................................................. 101  User Settings ......................................................................................................................... 118  Company Settings ................................................................................................................. 121  User Management ................................................................................................................ 124            407 TOPS User’s Guide General Information Rev 5.1 - 1 - System Overview   TOPS (Towing Operations Software) is a powerful, flexible and easy‐to‐use towing and  recovery management system that allows you to streamline the dispatching process,  improve accountability, track inventory and assets, and produce meaningful reports.    TOPS is a completely integrated software solution that provides all of the tools needed to  manage and increase efficiency in all aspects of your towing operation. Every feature  provided by TOPS is dedicated to making each towing company more effective than ever  before. TOPS features automated pricing and lien management, helps to ensure employee  accountability with tow ticket management and the driver checkout system, and provides  detailed management reports for sales activity, truck and driver productivity, customer  activity, and much more.      Central Resource for Information  Information, once stored in many different locations, such as customer data, inventory  data, dispatch history, driver / truck history, and pricing information, can now be stored in a  centrally accessible database. You can use this central database to find and use information  much more quickly.      Improved Dispatching and Company Management  At any time it is possible for multiple staff members to know exactly what is happening with  your entire call load, including volume of calls, drivers on duty, trucks and equipment in  service, inventory of all lots, and the status of all tows and services.    Basic Definitions    Short Codes Abbreviations for customers, drivers, trucks, etc.  When entered into the  appropriate field, they quickly find information for the record associated with that  short code.  Single Click Means to click once using the left mouse button. Double Click Means to click twice quickly using the left mouse button. Right Click Means to click once using the right mouse button. Wild Card Refers to the asterisk (*) button used during searches. Window and Screen These terms are used interchangeably in this document and refer to an open TOPS  window or TOPS screen.  Main The Main portion of TOPS consists of the Call, Dispatch, Customer, Driver, Truck,  Reports, Inventory, Maintenance and Sale buttons.  Maintenance The Maintenance portion of TOPS consists of the Checkout, Lien, Payment, Pricing,  Service, Tow Ticket, Employee, Main and Sale buttons.  Sale The Sale portion of TOPS consists of the Seller, Auction and Bidder buttons.      408 TOPS User’s Guide General Information Rev 5.1 - 2 - The following figure shows the Main window of TOPS.        The following figure shows the Maintenance window of TOPS.      General Notes / Tips    • Single‐click to select   • Double‐click to edit  • Gray labels indicate fields that are not editable. These fields may be automatically filled  by TOPS, entered elsewhere in the program, or not accessible to the user.  • Fields highlighted in yellow are required. You will not be able to save any information on  a screen until all yellow fields are filled in.  • Use the Tab key to advance to the next field. To go backwards using Tab, hold down the  Shift and Tab keys simultaneously.  • A down arrow next to a field indicates that you can populate this field by selecting from  a list. Click on the arrow to display the pull‐down menu.  • Press the Enter key in any date field to select the date from a calendar.  • On the Dispatch screen and in any search results window, you can change the width of  rows and columns by clicking and dragging.  • On the Dispatch screen and in any search results window, you can change the position  of columns by clicking and dragging.  • If you prefer using your keyboard to a mouse, each button has an Alt‐shortcut. To use  the shortcuts, hold down the Alt key while you depress the letter that’s underlined in  the name of the button you’d like to select. (For example, to start a New call on the Call  Screen, press the Alt‐key and the letter ‘N’ at the same time.)      409 TOPS User’s Guide General Information Rev 5.1 - 3 - Screen Resolution  If you are unable to view the entire screen in the TOPS program, for example the bottom  part of the call screen is chapped off, then it is highly likely that the screen resolution for  your monitor is set too low.  The TOPS program needs to be run in at least 1024 X 768  screen resolution.  The following instructions outline the procedure for adjusting your  screen resolution.    1. Click on the Start Menu button located at the bottom left corner of the screen  2. Click on “Control Panel”  3. Double click on “Display”  4. Click on the “Settings” tab at the top of the window  5. In the “Screen Resolution” section of the screen, move the slider bar to read “1024x768”  6. Click Apply at the bottom right    At this point your screen resolution will change.  You may get a popup asking if you want to  keep this resolution.  If so, click “Yes”.  Your screen resolution is now changed.  Log out of  TOPS and log back in for the change to fully take effect.      TOPS System Maintenance    All systems at one time or another require maintenance. TOPS maintenance is generally  planned for off hours and on weekends. The maintenance window generally does not last  more than one hour. In some cases, users may not notice an outage.     On occasion there may be need for an Emergency Maintenance Window. In these cases, the  Information Technology group will do their best to minimize the outage and will notify users  with as much advance warning as possible.      TOPS Support    Telephone Support   We provide 24‐hour, 7 day per week telephone support. Our standard, toll‐free telephone  support is available to all customers between 8AM and 6PM ET, Monday through Friday,  excluding holidays. Our support center can be reached at 877‐401‐2345, Option 1. After  hours support is available through our on call support staff which can also be reached at  877‐401‐2345, Option 1. We ask that hold general and non‐emergency questions until the  next business day.    Email Support  Support issues can be submitted online and will be addressed promptly. Our support staff  will contact you by telephone or e‐mail during normal business hours regarding your issue.  Support issues should be e‐mailed to support@towxchange.net.    410 TOPS User’s Guide General Information Rev 5.1 - 4 - towXchange Knowledge Base  In addition to this manual, you may also consult our Knowledge Base for answers to some of  our more frequently asked questions. The Knowledge Base is accessible through you’re My  towXchange login on the towXchange.net web site.     411 TOPS User’s Guide Optional Features Rev 5.1 - 5 - TOPS Optional Features    GPS Truck Tracking – BudgetGPS.com    TowXchange offers a low cost truck mounted GPS solution for towing companies. This  system is marketed under the name of BudgetGPS. Towing related pricing can be found at  www.budgetgps.com. For more information, please visit www.budgetgps.com or contact  towXchange, Inc. at 866‐800‐8677.      TOPS Dispatch Location / Destination Mapping Integrated with GPS    The TOPS Dispatch screen is now integrated with our towGPS product. This integration  allows users to see call location information, call destination information and current  vehicle locations on the same map! Icons on the map are uniquely identified and this new  visual dispatch tool offers a new perspective in dispatch call management.     Two requirements are necessary to use the Dispatch Integration tool with GPS:    1. You must have an active GPS account using the towGPS / BudgetGPS / TOPSGPS system. Pricing can  be found at www.budgetgps.com .  2. You must subscribe to the TOPS address verification system which allows each user to verify address  information as calls are entered into the TOPS system.  This service is enabled with our Dispatch  Integration tool and cost pennies per call.     Contact towXchange for more information.      TOPS Link    TOPS Link provides a powerful tool to increase communication with your customers, while  saving you time and money. TOPS Link is a web based tool where towing companies can  offer their customer a web portal into their TOPS system for the purpose entering new calls,  monitoring call dispatch status, checking inventory status all with detailed search  capabilities. This service will save your dispatchers time in dealing with new calls and call  updates. Contact towXchange for more information.      TOPS Mobile    Eliminate stress in your dispatch office and improve your call dispatch time stamps by  equipping your drivers with TOPS Mobile. TOPS Mobile is accessible through the use of a  web enabled mobile device allowing drivers to see current calls and offers the ability for  412 TOPS User’s Guide Optional Features Rev 5.1 - 6 - drivers to update call time stamps as calls are being work. TOPS Mobile offers real‐time call  updating without the need for voice communication via radio or phone with your dispatch  office. Improve your call management today!  Contact towXchange for more information.      VIN Decoding    Enable vehicle VIN Decoding for your TOPS system for a nominal one‐time annual fee. With  a valid VIN, users can decode vehicle Year, Make, Model and Body Type. Contact  towXchange for more information.      Bar Code Inventory Management    Using handheld mobile technology cut your lot inventory time down from a day to an hour.  Scan you lot and only deal with the exceptions. Contact towXchange for more information.      Accounting Options    • Simple Billing – Included with TOPS, Simple Billing offers a convenient way for  customers to manage their billing directly from TOPS. Companies are able to print  invoices, statements, and manage aging. Users can run sales summary reports to  feed their financial accounting packages.   • QuickBooks Integration – Is your company large enough to require a direct  integration to QuickBooks? TOPS offers a direct feed to QuickBooks allowing users to  import invoices directly. This offers users additional flexibility in billing, reporting  and bank account management. A small setup fee is required. For more information,  contact towXchange.      California DMV Integration     Processing California Liens? If so, TOPS offers integration with the California DMV allowing  users to pull Vehicle Registration information as required for Lien processing. TOPS lien with  CA DMV Integration allows users to process liens quickly and at a reduced cost.  TOPS Lien  processing allows towing companies to eliminate the middleman. The only requirement is  that you have a CA DMV Requestor code. Contact towXchange for more information.    Contact towXchange at 86‐800‐8677 about these and other integrated features.  413 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 7 - Entering New Calls    Upon login to TOPS, the window will be blank except for the toolbar  across the top.  Click the Call button at the top left of the TOPS  window to display the Call Screen in New mode.    Note: Dispatchers will spend the majority of their time on the Dispatch screen. To enter a new call from the  Dispatch screen, click on the New button. This action will take you to the Call screen in New mode,  where you can enter new call information. When you save the new call, you will automatically return  to the Dispatch screen.  The Call screen contains all information pertaining to a tow.  When taking a New call, obtain  the required information from the caller, and enter it into the appropriate fields in the Call  Details, Vehicle, and Miscellaneous sections.        Required Fields  Fields that are highlighted in yellow are required information fields.  These include the  Customer, Location and Tow Type fields.            414 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 8 - Selecting a Customer  The Customer field may be completed by using the arrow to display a drop‐down list of  customer names or by typing the ‘Short Code’ for the customer.          Note: Please see the Customer Section for a description of the PP (Private Property Impound) button  located next to the Customer Field    Call Location / Destination  Users can enter the call location and destination directly into the location and destination  fields or by using the address formatting window.           To access the address formatting window, click the @ symbol button to the left of the  location or destination field to display the text box for entering the address (Pressing the  Enter key while in either field will also open this window). The bracket icon will open a  415 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 9 - formatting window for both the location and destination. The Locale field is designed for  the street address. The Use City, State check box will pull the City and State from your  companies address record. Other Information such as cross street, mile marker, etc. should  be entered into Other Info. (Latitude, Longitude and the Get Coordinates button are  discussed in the Mapping Section)     After entering the address information, save your changes to return to the call screen.  Tow Type  Tow Types are selected by entering the tow type short code or by using the drop‐down  arrow associated with the Tow Type field. The screen below displays the drop‐down list of  available tow types.     Available tow types include:  Tow Type Short Code Tow Type Short Code Light Duty LD Light Duty Flatbed LDF Heavy Duty HD Heavy Duty Flatbed HDF Heavy Duty Recovery HDR Heavy Duty Rotator ROT Dropoff DO Lot Management LM Vehicle Transport VT Specialized Transport ST Medium Duty MD Medium Duty Flatbed MDF Maintenance and Service MS Service Patrol SP       416 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 10 - Entering Additional New Call Data  After entering the required fields, the call taker has the option to save the call or add any  additional information desired before saving the call.     Saving the New Call  To save the call, click the Save button at the bottom of the screen. This will transfer the call  to the Dispatch screen.    The following fields are automatic fields within the Call Screen.  • The Call number, Call taken Date/Time stamp, Call Taken by and Call Status fields are  automatically populated when the call is saved. (With the appropriate security  access, users can change the call taken Date/Time prior to the call being saved the  first time.)  • Call priority field is assigned based on the account information. If necessary, the  priority can be modified on the Call Screen.  Default Priority is 9.    Note: The next section addresses the New call fields which are not required.    Call Screen Fields NOT Required – Call Details Section        Setting Appointments/ETA  Appointments can be set when new calls are entered by specifying the appointment date  and time in the Appoint: field (in Call Details on the Call Screen).  Appointment dates and  times must be in the following format:  M/D/YYYY HH:MM:SS AM  (i.e. 6/8/2008 10:23:42 AM)    417 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 11 - Double‐click in the Appoint: field to add the current date & time and edit that information  as necessary. If there is no time entered, the system assumes the appointment time is  12:00:01 AM for the specified date.    When TOPS is set up, each location will have a default setting to indicate how far in advance  appointment calls appear. This setting can be overridden on the Settings Screen if  necessary. Checking the Show All Appointments checkbox on the Dispatch screen will  override the settings and will show every future appointment entered into the system.    An ETA may be entered in the ETA field in minutes. The minutes will be translated to a date  and time field when you tab out of the ETA field. If you have entered an appointment, you  will not be able to enter an ETA.    Reason  Reason is used for selecting the reason for the tow. The reason field includes selections  such as Accident, Battery, Driveline, etc.     Truck Req  Truck Required is used for specifying a specific type of truck. If the customer request or if  the call taker determines a specific type of truck is required for the call, the selection is  made using the Truck Req drop‐down list.    Eqp Rqd  The Equipment Required field is designed for adding informational notes about special  equipment needed for the call.     Dispatch Notes  Dispatch Notes are designed for Dispatch and Dispatcher related notes.    Driver Notes  Driver Notes are designed for Driver related notes.    No Charge (check box)  When checked, the call is set as a No Charge call.    Portal To Portal (check box)  When checked, is used to calculate total mileage charges based on the drivers starting point  and final ending point. (This field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific  customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the  customer screen. If required, this check box is automatically set when taking a new call.)    Tow Ticket  Tow Ticket is used for entering the drivers tow ticket (or invoice) and is typically entered  when the call is dispatch complete.       418 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 12 - Second Commission Applies (check box)  When checked, this will append the second commission amount (defined on the driver  screen) to the first commission for creating the drivers commission for this specific call.    Call Screen Fields NOT Required – Vehicle Section        Year  Vehicle Year (Enter manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder)    Make  Vehicle Make (Select manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder)    Model  Vehicle Model (Select manually or automatically populated using the VIN decoder)    Type  Type is used for selecting a body type for the vehicle. (Select manually or automatically  populated using the VIN decoder)    Color  Color defines the color of the vehicle (Select manually NOT automatically populated using  the VIN decoder)    Tag #/State  Used to define the Tag # of the vehicle being towed and Tag State. Tag State is selectable  for a drop‐down list.    Tag Expiry  The Expiration date of the vehicles Tag. This is entered as a full date (Month/Day/Year) or as  Month/Year. If entered as Month/Year, the system will translate into a full date and will  select the last day of the month. (5/2008 is translated to 5/31/2008)     Odometer  Odometer reading of the vehicle being towed. (This field can be flagged as a required field  based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by  customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto  populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call  without replacing the word “Required”.)  419 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 13 - VIN  The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) of the vehicle being towed. This field will check the  validity of the VIN and warn the user if an incomplete or inaccurate VIN is entered. (This  field can be flagged as a required field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This  requirement is set on a customer by customer basis from the customer screen. If required,  the word “Required” will auto populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is  warned if they try to save a call without replacing the word “Required”.)    VIN Decoder (Optional)  The TOPS Call screen also includes a built in VIN decoder for decoding full 17 digit VIN  numbers and returning the following information; Year, Make, Model and Body Type. The  VIN field is designed to verify you have entered a full 17 digit VIN, and will also warn the  user if the VIN is not valid or if data already exist in these fields. If users decode a VIN when  data already exist in these fields, the data will be overwritten. To decode a VIN, enter a full  17 digit VIN and press the decode button to the left of the VIN field in the Vehicle section of  the call screen. Pressing the VIN decode button will populate the Year, Make, Model and  Type field.  The user can use the VIN decoder at any time prior to call confirmation. Please  contact towXchange to gain access to the VIN decoder feature.         Owner, With Vehicle (check box) and Phone  These fields are designed to track the vehicles owner information. The Owner field is for the  owners name, the w/Vehicle check box signifies the owner is waiting with the vehicle and  the Phone field  is for the owner’s phone number.    Hold (check box), Until and Hold Notes  Select the Hold (check box) if the vehicle is to be held for a period of time. The Until field is  a Date field for the Hold Until Date and the Hold Notes field contains notes associated with  the vehicles Hold.    Call Screen Fields NOT Required – Miscellaneous Section      420 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 14 - Membership # and Expiration Date  If the vehicle being towed has and affiliation that requires you to track a Membership # and  Expiration Date, the information is stored in these fields.    PO #  Purchase Order number associated with the tow. (This field can be flagged as a required  field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by  customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto  populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call  without replacing the word “Required”.)    RO #  Work Order number associated with the tow. (This field can be flagged as a required field  based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by  customer basis from the customer screen. If required, the word “Required” will auto  populate in the field when a new call is taken and the user is warned if they try to save a call  without replacing the word “Required”.)    Mileage Reqd  If the Mileage Required check box is checked, users cannot save the call without entering  the mileage on the dispatch tab of the call screen. (This field can be flagged as a required  field based on a specific customer’s requirements. This requirement is set on a customer by  customer basis from the customer screen. If required this check box is automatically set  when taking a new call.    Zone  If the tow is related to a Zone (typically used with Police accounts), the data is entered into  this field.    Police Number and Police Beat  These fields are used to store Police related information    User Defined Fields  These fields are designed to allow the towing company the ability to create a unique field  that is not already addressed in the standard set of fields on the call screen. These fields are  a text only field and cannot be formatted.  These fields can be renamed by the towing  company.  (These fields can be renamed in the TOPS Company Settings section of the user  portal accessible from the towXchange web site. Manager level access is required to access  this information.)    Adding a Payment when taking a new Call  If required, users can enter a payment as they are taking a new call. Payments entered at  the time new calls are created are considered “Pending” Payments and are intended to be  dealt with after pricing items are added to a call. The Receipt type must be changed prior to  421 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 15 - call confirmation. Pending Payments are added on the Payment tab in the lower left of the  call screen.         Tow Pricing  After a Customer and a Tow Type have been selected, default pricing is added to the call. If  required, the call taker can click on the Tow Pricing Estimate button to see a pricing  estimate. Any default services and pricing that have been assigned to the customer and tow  type specified in the Call details will automatically appear here. Additionally, the call taker  has the option to add additional services to the Pricing estimated as required. Work within  the Tow Pricing Estimate does not transfer to Tow Pricing.     Call Takers also have the ability to add Tow Pricing items as new calls are added. For  Additional Information see the Pricing section of this manual.   Quick Call  The Quick Call feature within TOPS will allow users to quickly enter a call into the system  without having to work the call through Dispatch. This feature is ideal for entering calls after  the call has been completed (i.e. weekend calls being entered on Monday).  In addition to  the basic new call requirements, the system will recognize the call as a Quick call when the  user enters the following additional information:    • Call Taken Date and Time   • Tow Ticket Number  • Driver and Truck Short Code on the Dispatch tab of the call screen  • Completed Date and Time on the dispatch tab of the call screen              422 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 16 - Typical Quick Call Screen    Steps to enter a Quick Call    1. With the Call screen in New mode, enter the Call Taken date and time.   2. Enter all additional information in the Call Details, Vehicle and Miscellaneous  sections of call screen.  3. Enter the Tow Ticket Number   4. Enter the Driver and Truck numbers on the Dispatch tab of the call screen  5. Enter the Dispatch Completed Date and Time     Note: The Dispatch Complete Date and Time must be greater than the call taken date and time.     6. After the Dispatch Complete Date and Time is entered, the Complete Dispatch  Dialog box will open allowing the user to select the call status. Select the  appropriate call status from the Complete Dispatch Dialog box.     Note:  If the destination of the call is a Lot, the Complete Dispatch Dialog box will not display.    7. The user can now enter the Dispatch time stamps manually or the user can click the  arrow just to the right of the Dispatch Complete date and time.  8. Save the call.        423 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 17 - Integrated Call Mapping System  The Integrated Call Mapping System allows the Location and Destination fields on the TOPS  Call screen to link directly to Google™ Maps, providing your dispatch office with an accurate  and up to the minute map, including turn by turn directions, ETA and mileage.    The system can be accessed from both the Call, and Dispatch screens.    Accessing the mapping while on the call screen is done by clicking on either the question  marks to the right of the Location and/or Destination Fields, or by clicking on the Bracket  icon located to the right of the question marks.        Clicking on one of the question marks will bring up a map of that location and surrounding  area (provided you have entered valid address). Clicking on the bracket will bring up a  detailed map between the location and destination, including total mileage, ETA and step  by step driving directions.    The mapping system interprets the information entered into the two fields, and therefore  requires correct address formats to be used.  You can insure the correct format through one  of two methods.    1. Click in the Location or Destination field, and hit the Enter key or click the “@”  symbol to the left of the location and destination field or by clicking the bracket to  the left of the @ symbol will open a location/destination window where users can  enter both addresses.        This will open a new window where the user can enter the appropriate address information  into the fields, including Locale (street address), City, State, and Other info.  Once you have  entered your information, click on the Save Changes button to save the info into the chosen  field.       424 TOPS User’s Guide Call Taking Rev 5.1 - 18 - 2. You may also enter the information in the location or destination fields in the  following format:  Locale (address), City, State, Other Info. (each separated by a  comma)    The “Get Coordinates” button is primarily associated with our GPS product integration  which allows you to verify an address and capture the Latitude and Longitude coordinates  for a specific address. If you would like to use this tool, please contact our Helpdesk. There  is a minor fee associated with address validation. If your company does not subscribe to our  address validation service the “Get Coordinates” button is not accessible.    Note: If the location or destination is in the same city and state as your location then you only need to enter  the Locale (address). The “Use City/State” check box is enabled by default.  When setting up New  Customers on the Customer Screen you have the option to setup “New Call Defaults”.  These new call  defaults are fields that are automatically populated when you take a call for a specific customer.  If  you always tow from the same location or to the same destination for a specific customer, you can  setup their location and/or destination as a new call default to save time when taking calls. When  setting up a location or destination new call default, make sure the address is formatted correctly to  take advantage of the integrated mapping.  From the Inventory screen you now have the ability add  you lot inventory locations address.  When creating a new call, you have always had the ability to  choose which lot the vehicle will be going into, from the drop down menu to the right of the  Destination field.  Now, with the new Map system, when you select a lot from that drop down list,  the system will look up the address information for that lot (which is stored on the lots inventory  screen) and will apply that address information to the Destination field automatically.     Users may also access call mapping from the Dispatch screen. Selected calls from either the  Unassigned or Assigned section can be mapped by selecting the appropriate Map button  that coincides with the calls status. To map a call in the assigned section, highlight the call to  be mapped and press the Map button at the top of the assigned section. This functionality  works the same for calls in the unassigned section.    All maps are opened in a web browser.  425 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 19 - Dispatching a Driver      To dispatch a driver, click on the Dispatch button at the top left to open the Dispatch  screen.          The Dispatch screen is divided into four sections:  Assigned Calls, Unassigned Calls, Drivers  and Trucks.  The Dispatch screen is infinitely adjustable based on column widths, column  order, and section sizing. To move a column, highlight the column by clicking the column  header then click and drag the column to its new location. To adjust the size of a column,  highlight the column by clicking the column header then click and drag the column  boundary. To adjust the size of each of the four sections place the mouse cursor over the  bars that divide each section, holding down the mouse button and moving the section bars.  These settings are saved based on user login. The next time you login to TOPS your new  dispatch screen settings will apply.    Note: Calls are color‐coded based on their priority as follows:  Priority 1         Priorities 2 through 4           Priorities 5 & 6        Priorities 7 through 9    426 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 20 - Assigning a Call  Click on the call you want to assign. The entire row should be dark blue, indicating that the  call is selected.  In the Drivers window, click on the Driver # of the driver to whom you wish  to assign the call.  If the driver doesn’t have an assigned truck or is in a different truck,  select the correct vehicle in the Trucks window.  Click the left mouse button ONCE on the  Assign Call to Driver/Truck button near the middle of the screen.  After the call is assigned  to a driver and truck, the call moves to the top section of the Dispatch screen (Assigned  Calls).        Note: Click only ONCE on any button on the Dispatch Screen. If you double‐click on the Assign Call to  Driver/Truck button, you will assign two calls to the selected driver/truck combination.    Paging  If Paging is enabled for your location, the Page window will appear when assigning a call to  a driver / truck combination. The call information, as defined in the paging setup template,  is sent to the driver /truck.  The Employee and Pager Email sections of the Page window  should be filled in automatically – based on information entered on the Employee screen.     Note: The term “pager” in this document is used to reference any mobile device which can receive email  such as a cell phone, MDT, or pager.              427 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 21 -     Note: If an employee’s name and pager information do not show up in the drop‐down list, that information  needs to be added to the employee’s profile by going to the Employee screen and editing their  record.     Review the Pager Text information. If you need to change or add anything, move your  cursor to the appropriate place in the Pager Text window and type in your changes or  additions.  To send the tow information to the driver via pager, left‐click on the Send Page  button.  This will close the Page window and update the status of the call on the Dispatch  screen to DI (dispatched). You should get a “Page sent successfully!” message in the lower  left‐hand corner of the Dispatch screen.    Dispatching Multiple Drivers to a Single Call  From the Dispatch Screen, assign the first driver as explained above.  Then click on the call  in the Assigned Calls window to select it.  Select the appropriate additional driver(s) and  truck(s).  Click the Additional Driver/Truck button ONCE.    428 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 22 -     Note: Every time you click ONCE on any button on the Dispatch Screen, something will happen.  If you  double‐click on the Additional Driver/Truck button, you will actually assign the selected driver/truck  combination twice to the same call.  Repeat the above instruction for each Driver/Truck dispatched on the call.  Each  driver/truck assignment will appear in Assigned Calls as a separate item with the same call  number.    Sending Call Information to an Employee’s Pager    To send a page with call information to any employee at your location from the Dispatch  screen, select the Call.  Click on the Send Page button in the middle of the Dispatch screen  (between Assigned and Unassigned Calls – right next to the Refresh button.)        This brings up the Page window with the information for the selected call in the Pager Text  field.  If you’d like to add anything to the message, place your cursor in the Pager Text  window and edit the text as necessary.  Click on the down arrow to the right of the  employee field and select the desired employee from the drop down list.  The selected  employee’s pager email will automatically fill in and the Send Page button will be enabled.   Click the Send Page button.  You should see a Page sent successfully! message at the  bottom of the screen.    Note: The “Page sent successfully!” message merely indicates that our mail server received the message –  not that it made it all of the way to the intended recipient.     Sending Text Messages to an Employee’s Pager    To send a free‐form text page to any employee at your location:    429 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 23 - 1. Click on the Page button in the lower right hand corner of any TOPS screen. This  brings up the Page window.        2. Place your cursor in the Pager Text window and type in the message to send out on  the page.  3. Click on the down arrow to the right of the employee field and select the desired  employee from the drop down list.  4. The selected employee’s pager email will automatically fill in and the Send Page  button will be enabled.  5. Click the Send Page button. You should see a Page sent successfully! message at the  bottom of the screen.    Note: The “Page sent successfully!” message merely indicates that our mail server received the message –  not that it made it all of the way to the intended recipient.     Paging Template Setup  Paging of call information is available from the Dispatch screen for both unassigned and  assigned calls. As discussed in the Call Dispatching section, your Drivers/Trucks can receive  pages either automatically as calls are dispatch or manually throughout the call process. The  Paging template is definable at the company level and is accessed from the Page dialog box.  430 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 24 - To open the Page dialog box, press the Page button at the bottom of the TOPS screen (next  to the Settings button). Upon pressing the Page button, the Page dialog box will open.        On the left side of the box, you will see a “Show Paging Setup” button. To open the setup  window, press this button.    The Paging template is defined by using a combination of optional field descriptions  (entered by the user) and by adding TOPS fields to the template by selecting the field from  the list and pressing the Add Selected Field to Template Button. Let’s create a template  where you would like to send the TOPS Call number, location, make, model, color and driver  notes in your pages. To do this, find the appropriate field name in the list and click the Add  Selected Field to Template Button. This will copy the selected field to the Paging Template  window where each field is listed within a set of [Brackets]. Data that is stored in these  TOPS fields will send to the selected recipient. The data is formatted in the order displayed  in the template. You can separate the fields with a description or a comma or nothing. This  is completely customizable by you. Here is an example of the template described above:    431 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 25 -     The fields selected here are separated by a space. To add additional characters between the  field names, simply click between each field and enter the desired data. When you are  satisfied with your setup, click the Save Company Paging Setup button.  Users can also choose to send the Page automatically each time a call is Dispatched or  Unassigned. This selection is also defined within the paging setup. To automatically send  pages, check the Send Page Automatically when Call is Dispatched or Unassigned check  box. To disable automatic paging, uncheck this box. Whenever changes are made to the  Page template, remember to click Save Company Paging Setup.    Assigning Pager email addresses – This information is defined on the Employee screen and  is discussed in the Employee section of this manual.    Filtering the Dispatch Screen        Each section of the Dispatch screen can be filtered: Assigned Calls, Unassigned Calls, Drivers  and Trucks to display only those Calls, Drivers, or Trucks you need to see. Each section has a  Filter Buttons 432 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 26 - Filters Off/Filters On button (the button in the Drivers and Trucks section just says Off or  On).    To set a filter, click on the Filters Off/Filters On or the Off/On button.      In the Filters window that appears, enter the desired filter criteria as follows:  • Click the down arrow next to the Field entry and select the appropriate field from  the drop down list  • Enter an expression in the Exp. column as follows:  =  Equal To  <>  Not Equal To  < Less Than  > Greater Than  <= Less Than or Equal To  >= Greater Than or Equal To++  • Enter your criteria   • If you have additional criteria to enter, go to the next line and repeat the steps  above.    Note: If you enter “=” as your expression your criteria must match exactly.   If you use parentheses, you must have matching sets (one right parenthesis for every left  parenthesis).   If you have more than one line of filter criteria, you must have an “AND” or “OR” in the first column.     Click the Apply Filters button to complete the task.  Some examples of filters follow:      Applying the filter above to the Assigned Calls section would show you all of the calls for a  Red or Blue car that are assigned to Driver #112.    433 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 27 -   Applying the above filter to the Unassigned Calls section would show you all of the  unassigned calls that are going from the Auburn Lot to Huys.      Applying the filter above to the Drivers section would show you only those drivers whose  status is “On”. (Note: The status can be changed for each driver on the Driver Screen.)    Custom Settings    If you use the same filter settings often, you may save and reuse  them by clicking on the  Custom Settings button.  To save frequently used settings first click the Custom Settings  button at the top of the Dispatch screen.  Click in the blank field at the top of the window  that appears and type in a name for your new settings.  Click the Save Current Dispatch   Settings button.        434 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 28 - To retrieve previously saved settings, click the Custom Settings button at the top of the  Dispatch screen.  Select the filter name from the drop‐down list and click the Get Selected  Dispatch Settings button.        Note: You can also Order the calls by Priority, Appointment/ETA, Status or Call# by selecting the down  arrow next to the Order: field, then clicking on the desired order key. Calls can be viewed in  ascending or descending order by checking or un‐checking the Asc. check box.        Updating Call Status  1. When the driver acknowledges the call, update the call status by clicking on the  down arrow to the right of the Status field.          2. This will bring up the Change Call Status window.    435 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 29 - 3. Double‐click in the Acknowledged field to add an automatic time stamp.  4. Click on the Save Changes button to update the status of the call.   5. The Change Call Status window will close.  6. The call status should also be updated when the Driver notifies the Dispatcher that  they have arrived on site, are loaded and in route, drop the vehicle at the requested  destination or lot, and completed the tow. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to update the  status of the call as needed.    Note: In the Change Call Status window, TOPS will time stamp the dispatch record by  automatically placing the time in any field when the dispatcher double clicks in that field.  Call Status is color‐coded.   AS Assigned   DI Dispatched   AK Acknowledged   AR Arrived    HK Hooked   DR Dropped    COM Completed   If you skip several call statuses, you can double‐click in the field corresponding to the most  recent status. Any empty fields above that will be automatically backfilled.    Unassigning Calls    1. Select the call from the Assigned Calls section of the Dispatch screen.        2. Click the Unassign Call button in the middle of the screen.        436 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 30 - 3. A pop‐up window will appear asking if you’re sure you want to unassign this call.   Click Yes.    4. A Send Page window will appear that tells the previously assigned driver that you’re  unassigning this call.  If you need to notify the driver of the unassignment, click the  Send Page button.      5. The call will move back into the Unassigned Calls section of the Dispatch screen.    Completing Calls    When the call is completed, the Dispatcher returns to the Change Call Status window by  clicking the drop‐down arrow to the right of the Status field and updates the status of the  tow.  437 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 31 -     Completing the Dispatch    1. Double‐click in the Completed field to add the final time‐stamp. This action  automatically advances you to the Tow Ticket field.  2. Log the driver’s tow ticket number in the Tow Ticket # field.        Note: The Tow Ticket Number in most cases becomes the Invoice Number.  3. Log the actual mileage of the tow in the Mileage: field if applicable and click on the  Save Changes button    Note: Mileage entered here should be the actual Miles in tow (i.e. loaded mileage).  This is the TOTAL  loaded mileage – not the total minus any free miles. TOPS will take any free miles into account when  mileage charges are calculated.    4. The Call Screen will appear and you’ll see a pop‐up window with several buttons as  shown below.        438 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 32 - 5. Select the appropriate option as follows:  • Inventory – The vehicle has been dropped on a lot.  • Awaiting Retow – Vehicle will be retowed.   • Complete – Call is complete and ready for billing.   • Cancel – Cancels current attempt to complete call and returns the call to  Dispatch with a status of Dropped.  6. If you didn’t enter Loaded Miles in the Change Call Status window on the Dispatch  screen, you can now enter it in the Mileage field on the Dispatch tab in the lower  left hand corner of the Call Screen.          Working with calls after the Call is Dispatch Completed  The next few sections will discuss some of the more common call related activities.     Finding a Call in TOPS (Search)  One of the more powerful features in TOPS is the ability to search the system. Users can  search from all TOPS screens as explained below.   If searching for a specific Call:  1. Navigate to the call screen by clicking the Call button at the top of the screen.   2. Click the Find button at the bottom left of the Call Screen. (Notice the button now  says Get)    3. Enter your search criteria. (If searching based on call number, enter the call number  in the call number field, if searching for a Tow Ticket, enter the Tow Ticket in the  Tow Ticket field.)  4. Click the Get button to display your results.        Pricing the Call    1. Call Pricing can be set as automatic based on your customer setup. If you need to  add or adjust pricing items, click the Pricing ($) button. The Pricing window will  appear as shown below.  439 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 33 -       Note: Pricing is based on the tow type and customer account information entered on the Call Screen. Any  default services assigned to the customer and tow type specified in the Call information will  automatically appear on the pricing screen.    2. To add pricing to a call, select the Service in the bottom portion of the Pricing  screen, then click the Add Selected Service to Call Pricing button.  3. To remove pricing items from a call, select the Service in the top portion of the  Pricing screen, then click the Remove Selected Service button.  4. Add or remove all applicable pricing items and edit information if needed, then click  the Save Changes button.    Add Payments Received  Note: Payments entered here are generally from Cash customers and are received at the time of service.   Any payments received on account after a call has been confirmed must be applied through A/R.        440 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 34 - 1. Enter any payments the Driver received by clicking on the Payment tab, then clicking  Add Payment and entering the required information as noted.  2. Rcpt. Type = wherever the payment was received. Click on the right side of the field  to get a drop‐down list of types.  These types include Driver, Retow Driver, Lot,  Office, Pending and Receivable.  3. Enter the Amount, Payment Type (Cash, Check or Credit Card), Check/Credit Card  number, and Authorization number if applicable.  4. Double‐click in the Received Date field to enter a date‐time stamp.  The scroll bar at  the bottom of the Payment section will allow you to move left and right in the  Payment screen to view all fields.  5. If the name in the Received By field is incorrect, click on the down arrow to see a list  of available employees. Select the correct employee from the list.  6. When you have entered all available information, click the Save button.      Delete Payment  1. Go to the Call screen and find the call associated with the payment.  2. Click the Edit button.        3. Click on Payment in the lower left‐hand set of tabs.  4. Select the payment to be deleted by clicking on the arrow to the left of the payment.  The desired payment should be highlighted.  5. Click on the Delete Payment button.   6. Click the Save button at the bottom of the Call screen.  441 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 35 -   Note: If the Delete Payment button remains grayed out after you’ve performed the above steps, you may  not have permission to delete a payment. See your manager to correct the situation.    Entering Overmileage Charges   When a customer must pay for additional mileage, the payment is entered as follows:  1. Complete the call  2. Add Pricing in the Pricing Screen as needed  3. Add a Payment in the Payment tab.  The customer making the payment should  be identified as the Cash Customer or whatever generic customer name is  generally used.  4. This creates a partial payment on the call to cover the overmileage  charges.  5. A receipt may be printed by clicking on the Print Receipt button.        Entering a Retow  To enter a retow, a call must have a status of either Awaiting Retow or Inventory.   Note: Retow charges will appear on the same invoice as the original tow and will be associated with the  same Tow Ticket as the original tow.   1. Click on the Call button to bring up the Call Screen.    2. Click the Find button.    3. Enter the number of the original Tow Ticket in the Tow Ticket field.    4. Click the Get button to bring up the desired call.  5. Click the Edit button.      442 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 36 - 6. In the Change Status window that appears in the lower right corner of the  screen, click the Retow Vehicle button.  A Retow tab will appear.        7. Click the Retow tab and add the vehicle destination.    Note: The location of the vehicle is pulled from the initial tow destination.    8. If applicable, enter the appointment date or ETA in the appropriate field.  9. Verify the customer information and change as needed.    Note: It is important to ensure that the specified customer is the party who is ultimately responsible for  all charges associated with the call.    10. Change the priority if necessary.  11. Click the Save button. This action will return the call to the Dispatch screen,  where you can assign drivers and repeat the dispatch process.    Entering a Dropoff    Vehicles that are dropped in your yard by a transport company or a customer should be  entered with a Tow Type of Dropoff and placed in inventory. Calls classified as Dropoffs will  bypass the Dispatch screen, so the Vehicle Transport supervisor and the Dispatchers should  have books of invoices assigned to the Proxy Driver for this purpose.    Deliveries out of a lot should be entered as retows. Retow drivers can will reuse the original  invoice or use a computer generated (call receipt) to record any additional charges.  These  should be provided to the retow driver for the delivery.    Change Call Status from Complete to Inventory  Click on the Call button to bring up the Call Screen.  Click the Find button.  Enter the invoice  number in the Tow Ticket field.  Click the Get button to bring up the desired call.  Click the  Edit button.  Click the Place Back in ‘Dispatch’ Mode button (in the lower right hand corner  of the screen).      443 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 37 -       Note: Placing a call back in Dispatch Mode will remove the tow ticket number and the completed  information from the Dispatch tab at the bottom left corner of the Call screen.    On the Dispatch tab, double‐click in the Completed field.         In the window that appears, click on the Inventory tab.  Enter the Tow Ticket number in the  Tow Ticket field.  Click on the Inventory tab, then select the Lot and change the Date In if  necessary.  Click Save.      444 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 38 -   Change Call Status from Inventory to Complete  Click on the Call button to bring up the Call Screen.  Click the Find button, enter the  invoice number in the Tow Ticket field then click the Get button to bring up the desired  call.  Click the Edit button.  Click the Place Back in ‘Dispatch’ Mode button (in the lower  right hand corner of the screen).        Note: Placing a call back in Dispatch Mode will remove the tow ticket number and the Completed  information from the Dispatch tab.    Click Yes in the “Save the Call” window that appears.  Click Edit.  On the Dispatch tab,  double‐click in the Completed field.         In the window that appears, click on Complete.  Enter the Tow Ticket number in the  Tow Ticket field.  Click Save.    Placing a Vehicle in Inventory    When a driver has completed a dispatch, the Dispatcher returns to the Change Call  Status window on the Dispatch Screen and updates the status of the tow as follows:    Double‐click in the Completed field to add the final time‐stamp. This action  automatically advances you to the Tow Ticket field.  Log the driver’s tow ticket number  in the Tow Ticket # field.    Note:   In most cases, the Tow Ticket Number becomes the Invoice Number.  445 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 39 - Log the actual mileage of the tow in the Mileage field if applicable.  Click the Save  Changes button. The Call Screen will appear and you’ll see a pop‐up window with  several buttons as shown below.        Click the Inventory button.  Enter all available vehicle information, click the Inventory  tab at the bottom of the Call screen and select the lot, then click the Save button.    Note: If you select a lot from the destination drop‐down list in Call Details when you enter new call  information the vehicle will automatically be placed in inventory when you complete the  dispatch and save the call.      446 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 40 -   Releasing a Vehicle from Inventory    Click on the Call button to bring up the Call Screen.  Click the Find button.          Search on available information to find the call associated with the vehicle to be  released.  Click the Get button.          After clicking the Get button the system will return your results to the screen.     Click the Edit button.  Click the Complete Call button.  447 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 41 -       Note:   If your location processes liens, you might have to terminate the lien process before you can  release the vehicle. If you see a Lien tab, click it before you click the Complete Call button. If the  Lien is in process, click the Terminate Lien button, then click the Complete Call button.    The Inventory tab will come forward and your cursor will appear in the Date Out field.         Double‐click in the Date Out field to add a time stamp.  Click on the arrow to the right of  Release and select Released from the list.  In the Inventory Release Information section on  the Inventory tab add the name, address, and identification information of the person  picking up the vehicle.  If you are releasing the vehicle to someone other than the owner,  enter the owner’s name in the Owner field in the vehicle information section of the Call  screen.  If you are releasing the vehicle to an Account (i.e. the Customer will be billed in the  future through the invoicing process), change the Customer in Call Details section of the  call screen, and click the Save button.  If you are releasing the vehicle to a Cash Customer,  change the customer in Call Details to Cash section of the call screen.       Click on the Payment tab, then click on the Add Payment button and enter the payment  information as follows.   448 TOPS User’s Guide Dispatch Rev 5.1 - 42 -     • Rcpt. Type = Lot – even if a driver is receiving payment for the release. Click  on the right side of the field to get a drop‐down list of types.  • Enter the Amount, Payment Type, Check/Credit Card number, and  Authorization number if applicable.  • The current date and time should appear in the Received Date field. You can  edit the date/time if necessary.  • If the name in the Received By field is incorrect, click on the down arrow to  see a list of available employees. Select the correct employee from the list.    Click the Save button.  If the customer requires a receipt, click on the Print Receipt button.    449 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 43 ACCOUNTING    There are two steps involved in finalizing calls so they are ready for billing and can be  reported as revenue: Reconciliation and Confirmation. These two steps must be performed  conscientiously so that the proper information is captured in each call and passed to A/R for  billing. Each company will accomplish these steps in different ways – the process can be  adjusted to fit the needs of your company. The following is a general description of the  process.    Reconciliation    When you receive paperwork or money from a driver or employee you will Reconcile that  paperwork and money so that you know you’ve received it. There are two types of  Reconciliation: Payment Reconciliation and Call Reconciliation.    Payment Reconciliation occurs when you checkout an employee who has  received payment for services associated with a call, for example, a Driver  running a Cash Call or a Lot Manager releasing a vehicle.    Call Reconciliation occurs when you checkout a driver who has performed  services associated with a call and an invoice is turned in summarizing the  services performed.     There are two ways to accomplish Reconciliation: from the Checkout Screen in the  Maintenance portion of TOPS or the Call Screen in the Main portion of TOPS.     Reconciling from the Checkout Screen The Checkout screen presents a concise list of  payments (for employees) and calls (for drivers) – by employee or driver – that have  not yet been reconciled.     Reconciling on the Call Screen: Users can reconcile a single call at a time using the  call screen. If using this method, users search for calls on a call by call basis to pull  the calls to be reconciled.    450 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 44 Reconciling from the Checkout Screen  • Employee Checkout    From the Maintenance portion of TOPS, click on the Checkout button.    Select the first Employee to be checked out by clicking on the down arrow to the right of  the field and selecting the desired name from the drop‐down list.     Click on the Get Unreconciled Payments by Employee button.  A list of all payments  received by that employee will appear in the lower portion of the screen.    Note: Start Checkout with Employees responsible for Lot Management. Checkout of an Employee  accomplishes Payment Reconciliation – which must be completed prior to reconciling the Call itself.     451 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 45 To edit the payment information from the Checkout screen, double‐click on the call.  This action will bring up the call in Edit mode. Make any necessary changes to the  Payment information, then Save changes. You will automatically return to the  Checkout screen.  As you verify that the amount of money submitted for the paid calls is correct, click the  checkbox in the “R” column to the left of the Tow Ticket # field for each call.      When all calls are reconciled, click the Save Changes button at the bottom of the screen.   The reconciled calls will disappear from the Checkout window.  When you’ve checked out  the last Employee, click in the Employee field and hit the Esc key on your keyboard to clear  the employee field.     • Driver Checkout  From the Maintenance portion of TOPS, click on the Checkout button.       Select the first Driver to be checked out by clicking on the down arrow to the right of the  field and selecting the desired name from the drop‐down list.     Click the Get Unreconcilied Tows and Retows for Driver button.  A list of all payments  received by that Driver will appear in the lower portion of the screen.    452 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 46   Check out for Drivers requires the following two important tasks:    1. Verify that the driver has turned in the appropriate paperwork for each  completed call.  2. Verify that the driver has turned in any payments received for a call.  To edit the payment information from the Checkout screen, double‐click on the call.  This action will bring up the call in Edit mode. Make any necessary changes to the  Payment information, then Save Changes. You will automatically return to the  Checkout screen.  As you verify that the amount of money submitted for the paid calls is correct, click the  checkbox in the “R” column to the left of the Tow Ticket # field for each call.      When all calls are reconciled, click the Save Changes button at the bottom of the screen.   The reconciled calls will disappear from the Checkout window.  When you’ve checked out  the last Driver, click in the Driver field and hit the Esc key on your keyboard to clear the  driver field.     453 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 47 Note:   Drivers do not receive commission for a call until that call is reconciled, so it is important to complete  this step as expeditiously as possible – especially at the end of a pay period.  When you Checkout a  Driver, you are reconciling any payments the driver received for a call as well as the Call itself.    Reconciling from the Call Screen    1. Click on the Call button at the top of the screen.  2. Click on the Find button at the bottom of the screen.  3. Enter the tow ticket number in the Tow Ticket field of the Call Screen.        4. Click on the Get button at the bottom of the screen. The specified call will appear on  the Call Screen.  5. Click on the Edit button at the bottom of the screen.  6. Verify all of the Call Information including price and require information.    7. If Payments exist, click on the Payment tab and verify that the payment information  is correct.  • Rcpt. Type = whoever received the payment.  • Verify the Amount, Payment Type, Check/Credit Card number, and  Authorization number if applicable.  • If the name in the Received By field is incorrect, click on the down  arrow to view a list of available employees. Select the correct employee  from the list.  • Click the double‐arrow button to the right of the Reconciled Date field  to add a date/time stamp to record Accounting’s receipt of the  payment. After the Save button is clicked, TOPS will automatically fill in  the Reconciled By field with the User ID of the person who filled in the  Reconciled Date.    454 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 48     8. When you’ve verified that all of the information is correct, click on Accounting Tab  and click the double arrows to the right of the Reconciliation Date field.        9. Repeat steps 2 through 8 for every call that needs to be Reconciled.    Confirmation    Confirmation is Accounting’s final check that all information associated with a call is  complete and accurate.  Invoices will be created based on the information entered in the  call.    Note: A Call cannot be confirmed until all payments associated with the call are reconciled  and the call itself is reconciled.              It is very important that this step is performed conscientiously and  accurately.   Information associated with a call cannot be changed once that  call is confirmed.    1. Click on the Call button at the top of the screen.  2. Click on the Find button at the bottom of the screen.  3. Enter the tow ticket number in the Tow Ticket field of the Call Screen.        4. Click on the Get button at the bottom of the screen. The specified call will appear on  the Call Screen.  5. Verify all of the Call Information.  Caution: 455 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 49 Note: This is your final opportunity to add or edit PO numbers, RO numbers, and all other call  information.    6. Click on the Payment tab and verify that the payment information is correct.  • Rcpt. Type = whoever received the payment. Click on the right side of  the field to get a drop‐down list of types.  • Verify the Amount, Payment Type, Check/Credit Card number, and  Authorization number if applicable.  • Double‐click in the Reconciled Date field to add a date/time stamp for  when Accounting received the payment. TOPS will automatically fill in  the Reconciled By field with the user id of the person that filled in the  Reconciled Date.  • If the name in the Received By field is incorrect, click on the down  arrow to see a list of available employees. Select the correct employee  from the list.    7. Click on the Inventory tab and verify Date In, Date Out, and Disposition.     8. Click on the Accounting tab and click the double‐arrows (<<) to the right of the  Confirmation Date field.    9. When you’ve verified that all of the information is correct, click on the Save button.    10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for every tow ticket that needs to be confirmed.    Note: Revenue for a call is recorded once the call is confirmed.  An end‐of‐the‐month accounting 'closing'  period’ is supported by TOPS. This ‘closing period’ allows call revenue to be properly recorded in the  month that the call was actually completed.  This closing period is set to five calendar days by default,  but can be modified to be any number between 0‐30, but should not exceed the number or  calendar days in the month.  In addition, this number can be modified as needed, and on a month‐to‐ month, or even day‐to‐day basis.  Calls completed in one month must be confirmed by the closing  day of the next month to be included as revenue for the month in which they were completed. A call  that is completed in one month, but not confirmed until after the closing day of the following month,  will be counted as revenue for the month in which the call is confirmed.  Once a call has been  confirmed, it is extracted for accounting purposes at 4:00 AM Eastern the next business day.  Until  the call is extracted, it can be 'Unconfirmed'  to correct any errors that may have occurred.  Once a  call has been extracted, it cannot be unconfirmed, and is 'fixed' in the TOPS system.  None of the  information associated with a call can be changed in TOPS once that call has been confirmed and  extracted.  A report of Calls Completed but not Confirmed is available as a Management tool.   456 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 50 No Charge Calls    To designate a call as a No Charge Call, click in the No Charge  checkbox found on the left side of the Call Screen for the  desired call. Then click the Save button at the bottom of the  screen.  Note: All Pricing Items associated with a No Charge Call should be entered so that the system accurately  reflects how much the call would have been had the customer been charged. Entering No Charge  Calls in this manner will allow you to track via the No Charge Calls Report how much you’ve  compensated a customer over a period of time.  The notation [NC] will appear next to the Current  Call Price for all calls designated as No Charge.   Only authorized Accounting employees have  permission to select the No Charge checkbox.    Searching for existing calls    1. Click on the Call button to get to the Call Screen.    2. Click on the Find button in the lower left corner of the Call Screen.    3. Filter on the appropriate information.  For example, if you are looking for a specific  Tow Ticket #, then enter that Tow Ticket # in the Tow Ticket field.    4. Click on the Get button in the lower left corner of the Call Screen.  Note: The Find button will turn into the Get button after it is clicked.  • Search Hints  The TOPS program provides very powerful search tools. Every field on the screen is  searchable. You can search on as few or as many items as you’d like. The more filter items  you specify, the more specific your search becomes. The asterisk (*) is used as a wildcard.  Entering **EMPTY** (Ctrl‐E) will return all calls for which the specified field is empty.  Entering ##NOT EMPTY## (Ctrl‐N) will return all calls for which the specified field is NOT  empty.    Search results are returned as a list in a new window, as shown below.   457 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 51   Initially, all of the items are highlighted in blue to indicate they are selected. Clicking on the  Show Selected Records button will take you back to the Call Screen with a detail of the first  selected call. Use the arrow buttons at the bottom right of the screen to navigate through  the records.     Navigation  > Advance to the next record  >> Advance to the end of the list  < Go back to the previous record  << Go back to the beginning of the list  Save> Save changes to the current call and advance to the next record  <Save Save changes to the current call and go back to the previous record  To select one record from a list, click on the record.  To deselect items from a list, hold down the Ctrl key while you click on the items you  want to remove.  To select multiple records in a list, click on the first item in the list, hold down the  Shift key and click on the last item.  458 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 52 Exporting Search Results or Reports    To export the results of a search:    1. FIND, FILTER and GET to obtain the search results you need or View the Selected  Report from the Reports screen.      2. From the search results window, select the Export Selected  Items button or after you click to Preview the Report, click the  Export Report button (the envelope with the arrow pointing  into it) on the upper left corner of your screen.    3. If you’re exporting a report, you’ll see an Export window. Select Excel 8.0 (XLS) from  the drop down list and click OK.  459 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 53 4. In the Save As or Choose Export File window that appears, choose the location to  save your exported file.    5. Enter the file name in the File name: field, and click on the Save button.    Completing a Call for an Auctioned Vehicle    Note: Auctioned vehicles are those vehicles sold to public and private buyers at public or private auctions to  the highest bidder.    1. From the Call Screen and find the call associated with the vehicle to be auctioned.  2. Click the Get button.  3. Click the Edit button.  4. Click the Complete Call button.  Note: If you process liens at your location, the lien process must have a status of “Lien Acquired” in order to  complete the call for an auctioned vehicle.  5. On the Inventory tab, double‐click in the Date Out field.  6. Click on the arrow to the right of the first field in Inventory Release Information and  select Auctioned.  7. Complete the remaining Inventory Release Information.  8. Click the Sale tab and select the appropriate customer from the drop down list.   Note: If you normally charge tax on Auctioned vehicles, but the customer you’re working with is tax‐ exempt, they should be added to the customer file and selected as the customer before you close out  the call ‐ even if they pay with cash.  460 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 54 9. Click the Sale Pricing button, and add Auction Proceeds to the Call Pricing.     10. Change the rate on the proceeds pricing item to equal the Net amount you’ll receive  from the customer. If taxes apply they will be calculated automatically.  11. Click Save Changes to return to the main Call window.  12. Go back to the Sale tab, and add payment information as follows:   • Click the Add Payment button and enter the Amount, Payment Type,  Check/Credit Card number, and Authorization number if applicable  • Change the Received Date if necessary  • In the Received By field, click on the down arrow to select an  employee from the drop‐down list  Note: The amount entered must be the amount now shown as Auction Proceeds in the Pricing information.  13. Click the Save button.  Note: All pricing items associated with the vehicle should be left on the call so that the original towing,  storage, and other charges are reflected. The system will correctly distribute the revenue amounts  based on the proceeds amount.   14. At this time, you may print a Receipt by clicking the Print Receipt button. If  necessary, change the number of copies to be printed when the Print window  appears. Have the customer sign one copy for your records.  15. You may also now look at how the system distributed the revenue for this call by  clicking the Adjustments button.  Completing a Call for a Scrapped Vehicle  Note: Scrapped vehicles are those vehicles sold to buyers for minimal value based on quantity or weight.  461 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 55   1. Go to the Call Screen and find the call associated with the vehicle to be scrapped.  2. Click the Get button.  3. Click the Edit button.  4. Click the Complete Call button.    Note: If you process liens at your location, the lien process must have a status of “Lien Acquired” in order to  complete the call for a scrapped vehicle.    5. On the Inventory tab, double‐click in the Date Out field.  6. Click on the arrow to the right of the first field in Inventory Release Information and  select Scrapped.  7. Complete the remaining Inventory Release Information.  8. Click the Sale tab and select the appropriate customer from the drop down list.   Note: If you normally charge tax on Scrapped vehicles, but the customer you’re working  with is tax‐exempt, they should be added to the customer file and selected as the  customer before you close out the call ‐ even if they pay with cash.  9. Click the Sale Pricing button, and add Scrap Proceeds to the Call Pricing.     10. Change the rate on the proceeds pricing item to equal the Net amount you’ll receive  from the customer. If taxes apply they will be calculated automatically.  11. Click Save Changes to return to the main Call window.  12. Go back to the Sale tab, and add payment information as follows:   462 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 56 • Click the Add Payment button and enter the Amount, Payment Type,  Check/Credit Card number, and Authorization number if applicable  • Change the Received Date if necessary  • In the Received By field, click on the down arrow to select an  employee from the drop‐down list    Note: The amount entered must be the amount now shown as Scrap Proceeds in the Pricing information.    13. Click the Save button.    Note: All pricing items associated with the vehicle should be left on the call so that the original towing,  storage, and other charges are reflected. The system will correctly distribute the revenue amounts  based on the proceeds amount.     14. At this time, you may print a Receipt by clicking the Print Receipt button. If  necessary, change the number of copies to be printed when the Print window  appears. Have the customer sign one copy for your records.    15. You may also now look at how the system distributed the revenue for this call by  clicking the Adjustments button.    Completing a Call for a Sold Vehicle    Note: SOLD vehicles are those vehicles sold at a used car lot operated at the location using their automobile  dealer’s license. This process should be used only when a vehicle is sold for RETAIL SALE.  Please use a  final disposition of AUCTIONED for vehicles sold at auction, or SCRAPPED for vehicles sold to a scrap  yard.    1. Go to the Call Screen and find the call associated with the vehicle to be sold.  2. Click the Get button.  3. Click the Edit button.  4. Click the Complete Call button.    Note: If you process liens at your location, the lien process must have a status of “Lien Acquired” in order to  complete the call for a sold vehicle.     5. On the Inventory tab, double‐click in the Date Out field.  463 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 57 6. Click on the arrow to the right of the first field in Inventory Release Information and  select Sold.  7. Complete the remaining Inventory Release Information.  8. Click the Sale tab and select the appropriate customer from the drop down list.     Note: If you normally charge tax on Sold vehicles, but the customer you’re working with is tax‐exempt, they  should be added to the customer file and selected as the customer before you close out the call ‐  even if they pay with cash.    9. Click the Sale Pricing button, and add Sale Proceeds to the Call Pricing.   10. Change the rate on the proceeds pricing item to equal the Net amount you’ll receive  from the customer. If taxes apply they will be calculated automatically.  11. Click Save Changes to return to the main Call window.  12. Go back to the Sale tab, and add payment information as follows:   • Click the Add Payment button and enter the Amount, Payment Type,  Check/Credit Card number, and Authorization number if applicable  • Change the Received Date if necessary  • In the Received By field, click on the down arrow to select an  employee from the drop‐down list    Note: The amount entered must be the amount now shown as Sale Proceeds in the Pricing information.    464 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 58 13. Click the Save button.    Note: All pricing items associated with the vehicle should be left on the call so that the original towing,  storage, and other charges are reflected. The system will correctly distribute the revenue amounts  based on the proceeds amount.   14. At this time, you may print a Receipt by clicking the Print Receipt button. If  necessary, change the number of copies to be printed when the Print window  appears. Have the customer sign one copy for your records.  15. You may also now look at how the system distributed the revenue for this call by  clicking the Adjustments button.    Adjustments    All completed calls will generate at least one invoice (Tow Invoice).  If the vehicle or other  object represented by the Call is Auctioned, Scrapped or Sold then a second invoice is  generated (Sale Invoice).  This second invoice has a pricing item for the sale itself (Sale  Price) and may include pricing items considered as administrative fees (Sale Admin Fees).   The Receivables (A/R) from the Tow Invoice are then considered unrecoverable and will be  written off.  In order to accomplish this, a third invoice is generated (Adjustments Invoice).      The manner in which the system applies credits and debits for revenue reporting is detailed  in the Adjustments window. Adjustment details and credit/debit rules will be tailored to  each location’s needs. The following is an example adjustments window.  465 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 59 Tow Invoice details are shown in the top third of the window. Sale Invoice details are in the  middle, and Adjustment Details are in the bottom third.    In the above example, the $450.00 in Auction Proceeds was applied to pay the $91.00  Hookup first, the $50.00 Lien Fee second, and the remaining $309.00 was applied to the  Outdoor Storage fees.      466 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 60 Daily Accounting Process  1. Collect paperwork for the previous day’s calls.    2. Reconcile each call.    3. Confirm each call.    4. Print the Calls Completed But Not Confirmed Report to ensure you haven’t missed  reviewing any calls.    5. Complete your deposit slips as follows:    ƒ Cash/Checks/Credit Card Payments recorded in TOPS  ƒ Checks and Cash Received on Account  ƒ Credit cards Received on Account  ƒ Other and Non‐A/R    6. Print the Reconciled Payments Report with the current date as the start date and  end date. This report should match your cash/checks/credit card Payments recorded  in TOPS deposit for that day.      467 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 61 Reconciliation Checklist    1. Work on employees ONE AT A TIME and organize their paperwork and payments. (It  usually helps to start with employees responsible for lot management.)    2. Find each call in TOPS and Edit.     3. Verify that the Invoice Number and Vehicle Information on the paperwork match  the call you’re working on.    4. Verify that the selected Sub‐Company is correct (if applicable).    5. Verify that the Customer is correct.    6. Click on the Pricing ($) button and edit pricing items as necessary.    7. For Over the Counter calls, the Customer should be Cash and a Payment should be  entered. If the payment is not already entered, click on the Payment tab and click  the Add Payment button. Add the appropriate payment information.     8. Click on the arrows at the end of the payment row to Reconcile the Payment. You  should have the payment in your hands when you do this!!    9. Click on the Accounting tab and click the double‐arrows (<<) to the right of the  Reconciliation Date field.     10. Click the Save button.    468 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 62 Confirmation Checklist    1. If applicable, verify that the correct Sub‐Company is selected.    2. Verify that the CUSTOMER is correct.    3. Verify that any Required customer information is complete.    4. Click on the Pricing ($) button and check the amounts entered – including any  TAXABLE items.    5. Click on the Payment tab and verify that any payment information is entered  correctly and that the person shown in the Received By field is the person that  actually received the payment.  For a Cash Customer, the total amount shown on the Payment tab MUST equal the Current Call  Price. If the total payments do not equal the current call price on an Account, the selected  customer will either be billed for the remaining balance (for a short‐pay) or credited (for an  overpayment).    6. Click on the Accounting tab and click the double‐arrows (<<) to the right of the  Reconciliation Date and Confirmation Date fields. Click the Save button.    469 TOPS User’s Guide Accounting Rev 5.1 63 Important Information about Call Confirmation  Information associated with a call cannot be changed in the TOPS system once that call is  confirmed. If any changes to the Invoice are required, such as Bill‐To Customer changes or  changes to the invoice amount, they must be made in your accounting system.  These  changes are requested and processed through the Accounts Receivable department.  If the Tow is to be charged to a Customer’s account, the Customer name must reflect the  customer who will ultimately pay the bill.  This must be verified prior to Call Confirmation.  If a Payment has been applied to the Call and Reconciled within TOPS, and the Bill‐To  Customer on the invoice must be changed, the Terminal must request the Customer change  through the Help Desk.  Revenue for a call is recorded once the call is confirmed.  An end‐of‐the‐month accounting  'closing' period’ is supported by TOPS. This ‘closing period’ allows call revenue to be  properly recorded in the month that the call was actually completed.  This closing period is  set to five calendar days by default, but can be modified to be any number between 0‐30,  but should not exceed the number or calendar days in the month.  In addition, this number  can be modified as needed, and on a month‐to‐month, or even day‐to‐day basis.   Calls completed in one month must be confirmed by the closing day of the next month to  be included as revenue for the month in which they were completed. A call that is  completed in one month, but not confirmed until after the closing day of the following  month, will be counted as revenue for the month in which the call is confirmed.  Once a call  has been confirmed, it is extracted for accounting purposes at 2:00 AM Eastern the next  business day.  Until the call is extracted, it can be 'Unconfirmed' ‐ or undone ‐ to correct any  errors that may have occurred.  Once a call has been extracted, it cannot be unconfirmed,  and is 'fixed' in the TOPS system.  None of the information associated with a call can be  changed in TOPS once that call has been confirmed and extracted.  A report of Calls  Completed but not Confirmed is available as a Management tool. See the Reports section  for details.  470 TOPS User Manual Troubleshooting Accounting Rev 5.1 64  Below are frequently asked questions that may help you resolve errors when working with  TOPS.  This section lists common questions that occur while working through accounting  procedures.    How do I un‐reconcile a call?    The ability to un‐reconcile a call is a very high level access right.  Very few users have the  ability to un‐reconcile a call due to the large range of possible repercussions that un‐ reconciling a call can have on the system.    To un‐reconcile a call, you must place the call back into Dispatch mode.    1. Pull up the call on the Call screen.  2. Click on the Edit button.  3. Click on the Place Back in Dispatch Mode  button, located at the bottom right area of the  screen.    Note: If the vehicle has a lien process started, the process will have to be undone before you can continue.   Placing the call back in Dispatch mode will remove any reconciliations and the tow ticket number for  the call.  Make sure you write down the ticket number so you can put it back in when you re‐ complete the call.    4. Click on the Yes button that appears warning you of the tow ticket removal to save  the call.    The call is now back in Dispatch mode and the reconciliation has been undone.  The call will  need to be re‐completed.  If you need to have a call un‐reconciled and you do not have the  required access, ask a manager of have them call the helpdesk to request the change.    How do I un‐confirm a call?    Assuming that you have the correct access rights to un‐confirm a call, un‐confirmation can  be performed on a call during the same calendar day in which it was originally confirmed.   For example, if a call was confirmed on Monday, February 19th, then you will only be able to  un‐confirm it on that day.  Any time after that day or after the call information is transferred  to your accounting package the call can no longer be un‐confirmed.    To un‐confirm a call:    1. Pull up the call on the call screen.  2. Click on the Accounting tab at the bottom of the screen.  3. Click on the Unconfirm button. If the Unconfirm button exists if the call has not  been transferred to the accounting package.   471 TOPS User Manual Troubleshooting Accounting Rev 5.1 65    The call is now un‐confirmed.  If a call has gone beyond the original date of confirmation  then on one, not even the helpdesk will be able to un‐confirm it.    How do I delete a payment?    Deleting a payment is possible by a user until the point when the payment is reconciled.   After that point only the TOPS Helpdesk has the ability to remove payments, due to the  effects this action will have on the system.    To delete a payment:    1. Click on the Payment tab located at the bottom of the Call Screen.  2. Click on the Edit button at the bottom of the screen.  3. Click on the small black arrow to the left of the payment you would like to delete  (this will highlight that payment line)    If the payment can be deleted (certain factors such as level of access and payment  status may prevent deleting the payment), the Delete Payment button will become  active and available to be used.    4. Click on the Delete Payment button.  5. Click on the Save button.    The payment has now been deleted.    If for some reason you are unable to delete the payment, contact an upper level user such  as an accountant or manager to have them remove the payment.  If the upper level user  cannot remove the payment, they can call the TOPS Helpdesk at (877) 401‐2345 M‐F 8am‐ 6pm Eastern Time to authorize removal of the payment.    472 TOPS User Manual Troubleshooting Accounting Rev 5.1 66                                          ‐‐‐‐Intentionally Left Blank‐‐‐‐ 473 TOPS User’s Guide Drivers Rev 5.1 - 67 - Employees  A record for each employee using TOPS is created from the Employee screen.        To enter a New Employee  1. Click the Employee button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the New button.  3. Enter employee information.  Note: The only fields you are required to enter here are the Employee Name and Type, but you’ll  need to enter a Pager Email as well if you wish to page the new employee / driver through  TOPS. Confirm with your mobile provider the Max number of pager characters which can be  received in a single page / email. With this setting correct, pages which exceed the Max # of  Pager Characters are broken into multiple pages.  The remaining information is informational  only.  4. Click the Save button.    Change Existing Employee Information  1. Click the Employee tab in the Maintenance portion of TOPS.  2. Click the Find button.  3. Enter filter information.  4. Click the Get button.  5. Information for the selected employee will appear on the screen.    Note: If more than one employee matches the filter information, a search results window will  appear with several trucks listed. From this window, select the desired employee record  then click the Show Selected Records button to get to the Employee details.  6. To change employee information, click the Edit button.  7. Edit the information as necessary.  8. Click the Save button.   474 TOPS User’s Guide Drivers Rev 5.1 - 68 - Drivers    The Driver Screen is used primarily as a setup screen for your Drivers. Driver information for  your company is entered using this setup screen. In addition, this screen can be used to  view Driver call productivity.    Note: Prior to adding a Driver, first add the individual as an Employee. See the Employee section for further  details.    Driver Setup  There are 4 fields that are required when setting up a new driver.  • Employee – Select the employee from the dropdown list  • Driver Number – this is the Driver identifier and driver short code  • Status ‐ Whether the driver is available (shown on the dispatch screen) or not.  • Commission % 1 & 2 – If the driver is paid on Commission, these fields are used to  setup the commission percentage amounts. Services are set as commissionable or  not, and if set to commissionable, the 1st commission percentage is applied. If there  is a need to add a 2nd commission, there is a “Second Commission Applies” check  box on the call screen that is added on a call by call basis. If the 2nd commission is  added, the 1st commission and the 2nd commission is added together to create the  commission amount.    Note: Even though a driver commission percentage is set, commissions are only paid on  commissionable items as defined at the services level.    The remaining fields are for informational. User defined fields can be labeled from the User  Management Portal accessed from http://www.towxchange.net and discussed in the User  Management Section of this manual.    The Contact Info section of this screen is read from the Employee record and only displayed  on the driver screen. This information is not editable from this screen.    Note: The Driver pager setup as related to dispatch call paging is setup on the employee screen.    475 TOPS User’s Guide Drivers Rev 5.1 - 69 -   Change Existing Driver Information    1. Click the Driver button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the Find button.  3. Select the desired driver from the drop‐down list in the Employee field.  4. Click the Get button.  5. Information for the selected driver will appear on the screen.    6. To change driver information, click the Edit button.  7. Edit the information as necessary, then click the Save button.    Enter a New Driver    1. Click the Employee button in the Main portion of TOPS and enter the new driver as  an employee.   Note: The only fields you are required to enter here are the Employee Name and Type, but you’ll  need to enter a Pager Email as well if you wish to page the driver through TOPS.  2. Click the Driver button in the Main portion of TOPS.  3. Click the New button.  4. Enter driver information.  5. Click the Save button.    View Productivity Information for Existing Drivers    The lower half of this screen is used as a quick glance tool for monitoring Driver  Productivity. Search criteria can be filtered and ordered for the specific time period.     476 TOPS User’s Guide Drivers Rev 5.1 - 70 -   To view detailed productivity information:    1. Click the Driver button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the Find button.  3. Select the desired driver from the drop‐down list in the Employee field.  4. Click the Get button.  5. Change the filter information to view the desired driver information and click the  refresh button.  6. Information for the selected driver will appear in the lower grid.      NOTE: When you view information for a specific driver, any calls that meet the criteria you’ve  selected in the filter information are listed in the bottom portion of the screen. To view  details for any of these calls, double‐click on the desired row.  477 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 71 - Trucks    The Truck Screen is used primarily as a setup screen for your trucks. Truck information for  your company is entered using this setup screen. In addition, this screen can be used to  view truck productivity.    Truck Setup  There are 4 fields that are required when setting up a new truck:  • Truck number – this is the truck identifier and short code  • Type – What type of truck, (i.e. Light Duty, Heavy Duty)  • Status – Whether the truck is available (shown on the dispatch screen) or not.  • Revenue (Rev.) Type – Is this truck considered a revenue truck for your company or  not.    Tracking Unit Data ‐ Though not required, The Tracking Unit Data field is used to associate a  truck mounted GPS device with the TOPS GPS system. For more information, please review  the Optional Features Section of this manual.    The remaining fields are for informational. User defined fields can be labeled from the User  Management Portal accessed from http://www.towxchange.net and discussed in the User  Management Section of this manual.  478 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 72 - Change Existing Truck Information    1. Click the Truck button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the Find button.  3. Select the desired filter information from the available drop‐down lists.  4. Click the Get button.  5. Information for the selected truck will appear on the screen.    Note: If more than one truck matches the filter information, a search results window will appear with  several trucks listed. From this window, select the desired truck record then click the Show Selected  Records button to get to the Truck details.  6. To change truck information, click the Edit button.  7. Edit the information as necessary.  8. Click the Save button.    Enter a New Truck    1. Click the Truck button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the New button.  3. Enter truck information.  4. Click the Save button.    View Productivity Information for Existing Trucks    The lower half of this screen is used as a quick glance tool for monitoring Truck Productivity.  Search criteria can be filtered and ordered for the specific time period.     479 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 73 - To view detailed productivity information:    1. Click the Truck button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the Find button.  3. Select the desired Truck from the drop‐down list.  4. Click the Get button.  5. Change the filter information to view the desired truck information and click the  refresh button.  6. Information for the selected driver will appear in the lower grid..      As with all grids within TOPS, the grid window data is printable and exportable. Double  clicking a call in the grid will open the call screen for the selected call.    Note: When you view information for a specific driver, any calls that meet the criteria you’ve selected in the  filter information are listed in the bottom portion of the screen. To view details for any of these calls,  double‐click on the desired row.    480 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 74 - Customers    The Customer Screen is used for managing all Customers used within the TOPS system. For  new installations, existing Customer information may be imported prior to TOPS  implementation.     Change Existing Customer Information    1. Click the Customer button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the Find button.  3. Enter Filter information.  4. Click the Get button.  5. Information for the customer that matches the filter information will appear.    Note: If more than one customer matches the filter information, a search results window will  appear with several customers listed. From this window, select the desired customer record  then click the Show Selected Records button to get to the Customer details.  6. To change customer information, click the Edit button.  7. Edit the information as necessary.  8. Click the Save button.    Enter a New Customer    1. Click the Customer button in the Main portion of TOPS.  2. Click the New button.  Note: If another customer has details similar to the new one being entered, you can click on the  Duplicate button to retain many of those details.  3. Enter customer information as follows. The four fields in this section are required in  order to save a new customer.  • Name: Full name of the customer as it will appear on invoices, statements, etc.  Limited to 30 characters. (Required)  • Status: Select Pending, Approved or Denied, as applicable (Required)  • Short Code: An abbreviated version of the customer name – the short code will  be entered in all drop‐down lists to pull up the desired customer quickly. Limited  to 6 characters. (Required)  • Type: Select the appropriate customer type. (Required)  • Police – for all Police customers you want to see on the Police Calls  report. Facilitates tracking response times to police calls.  • Account – for all customers that will be billed  • Cash – for all customers that will pay at the time of service  • Auction/Scrap/Sale  481 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 75 - • Motor Club – for all motor clubs. If you select this customer type you  must enter the appropriate Motor Club in the subsequent field.   • Dealer –   • Seller – Charity – for all Charitable organizations who sell vehicles  through your auction  • Seller – NonCharity – for all non‐charitable organizations who sell  vehicles through you auction (i.e. consignment vehicles)  Accounting Section  • Tax Exempt: Check this checkbox if the selected customer is tax exempt. You will  be required to enter a Tax Certification # (next field).  • Discount%: Enter any applicable discount in terms of a percentage  • Default Terms: Payment Terms for the customer  • Credit Limit: Amount of credit available for the customer  • Payment Reqd. (Cash): By enabling this checkbox users are required to enter  payment information before they are able to close active calls.   • Print Invoices and Print Statements: These checkboxes will flag invoices and  statements for printing with the QuickBooks accounting interface.  • Motor Club: From the drop‐down list, select the appropriate motor club.  Designating customers as motor clubs and selecting the corresponding motor  club in this field facilitates revenue reporting by motor club.  • Account ID: Motor Club Account Id number  • Salesperson: Select from the drop‐down list the employee responsible for  maintaining the relationship with the customer.    New Call Defaults Section: Anything entered in this portion of the screen will show  up in the Call screen when entering a new call for that Customer. The fields in this  section mirror fields on the call screen and will auto‐populate when a new call is  taken. For additional information regarding these fields, please refer to the New Call  section of this manual.    Location Information Section: This section is for storing the physical address and  contact information for the customer. To copy this information to the Billing  Information section, click the Copy Location Information to Billing Information  button.    Billing Information Section: This section is for storing the billing address and contact  information for the customer. To copy this information to the Location Information  section, click the Copy Location Information to Location Information button.    Miscellaneous Section  • Dealer # and Expiration: For storing a Dealer number and Dealer Expiration  for the selected customer.  482 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 76 - • User Defined #1 and #2: These fields allow users to customize two unique  fields associated with the customer record. User defined fields can be labeled  from the User Management Portal accessed from  http://www.towxchange.net and discussed in the User Management Section  of this manual.  • Notes: Notes associated with the customer.    Private Property Impound Section: See Private Property Impound Database in the  next section.    4. After all the appropriate information is entered or modified, click the Save button.    Integrated Private Property Impound Database (PPI)    The TOPS system includes an integrated Private Property Impound system, allowing quick  search capability, and one‐click call updating.  The button labeled ‘PP’, which is located on the Call screen just to the right of the Customer  field, opens the PPI database search screen.  From this screen, the user can find and select a  person who is authorized to request a Private Property Impound tow.  TOPS then transfers  the requester’s data from the PPI database into the New Call screen, based on the PPI  account setup.          Data Entry  • PPI customers are entered into the standard Customer screen, with a Customer  Type of PPI.  Selecting the Customer Type of PPI prevents that customer name  from appearing in the customer drop‐down list for non‐PPI tows.  In addition, PPI  customer records are not exported into the accounting extracts like other  customer data.  • Each PPI location must be entered as a unique PPI account.  The PPI account is  entered in the customer name field, with the PPI location in the location address  fields (required).  Enter the Parent Company information if the PPI account has a  management company, and enter the names and telephone numbers of those  authorized to request a tow.  The telephone number field has a required format,  including area code, and the dashes are automatically populated.  If the  authorized caller has an extension, enter ‘X’ and the extension number.    483 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 77 -     PPI Search    • The button labeled ‘PP’, which is located on the Call screen just to the right of  the Customer field, opens the PPI database search screen.  From this screen, the  user can find and select a person who is authorized to request a Private Property  Impound tow.  Each of the columns shown on the PPI screen is a searchable  field.  The field to be searched is selected by clicking anywhere in the requested  column.  To search the data, the user only needs to begin typing.  As the data is  entered, the search process will find the first item in the list that matches the  criteria.  The more the user types, the more accurate the search becomes.  If  there are multiple exact matches for the entered criteria, the user can click the  ‘Next’ button or click the F3 key, advancing the search to the next match.  Hitting  the ‘Esc’ clears the window to allow new search information to be entered.    • The PPI accounts can be re‐grouped as needed by dragging‐and‐dropping the  headings that are located in the dark‐grey box above the PPI accounts grid.  This  allows the user to re‐sort the list based on the information that is given to the  user by the requesting caller.  As the groupings are changed, the PPI accounts  grid automatically re‐arranges and refreshes the list according to the new  groupings.        • Once the caller is found and their authority is verified, the user selects that  requester by highlighting the caller’s name and clicking the ‘Select As Control  Customer’ button.  TOPS then transfers the requester’s data from the PPI  database into the New Call screen as the Caller, with Call Back number, and the  PPI account name and address as the Location for the tow.  The PPI customer  name is entered into the Call screen as the Control Customer on the Dispatch  tab.  In addition, TOPS automatically selects the correct Billing customer based  on the PPI account setup.  484 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 78 -   Tow Tickets    The process for managing tow tickets involves first opening all available tow tickets for the company  then assigning them to the appropriate drivers. Tow Tickets can also be sub assigned to Lot locations  if the company assigns tow tickets to drivers from multiple locations. Tow Ticket management  offers a one to one relationship between a driver and a call. As calls are worked and calls  are assigned to drivers the system ensures the tow ticket matches with the selected driver  for the call. If users try to use invalid or incorrectly assigned tow tickets, the system will not  allow the user to continue without correcting the problem. This process ensures  accountability throughout the process.     In summary the process for managing tow tickets is simple.  • Open all tow tickets that can be assigned to drivers  • If needed, assign open tow tickets to Lot locations  • As tow tickets are given to drivers, assign individual or booklets of tow tickets to drivers  • Manage tow tickets through the tow ticket screen or Tow Ticket Discrepancies report      Open New Tow Tickets    1. From the Maintenance portion of TOPS, click the Tow Ticket button.  2. In the Ticket Utility portion of the Tow Ticket screen (right hand side), click the radio  button to the left of the Open selection.  3. In the Starting Ticket field, enter the number of the first tow ticket to be open.  4. In the # of Tickets to Modify field, enter how many tickets you need to open.     Note: This is limited to 10,000 tickets at a time.      5. Click the Open Tickets button.     Note: The message bar at the bottom of the window will indicate whether the attempt to open  tickets was successful.  485 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 - 79 - Assign tow tickets to a driver (or Lot)    1. From the Maintenance portion of TOPS, click the Tow Ticket button.  2. In the Ticket Utility portion of the Tow Ticket screen (right hand side), click the radio  button to the left of the Driver Assignment selection.  3. In the Driver field that appears to the right of the Driver Assignment selection, click  the down arrow and select the appropriate driver from the list.  4. In the Starting Ticket field, enter the number of the first tow ticket to be assigned.  5. In the # of Tickets to Modify field, enter how many tickets you need to assign.  6. Click the Assign Driver button.    Note: The message bar at the bottom of the window will indicate whether the attempt to assign  tickets was successful.  Follow the same process for assigning tow tickets to a Lot.    Search for used / open tickets    1. From the Tow Ticket screen, click the Find button in the lower left hand corner.  2. In the Tow Ticket portion of the (left hand side), enter the tow ticket number in the  Ticket Number field.  3. Click the Get button in the lower left hand corner.  4. All existing information for the specified tow ticket will be displayed.    Change existing tow ticket information    1. From the Tow Ticket screen, click the Find button in the lower left hand corner.  2. In the Tow Ticket portion of the (left hand side), enter the tow ticket number in the  Ticket Number field.  3. Click the Get button in the lower left hand corner.  4. All existing information for the specified tow ticket will be displayed.  5. Click the Edit button.  6. Edit the tow ticket information as required.  7. Click the Save button.   Note: If you change the status of a tow ticket to Void you are required to enter a Void Reason.  486 TOPS User’s Guide Lot/Inventory Rev 5.1 - 80 - Lot/Inventory Information    The Inventory screen is used primarily for setting up your Inventory storage lots and for  viewing your current inventory. To navigate to the Inventory screen, click on the Inventory  tab at the top of the screen. Setting up a new lot requires the user to enter:  • Lot Name (Required)  • Lot Type ( Indoor, Outdoor or Non‐revenue) (Required)  • Lot Short Code (Required)  Though not required to save a new lot, the Lot address is used is used for reporting and  should be entered.   Note: If using address verification in support of call location / destination mapping with  BudgetGPS, click the @ symbol to the right of the Lat/Long fields to properly format your  lot address and to obtain a Lat/Long coordinate for your lot. If the Lat/Long coordinate is  saved on the Inventory Lot record, this information is used creating and mapping a new  call.  If the Lot is also used as an Auction location or if the Auction location uses a different  address, the Auction address should be entered. This address is used on reports and  documents.    487 TOPS User’s Guide Lot/Inventory Rev 5.1 - 81 - To view inventory information:  1. Click on the Inventory button at the top of the screen.  2. Click on the Find button.  3. Enter the Filter information.  4. Click on the Get button.  5. If you entered the name or short code of a lot, the search results will include all  vehicles currently on that lot (see figure below).  6. To view or change the details for any of the records shown above, select the row  then click on the Edit Selected Call button. (Double‐clicking on the call will also bring  it up on the Call Screen in Edit mode.) Upon saving the call on the call screen you are  returned to the Inventory Screen.         7. You can also Print the Selected Items or Export the Selected Items to an Excel  spreadsheet.  488 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 82 Services and Pricing  A pricing item on a call in the TOPS software is made up two things: a service, and the price  that is associated with that service.    Services  A service is the unique and detailed item of work that you provide to your customer.  Some  examples of services are light‐duty hook, mileage, winching, labor, environmental cleanup,  storage, etc…  Although the overall work request may be to tow a vehicle, the individual  work items that make up that request, such as hook, mileage and winching, are all services.    Each service that you provide to your customer is also set up in TOPS as a service, so that  call and invoice information can be detailed exactly for the work that is provided, as well as  to allow for customer‐specific pricing for those items.    TOPS also allows for specific services to be automatically added ‘by default’ to calls, based  on many different criteria.  This ‘service default’ behavior can be based on something very  simple, or be based on a complex set of things happening.    A simple example of a ‘service default’ is when an impounded vehicle is brought to a lot, the  Storage service is automatically added to the charges on the call.  A more complex example  of a ‘service default’ is when ‘ABC Trucking’ is selected as the Customer, ‘Maintenance &  Service’ is selected as the Tow Type, and ‘Dead Battery’ is selected as the Reason, that the  ‘Jumpstart’ service is automatically added to a call.    Having unique services allows for a flexible structure for your General Ledger (GL), as each  service has its own GL account number and these can be separated or grouped in whatever  way you choose.    Note: Because of the potential impact on accounting and reports, services are typically set up and modified  in TOPS by the support staff at towXchange.    Pricing  There are two basic types of pricing behavior in TOPS – default pricing and customer‐ specific pricing.  Default pricing is pricing that is common across customer accounts.   Customer‐specific pricing is pricing that is unique to that customer.  When a pricing item is  added to a call, TOPS sets the price to the default, unless there is customer‐specific pricing  set up for that customer.    More specifically, when a service is added to a call in TOPS, either automatically or  manually, TOPS checks to see what price it should assign to the service.  The system checks  to see if there is any customer‐specific pricing set up for that customer, for that service.  If  there is, TOPS uses that price.  If not, TOPS finds the ‘standard’ or default price for that  service and uses that price.  489 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 83 Note: A service will not be available to be added to a call when there is no customer‐specific or  default price for that particular service, customer and tow type combination.  If a service  would normally be automatically added to a call but there is no default or customer‐specific  pricing, the service will not be automatically added.    Entering a New Pricing Item  It is important to understand the relationship between a pricing item and how revenue is  reported prior to adding the pricing item. If you are unsure of this relationship, DO NOT  make any changes without first calling the towXchange help desk. Any changes you make  will affect your revenue reporting.    Note: The applicable Service must exist prior to assigning any pricing items to that service.    Click the Pricing button in the Maintenance portion of TOPS to open the Pricing screen.        Click the New button.    1. Select the appropriate service to which you wish to add a price by selecting:  • Service Category ‐ Select the applicable Service Category from the drop‐down list.  • Tow Class ‐ Select the applicable Tow Class from the drop‐down list.    490 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 84     Note: The Description, Pricing Type, Pricing Units and the Lien Service and Qty Calculated checkboxes will  be automatically populated based on the Service Category and Tow Class selected.    Note: If another pricing item has details similar to the new one being entered, you can click on the  Duplicate button to retain many of those details.  (See Duplicating Pricing addressed in a later  section.)    2. Enter pricing item details as follows:        • Sub‐Company (If Applicable):  Select the Company that the new pricing item applies  to. If you leave this field blank, the new pricing item will apply to all companies.  (Only visible if a Sub‐Company exist)  • Customer:  Select the Customer that the new pricing item applies to. If you leave this  field blank, the new pricing item will be the default and will apply to all customers  who do not have a customer‐specific pricing item set up for the service specified.  491 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 85 • Tow Type:  Select the applicable tow type from the drop‐down list if this pricing item  is specific to a particular tow type. If you leave this field blank, the new pricing item  will be available for all tow types.    Note: The tow type MUST be appropriate for the tow class of the service specified. (i.e. LDF tow type for a  Light Duty tow class)    • Rates Overridable:  Checking this box gives anyone with permission to modify pricing  the ability to override this pricing item from within a call.  Leaving this checkbox  unchecked prevents users from modifying this pricing item without advanced pricing  change security rights.  • Minimum Quantity:  Enter the minimum quantity (i.e. one hour of labor) of this  service.  • Maximum Quantity:  Enter the maximum quantity of this service.   • Compounded Pricing:  Checking this box changes how the system uses the Initial  Pricing, Secondary Pricing, and Tertiary Pricing settings. (See explanation below.)   Enter the necessary values for each of the Initial, Secondary and Tertiary pricing (if  applicable).  • Flat Rate?:  Check this checkbox if the service is priced at a flat rate.  • Quantity:  Enter the quantity you want priced at the rate listed below.  • Rate ($):  Enter the rate of the above‐mentioned quantity.  • Units:  Select the appropriate units for this pricing item.  Available Pricing units are:    ƒ Hourly  ƒ Km (Kilometers)  ƒ Mile  ƒ Days (Calendar Days)  ƒ Charge (Generic Unit Type)  ƒ Storage Hours  ƒ 24Hr Days  ƒ Storage Days (1/2 Days)  ƒ Bid (Winning Auction Bid Amount)  ƒ Minutes    3. After all of the necessary values for the Initial, Secondary and Tertiary Pricing have been  added, click the Save button.                492 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 86 Duplicating an Existing Pricing Item  It is important to understand the relationship between a pricing item and how revenue is  reported prior to adding the pricing item. If you are unsure of this relationship, DO NOT  make any changes without first calling the towXchange help desk. Any changes you make  will affect your revenue reporting.    Click the Pricing button in the Maintenance portion of TOPS to open the Pricing screen.    To find the existing pricing item to be duplicated, click on the Find button.  Search by  selecting either the Service information, or the Pricing information at the top of the Pricing  screen.          Service Section    Service Category: Select the applicable Service Category from the drop‐down list.    Tow Class: Select the applicable Tow Class from the drop‐down list.  Enter the Description.  Enter the Pricing Type    Pricing Section:  Customer: Select the appropriate Customer from the drop‐down list.  Tow Type: Select the appropriate Tow Type from the drop‐down list.    Once the desired search information has been determined, click the Get button.    Click the Duplicate button.  Select the Customer to duplicate the pricing item to.  If the new  pricing item is an exact duplicate of the original pricing item, click the Save button.  If the  new pricing item has any differences from the original, modify the pricing item details as  follows:    493 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 87     Sub‐Company (If Applicable):  Select the Company that the new pricing item applies to. If  you leave this field blank, the new pricing item will apply to all companies.  Customer: Select the Customer that the new pricing item applies to. If you leave this field  blank, the new pricing item will be the default and will apply to all customers who do not  have a customer‐specific pricing item set up for the service specified.  Tow Type: Select the applicable tow type from the drop‐down list if this pricing item is  specific to a particular tow type. If you leave this field blank, the new pricing item will be  available for all tow types.    Note: The tow type MUST be appropriate for the tow class of the service specified. (i.e. LDF tow type for a  Light Duty tow class)    Rates Overridable: Checking this box gives anyone with permission to modify pricing the  ability to override this pricing item from within a call.  Leaving this checkbox unchecked  prevents users from modifying this pricing item without advanced pricing change security  rights.  Minimum Quantity: Enter the minimum quantity (i.e. one hour of labor) of this service.  Maximum Quantity: Enter the maximum quantity of this service.   Compounded Pricing: Checking this box changes how the system uses the Initial Pricing,  Secondary Pricing, and Tertiary Pricing settings. (See explanation below.)  Enter the necessary values for each of the Initial, Secondary and Tertiary pricing (if  applicable.)  Flat Rate?: Check this checkbox if the service is priced at a flat rate.  Quantity: Enter the quantity you want priced at the rate listed below.  494 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 88 Rate ($): Enter the rate of the above‐mentioned quantity.  Units: Select the appropriate units for this pricing item.  Available Pricing units are:    • Hourly  • Km (Kilometers)  • Mile  • Days (Calendar Days)  • Charge (Generic Unit Type)  • Storage Hours  • 24Hr Days  • Storage Days (1/2 Days)  • Bid (Winning Auction Bid Amount)  • Minutes    After all of the necessary values for the Initial, Secondary and Tertiary Pricing have been  added,    Click the Save button.                                                    495 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 89 Duplicating an Existing Customer’s Complete Pricing Structure    It is important to understand the relationship between a pricing item and how revenue is  reported prior to adding the pricing item. If you are unsure of this relationship, DO NOT  make any changes without first calling the towXchange help desk. Any changes you make  will affect your revenue reporting.    Click the Pricing button in the Maintenance portion of TOPS to open the Pricing screen.    To find the existing pricing structure to be duplicated, click on the Find button.  Search by  selecting the customer to be copied at the top of the Pricing screen.  Click the Get button.        Select the customer to be copied to from the drop‐down list at the bottom of the pricing  screen.    Click on the ‘Copy All Pricing Items from Selected Customer to’ button.  All of the pricing will  be copied from the original customer to the selected customer.    Note:  If your setup includes a Sub‐Company, you can also copy pricing based on the Company/Customer  combination by clicking the Copy All Pricing Items from Selected Customer/Company Combination  to button.  496 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 90 Compounded Pricing  The Compounded Pricing checkbox changes the way TOPS handles the Initial, Secondary  and Tertiary Pricing.  When the Compounded Pricing checkbox is checked, TOPS  ‘compounds’ the pricing items as the number of units increase.  When the Compounded  Pricing checkbox is not checked, TOPS moves from initial to secondary to tertiary as the  number of units increase.    A good example of this behavior is with mileage charges.        Mileage  Initial quantity = 5  Rate = 0  Miles  Secondary quantity = 20  Rate = $2  Miles  Tertiary  Rate = $3    When the Compounded Pricing checkbox is checked, the total price of a mileage charge for  30 miles would be:    (5 miles free) + (6‐20 Miles @ $2 per mile) + (>20 miles @ $3 per mile)    5 * $0 = $0  15 * $2 = $30  10 * $3 = $30  Total = $60    An example of Non‐Compounded Mileage pricing could have the same initial and  secondary unit price, but with a different tertiary price altogether.    497 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 91     Mileage  Initial quantity = 5  Rate = 0  Miles  Secondary quantity = 20  Rate = $2  Miles  Tertiary  Flat Rate Checked  Rate = $150  No Units    When the compounded Pricing checkbox is NOT checked, and using the change shown  above the total price of a mileage charge for 30 miles would be:    The total of 30 miles exceeds the initial number of miles of 5, so move to the secondary  rate.  The total of 30 miles exceeds the secondary number of units of 20, so the tertiary rate  applies.  Since the tertiary rate is a flat rate of $150, the mileage charge is $150.    The ‘Non‐Compounded Pricing’ checkbox is most often used for mileage charges, and for  storage charges. 498 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 92 Lien Processing    The TOPS Lien Processing System provides a powerful tool to manage and acquire liens on  stored vehicles  The TOPS Lien Processing Module is extremely flexible, and is designed to  work with all state and municipality’s particular lien requirements.    Processing a lien on a vehicle often requires a number of things to happen.  These things  usually happen at a particular time, or after a certain number of days have elapsed, or  because some other event happened.  These represent milestones in the overall lien  process.  The TOPS Lien Processing System is made up of these milestones, which in TOPS  are called Lien Steps.  These lien steps can be scheduled to begin after a certain number of  days have elapsed, either after the vehicle was brought into inventory (impounded) or after  the previous step was completed.    These Milestones, or Lien Steps, often require something to happen or for something to be  processed.  These processes are known in the TOPS Lien Processing Module as Lien Tasks.   These lien tasks can be nearly anything.  Things like requesting ownership information from  the state DMV, sending a letter to an owner, a 30‐day waiting period, or setting the planned  auction date are all examples of lien tasks.    Once these lien steps and their tasks are in place, the clerk(s) responsible for lien processing  are no longer required to know or learn all the nuances of your particular lien process or  processes.  The TOPS Lien Processing Module will take care of some, and in many cases all,  of the requirements of timing and processing of liens, allowing your clerks to process liens  without requiring extensive and expensive knowledge and training.    The TOPS Lien Processing System processes liens on vehicles using what we call ‘Batch’  processing, where all vehicles that are in the same step are processed at the same time.   Once the vehicle has a lien process started, it enters the first lien step.  As each step is  processed and completed, the vehicle is then moved into the next step.  Each vehicle is  moved through all of the appropriate steps until the last step is complete.  Once the last  step is complete, you have met all of the requirements to acquire a lien on the vehicle.    Note: Lien steps and tasks are specific to your location, therefore specific training on each lien step and task  is outside of the scope of this manual.      499 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 93 Batch Processing    Lien processing in TOPS is simple, and very effective.  During the Lien Setup Interview  process, your particular state’s or municipality’s lien steps are set up based on theirs and  your requirements and expectations.  The TOPS Lien Processing screen is known as the  Batch Lien Processing screen.        The Batch screen is divided into three main sections.  The top section is the Lien Step  section, which lists all of the steps that make up the lien process.  The middle section is the  Active Step Calls section, which displays all of the calls that are in the particular step that is  selected in the Lien Steps section above.  The bottom section is the Search section.    Note: Liens can be processed in TOPS on an individual call basis as well.  This is done from the individual call  screen, and will be addressed in a later section.  500 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 94 The Search section is where the lien processing begins.  Each vehicle is brought into the  TOPS Lien Processing Module by ‘starting’ the lien process on the vehicle.  This lien start can  be thought of as ‘starting the stopwatch’ on the lien process for that vehicle.  Click on the  Find Calls that are Ready for Lien Process button.        Clicking on this button will identify all calls that are in inventory that do not have a lien  process started on them.    Note: If your company’s lien setup has multiple lien processes, you will be required to select from the  available lien processes.    Once the calls have been identified, click on the Start Lien for Selected Calls button.        Note: You can de‐select any call form the selected calls grid by holding down the ‘Ctrl’ key on the keyboard  and clicking on the desired call.    Selecting the Start Lien for Selected Calls button will open the lien process for all of the  selected calls, and move them into the first Lien Step.    Note: Keep in mind that if a lien step has a ‘number of days’ activation requirement, the calls that were just  moved into the step may not appear.  They will only appear in the grid once the activation  requirement for that step has been satisfied.    Make sure that the first lien step is selected in the top section.  The Active Step Calls grid –  the middle section ‐ will display calls that are ready to have that step processed.  Click on  the Process Task(s) for Sel. Calls button.    501 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 95     The TOPS Lien Processing Module will perform the tasks associated with the step for each  call in the grid, one at a time.  When the processing is finished, the user will be asked “Do  You Want to Complete the Step for the Selected Calls?”  If processing the tasks was  successful, click on the Yes button.  If for some reason the process was not successful, the  user can always answer No.  Once each vehicle is finished in that particular step, they are  then moved on into the next step.    For example:  All vehicles that are ready to have the first letter mailed, will get a first letter,  two copies of mailing labels, and then they are moved along in the process to wait on the  next step.     The user then moves on to the next step, by clicking on the second step in the grid of Lien  Steps.  Once again, the grid of Active Step Calls updates with calls that are ready to have  that step processed.  Click on the ‘Process Task(s) for Sel. Calls’ button.      Continue this process of selecting the next step, and processing the tasks in that step for all  steps and all calls, until the final step has been processed.  Once the final step has been  processed, the lien processing within the system is complete for that day.          502 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 96 Individual Call Processing  Liens can be processed in TOPS on an individual call basis.  This is done from the individual  call screen.  To process lien on an individual call, find the call that you wish to process a lien  or lien step on.  To start a lien on an individual call, click on the Edit button.  Click on the  Start Lien Process button in the Change Status section on the lower‐right portion of the call  screen.        This will open the Lien Details processing screen.         The Lien Details screen is divided into four sections. The top section, or Lien Process  section, displays:    • the current process  • the call’s current lien status  • when the lien was opened on the call  • the date the lien was closed on the call  • two user‐defined fields  • a notes field  • the lien price  503 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 97 The second section, or ‘Steps’ section, displays:    • the steps that make up the lien process  • a description of the step  • the step notes  • the authorization date (if any)  • the step’s status  • whether or not the step is required  • the date the step was opened  • the activation date (if any)  • the date closed  • the user ID of the person closing the step  • the ‘Step Hold’ section  • a ‘Process Step’ button that allows the user to process the tasks that make up the step.    The third section, or the ‘Owners’ section, displays:    • the owner type  • the owner name  • the owner’s address, city, state and zip    The bottom section, or ‘Letters’ section, is a grid of the detail for all letters sent to all  owners for this call.  The detail consists of:    • the owner name  • the task that created the letter  • the date the letter was sent  • the certification number (if any)  • the return receipt date  • notes    504 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 98 To process a lien step on an individual call, click on the ‘Process Step’ button at the bottom  of the ‘Steps’ section.        This will open the Process Step window, which displays all of the available tasks associated  with that lien step.  To process a task, select the task to process and click on the Process  Selected Task button at the bottom of the window.        To complete the current lien step and move the call into the next, click on the Complete the  Step button at the bottom of the window.  You will be asked to confirm the process.    505 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 99     Once a lien task is processed that results in a letter being printed, the letter is displayed in  the Letters section at the bottom of the ‘Lien Details’ screen.        Note: This functionality can also be used to re‐process or re‐print a lien letter.  If a new letter with a new  mail date is required, the call must be in Edit mode.  Processing a lien letter task while the call is in  edit mode results in the letter being displayed in the Letters grid at the bottom of the Lien Details  screen.  If only a re‐print is required, do not put the call into edit mode.  506 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 100 Clicking Apply Changes at the bottom of the Lien Details window will close the Lien Details  screen and add a Lien tab to the call screen.              This is the lien information summary tab which, if you have the required security access,  allows you to view and edit the lien information on the call.  Click on the Lien Details button  on the lien tab to open the lien details for the call. 507 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 101 Auction Overview  The TOPS Auction module is designed as a live, real‐time auction system for auctioning lien  sale, wholesale, consignment, donation and purchased vehicles.  An auction is merely a  place and time designated for a sale, vehicles to sell, and bidders to bid on them.  The TOPS  auction Module brings these items together in an easy to manage format.  The TOPS  auction Module can calculate deficiencies and overages based on the unique requirements  of your state and/or municipality.  The TOPS auction system also utilizes technologies such  as driver’s license swipe devices for creating new bidders and finding previously‐entered  bidders, and bar code scanners for lining up the auction.    Creating a New Auction  Access the TOPS Auction module by clicking on the Sale tab, located at the top right of the  TOPS screen.  Once in the Sale section of TOPS, click on the Auction Tab.        Click on the New button located at the bottom left area of the TOPS screen.  If the New button is grayed out, you may are already in New mode.  Confirm that you are in  New mode by the yellow background in the Date field.  If the date field is not highlighted  yellow, you may not have access to create new auctions.  Consult your manager for this  security access.    Enter the Date of the new auction in the Date field at the top left area of the screen.  Click  the Save button.  You have now created your new auction.        508 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 102 Adding Auction Items  To add items to sell at the auction, click on the Add Item(s) button in the left side of the  middle portion of the auction screen.        This will bring up the Add Auction Item(s) window.        There are two general ways to add a vehicle to an auction – the Call Details method, and  the Planned Auction Date method.    Call Details Method  To add a vehicle to the auction using the Call Details method, you must either enter the call  number or the tow ticket number into the add items grid.  Once the number has been  entered, click on the Get Call Details for Items button at the bottom of the add auction  items window.  This will add vehicle information pulled from the TOPS call screen, such as  year, make, model, and auction item type, if it can be established.      509 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 103 Enter the auction item number in the left column for each vehicle in the auction.  If the  auction item type cannot be established from information within TOPS, you must select an  auction item type from the drop‐down list.     Available auction item types are:  • Lien Sale  • Wholesale  • Retail  • Dismantler  • Forfeiture  • Title    Click on the ‘Add Item(s)’ button and the vehicles will be added to the current auction.      Planned Auction Date Method  If you have previously entered a Planned Auction Date for vehicles in inventory, you can  add auction items in mass by entering the planned auction date in the Get Calls with  Planned Auction Date of field at the top of the add auction items window.        After you have entered the planned auction date, click on the Get Calls with Planned  Auction Date of button.  This will bring in all of the items that have a planned auction date  set in the Inventory tab on the call screen that match the date you entered, and that are still  in inventory along with the auction item type, if it can be established.  510 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 104       Enter the auction item number into the Item # field for each auction item, and if the auction  item type cannot be determined by the system, you must select an auction item type from  the drop‐down list.    Available auction item types are:  • Lien Sale  • Wholesale  • Retail  • Dismantler  • Forfeiture  • Title    Click on the Add Item(s) button and the vehicles will be added to the current auction.      Adding Bidders to an Auction  Adding a bidder to an auction can be thought of as a two‐step process.  First, the bidder  must exist in the TOPS system, and then must be added to the current auction.  If the bidder  has already been created in the TOPS system, the bidder can be found using a quick search  function in the Add Bidder To Auction window.  If the bidder does not already exist and  needs to be added to the TOPS system, the TOPS auction system combines creating a new  bidder and adding that bidder to the current auction into a single process, making adding a  bidder easier.    Note: If your state DMV utilizes magnetic strip technology for your driver’s licenses, the TOPS system can  use a driver’s license swipe device to significantly aid in creating and adding bidders to auctions.   Consult the TOPS support team to see how this simple technology can be a significant benefit to your  company.     All auction bidders must be associated with a customer in TOPS.  Most auction buyers are  cash customers and can be associated with the Cash customer in TOPS.  If you have a desire  to track the buying behavior of an auction customer, for example to send them special  511 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 105 mailings based on what or when they buy, you can create a specific auction customer just  for them in the TOPS system.   If a bidder will purchase auction cars on account, they must  be associated with a specific account customer.    Create a New Bidder  Click on the Create New Bidder button at the bottom of the auction screen, or click on the  ‘Bidder’ button at the top of the TOPS screen.        There are a minimum of three fields that must be completed to create a new bidder.  Enter  the:  • Customer  • Last Name  • First Name    Additional bidder information fields are:  • Middle Initial  • Drivers License #  • Drivers License State  • Default Bidder # (also know as permanent bidder number)  • Notes  • Address Information  • Phone Numbers  • Fax Number  • Email Address    512 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 106 If you require additional information on your bidders, you may enter it now, or return at a  later time and update the bidder information.     Note: Adding bidders to a current auction uses a sophisticated search screen in TOPS, which searches real‐ time on information in the bidder records.  These field‐level searches can be combined to make the  search more effective.  Keep this in mind when choosing which fields to include when adding new  bidders to TOPS.  Searchable bidder fields are:    • Last Name  • First Name  • Middle Initial  • Drivers License Number  • Drivers License State  • Customer Name  • Default Bidder #    Once the required information has been entered into the new bidder screen, click on the  Save and Add to Current Auction button at the bottom of the bidder screen.                513 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 107 Create a New Bidder Using a DL Swipe Device    Click on the Create New Bidder button at the bottom of the auction screen, or click on the  Bidder button at the top of the TOPS screen.    Click on the ‘Swipe License’ button near the top of the screen.  This will open the Swipe  License window.      Swipe the bidder’s drivers license using the swipe device.  The information will be read into  the input section of the window.  Click the OK button to transfer the DL information into the  TOPS Bidder screen.  Select the Customer that will be associated with the new bidder.     Additional bidder information fields are:  • Default Bidder # (also know as permanent bidder number)  • Notes  • Phone Numbers  • Fax Number  • Email Address    If you require additional information on your bidders, you may enter it now, or return at a  later time and update the bidder information.     Once the required information has been entered into the new bidder screen, click on the  Save and Add to Current Auction button at the bottom of the bidder screen.      Find and Add an Existing Bidder To The Current Auction    Find Using the Manual Search    Find the current auction based on the Auction Date.  Click on the Add Bidder to Auction  button located at the bottom left corner of the Auction screen.    This will display the Add Bidder window, which lists your previously entered auction  bidders.  Each of the white fields at the top of the screen is a search field.    514 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 108     These search fields use the Windows auto‐search function and searches real‐time as you  type.  These search fields can be used in combination with each other to further refine your  search.  Select a bidder by using the search function, or by clicking on his/her name.  Enter  the Bidder Number and Deposit amount fields (if applicable) at the bottom of the window.   If there is no deposit, enter 0 in the field.        Note: If your company has a default deposit amount for bidders ‐ even if that amount is zero – it should be  entered into the ‘TOPS Company Settings’ within your ‘My Account’ page on the towXchange  website.  Default amounts can be overridden when the bidder is added to the auction.    Click on the Add Selected Bidder to Auction button.  The bidder is added to your auction.   Repeat the above process for each bidder.      515 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 109 Find Using the DL Swipe‐Based Automated Search  Click on the Create New Bidder button at the bottom of the auction screen, or click on the  Bidder button at the top of the TOPS screen.        Click on the ‘Swipe License’ button near the top of the screen.  This will open the Swipe  License window.      516 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 110 Swipe the bidder’s drivers license using the swipe device.  The information will be read into  the input section of the window.  Click the ‘OK’ button to transfer the DL information into  the TOPS Bidder screen.  TOPS will find the bidder if he or she already exists, or will create a  new bidder if he or she does not exist.    Note: If your company has a default deposit amount for bidders ‐ even if that amount is zero – it should be  entered into the TOPS Company Settings within your ‘My Account’ page on the towXchange website.   Default amounts can be overridden when the bidder is added to the auction.    Click on the Save and Add to Current Auction button.  Enter the Bidder Number and  Deposit amount fields (if applicable) at the bottom of the window.  If there is no deposit,  enter 0 in the field.  The bidder is added to your auction.  Repeat the above process for each  bidder.      Selling Vehicles at Auction  Now that you have created an auction, added your auction Items and added auction bidders  to it, you can begin the auction process.  The Auction process consists of entering winning  bids for items, and checking out the winning bidders.    Entering Winning Bids  Click on the Enter Winning Bids button.                517 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 111 Clicking the Enter Winning Bids button will open the Add Winning Bids screen.        Enter the required information for each winning bid.    The required fields are:  • The Item #  • The winning Bidder #  • The winning Bid Amount  • The Point‐Of‐Sale Deposit amount, if applicable.    Note: If no Point‐Of‐Sale deposit is required, or if the bidder was required to make an initial Deposit, then  leave the Deposit field blank.    Enter each the required fields listed above, and press the Tab key to move to the next field.   Repeat these data entry steps, until all of the desired winning bids have been entered.   Press the Enter key or click the Save Bids button in the Add Winning Bids window to submit  the winning bids.    Note: This step can be done on an item‐by‐item basis, or you can enter as many winning bids as you choose.        Your winning bids will now be applied to the auction items.  The auction item will change  color to Green once the item has received a winning bid amount.  518 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 112       Once winning bids have been entered you can check out the bidder(s).      Bidder Checkout  Bidder checkout is the process of receiving payments from bidders for vehicles bought at  auction.  In addition, the bidder checkout allows you to print sales receipts, lien documents,  and any Point‐Of‐Sale documents that your company or your municipality requires.    Checking Out a Bidder  Select a bidder by clicking on his/her name in the bidder list at the bottom of the screen.   Click on the Bidder Checkout button located at the bottom of the screen. This will bring up  the Bidder checkout window.    519 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 113     Note: Any deposits that the bidder has paid will be displayed in the Deposits section of the window.  These  deposits can be applied towards the required auction payment by selecting the deposit and clicking  on the ‘Apply as Payment’ button, or they can be returned to the bidder by selecting the deposit and  clicking on the Return Deposit(s) button.    All of the Auction items where the selected bidder has the winning bid – regardless of the  auction – will be displayed in the checkout window, and they are all selected by default.   You may specify certain items by selecting them individually.  Click on each one, while  holding down the Ctrl key on your keyboard to select the items you wish to close out.    Note: TOPS assumes that the winning bidder is also the buyer of the auction item.  The winning bidder of an  auction item is not always necessarily the buyer of the item.  If the buyer is different from the bidder,  you may specify the buyer’s information in the Auction Item section.  Scroll to the right to enter the  actual buyer’s information.    520 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 114       Available fields are:  • Buyer Name  • Address #1  • Address #2  • City  • State  • Zip  • Phone Number  • Drivers License Number  • Driver’s License State    Click on the Add Payment button.  Enter the payment information for the payment  received.  Required fields are:  • Payment Amount  • Payment Type  • Received Date  • Received By    521 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 115     Additional information fields that may be required for your operation are:  • Credit Card Type  • Credit Card or Check Number  • Cardholder Name  • Expiration Date  • Authorization Number    Consult your operations management for the information that is required.  You may enter  as many payments as you require, of any payment type.  Once you have entered all of the  bidder’s payments, click on the Proceed with Bidder Checkout button.  This will begin the  automated process of applying the payments, and releasing the selected vehicles from  Inventory in the TOPS system.  In addition, the TOPS auction system enters the buyer  information in the Released‐To record in the call.  Once this process finishes, you will be  given the opportunity to print out your auction, lien or sale documents.      Print these documents as needed.  522 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 116 The auction item will change color to Yellow once the item has received payment in full.        Bid Defaults  If an auction bidder defaults on his or her bid, you may clear the winning bid for that item.   Select the auction item, and click on the Clear Winning Bid button near the middle of the  Auction screen.  TOPS will ask if the bidder defaulted on his or her winning bid.  Answer Yes  to this question.  The bidder’s record will now include that he or she defaulted on a winning  bid.  This information can be valuable to your company to know whether to allow the  bidder to participate in future auctions, or whether to require a deposit.    Forfeited Deposits  If the bidder has defaulted on a winning bid, you can choose to require the bidder to forfeit  his or her deposit.  To forfeit a bidder’s deposit, click on the Bidder screen in the Sale  section of TOPS.  Find the bidder using the TOPS find process.  Click and highlight the  deposit in the lower section of the bidder screen.    523 TOPS User’s Guide Auction Rev 5.1 117     Click on the ‘Forfeit Deposit’ button at the bottom of the bidder screen.  The forfeited  deposit amount will now be included in the bidder information.  This information can be  valuable to your company to know whether to allow the bidder to participate in future  auctions, or whether to require a premium amount for a deposit.      524 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 118 User Settings    Located near the bottom right of the TOPS screen, the Settings button opens a user screen  where several Location Default settings can be adjusted on a per user basis in order to  customize the specific users TOPS experience.     Upon clicking the Settings button, the following screen opens:        Maximum # of Records to show during Find: This value is used to define the number of  records that are returned during a Find / Get search from screens that support a Find / Get  search. The Location Default of 255 records is the maximum value available. The User can  override the location default value by entering a value between 1 and 255.     Refresh the Dispatch Screen every: This value is used to define how often the TOPS  program will refresh the Dispatch screen data.  This value is defined in the number of  seconds between the last refresh and next refresh of the dispatch screen. The user can  override the Location Default by selecting 0 seconds or a value >= 30 seconds. If a user sets  this value to 0, the Dispatch screen will NOT refresh. To refresh the dispatch screen, the  user would click the manual refresh button on the left center of the Dispatch screen. As an  example, a setting of 120 would refresh the dispatch screen every 120 seconds or every 2  minutes.    Show Appointment Calls when within: This value is used to define the numbers of minutes  prior to an assigned appointment time when a call with a specified appointment will show  as an unassigned call on the dispatch screen. The appointment time is entered on the call  screen in the Appointment field and defined in Date Time format (3/1/07 08:00 AM). Using  this example, if the user override is set to 60, the call or calls with an appointment time of  3/1/07 08:00 AM will populate on the dispatch screen as an unassigned call at 3/1/07 07:00  AM. Calls with Appointments have the “Appointment or ETA” column highlighted using a  525 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 119 specified color coding given the following rules on the dispatch screen. The color coding is  broken into 1/3’s based on the time value entered on the Settings page. Using 60 as an  example, the “Appointment or ETA” column would highlight as follows:    When an Appointment call is within:  ƒ 41‐ 60 minutes = Grey  ƒ 21 ‐ 40 minutes = Green  ƒ 0 ‐ 20 minutes = Yellow  ƒ Past Time = Red    Start Highlighting ETA when within: This value is used to define the number of minutes  prior to an assigned ETA time when a call with an assigned ETA will highlight the  “Appointment or ETA” column on the Dispatch screen using the color code referenced  below.  From the Call screen users are only allowed to enter an Appointment time or an  ETA. The ETA is either entered as the number of minutes from NOW or as a Date Time. If  entered as number of minutes (like 60) the call screen will calculate the current time (NOW)  and add 60 minutes. The user can also enter the ETA as a Date Time value. As with  Appointment call color coding, the color coding is broken down into 1/3’s based on user  settings. If the user defines this value as 60, The “Appointment or ETA” column will highlight  with the color coding based on these time values.     When an ETA is within:  ƒ 41‐ 60 minutes = Grey  ƒ 21 ‐ 40 minutes = Green  ƒ 0 ‐ 20 minutes = Yellow  ƒ Past Time = Red    Dispatch Screen Dump Directory: The Dispatch Screen has a “Screen Shot” button located  mid‐screen just above the unassigned calls section to allow the user to create a web page  (.html) view of the dispatch screen.      This is a static view of the dispatch screen which is typically used during system  maintenance times or if the user needs to make a “point in time” snapshot of the dispatch  screen. The Dispatch Screen Dump Directory defines the location on your computer where  TOPS will copy the .html file. A typical location would be the C drive of your local computer.  This is defined by typing C:\ in the field. If the user wanted to copy this screen shot to a  “temp” directory located on the C drive the user would type C:\temp in the field.    Reset Dispatch Screen Settings to Default: This button is used to reset your dispatch screen  to its default initial TOPS setup. This is button is handy if you have modified your dispatch  screen to satisfy a specific requirement and want to set it back to default. The Dispatch  526 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 120 screen offers many users settings, filters, etc. and this button will allow the user to reset  back to the original setting.     The Settings page also houses several logging and debug check boxes. These setting should  be left unchecked unless otherwise instructed by towXchange. The APP and Location fields  at the bottom of the screen are not editable and serve only as an information tool for  towXchange.  527 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 121 TOPS Company Settings    The TOPS Company settings portal contains general TOPS company setup information. The  settings within this area are considered one‐time setup items which are generally set prior  to starting your TOPS system. The TOPS Company Settings interface is accessible from the  My Account section on www.towxchange.net.   These settings are only editable by users  with the appropriate access rights to edit location settings.      Closing Day of Month  This value is used to define the end of your accounting period for the prior month. Setting  this date, which is adjustable between 1 and 30, will define the revenue date associated  with calls completed in the prior month. As an example, with a closing day set at 5, a call  that is completed on January 28th but is confirmed on February 4th will have a revenue date  of January 28th. If this same call is confirmed on February 6th, the revenue date is set to  February 6th.    Completion Date as Revenue Date  This checkbox will use the completion date as the revenue date if confirmed within the  Closing Day of Month logic above. If un‐checked, the system will use the Confirmation Date  logic. This setting is designed as a one‐time setting.     528 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 122 TSAR E‐mail Addresses  TOPS Statistics & Averages Report (TSAR): Daily, TOPS can generate an email report which offers pertinent  TOPS call related information in the form of: Month‐to‐Date Totals, Daily Totals, and Average Daily  Totals.  If you wish to receive this daily snapshot, enter an email address in the TSAR Email Address field  (multiple addresses are separated with a comma) and check the Receive Daily TSAR Email checkbox.      Default ETA for New Calls   This value will define the number of minutes used as a Default ETA for New Calls.    User Defined Fields   User‐Defined fields are found on the Call, Customer, Driver, Employee, Lot/Inventory, and  Truck screens within TOPS. These field labels in TOPS can be renamed to allow custom fields to  support your business. To rename a User Defined field, click and type in the appropriate field as shown below.        Address  The address section contains the main address and contact information for your company.  This  information is commonly used on call receipts, reports, and lien documents.     529 TOPS User’s Guide Rev 5.1 123         Tax Rate    The Tax Rate field defines the tax rate for the company.   Only services that are deemed taxable  will be affected the tax rate.                   530 TOPS User’s Guide User Management Rev 5.1 - 124 - User Management    User Management is used to track and manage user accounts. The User Administrator  assigned to your company (Manager Level Security Access) can create, edit, and delete user  accounts from this page. The User Management interface is accessible from the My  Account section on the towXchange website at http://www.towxchange.net .       Creating a user:    To create a user click the Add User button located on the User Management Interface:      A form with the following fields will appear on the Add User page:       •   First Name   •   Last Name  •   Username    •   Email Address    •   Password    •   Confirm Password    •   Access Role     531 TOPS User’s Guide User Management Rev 5.1 - 125 - All fields above are required excluding the email address.    The users Access Role is defined by clicking on the question mark located on the right hand  side of the displayed role.    The User Administrator does not currently have the ability to  edit or create a role.    This function currently must be added by the TowXchange helpdesk.          Note:   The username must me at least 8 characters in length and no more than 10 characters.  Passwords  must be at least 6 characters in length and no more than 10 characters.   If you do not want to create  your own password you can have the password auto generated for you by clicking the Generate  Password button.    See example below:  Click the save button once you have entered the required information and the appropriate  access role.                    532 TOPS User’s Guide User Management Rev 5.1 - 126 -   Editing Roles and Deactivating Accounts    To change a users profile click the Edit button in the Admin Functions column of the User  Management Interface.   This will allow you to change the username, role, password, and  account status of the user selected.       See example below:        To edit a users access role click on the drop down menu and select the role from the list.    To display the rights for the access role click on the question mark located on the right hand  side of the displayed role.       To deactivate a user click on the account status drop down menu and select the appropriate  option from the list.       533 TOPS User’s Guide User Management Rev 5.1 - 127 - Click the save button once you have changed the desired information.  534 RFP 24-001 7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire Question 16 – Vehicle List 535 536 RFP 24-001 7.3 Towing and Storage Contract Questionnaire Question 18 -Current Contracts 537 Response to Question 18 Torrance Police Department 3300 Civic Center Drive Torrance, CA 90505 Sgt. Dave Koenig Cell- 310-678-2064 Office- 310-951-3188 DKoenig@TorranceCA.Gov Contract from 1948-Current Van Lingen deploys 6 trucks for the Torrance Police department. We deploy light, medium and heavy duty units in Torrance. Redondo Beach Police Department 401 Diamond Street Redondo Beach, CA 90277 Captain Stephen Sprengel (310) 379-2477 x2665 Contract from 2016-Current Van Lingen deploys 4 trucks for the Redondo Beach Police department. We deploy light, medium and heavy duty units in Redondo Beach Manhattan Beach Police Department 420 15th St Manhattan Beach, CA 90266 Lt. Andy Harrod (310) 802-5140 aharrod@manhattanbeach.gov Contract from 2008-Current Van Lingen deploys 4 trucks for the Manhattan Beach Police department. We deploy light, medium and heavy duty units in Manhattan Beach. El Segundo Police Department 348 Main St El Segundo, CA 90245 Chief Jaime Bermudez 310-524-2250 jbermudez@elsegundo.org Contract from 2016-Current 538 Van Lingen deploys 4 trucks for the El Segundo Police department. We deploy light, medium and heavy duty units in El Segundo. Palos Verdes Estates Police Department 340 Palos Verdes Drive West Palos Verdes Estates, CA 90274 Sgt. Eric Gaunt 310-378-4211 Contract from 1983-Current Van Lingen deploys 3 trucks for the Palos Verdes Estates Police department. We deploy light, medium and heavy duty units in Palos Verdes. 539 RFP 24-001 4.2.7 Cost Proposal Submitted by: Sean Van Lingen Van Lingen Towing 20621 Earl St. Torrance, CA 90503 310-602-4111 540   RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach  Page 38 of 48   7.2 Fees Attachment I, the undersigned, have read and understand the attached specifications for the Towing & Storage Request for Proposal. I am able to perform the contract in accordance with the City's specifications and offer the following costs of rendering services (please state bid amounts in words and figures): A. Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for passenger type vehicles and pickup trucks up to and including 1 ton capacity during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. 7 days per week, 365 days per year. $ B. Same as "A", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ C. Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for trucks (1 ton and over), and heavy equipment during the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM 7 days per week, 365 days per year. $ D. Same as "C", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ E. Hourly charge for additional labor to facilitate the movement of the vehicle (including dropping the drive shaft, use of dollies, etc. This does not include using a "slim jim" to open the vehicle - that should be included in base towing cost, except as requested below) $ F. Flat charge to “slim jim” a vehicle without performing towing services. $ G. Hourly charge for use of a dolly or motorcycle trailer if required. $ H. Flat charge for a vehicle release during non-business hours/days. $ Define non-business days: Define non-business hours: 156.00 156.00 299.00 299.00 156.00 78.00 INCLUDED IN BASE RATE 78.00 FEDERAL HOLIDAYS 7 DAYS A WEEK AFTER 5:00PM 541   RFP 24-001 City of Hermosa Beach  Page 39 of 48   I. Storage of vehicles shall be charged at the following rates: (In all cases where a vehicle has been stored for less than two (2) hours, no daily storage will be assessed. Any portion after two (2) hours shall constitute one full day). 1. Motorcycles $ /Day 2. Passenger type cars and trucks (1 ton or less) $ /Day 3. Trucks over 1 ton and heavy equipment $ /Day J. Field Release Fee $ K. Cost to tow City-owned vehicles: 1. Within Hermosa Beach to City Yard $ /Tow 2. Outside Hermosa Beach to City Yard $ /Mile 13.72 49.00 68.60 78.00 0.00 0.00 542 ROBERT VAN LINGEN PRESIDENT SEAN VAN LINGEN VICE-PRESIDENT D MIKE LOPEZ L1 SUPERVSIOR LUIS LOPEZ L2 SUPERVISOR GEORGE GARCIA DISPATCH SUPERVISOR DANIELLE VELIZ OFFICE SUPERVISOR ARTURO CAMACO DRIVER RICHARD CORONA DRIVER MARIO AVELAR DRIVER MATT URSO DRIVER ANTHONY CALLAGHAN DRIVER CARLOS FLORES DRIVER NATHAN SOTO DRIVER RUDY ENCINAS DRIVER C.T. PEREZ DISPATCH CARLOS CUAHTEMOC DISPATCH ROXY TORREBLANCA DISPATCH KORENA GASTELUM DISPATCH ED HAND OFFICE FELIPE MONTREAL LIEN SALES JUSTIN LIZARDI EQUIPMENT CAROL GOMEZ ADMINISTRATION MARC RIVAS OPERATIONS GIL CAMPOS FACILITIES JORGE SOTO DRIVER PHILLIP OELKERS DRIVER MIRANDA MAYEN DISPACTH JOSE RODRIGUEZ NIGHT SUPERVISOR DANIEL GONZALEZ DRIVER FELIPE MONREAL L4 SUPERVISOR OCTAVIO RAMIREZ DRIVER SILVESTRE CARILLO DRIVER Elvis Del Valle DRIVER WAYNE ZEPEDA DRIVER ERIC TUTTLE DRIVER PETER MATA DRIVER MATT URSO DRIVER BOBBY FOX DISPATCH ALEJANDRO GOMEZ DRIVER Key Personnel 543 City of Hermosa Beach Civic Center, 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254-3885 Page 1 of 17 CONTRACT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TO PROVIDE TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES BETWEEN THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH AND VAN LINGEN TOWING This AGREEMENT is entered into this 9th day of April, 2024, by and between the CITY OF Hermosa Beach, a general law city a municipal corporation (“CITY”) and Van Lingen Towing, a limited liability company (“CONTRACTOR”). R E C I T A L S A. The City desires to contract Van Lingen Towing to provide towing and storage services. B. The City does not have the personnel able and/or available to perform the services required under this agreement and therefore, the City desires to contract for consulting services to accomplish this work. C. The Contractor warrants to the City that it has the qualifications, experience and facilities to perform properly and timely the services under this Agreement. D. The City desires to contract with the Contractor to perform the services as described in Exhibit A of this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, based on the foregoing recitals, the City and the Contractor agree as follows: CONSIDERATION AND COMPENSATION As partial consideration, CONTRACTOR agrees to perform the work listed in the SCOPE OF SERVICES, attached as EXHIBIT A. As additional consideration, CONTRACTOR and CITY agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. No additional compensation shall be paid for any other expenses incurred, unless first approved by the City Manager or his/her designee. CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY, by not later than the 10th day of each month, its invoice for services itemizing the fees and costs incurred during the previous month. CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR all uncontested amounts set forth in CONTRACTOR’s invoice within 30 days after it is received. SCOPE OF SERVICES. CONTRACTOR will perform the services and activities set forth in the SCOPE OF SERVICE attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference. Except as herein otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by CITY, CONTRACTOR will, in a professional manner, furnish all of the labor, technical, administrative, professional and other personnel, all supplies and materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, office space, and facilities necessary or proper to perform and complete the work and provide the professional services required of CONTRACTOR by this Agreement. 544 City of Hermosa Beach Page 2 of 17 PAYMENTS. For CITY to pay CONTRACTOR as specified by EXHIBIT B of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR must submit an invoice to CITY. Each invoice shall contain a progress report describing the work completed during the billing period and shall also include cost information by task regarding: previous work billed to date, work billed during the reporting period, percent of task completed and amount remaining by task. Invoices are to be submitted monthly. The invoices shall reference the project title, and list charges by task, worker classification, hours, billing rate, and totals. Each invoice shall contain a progress report describing the work completed during the billing period and the following summary information: TIME OF PERFORMANCE. The services of the CONTRACTOR are to commence upon receipt of a notice to proceed from the CITY and shall continue until all authorized work is completed to the CITY’s reasonable satisfaction, in accordance with the schedule incorporated in “Exhibit A,” unless extended in writing by the CITY. FAMILIARITY WITH WORK. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR represents that CONTRACTOR has (a) thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed; (b) carefully considered how the services should be performed; and (c) understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement. KEY PERSONNEL. CONTRACTOR’s key person assigned to perform work under this Agreement is Sean Van Lingen. CONTRACTOR shall not assign another person to be in charge of the work contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written authorization of the City. TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this Agreement shall commence upon execution by both parties and shall expire on March 31, 2028, with the option to extend for up to two additional one year terms, unless earlier termination occurs under Section 11 of this Agreement, or this Agreement is extended in writing in advance by both parties. CHANGES. CITY may order changes in the services within the general scope of this Agreement, consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, and the contract sum and the contract time will be adjusted accordingly. All such changes must be authorized in writing, executed by CONTRACTOR and CITY. The cost or credit to CITY resulting from changes in the services will be determined in accordance with written agreement between the parties. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CONTRACTOR will provide CITY with a Taxpayer Identification Number. PERMITS AND LICENSES. CONTRACTOR will obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the performance of services under this Agreement. Contract Amount Total Prior Contract Billings Contract Work Performed this Period Total Contract Amount Performed To Date Contract Percent Complete Total Amount Remaining for the Contract 545 City of Hermosa Beach Page 3 of 17 TERMINATION. Except as otherwise provided, CITY may terminate this Agreement at any time with or without cause. Notice of termination shall be in writing. CONTRACTOR may terminate this Agreement. Notice will be in writing at least 30 days before the effective termination date. In the event of such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall cease services as of the date of termination, and all finished or unfinished documents, data, drawings, maps, and other materials prepared by CONTRACTOR shall, at CITY’s option, become CITY’s property, and CONTRACTOR will receive just and equitable compensation for any work satisfactorily completed up to the effective date of notice of termination. Should the Agreement be terminated pursuant to this Section, CITY may procure on its own terms services similar to those terminated. INDEMNIFICATION. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend with counsel approved by CITY, and hold harmless CITY, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers from and against all liability, loss, damage, expense, and cost (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation) of every nature arising out of or in connection with CONTRACTOR's performance of work hereunder or its failure to comply with any of its obligations contained in this AGREEMENT, regardless of CITY’S passive negligence, but excepting such loss or damage which is caused by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of the CITY. Should CITY in its sole discretion find CONTRACTOR’S legal counsel unacceptable, then CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the CITY its costs of defense, including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly pay any final judgment rendered against the CITY (and its officers, officials, employees and volunteers) covered by this indemnity obligation. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California and will survive termination of this Agreement. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by CONTRACTOR as required by Section 17, and any approval of said insurance by CITY, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement is for CONTRACTOR’s professional services. CONTRACTOR’s attempts to assign the benefits or burdens of this Agreement without CITY’s written approval are prohibited and will be null and void. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CITY and CONTRACTOR agree that CONTRACTOR will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which it is performed. CONTRACTOR will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with CITY. CONTRACTOR is not an agent or employee of CITY and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus, or similar benefits CITY provides for its employees. Any provision in this Agreement that may appear to give CITY the right to direct CONTRACTOR as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that CONTRACTOR will follow the direction of the CITY as to end results of the work only. AUDIT OF RECORDS. CONTRACTOR agrees that CITY, or designee, has the right to review, obtain, and copy all records pertaining to the performance of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide CITY, or designee, with any relevant information requested and will permit 546 City of Hermosa Beach Page 4 of 17 CITY, or designee, access to its premises, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours for the purpose of interviewing employees and inspecting and copying such books, records, accounts, and other material that may be relevant to a matter under investigation for the purpose of determining compliance with this Agreement. CONTRACTOR further agrees to maintain such records for a period of three (3) years following f inal payment under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR will keep all books, records, accounts and documents pertaining to this Agreement separate from other activities unrelated to this Agreement. CORRECTIVE MEASURES. CONTRACTOR will promptly implement any corrective measures required by CITY regarding the requirements and obligations of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR will be given a reasonable amount of time as determined by the City to implement said corrective measures. Failure of CONTRACTOR to implement required corrective measures shall result in immediate termination of this Agreement. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. A. The CONTRACTOR, at the CONTRACTOR’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies: 1. Workers Compensation Insurance as required by law. The Contractor shall require all subcontractors similarly to provide such compensation insurance for their respective employees. Any notice of cancellation or non-renewal of all Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by the CITY at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the CONTRACTOR for City. 2. General Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit. 3. Automobile Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the CONTRACTOR arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. 4. Professional Liability Coverage. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors, or omissions which may arise from the CONTRACTOR’S operations under this Agreement, whether such operations be by the CONTRACTOR or by its employees, subcontractors, or subcontractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit-per-occurrence basis. When coverage is provided on a “claims made basis,” CONTRACTOR will continue to renew the insurance for a period of three (3) years after this Agreement expires or is terminated. Such insurance will have the same coverage and limits as the policy that was in effect during the term of this Agreement, and will cover CONTRACTOR for all claims made by CITY arising out of any 547 City of Hermosa Beach Page 5 of 17 errors or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or its officers, employees or agents during the time this Agreement was in effect. B. Endorsements. Each general liability, automobile liability, and professional liability insurance policy shall be issued by a financially responsible insurance company or companies admitted and authorized to do business in the State of California, or which is approved in writing by City, and shall be endorsed as follows. CONTRACTOR also agrees to require all contractors, and subcontractors to do likewise. 1. “The CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of work performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.” 2. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects the CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by the CITY, including any self-insured retention the CITY may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with this policy. 3. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each, except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring company. 4. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the CITY, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents. 5. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. 6. The insurance provided by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the CITY. C. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide immediate notice to CITY of any claim or loss against Contractor arising out of the work performed under this agreement. CITY assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve CITY. D. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the CITY. At the CITY’s option, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate financial capability for payment of such deductibles or self-insured retentions. E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to the CITY as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the CITY on or before commencement of performance of this Agreement. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with the CITY at all times during the term of this Agreement. F. Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to procure or maintain required insurance shall constitute a material breach of contract under which the CITY may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11 above. G. The commercial general and automobile liability policies required by this Agreement shall allow City, as additional insured, to satisfy the self-insured retention (“SIR”) and/or deductible of the policy in lieu of the Contractor (as the named insured) should Contractor fail to pay the SIR or deductible requirements. The amount of the SIR or deductible shall be subject to the approval of the City Attorney and the Finance Director. Contractor understands and agrees that satisfaction of this requirement is an express condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement. Failure by Contractor as primary insured 548 City of Hermosa Beach Page 6 of 17 to pay its SIR or deductible constitutes a material breach of this Ag reement. Should City pay the SIR or deductible on Contractor’s behalf upon the Contractor’s failure or refusal to do so in order to secure defense and indemnification as an additional insured under the policy, City may include such amounts as damages in any action against Contractor for breach of this Agreement in addition to any other damages incurred by City due to the breach. USE OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR must obtain CITY’s prior written approval to use any sub-contractors while performing any portion of this Agreement. Such approval must include approval of the proposed contractor and the terms of compensation. FINAL PAYMENT ACCEPTANCE CONSTITUTES RELEASE. The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the final payment made under this Agreement shall operate as and be a release of the CITY from all claims and liabilities for compensation to the CONTRACTOR for anything done, furnished or relating to the CONTRACTOR’S work or services. Acceptance of payment shall be any negotiation of the CITY’S check or the failure to make a written extra compensation claim within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of that check. However, approval or payment by the CITY shall not constitute, nor be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, sub-contractors and agents for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or work performed; nor shall such approval or payment be deemed to be an assumption of such responsibility or liability by the CITY for any defect or error in the work prepared by the Contractor, its employees, sub-contractors and agents. CORRECTIONS. In addition to the above indemnification obligations, the CONTRACTOR shall correct, at its expense, all errors in the work which may be disclosed duri ng the City’s review of the Contractor’s report or plans. Should the Contractor fail to make such correction in a reasonably timely manner, such correction shall be made by the CITY, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR. In addition to all other available remedies, the City may deduct the cost of such correction from any retention amount held by the City or may withhold payment otherwise owed CONTRACTOR under this Agreement up to the amount of the cost of correction. NON-APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Payments to be made to CONTRACTOR by CITY for services preformed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted fund. In the event that CITY does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of CONTRACTOR’S services beyond the current fiscal year, the Agreement shall cover payment for CONTRACTOR’S services only to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which CITY appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: CITY CONTRACTOR City of Hermosa Beach 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 ATTN: Sergeant Guy Dove Van Lingen Towing 20621 Earl St. Torrance, CA 90503 ATTN: Sean Van Lingen 549 City of Hermosa Beach Page 7 of 17 Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. Courtesy copies of notices may be sent via electronic mail, provided that the original notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or personally delivered as specified in this Section. A. SOLICITATION. CONTRACTOR maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than CONTRACTOR’s bona fide employee, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, CONTRACTOR warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than CONTRACTOR’s bona fide employee, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. Should CONTRACTOR breach or violate this warranty, CITY may rescind this Agreement without liability. B. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement and every provision herein is generally for the exclusive benefit of CONTRACTOR and CITY and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of CONTRACTOR’s or CITY’s obligations under this Agreement. C. INTERPRETATION. This Agreement was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this agreement will be in Los Angeles County. D. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, and its Attachments, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties. There are no other understandings, terms or other agreements expressed or implied, oral or written. E. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Each Party had the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement will be construed simply, as a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning; it will not be interpreted strictly for or against either Party. F. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement and to engage in the actions described herein. This Agreement may be modified by written amendment with signatures of all parties to this Agreement. CITY’s city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on behalf of CITY. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission or scanned and delivered via electronic mail. Such facsimile or electronic mail copies will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. FORCE MAJEURE. Should performance of this Agreement be impossible due to fire, flood, explosion, war, embargo, government action, civil or military authority, the natural elements, 550 City of Hermosa Beach Page 8 of 17 or other similar causes beyond the Parties’ control, then the Agreement will immediately terminate without obligation of either party to the other. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence to comply with dates and schedules to be provided. ATTORNEY’S FEES. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each will bear his or its own costs, expenses and attorneys' fees arising out of and/or connected with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Agreement, and all matters arising out of or connected therewith except that, in the event any action is brought by any party hereto to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees and costs in addition to all other relief to which that party or those parties may be entitled. STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR represents that it has demonstrated trustworthiness and possesses the quality, fitness and capacity to perform the Agreement in a manner satisfactory to CITY. CONTRACTOR represents that its financial resources, surety and insurance experience, service experience, completion ability, personnel, current workload, experience in dealing with private contractors, and experience in dealing with public agencies all suggest that CONTRACTOR is capable of performing the proposed contract and has a demonstrated capacity to deal fairly and effectively with and to satisfy a public agency. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the City shall own all documents and other work product of the Contractor, except the Contractor’s notes and workpapers, which pertain to the work performed under this Agreement. The City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion and without further compensation to the Contractor, but any re-use of such documents by the City on any other project without prior written consent of the Contractor shall be at the sole risk of the City. DISCLOSURE REQUIRED. (City and Contractor initials required at one of the following paragraphs) By their respective initials next to this paragraph, City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that Contractor is a “contractor” for the purposes of the California Political Reform Act because Contractor’s duties would require him or her to make one or more of the governmental decisions set forth in Fair Political Practices Commission Regulation 18701(a)(2) or otherwise serves in a staff capacity for which disclosure would otherwise be required were Contractor employed by the City. Contractor hereby acknowledges his or her assuming-office, annual, and leaving-office financial reporting obligations under the California Political Reform Act and the City’s Conflict of Interest Code and agrees to comply with those obligations at his or her expense. Prior to contractor commencing services hereunder, the City’s Manager shall prepare and deliver to contractor a memorandum detailing the extent of Contractor’s disclosure obligations in accordance with the City’s Conflict of Interest Code. City Initials ______ Contractor Initials ______ OR 551 City of Hermosa Beach Page 9 of 17 By their initials next to this paragraph, City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that Contractor is not a “contractor” for the purpose of the California Political Reform Act because Contractor’s duties and responsibilities are not within the scope of the definition of contractor in Fair Political Practice Commission Regulation 18701(a)(2)(A) and is otherwise not serving in staff capacity in accordance with the City’s Conflict of Interest Code. City Initials ______ Contractor Initials ______ IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH CONTRACTOR [MAYOR/CITY MANAGER] By: TITLE ATTEST: Myra Maravilla, City Clerk Taxpayer ID No. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney 552 City of Hermosa Beach Page 10 of 17 Exhibit A – Scope of Services 1.1 Definitions Impound: Vehicle or equipment taken into custody by order of Police Department. Prior to release by contractor, certain requirements must be satisfied between the owner of the vehicle and the Police Department. Contractor is to release vehicle only upon written order from Police Department. Storage: Vehicle can be released directly to the owner without an official written release from Police Department. The matter is considered a civil arrangement between contractor and vehicle owner. Owner’s Authorized Agent: A person having legal authorization by the owner of a vehicle to act on behalf of the owner in his/her absence. Person must have original or certified documentation from the owner indicating such authorization. 1.2 Towing and Storage The Contractor’s primary duty will be: responding, on a first priority basis, to requests for towing services initiated by the City’s police officers and parking enforcement personnel. The Contractor must also respond to towing requests from other City employees who are duly authorized to remove vehicles for storage, or investigation, or both. Typical towing situations will include, but will not be limited to: removing illegally parked vehicles, towing inoperative vehicles as a result of traffic accidents and mechanical breakdowns, and impounding vehicles for investigation, evidence, or a violation of the law. The Contractor must provide towing and storage services all hours of a day, every day of the year. The Contractor must maintain adequate personnel, equipment, and facilities at all times to perform the required towing services, within the time frame(s) outlined in the Contract. While the Contractor has custody of vehicles, it will be responsible for their safekeeping, including their contents, until they have been released to the owner or owner’s agent, or disposed of in the manner the law permits. Until the Contractor receives the Police Department’s written authorization, it must not release a vehicle to an owner or the owner’s agent when the Police Department is: Holding that vehicle for investigation, examination, or evidence, or requesting its special handling or protection (collectively, “police hold vehicles”); or Impounding that vehicle for unpaid parking citations, lack of current registration, or a violation of the law. To prevent damage to police hold vehicles or spoliation of any evidence in or upon those vehicles, such as fingerprints or stains, the Contractor must store police hold vehicles in a secure area protected against the elements, sources of contamination, and entry by unauthorized persons. 1.3 Administrative Fee 553 City of Hermosa Beach Page 11 of 17 The City, through the tow contractor, charges each vehicle owner a Vehicle Release Fee. Contractor is required to collect and account for the fee, and report on a monthly basis all vehicles released and the fee collected. 1.4 Record Keeping and Reporting Contractor shall keep records on all vehicles handled as a result of this contract. Reports shall be submitted in electronically. Utilizing a spreadsheet or similar program is acceptable to the City. Reports are due no later than 15 days after the last day of the previous month. A late charge equal to 1-1/2% per month will be levied on all past due payments. Periodic audits by the City on the contractor's records in relation to the towing contract will be scheduled. 1.5 Legal Requirements The Contractor shall at all times abide by the rules and regulations set forth in the California Vehicle Code regarding the handling of vehicles, lien sales with outstanding parking penalties, owner notification, etc. Further, all of Contractor's vehicles shall also conform to and be maintained in accordance with the latest edition of the California Vehicle Code. All impound procedures shall be in accordance with California Highway Patrol procedures. 1.6 Response Time Requirements The Contractor shall respond to the location requested by the City within 20 minutes of receipt of the call. If the response time is not attainable for a particular call, the Contractor shall notify the City immediately, advising the City of the expected time of arrival (ETA). If the ETA i s not acceptable to the City, the City reserves the right to contact an alternate towing contractor to satisfy the need. 1.7 Location of Contractor’s Storage Facility The Contractor's storage/impound facility shall be located within a 10-mile radius of the City of Hermosa Beach City Hall. Transfer of business location may affect the contract and therefore, the City must be consulted prior to such a move. 1.8 Storage Facility Requirements Storage facilities utilized in the performance of a contract shall comply with all of the following conditions: a) All vehicles shall be stored in a building or in an area that is, in the opinion of the City, secure and enclosed by a substantial wall or walls or other City-approved enclosure. b) Storage facilities must be existing structures, not a building to be constructed as the result of a contract award. c) The entire storage facility must be illuminated to such a degree that clear visual observation of the area may be made during the hours of darkness. 554 City of Hermosa Beach Page 12 of 17 d) Storage facilities must be capable of holding a minimum of 50 cars, parked in such a manner as to provide accessibility and to prevent damage. e) The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, maintain separate and enclosed garage facilities for a minimum of three (3) vehicles ordered impounded by the Police Department for involvement in commission of crimes or as evidence. The enclosed garage shall be lockable with possession of the key to the garage given to the Police Department. f) Contractor will maintain a secure facility or facilities which have 24 hour surveillance utilizing closed circuit television, personnel, or some other City-approved means of security. g) Contractors shall provide sufficient lighting in public access areas for hours of darkness. 1.9 Contractor’s Personnel All of the Tow Contractor's personnel shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: a) All operations engaged in under the provisions of the contract shall be at the direction of the City representative (Police Officer, Parking Enforcement Officer, etc.) at the scene. b) All personnel must possess a valid and proper State of California Driver License required to operate all vehicles and equipment required to be used in the performance of the contract. c) All personnel shall be thoroughly trained in the proper and safe use of all equipment used in performing the necessary work. d) All personnel shall be uniformed with the name of the towing company and the individual's name clearly visible. Personnel shall be neatly groomed. e) The Contractor agrees to perform offender background checks on all personnel performing under the City, to include DOJ Live scan and Clearance through Megan’s law. f) All personnel shall be fluent in the English language. 1.10 Hours of Operation a) Contractor shall have tow service available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year. b) Vehicles must be available for release from impound and storage 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. Contractor must have his/her facility clearly marked wi th telephone number to call if release is requested after normal working hours. c) Contractor shall have at least two tow trucks stationed in the City of Hermosa Beach during the hours of 6:00 AM to 8:30 AM and 2:30 PM to 6:30 PM Monday through Friday (excluding holidays) for the purpose of expedient towing during maximum enforcement times. d) Contractor may be requested periodically to provide deployment of trucks for special events (e.g., the Hermosa Beach Open volleyball tournament, etc.). Such events will be coordinated with Contractor at least 24 hours in advance. 555 City of Hermosa Beach Page 13 of 17 1.11 Equipment Requirements a) The Contractor must have (either through a subcontractor or as owner of the equipment) a minimum of three standard tow vehicles (1 ton rating or greater, dual rear wheel s), one flat bed tow vehicle and one heavy duty truck capable of towing tractor-type trucks (semi’s), available at all times. b) None of the vehicles shall be converted pickup trucks or vehicles not specifically built by the manufacturer for the purpose of towing other vehicles. c) All vehicles shall have all necessary communications equipment for radio transmission and reception and shall comply with FCC regulations and requirements. City frequencies shall not be used. Equipment shall be purchased and maintained at Contractor expense. d) All vehicles shall be well maintained and neat in appearance. e) Each tow vehicle shall have a cable winch of sufficient size and capacity to retrieve vehicles that may have gone over embankments, or off of traveled portions of roadways into inaccessible locations. f) All tow vehicles shall have the means by which to tow a trailered boat or other trailered item. g) Contractor shall possess a dolly. h) Contractor is expected to possess the standard tools of the trade such as slim jims, floor jacks, shovels, brooms, sand and absorbent materials for auto fluids. i) All tow vehicles shall pass California Highway Patrol inspection and display a window tag indicating so. 1.12 Site Clean-up The contractor shall carry the appropriate equipment (brooms, buckets, absorbent, etc.) and shall be responsible for proper clean-up of a tow site, including, but not limited to, broken glass, automobile fluids or other debris. The clean-up shall be performed automatically and without request by the City officer or official on-site. 1.13 Non-exclusive Contract The Contractors selected will be considered the primary tow Contractors for the City of Hermosa Beach, but will not be considered as the exclusive tow Contractors. Other contractors may be used on an as-needed basis. 1.14 Advertising Contractor shall not display or use any signs, advertising materials, logos, etc. which indicate that the towing service is an official towing service for the City of Hermosa Beach without the prior written authorization of the City. Designation of "Official Police Tow" or similar verbiage is acceptable. 556 City of Hermosa Beach Page 14 of 17 1.15 Removal of Vehicles Except for private impounds, the Contractor shall not remove any vehicle without first being instructed to do so by an authorized officer of the City (e.g., Police Officer, Police Services Officer, Community Services Officer, or Public Works employee). 1.16 Release of Impounded/Stored Vehicles a) A vehicle impounded (see definitions above) by order of the Police Department must have a written release and official stamp from the Department to be presented by the registered owner (or R.O.’s authorized agent) to the Contractor at the time of release. b) No repair work shall be performed on any impounded vehicle unless authorized by the registered owner. c) Vehicles ordered towed and stored (see definitions above) by the Police Department or Parking Enforcement do not require release from the Police Department or City. The registered owner of the vehicle may request release directly with the Contractor. Contractor shall require proof of ownership. The Contractor will, at the request of an authorized City representative (e.g., Police Watch Commander, Traffic Sergeant or Police Chief), release any vehicle whether in the field or from storage/impound, at no cost to the registered owner or the City. 1.17 Stolen Vehicle Release Policy Upon receipt of a recovered stolen vehicle the tow contractor will ascertain from the recovering agency whether any holds are placed on the vehicle. A notation on the impound form shall be made as to whether a hold is placed on the vehicle. The notation shall include the name of the officer, date and time of hold. If the recovering agency does not place a hold on the recovered vehicle the tow contractor shall contact the agency within the jurisdiction from which the vehicle was stolen to determine if a hold will be placed on the vehicle. If a hold is placed on the vehicle, the name of the officer, date and time will be noted by the contractor on the impound form. If no holds are placed on the vehicle the owner will obtain a release form from the recovering agency at which point the owner may then take possession of the vehicle. 1.18 Compliance with Laws Contractor shall keep fully informed of and comply with all state and federal laws and all ordinances and regulations of the City which in any manner affect the Contractor or those engaged or employed by the Contractor in performing the services to be rendered pursuant to a contract. Contractor shall maintain all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by City ordinances or other laws relating to the performance of the service relevant to a contract. 557 City of Hermosa Beach Page 15 of 17 558 City of Hermosa Beach Page 16 of 17 Exhibit B - Fees A. Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for passenger type vehicles and pickup trucks up to and including 1 ton capacity during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. 7 days per week, 365 days per year. $ 156.00 B. Same as "A", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ 156.00 C. Flat charge for City-ordered tow charges for trucks (1 ton and over), and heavy equipment during the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM 7 days per week, 365 days per year. $ 299.99 D. Same as "C", except during the hours of 7:00 PM to 7:00 AM $ 156.00 E. Hourly charge for additional labor to facilitate the movement of the vehicle (including dropping the drive shaft, use of dollies, etc. This does not include using a "slim jim" to open the vehicle - that should be included in base towing cost, except as requested below) $ 156.00 F. Flat charge to “slim jim” a vehicle without performing towing services. $ 78.00 G. Hourly charge for use of a dolly or motorcycle trailer if required. $ included in base rate H. Flat charge for a vehicle release during non-business hours/days. $ 78.00 Define non-business days: Federal Holidays Define non-business hours: 7 days a week after 5:00PM 559 City of Hermosa Beach Page 17 of 17 I. Storage of vehicles shall be charged at the following rates: (In all cases where a vehicle has been stored for less than two (2) hours, no daily storage will be assessed. Any portion after two (2) hours shall constitute one full day). 1. Motorcycles $ 13.72/Day 2. Passenger type cars and trucks (1 ton or less) $ 49.00/Day 3. Trucks over 1 ton and heavy equipment $ 68.60/Day J. Field Release Fee $ 78.00 K. Cost to tow City-owned vehicles: 1. Within Hermosa Beach to City Yard $ 0.00/Tow 2. Outside Hermosa Beach to City Yard $ 0.00/Mile 560 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0171 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 LOS ANGELES COUNTY FIRE AND AMBULANCE MONTHLY REPORT FOR FEBRUARY 2024 (Emergency Management Coordinator Maurice Wright) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council receive and file the February 2024 Fire and Ambulance monthly report. Executive Summary: City departments generate monthly reports to provide a snapshot of activities performed each month. Prior to the transition of fire and ambulance transport services to the County of Los Angeles,the Hermosa Beach Fire Department developed monthly response reports.After the transition,the monthly report was updated to include Los Angeles County Fire Department (LACoFD)and McCormick Ambulance information and continues to be uploaded to the website.The following report provides details regarding services provided for the month of February 2024. Background: At the February 11,2020 Council meeting,City Council requested monthly reports on the City Council agenda under consent calendar.Monthly reports began to appear commencing with the July 14, 2020 City Council agenda. The enclosed report reflects the services for February 2024. Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description February 11, 2020 (Regular Meeting) City Council requested monthly reports on the City Council agenda under consent calendar. July 14, 2020 (Regular Meeting) Monthly reports began on City Council consent agenda. Discussion: The February 2024 monthly report provides an overview of services provided by LACoFD andCity of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 4 powered by Legistar™561 Staff Report REPORT 24-0171 The February 2024 monthly report provides an overview of services provided by LACoFD and McCormick Ambulance (Attachment 1-February 2024 LACoFD and McCormick Ambulance Monthly Report). Los Angeles County Fire Department (LACoFD) LACoFD and McCormick Ambulance work together to provide emergency medical services (EMS)to the Hermosa Beach community.LACoFD has two apparatus stationed at Station 100 including one assessment engine (Engine 100)staffed with a Fire Captain,a Fire Engineer,and a Firefighter Paramedic;and a paramedic squad (Squad 100)staffed with two Firefighter Paramedics.The paramedic squad (Squad 100)only responds to calls for service exclusively within the City of Hermosa Beach.It does not provide mutual aid,thereby remaining available for calls within Hermosa Beach. Each LACoFD apparatus has the capability to provide basic emergency medical care known as Basic Life Support (BLS)to medical patients.In addition,the paramedic squad has advanced equipment, including medications,and responds from within the City to address Advanced Life Support (ALS) calls, such as a stroke or heart attack. McCormick Ambulance is one of the emergency medical transport companies within Los Angeles County.LACoFD does not conduct patient transport;therefore,unincorporated areas are included in the fire department transport contracts with various providers.Contract cities are responsible for negotiating and contracting with a medical transport provider for their community.Within the South Bay,many of the cities have contracted with McCormick Ambulance to conduct emergency medical transportation including the City of Hermosa Beach. When LACoFD is dispatched,McCormick Ambulance may also be dispatched as the City’s emergency medical transportation provider.LACoFD provides life-saving medical care on scene and continues ALS level care as the patient is transported to a local hospital.In the case of a BLS level call,monitoring and care are safely provided by one of the two Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs) assigned to the responding ambulance. LACoFD follows industry standards developed by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), which outlines call transfer times and total response times.The NFPA standard for call transfer time is that each call will be answered within 60 seconds 90 percent of the time.Additionally,responding units are to be enroute within 60 seconds for EMS related calls and 80 seconds for structure fire calls.NFPA further stipulates that for EMS calls,responding units must arrive on scene within 8 minutes and 59 seconds 90 percent of the time. The February 2024 call transfer report provided by LACoFD indicates that there were no calls with a transfer time longer than the NFPA standard.Staff is working with LACoFD to incorporate the South City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 4 powered by Legistar™562 Staff Report REPORT 24-0171 transfer time longer than the NFPA standard.Staff is working with LACoFD to incorporate the South Bay Regional Public Communications Authority (RCC)call transfer time data,currently provided semi -annually,into the monthly reports.The RCC call transfer data provides information regarding each call for service from the time that the call first comes into the 9-1-1 system to the time that it is transferred to LACoFD. McCormick Ambulance McCormick Ambulances are staffed by two EMTs who can provide and transport BLS patients independently and,with the support of LACoFD paramedics riding in the ambulance,can also transport ALS patients. In February 2024,McCormick Ambulance responded to 63 calls for services within the City of Hermosa Beach.The February 2024 report indicated that seven calls resulted in delayed Code 3 responses.A Code 3 response is one where the responding emergency units are driving with lights and sirens to a presumed life-threatening emergency,which is typically classified as an ALS call. According to the McCormick Ambulance contract,“response time must not exceed eight (8)minutes, fifty-nine (59)seconds”for a Code 3 incident.Of the seven delayed Code 3 calls,the average response time was twelve (12)minutes,Forty (40)seconds with the longest single response time at fifteen (15) minutes, fifty-four (54) seconds. There were four delayed Code 2 responses in February 2024.A Code 2 response is one where the responding emergency units are driving with lights and sirens to an emergency classified as a basic life support or BLS call.According to the McCormick Ambulance contract,“response time must not exceed fifteen (15)minutes,zero (0)seconds”for a Code 2 incident.Of the four delayed Code 2 calls,the average response time was eighteen (18)minutes,six (6)seconds,with the longest single response time at twenty-one (21) minutes, forty nine (49) seconds. Staff reviewed the February 2024 McCormick Ambulance monthly report.The following outlines the reasons for the delayed responses: ·Distance: (1) The responding crew encountered heavy traffic along the route; ·Multiple Calls: (10) The dispatch center received multiple calls at the same time; McCormick Ambulance demonstrates a continuous effort to detect and correct service level performance deficiencies by identifying the reason for delayed response times,issuing personnel performance notices when mandatory response requirements are not met and releasing personnel upon continued performance issues.McCormick Ambulance also provides training and continuing education to staff to improve skills and service delivery. Although the emergency medical transport units arrived on scene within the allowable timeframe for City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 4 powered by Legistar™563 Staff Report REPORT 24-0171 Although the emergency medical transport units arrived on scene within the allowable timeframe for 52 calls in February 2024,patients were provided timely life-saving emergency medical care on scene by Los Angeles County Fire Department paramedics.When LACoFD arrives on scene,it takes paramedics 5 to 10 minutes to conduct the required treatment protocols prior to commencing transport with McCormick Ambulance.During the patient treatment phase,the requested ambulance is typically on scene waiting for the paramedics to complete their treatment protocols even if the ambulance response is delayed.Los Angeles County Fire Department and McCormick Ambulance are committed to providing excellent emergency medical care,customer service,and response to the residents and visitors of Hermosa Beach. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below: Safety Element Goal 5. High quality police and fire protection services provided to residents and visitors. Policy: ·5.2 High level of response.Achieve optimal utilization of allocated public safety resources and provide desired levels of response, staffing, and protection within the community. Fiscal Impact: Fire and ambulance services are contracted and accounted for during the annual budget process. Attachments: 1.Fire and Ambulance Monthly Report-February 2024 2.Link to July 14, 2020 City Council Staff Report 3.Link to February 11, 2020 City Council Staff Report Respectfully Submitted by: Maurice Wright, Emergency Management Coordinator Concur: Angela Crespi, Deputy City Manager Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 4 powered by Legistar™564 E100 S100 Total FIRE, EXPLOSION 150 ‐ Outside rubbish fire, other 1              1  0.45% FIRE, EXPLOSION Total 1              1  0.45% RESCUE, EMS 300 ‐ Rescue, emergency medical call (EMS) call, other 20            17            37                 16.67% 311 ‐ Medical assist, assist EMS crew 3              3              6  2.70% 320 ‐ Emergency medical service, other 3              2              5  2.25% 321 ‐ EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with injury 60            50            110               49.55% 322 ‐ Vehicle accident with injuries 1              1              2  0.90% RESCUE, EMS Total 87            73            160               72.07% SERVICE CALL 520 ‐ Water problem, other 2              2  0.90% SERVICE CALL Total 2              2  0.90% GOOD INTENT CALL 600 ‐ Good intent call, other 30            7              37                 16.67% 611 ‐ Dispatched & cancelled enroute 19            1              20                 9.01% GOOD INTENT CALL Total 49            8              57                 25.68% FALSE ALARM, FALSE CALL 735 ‐ Alarm system sounded due to malfunction 1              1  0.45% FALSE ALARM, FALSE CALL Total 1              1  0.45% SPECIAL OR OTHER INCIDENT TYPE 900 ‐ Special type of incident, other 1              1  0.45% SPECIAL OR OTHER INCIDENT TYPE Total 1              1  0.45% Grand Total 141          81            222               100.00% Note: Data based on Fireview report ‐ apparatus 2024 YTD240229. *Units responses in and outside the City of Hermosa Beach. LOS ANGELES COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT HERMOSA BEACH FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY 2024 Incident Type UNIT RESPONSES Percentage 565 DAY OF THE WEEK E100 S100 Total Sunday 21               14               35                Monday 17               10               27                Tuesday 24               15               39                Wednesday 12               7                 19                Thursday 31               13               44                Friday 15               8                 23                Saturday 21               14               35                Grand Total* 141            81               222             Note: Data based on Fireview report ‐ apparatus 2024 YTD240229. *Units responses in and outside the City of Hermosa Beach. LOS ANGELES COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT HERMOSA BEACH FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY 2024 UNIT RESPONSES  ‐  5  10  15  20  25  30  35 E100 S100 566 TIME OF THE DAY E100 S100 Total 00:00:00 TO 00:59:59 5                 4                 9                 01:00:00 TO 01:59:59 2                 1                 3                 02:00:00 TO 02:59:59 4                 4                 8                 03:00:00 TO 03:59:59 6                 5                 11               04:00:00 TO 04:59:59 2                 1                 3                 05:00:00 TO 05:59:59 3                 1                 4                 06:00:00 TO 06:59:59 4                 4                 8                 07:00:00 TO 07:59:59 4                 4                 08:00:00 TO 08:59:59 6                 4                 10               09:00:00 TO 09:59:59 8                 3                 11               10:00:00 TO 10:59:59 9                 3                 12               11:00:00 TO 11:59:59 12               8                 20               12:00:00 TO 12:59:59 12               6                 18               13:00:00 TO 13:59:59 6                 4                 10               14:00:00 TO 14:59:59 9                 6                 15               15:00:00 TO 15:59:59 7                 5                 12               16:00:00 TO 16:59:59 4                 2                 6                 17:00:00 TO 17:59:59 6                 3                 9                 18:00:00 TO 18:59:59 11               5                 16               19:00:00 TO 19:59:59 7                 5                 12               20:00:00 TO 20:59:59 3                 3                 6                 21:00:00 TO 21:59:59 6                 2                 8                 22:00:00 TO 22:59:59 2                 2                 23:00:00 TO 23:59:59 3                 2                 5                 Grand Total* 141            81               222            Note: Data based on Fireview report ‐ apparatus 2024 YTD240229. *Units responses in and outside the City of Hermosa Beach. LOS ANGELES COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT HERMOSA BEACH FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY 2024 UNIT RESPONSES  ‐  2  4  6  8  10  12  14 00:00:00 TO 00:59:5901:00:00 TO 01:59:5902:00:00 TO 02:59:5903:00:00 TO 03:59:5904:00:00 TO 04:59:5905:00:00 TO 05:59:5906:00:00 TO 06:59:5907:00:00 TO 07:59:5908:00:00 TO 08:59:5909:00:00 TO 09:59:5910:00:00 TO 10:59:5911:00:00 TO 11:59:5912:00:00 TO 12:59:5913:00:00 TO 13:59:5914:00:00 TO 14:59:5915:00:00 TO 15:59:5916:00:00 TO 16:59:5917:00:00 TO 17:59:5918:00:00 TO 18:59:5919:00:00 TO 19:59:5920:00:00 TO 20:59:5921:00:00 TO 21:59:5922:00:00 TO 22:59:5923:00:00 TO 23:59:59E100 S100 567 Ad Hoc Report: Name: Date: Description: Seizure Date Seizure Time ALI City Answer Secs Call Type ID ALI Class 02/01/2024 12:44:06 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/02/2024 19:31:58 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/03/2024 14:29:39 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/03/2024 19:17:29 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/03/2024 19:24:24 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/04/2024 14:47:15 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/04/2024 15:50:11 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/05/2024 15:34:22 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/06/2024 11:06:23 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/07/2024 09:16:59 HMB 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/07/2024 12:51:51 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/08/2024 00:12:50 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/08/2024 10:02:49 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/08/2024 11:34:18 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls BUSN 02/08/2024 16:58:44 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/09/2024 19:42:48 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/10/2024 05:18:32 HMB 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/10/2024 08:15:32 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/10/2024 09:50:47 HMB 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/10/2024 14:57:38 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/10/2024 16:24:34 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/11/2024 03:53:42 HERM BCH 44 911 Calls WPH2 02/11/2024 06:55:31 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/11/2024 19:58:49 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/11/2024 19:58:57 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/11/2024 23:21:51 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/12/2024 02:23:09 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/12/2024 05:43:59 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/12/2024 13:02:20 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/13/2024 06:08:54 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/13/2024 18:00:18 HMB 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/13/2024 20:14:40 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/14/2024 07:26:23 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/14/2024 13:45:00 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/15/2024 08:51:33 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/15/2024 19:27:02 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/16/2024 06:56:51 HERMOSA BEACH 3 911 Calls VOIP 02/16/2024 13:46:59 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/17/2024 00:35:38 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 Hermosa Call Answer Time 3/5/2024 February 2024 Los Angeles County Fire 568 02/17/2024 02:06:29 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/17/2024 12:17:16 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/17/2024 12:58:13 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/17/2024 22:29:02 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/19/2024 05:14:20 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/19/2024 13:21:34 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls RESD 02/19/2024 23:14:22 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/20/2024 10:09:41 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls RESD 02/20/2024 11:43:55 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/20/2024 18:04:06 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/22/2024 01:54:48 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/22/2024 01:57:43 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/22/2024 03:46:05 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/22/2024 09:27:02 HERM BCH 1 911 Calls WPH2 02/23/2024 17:05:39 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/24/2024 04:56:40 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/24/2024 10:14:57 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/24/2024 23:26:58 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/25/2024 17:58:28 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/25/2024 19:28:26 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/25/2024 20:38:15 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/26/2024 16:28:02 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/27/2024 08:11:26 HERM BCH 3 911 Calls WPH2 02/27/2024 11:58:49 HERM BCH 2 911 Calls WPH2 02/28/2024 11:05:52 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls VOIP 02/28/2024 11:44:06 HERMOSA BEACH 2 911 Calls RESD Average Call Answer Time (seconds)3 569 McCormick Ambulance February 2024 Total Number of Dispatched Calls Dispatched Calls Totals Transported 63 Canceled 34 Grand Total 97 63,65% 34,35% Transported Canceled 570 McCormick Ambulance February 2024 Calls Per Day of the Week Day of the Week Completed Canceled Total Sunday 12 3 15 Monday 10 3 13 Tuesday 10 8 18 Wednesday 5 3 8 Thursday 7 9 16 Friday 8 2 10 Saturday 11 6 17 Calls Total 63 34 97 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Transports Cancels 571 McCormick Ambulance February 2024 Calls by Time of Day Time of Day Calls 00:00:00 to 00:59:59 4 01:00:00 to 01:59:59 2 02:00:00 to 02:59:59 3 03:00:00 to 03:59:59 4 04:00:00 to 04:59:59 1 05:00:00 to 05:59:59 1 06:00:00 to 06:59:59 3 07:00:00 to 07:59:59 1 08:00:00 to 08:59:59 2 09:00:00 to 09:59:59 3 10:00:00 to 10:59:59 2 11:00:00 to 11:59:59 6 12:00:00 to 12:59:59 1 13:00:00 to 13:59:59 2 14:00:00 to 14:59:59 3 15:00:00 to 15:59:59 3 16:00:00 to 16:59:59 2 17:00:00 to 17:59:59 3 18:00:00 to 18:59:59 5 19:00:00 to 19:59:59 4 20:00:00 to 20:59:59 2 21:00:00 to 21:59:59 3 22:00:00 to 22:59:59 1 23:00:00 to 23:59:59 2 Total Calls 63 572 McCormick Ambulance February 2024 Calls by Time of Day 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 573 McCormick Ambulance February 2024 Responses by Code Within Allowable Time Delayed Response Total Code 3: Response Time of 8:59 or less 12 7 19 Code 2: Response Time of 15:00 or less 40 4 44 Canceled 34 Total Responses 52 11 97 574 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0173 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SPONSORSHIP DONATION TO MIRA COSTA HIGH SCHOOL GRAD NITE 2024 (City Manager Suja Lowenthal) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council approve a sponsorship donation of $1,000 to the Mira Costa High School G.R.A.D. Booster Club for 2024. Executive Summary: Sponsorship donation requests from Mira Costa High School to support a drug-free and alcohol-free graduation celebration have been approved annually since 1998.The amount originally approved in 1998, and subsequently requested annually, is $1,000. Background: G.R.A.D Nite (Graduates Resisting Alcohol and Drugs)has been a Mira Costa tradition for over twenty-five years.Sponsorship donation requests from Mira Costa High School have been approved annually since 1998.The amount originally approved in 1998,and subsequently requested annually, is $1,000.This program encourages seniors to celebrate with other graduates in a drug-free and alcohol-free environment. Discussion: The G.R.A.D Nite event is supervised and is a sober event for graduates to celebrate safely with their peers on graduation night.Graduates are bussed to the destination where they are fed and entertained.Ticket prices are kept low to encourage attendance,and scholarships,in the form of no cost attendance,are provided to students who otherwise could not afford to attend.One hundred percent of donations cover scholarships to students to offset the cost of G.R.A.D Nite and the cost of the event. Fiscal Impact: Funds for this donation are included in the Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget under the City Council Special Events Account, 001-1101-4319. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 2 powered by Legistar™575 Staff Report REPORT 24-0173 General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below: Public Safety Element Goal 5. High quality police and fire protection services provided to residents and visitors. Policy: ·5.5 Crime prevention outreach programs.Offer youth programs,recreation opportunities, educational programs, and other services to encourage crime prevention behavior. Attachment: Mira Costa G.R.A.D. Nite 2024 Donation Request and Sponsorship Form Respectfully Submitted by: Ann Yang, Executive Assistant Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 2 powered by Legistar™576 From: Christy Phillips Date: March 25, 2024 at 8:03:00 PM PDT To: City Council Subject: MCHS GRAD NITE 2024 Dear Mayor Massey and the Hermosa Beach City Council, We hope this finds you well. We are writing to you on behalf of the Mira Costa Grad Nite Committee for 2024. You generously sponsored last year with a $1000 donation and we sincerely appreciate your help making this a memorable night for our graduating Class of 2024! Below you will find the GRAD NITE Information Sheet and Sponsorship Form. We hope you will support our Seniors again this year! Grad Nite will provide a safe and fun environment for our Costa Class of 2024 to celebrate together! Thanks so much and Go Costa! We are excited to hear from you. All the best, Mira Costa Grad Nite Co-Chairs Sandy Quigly, Kelly Sultemeier, and Christy Phillips 577 Mira Costa High School G.R.A.D Nite:June 13,2024! Please Support MCHS G.R.A.D Nite! G.R.A.D Nite (Graduates Resisting Alcohol and Drugs) All-night,fun,supervised,and SOBER event for graduates to celebrate safely with their peers on Graduation Night G.R.A.D.Nite is a 25+Year Mira Costa tradition.Seniors are encouraged to celebrate with other graduates,in a drug-free and alcohol-free environment Graduates are bussed to a secret destination where they are fed and entertained well into the early morning Ticket prices are kept low to encourage attendance,and scholarships are provided to students who otherwise could not afford to attend Please consider becoming a Mira Costa G.R.A.D Nite Sponsor! 100%of your donation will cover scholarships and the cost of the event &your donation is tax deductible! -Make checks out to MBX Foundation with GRAD Nite in the memo- Mail check to:Christy Phillips 409 Anderson Street,Manhattan Beach,CA 90266 tax ID #is 02-0603467 We are a 501(c)(3)Organization Thank You! 578 Sponsorship Form 2024 Name of Sponsor:__________________________________________ Name of Contact Person:____________________________________ Phone:_______________________Email:______________________ Address:_________________________________________________ $____________Presenting Sponsor ($5,000 or more) $___________Major Sponsor ($1,000 -$4,999) $___________Activity Sponsor ($500 -$999) $___________Other (Please List Amount) How would you like your name to be listed when we formally recognize sponsors? _______________________________________________________________________ ●Please pay via check and make payable to: “MBX Foundation”(Grad Nite On the Memo Line) ●Print and Mail this completed form to: Christy Phillips,GRAD Nite,409 Anderson Street,Manhattan Beach,CA 90266 Questions?Contact GRAD Nite Co-Chair Christy Phillips 310-351-3261 or christyjoyphillips@hotmail.com Thank You! 579 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 CONSIDERATION OF APPROVAL OF ADDITIONAL EVENT DAYS TO THE LOS ANGELES RAMS NFL DRAFT EXPERIENCE (Community Resources Manager Lisa Nichols) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council provide direction on the request for additional event days,as outlined in the discussion section of the following staff report,to the Los Angeles Rams National Football League Draft Experience. Executive Summary: The City of Hermosa Beach is a highly sought-after destination for special events.Pursuant to the Special Events Policy Guide,the Community Resources Department is tasked with overseeing these event requests and permits on public property.At its February 27,2024 meeting,City Council held a public hearing and approved the inclusion of a new Impact Level III Special Event for the Los Angeles Rams (Rams)National Football League (NFL)Draft Experience on the 2024 Special Events Calendar.The approved event is to take place on Schumacher Plaza,Pier Plaza,and the beach south of the Pier on Monday, April 22 through Friday, May 3, including load-in and load-out. On Sunday,March 24,2024,staff received an application from the event producers requesting the additional event days of Saturday,April 27;Sunday,April 28;and Thursday,May 2,and site plan adjustments.At its March 26,2024 meeting,Councilmember Jackson requested,and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Detoy supported,directing staff to return with the event producers’ request for additional event days for the Los Angeles Rams NFL Draft Experience for City Council’s formal review at its April 9, 2024 meeting. Background: The Special Events Policy Guide (Attachment 1)serves as a comprehensive document for event producers with information on the review and approval process,applicable fees,policies,and Hermosa Beach Municipal Code chapters and sections pertaining to special events.Special events are evaluated based on several factors and categorized as either Impact Level I,II,or III using the Impact Characteristics Matrix in the Special Events Policy Guide.The matrix considers event characteristics to determine the Impact Level such as:the total estimated attendance;the event City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 7 powered by Legistar™580 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 characteristics to determine the Impact Level such as:the total estimated attendance;the event location;the day and season in which the event is requesting would take place;the total number of consecutive event days;and special requests such as reserved parking,amplified sound,etc.The Impact Level of the event is then used to determine the deadline for application submittal,and the level of review and approval required (City staff,Parks,Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission,and/or City Council)for the event.Impact Level III events,which are events with the largest impact to the City,require approval by City Council.Impact Level II events require approval by the Commission and Impact Level I events are approved by staff. Special event application deadlines are as follows: ·New events:If the new event is an Impact Level I or II,the application must be submitted at least 90 days in advance of the event.If the new event is an Impact Level III,the application must be submitted no later than July 30 for the following calendar year. ·Returning Impact Level III events:Must be submitted no later than July 30 for the following calendar year. ·Returning Impact Level II events: Must be submitted at least 90 days in advance of the event. ·Returning Level I events: Must be submitted at least 30 days in advance of the event. At the discretion of the Community Resources Manager,special event applications may be submitted for consideration after the application submittal deadline has passed, provided: ·there are unforeseeable circumstances (memorial service,team victory celebration,need for minimal marketing/advertising); ·the event does not exceed peak season event limits; and ·the event can still meet all the event approval findings. Staff began accepting applications from all event producers interested in applying for 2024 event dates regardless of each event’s Impact Level on June 14,2023.Event producers with new event requests or returning Impact Level III event requests were required to submit a special event application by July 30, 2023. On November 15,2023,staff received a late new Impact Level III special event application for the Rams NFL Draft Experience from the Los Angeles Rams and BuzzHive Creative.The event producers requested use of the beach south of the Pier from Thursday,April 25 through Sunday,May 5.Staff did not move forward with formal consideration of the late special event application by Commission or City Council due to concerns with the event as initially proposed, including: ·impact to the City’s volleyball classes on Wednesdays, Thursdays, Saturdays, and Sundays; ·impact to the Los Angeles County Lifeguards’ access to the beach; ·impact to the access to the downtown area and beach considering other events scheduled at each location on several dates throughout the event producer’s requested event dates; ·impact on the planning for other events,including the City’s Surfers Walk of Fame WeekendCity of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 7 powered by Legistar™581 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 ·impact on the planning for other events,including the City’s Surfers Walk of Fame Weekend and scheduled City projects.The event would require a significant amount of planning and overtime for several City Departments,including the City Manager’s Office,Community Resources,Community Development,Human Resources (Risk Management),Police and Public Works; and ·exceedance of event limits outlined in the Special Events Policy Guide. On January 14,2024,staff received two revised applications from the event producers providing two proposals for consideration addressing many of the concerns previously outlined,except for the impacts to the planning and staff resources required for other scheduled events and City projects. The event producers requested staff move forward with formal consideration of the late special event applications and shared that the initial special event application was submitted late due to an unforeseeable circumstance.The event producers shared that 2024 would mark the first year that the Rams would have a first-round pick in the NFL draft since 2016,and that this was only finalized in October 2023, hence, placing the special event application outside the application timeline. Staff presented both proposals to the Commission at its February 6,2024 meeting,through a public hearing.The Commission recommended City Council approve the inclusion of new Impact Level III Special Event,the Rams NFL Draft Experience on Schumacher Plaza,Pier Plaza,and the beach south of the Pier as proposed in Proposal B on Monday,April 22 through Friday,May 3,including load-in and load-out, on the 2024 Special Events Calendar. At its February 27,2024 meeting,City Council held a public hearing and approved the Commission’s recommendation.The approval provided an exception to the Special Events Policy Guide,which states the number of event days for events outside of the Peak Season (Labor Day to Memorial Day) is up to a maximum of 15 per month.Approval of Proposal B resulted in a total of 21 event days in April at the time of the February 27,2024 meeting.Since then,staff received two event cancellations. Therefore, there is a total of 19 event days scheduled in April at the drafting of this report. At its March 26,2024 meeting,Councilmember Jackson requested,and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Detoy supported,directing staff to return with the event producers’request for additional event days for the Los Angeles Rams NFL Draft Experience for City Council’s formal review at its April 9, 2024 meeting. Past Commission and Council Actions Meeting Date Description February 6, 2024 Commission recommended to City Council approval of the Rams NFL Draft Experience as outlined in Proposal B February 27, 2024 City Council approved Commission’s recommendation City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 7 powered by Legistar™582 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 Meeting Date Description February 6, 2024 Commission recommended to City Council approval of the Rams NFL Draft Experience as outlined in Proposal B February 27, 2024 City Council approved Commission’s recommendation Discussion: On Sunday,March 24,2024,staff received an application from the event producers for the Rams NFL Draft Experience requesting additional event days and site plan adjustments such as an enhanced stage and tents on the beach south of the Pier,and additional activations on Schumacher Plaza and Pier Plaza for the approved event days of Thursday,April 24 and Friday,April 25.The requested additional event days would be Saturday,April 27,Sunday,April 28,and Thursday,May 2. The event activity proposed for the requested additional event days would include programming of the football field and tents for shade and water stations on the beach south of the Pier. The application received by staff on January 14,2024 for Proposal B shared the football field would remain in place without scheduled event activity on Saturday,April 27,and Sunday,April 28,to avoid conflict with the Surfers Walk of Fame weekend,and event activity would resume Monday,April 29 through Wednesday,May 1.Therefore,the event producers are requesting two new event dates,on Saturday,April 27 and Sunday,April 28,and to modify one of its scheduled load-out days,Thursday, May 2, 2024, to an event day. Per the Special Events Policy Guide,only two events on any given day are permitted in the City. Approval of the additional event days requested would result in a total of three events on Saturday, April 27,resulting in the need for an exemption to the policy by City Council.The event producers are also requesting an amplified sound permit for the additional event days requested.Therefore, approval of the additional event days as proposed would provide for amplified sound simultaneously on the beach south of the Pier and Pier Plaza on Saturday, April 27. Additionally,the City has the following recreation programs scheduled on the beach south of the Pier on the additional event days requested: ·Saturday, April 27: Yoga from 9-10 a.m. and Volleyball from 9:30-11:45 a.m.; ·Sunday, April 28: Volleyball 9:15-11:30 a.m.; and ·Thursday, May 2: Volleyball from 5-7 p.m. and a Flag Football League from 6-7 p.m. The event producers agreed to relocate the volleyball courts within the commercial zone south of Pier to avoid interruption of the City’s volleyball classes throughout the week.If the additional event days requested are approved,staff would work with the event producers to limit impact to the yoga class City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 7 powered by Legistar™583 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 and Flag Football League. Lastly,the event producers would request use of Parking Lot A for event related vehicles on the additional event days requested.The entirety of Parking Lot B would be reserved for the Surfers Walk of Fame Induction Ceremony and Spyder Surf Fest on Saturday,April 28,2024.If the additional event days requested are approved,staff would work with the event producers to limit the parking impacts as much as possible on Saturday, April 28, 2024, and all other scheduled event days. Additional event details are included in the Rams NFL Draft Experience event overview sheet (Attachment 4)and included on the 2024 Special Events Calendar (Attachment 5). Environmental Review: The approval of this event is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines section 15304 (e).This event is a minor,temporary use of land in the form of a temporary viewing party and accompanying events/booths as well as a temporary arena sized field of play for various activities and clinics.This type of temporary event will have negligible or no permanent effect on the environment. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant policies are listed below: Governance Element Goal 5. Small beach town character is reflected throughout Hermosa Beach. Policy: •5.7 Visitor and resident balance.Recognizing the desire and need to balance visitor-serving and local-serving uses as a key to preserving character and the economic vitality of the community. Parks and Open Space Element Goal 3. Community parks and facilities encourage social activity and interaction. Policies: •3.1 Community-friendly events.Encourage,permit,and support community group,nonprofit, or business organized events on City property that support physical activity,beach culture,and family-friendly social interactions. •3.2 Social and cultural events.Design and program parks and open space to accommodate unique social and cultural events to foster connectedness and interaction. Goal 7.The beach offers high quality recreational opportunities and amenities desired by the City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 5 of 7 powered by Legistar™584 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 community. Policies: •7.3 Recreational asset.Consider and treat the beach as a recreational asset and never as a commercial enterprise. •7.5 Designated recreational uses.Continually evaluate and explore devoting certain portions of the beach to different preferred recreational uses while providing access for all users and meeting the recreation needs of visitors and residents. Fiscal and Operational Impact: The estimated event revenue for Proposal B,as approved by City Council on February 27,2024, would be $48,587 in indirect costs.If the additional event days are approved,the estimated event revenue would increase by $9,639,totaling $58,226.Additional direct costs would be charged to the event producer for required permits,services,and/or staff from the Los Angeles County Fire Department,Community Resources Department,Community Development Department,Police Department,and the Public Works Department.The required permits,staff and/or services from each department, that would incur additional fees would include, but are not limited to: ·Los Angeles County Fire Department: special event permit and event inspections. ·Community Resources Department:special event and film permitting processing,and day-of- event staff to monitor the event and ensure all policies and procedures are followed. ·Community Development Department: Building and Safety permitting and inspections. ·Police Department:Officers and/or Sergeants to work with security guards provided by the event producer,to ensure public safety on event days.Community Service Officers to oversee reserved parking requests. ·Public Works Department:Engineering staff to review,modify as needed,and approve the load-in and load-out plan,and traffic control plan.Operations and maintenance staff to monitor the event load-in and load-out. If the requested event dates are approved,the required permits,staff and/or services from each department for the added event days specifically would be: ·Community Resources Department:day-of-event staff to monitor the event and ensure all policies and procedures are followed. ·Police Department:Officers and/or Sergeants to work with security guards provided by the event producer,to ensure public safety on event days.Community Service Officers to oversee reserved parking requests. The aforementioned list does not include the operational impacts from the event planning and coordination efforts between City departments to plan and coordinate the items listed above, amongst numerous other event details, which would include, but are not limited to: ·Evaluation of the following: City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 6 of 7 powered by Legistar™585 Staff Report REPORT 24-0168 o event-site plan; o potential impacts to parking or downtown operations; o traffic control plan; o event marketing plan; o trash management plan; and o the plan for portable restrooms services. ·Determining the grading requirements on the beach. ·Event noticing. ·Approval of the post-event clean-up plan. ·Event billing. Additionally,as April and the following summer months that follow are high activity for the City in terms of event planning and oversight,the coordination and oversight of this event would divert staff from, and delay, other planned work. Attachments: 1. Special Events Policy Guide 2. February 6, 2024 Commission Staff Report 3. February 27, 2024 City Council Staff Report 4. Los Angeles Rams NFL Draft Experience Event Overview Sheet 5. 2024 Special Events Calendar Respectfully Submitted by: Lisa Nichols, Community Resources Manager Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 7 of 7 powered by Legistar™586 HERMOSA BEACH SPECIAL EVENTS POLICY GUIDE 587 1 This policy guide has been developed to clarify and carry out the City’s mission statement related to events that occur on outdoor public spaces within the City of Hermosa Beach. Cover Image: Hermosa Beach Murals Project - John Van Hamersveld Mission Statement Hermosa Beach strives to offer a safe and enjoyable environment for special events to take place in a way that balances resident and visitor needs. Special events in Hermosa Beach are celebrated for being community-friendly, enhancing local beach culture, and offering a myriad of benefits to the local community. The City of Hermosa Beach* works collaboratively with event operators in an efficient and clear manner to process and carry out permits in compliance with this policy. * “City of Hermosa Beach” collectively refers to City staff, the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission, and City Council. City Contact Information The City of Hermosa Beach Community Resources Department is available to assist and answer any questions related to the special events process. Website: www.hermosabeach.gov Phone: (310) 318-0280 Email: hbconnect@hermosabeach.gov Address: 710 Pier Avenue, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 588 2 General Information + Frequently Asked Questions When is a Special Event Permit required? • For any organized event, activity, celebration, or function involving the use of the beach at which one hundred or more persons are to be assembled or the use of other outdoor public spaces or rights-of- way at which twenty-five or more persons are to be assembled. • For any commercial organization requesting use of any outdoor public space within the City. • For any nonprofit organization requesting use of any outdoor public space within the City. How do I apply for a Special Event Permit? Special Event Applications must be submitted using the online form on the City’s website. Are private events allowed? All events located on the beach within the commercial zone, the Pier, or Pier Plaza must be open to spectators and the general public free of charge. Participant entry fees are permissible. What is the “Nothing Weekend”? On at least one weekend during the Peak Season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), no Special Event Permits will be issued. This means that any application for a Special Event Permit that coincides with a designated “Nothing Weekend” will be asked to provide alternate event dates for the event to be considered. How will this policy be enforced? The Special Events Policy Guide will be strictly enforced by City staff. Those found to be violating City policy or failing to comply with any of the requirements of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code may be subject to penalties or fines. Special events, and any of its participants, vendors, or spectators, found to have caused damage or whom are in violation of any City policy or the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code may be subject to greater deposits, regulation, or restrictions when submitting Special Event Applications in the future. Where are special events allowed? To ensure adequate space and resources are available, and to limit potential disturbances to the community, special events are limited to the following locations: • North and South of Pier (within the Commercial Zone) – See page 3 • Designated surf zone • The Strand o Strand use is only permitted for events continuously moving with no obstruction to public access • Pier Plaza • Rights-of-way • The following City parks: o Valley Park, 2521 Valley Drive o Community Center, 710 Pier Avenue o Clark Field, 861 Valley Drive o Edith Rodaway Park, 350 Prospect Avenue o The Greenbelt Special Event Applications for City parks not included above will be considered on a case-by-case basis. However, Special Event Permits will not be issued for South Park, 425 Valley Drive, or Noble Park, 1400 The Strand. 589 3 Commercial Zone 590 4 Use Classifications + Impact Characteristics Special events are evaluated based on several factors and will be categorized as Impact Level I, II, or III based on the information provided in the Special Events Application. Once the information is submitted and reviewed by the Community Resources Department, City staff will determine the Impact Level of the event using the Impact Characteristics Matrix. The Impact Level of the event will be used to determine: o applicable fees; o deadline for Special Event Application submittal; o requirements for pre-event meeting(s) and post event walk through(s); and o level of review for approval (City staff, Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission and/or City Council). Impact Characteristics Matrix If more than one option is applicable, the highest characteristic will be used to determine the impact level. Characteristic Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Total Attendees and Spectators Per Event Day 100-500 501 – 1,999 2,000 or More Event Location(s) Park or Beach The Pier or Pier Plaza Streets, the Strand, or Public Right of Way Use of Volleyball Courts and Beach Tennis Courts None • North Volleyball Courts; or • Beach Tennis Courts • North and South Volleyball Courts; or • North and South Volleyball Courts and Beach Tennis Courts; or • North Volleyball Courts and Beach Tennis Courts Event Season(s) Winter Spring or Fall Summer – Peak Season (Memorial Day to Labor Day) Event Day(s) Monday - Thursday Friday, Saturday, or Sunday Holiday Total Consecutive Event Days (Including Set-up and Tear-down) 1-2 3-4 5 or More (May not exceed 15) Additional requests such as Film/Still Photo Permit, Reserved Parking, Fencing, Staging, Street Closures, or Amplified Sound Permit None 1-2 3 or more Impact Level 5 or More Applicable =Impact Level I 2 or More Applicable = Impact Level II 2 or more Applicable = Impact Level III Pass-Through Events An event where participants pass through the City of Hermosa Beach and the event does not start or end in Hermosa Beach is considered a Pass-Through Event. A Special Event Application is required for a Pass-Through Event and the approval process is determined based on the Impact Level assigned to the event. Pier Plaza Promotions The Pier Plaza Promotion option is designed to provide companies or event sponsors a one-day promotional opportunity on Pier Plaza. These events must be strictly commercial for product or service promotions. 591 5 Companies or sponsors who request approval for this use will be required to submit a Special Event Application. Up to five Pier Plaza Promotions may be approved each calendar year. Approval Guidelines + Requirements Event Approval Findings A Special Event Permit may be issued upon finding that the event producer can adhere to the terms outlined in this Special Events Policy Guide, has secured any additional permit(s) required, has provided the appropriate insurance, and has reimbursed the City for all costs associated with the event. Application Submittal Deadlines and Approval Process Special Event Applications must be submitted as follows: • New events: If the new event is an Impact Level I or II, the application must be submitted at least 90 days in advance of the event. If the new event is an Impact Level III, the application must be submitted no later than July 30 for the following calendar year. New events to Hermosa Beach will be subject to a Public Hearing by both the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission and City Council. • Returning Level III events: Must be submitted no later than July 30 for the following calendar year. Upon recommendation for approval by the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission and approval by City Council, permits will be processed and issued by the Community Resources Department. • Returning Level II events: Must be submitted at least ninety (90) days in advance of the event. Upon Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission approval, the Community Resources Department may process and issue permits. Should the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission recommend denial of a special event, that decision may be appealed to the City Council. If the event producer chooses to appeal, the event producer would be responsible for the application fee to appeal as outlined in the City’s Master Fee Schedule. • Returning Level I events: Must be submitted at least 30 days in advance of the event. Level I events will be reviewed, and permits will be issued by the Community Resources Department. Should the Community Resources Department recommend denial of a special event, that decision may be appealed to City Council. If the event producer chooses to appeal, the event producer would be responsible for the application fee to appeal as outlined in the City’s Master Fee Schedule. o Pier Plaza Promotions: Review and approval of Pier Plaza Promotion events will follow the same approval process as Level I events. Any returning event to the City that is requesting a significant change to the event format including the location, total event days, or estimated attendance and spectator total may be subject to the application submittal deadlines and approval process outlined for new events at the discretion of the Community Resources Manager. At the discretion of the Community Resources Manager, Special Event Applications may be submitted for consideration after the application submittal deadline has passed, provided: • there are unforeseeable circumstances (memorial service, team victory celebration, need for minimal marketing/advertising); • the event does not exceed Peak Season (Memorial Day to Labor Day) Event Limits; and • the event can still meet all of the event approval findings The Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission and City Council will receive an update on the status of events submitted after the deadlines. The Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission and City Council will evaluate and recommend approval of returning Impact Level III events and a “Nothing Weekend” first. The Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission will then consider approval of returning Impact Level II events. City staff will then consider approval of Impact Level I events. New events are considered after all returning events and the approval process is determined based on the Impact Level assigned to the new event. 592 6 Event producers are requested to be present at any Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission and City Council meetings where the event is scheduled to be reviewed. Peak Season Event Limits To balance coastal access with events, the Beach, the Strand, and Pier Plaza will be limited to the following number of events during the peak summer season (Memorial Day to Labor Day ): o Maximum of 45 days used by Impact Level III events; and o Maximum of 25 days used by Impact Level II and II events, and (on days not used by Level III events.) Events under a Long-Term Agreement will be categorized by their Impact Level. City Sponsored/Contracted Events will be categorized by their Impact Level. The monthly number of event days for events outside of the Peak Season (Labor Day to Memorial Day) will be limited to a maximum of 15. Additionally, only two events on any given day will be permitted in the City. Event Notifications The Community Resources Department may require event producers to provide written notification to all residents and businesses within a 500-foot radius of the event site. The City shall provide the notice, which shall include the date and time of the event and the telephone number of the designated event representative. Said written notice shall be provided to the surrounding residents and businesses by the event representative not less than 1 week prior to the event. Additionally, new event requests for locations outside of the Beach or downtown area, require event notifications to be posted at the event site leading up to the scheduled Public Hearing to provide the community additional notice of the proposed new event. Economic Benefit Event producers will be required to detail positive economic impacts as a result of the event in the Special Event Application. Event producers should encourage use of local businesses to event staff, participants, and spectators. The Hermosa Beach Chamber of Commerce and Visitor Bureau’s business directory is available at www.trulyhermosa.com. Additionally, event producers should engage with local businesses to explore partnership, and promotional opportunities. Pre/Post Event Meetings Pre-event and post-event meetings with City staff and event producers may be required. A “pre-event meeting” may be scheduled anytime between 3 months to several weeks prior to the actual event date as determined by City staff. If an event producer fails to participate in meetings requested by City staff, it may jeopardize the consideration of future Special Event Applications submitted by the event producer in the future. Site Plan and Signage A detailed map schematic must be submitted with the Special Events Application that includes the proposed location of the event, including all temporary facilities, structures, signage, and /or equipment to be erected, Review Timeline (Returning Events) First Day to Submit Application Last Day to Submit Application Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission Review City Council Review Impact Level I October 15 (for following calendar year) 30 days prior to event n/a n/a Impact Level II October 15 (for following calendar year) 90 days prior to event December n/a Impact Level III July 1 (for following calendar year) July 30 (for following calendar year) September September or October New Events July 1 (for following calendar year) July 30 (for following calendar year) November or December December 593 7 ingress and egress, and whether existing structures and/or facilities are to be relocated or modified (such as Volleyball Courts or Beach Tennis Courts, for example). • All recreational activities and set-up of recreational equipment should remain at least 50 feet from the Strand wall. Special considerations may be made upon request. • All event-related activities and set-up shall not block beach access or hinder emergency access onto and from the beach by the Los Angeles County Lifeguards. • All tents must remain at least 10 feet from the Strand wall. • Oil balloons, "metalized" or Mylar balloons, and latex balloons filled with air, helium or lighter-than-air gas shall not be used, distributed or displayed at any events. Event signage shall not be placed on City facilities or premises outside of event times. Signage shall not be affixed to City property. Event producers may apply for a Street Banner through the Public Work’s Department. Simultaneous Use of North and South Volleyball Courts One side of the north and south of Pier Volleyball Courts will be required to remain open for general public use during events occurring on weekends. An exception may be provided for events that occur at the same time as City-sponsored classes utilizing the north or south of Pier Volleyball Courts or at the discretion of the Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission and City Council. Impact to Beach Tennis Courts Any event requesting removal of the Beach Tennis Courts must provide one of the following: • An event footprint that would allow for at least three of the permanent Beach Tennis Courts to remain for general public use; or • Temporary Beach Tennis Courts available for general public use. o Temporary courts must remain at least 50 feet from the strand wall and shall not block beach access or hinder emergency access onto and from the beach by the Los Angeles County Lifeguards. If temporary courts are provided outside of the Commercial Zone, ou tside of the event footprint, it is the responsibility of the event producer to set-up and remove the courts daily as they are not permitted to remain overnight. o The City and Beach Tennis community would assist with providing the temporary poles and nets to the event producer and provide guidance for installation/removal. Portable Restrooms + Hand Sanitizing/Sink Facilities Event producers may be required to provide portable restrooms and hand-sanitizing/sink facilities. The cost of such services shall be borne by the event producer. The number of portable restrooms and hand-sanitizing/sink facilities required will be determined by City staff and factors such as the event location, total duration of the event, estimated attendance (participants and spectators), season the event takes place and whether food and beverage will be served will be considered. City staff will designate the location for any portable restrooms and hand-sanitizing/sink facilities required at the event location. Parking If an event producer requests reserved parking, a parking plan outlining the public parking spaces requested with the times of use for each space must be submitted. Event producers of Impact Level II or Impact Level III events may be required to secure satellite parking lots for attendee parking, or arrangements for shuttle bus transportation. Coastal Development Permit Multi-day events held during the Peak Season (Memorial Day to Labor Day) on the beach may be required to obtain a Coastal Development Permit from the California Coastal Commission. Building and Safety Review Per Chapter 31 of the California Building Code, as adopted by Hermosa Beach Municipal Code 15.04.010, a building permit and plan review is required when any special event on outdoor public spaces includes the temporary installation of the following structures: • Awnings or canopies • Marquees - A sign painted on, attached to, or supported by a marquee on a temporary building wall which supports the marquee 594 8 • Signs - A ground sign supported by one or more uprights, poles or braces or a sign wholly supported by a sign structure, or a portable sign with the surface temporarily fixed to a structure that is moved periodically • Towers - A structure designed and constructed to support antennas • Antennas - Wires, poles, rods, reflecting discs or similar devices used for the transmission of electromagnetic waves • Swimming pools - A structure intended for swimming or recreational bathing that contains water over 18 inches deep • Relocatable buildings • Generators, or any other temporary power source • Temporary structures or tents that exceed 10’ x 10’ that cover an area greater than 120 square feet, including connecting areas or spaces with a common means of egress or entrance that are used or intended to be used for the gathering together of 10 or more persons. • Stages • Trusses • Electrical equipment • Mechanical equipment • Heaters • Large-scale ventilation equipment Following event approval, event producers will be responsible for applying for the necessary Building Permits through the City’s Community Development Department. • Any event with temporary installation of any of the aforementioned structures, requires the event producer to submit an application for a Building Permit. • If electrical equipment, temporary power sources, or generators would be used, the event producer must submit an application for a Electrical Permit in addition to the Building Permit. • If mechanical equipment, heaters, or large-scale ventilation equipment would be used, the event producer must submit an application for a Mechanical Permit in addition to the Building Permit. • If plumbing equipment, pools, or water supply lines would be used, the event producer must submit an application for a Plumbing Permit in addition to the Building Permit. This is not required for the use of portable restrooms. Applications are available on the City’s website. Plan review and permit fees would be applied and are determined by the level of review required. Special Event Permits will not be issued until all appropriate Building and Safety permits have been provided to the Community Resources Department. Professional Filming A Film/Still Photo Permit is required for any event recording or photographing activities resulting in commercial use. Information about professional filming permits may be obtained on the City’s website. Accessibility Plan It is the event producer’s responsibility to comply with all City, County, State and Federal disability access requirements applicable to the event, including the American with Disabilities Act (ADA). All indoor and outdoor sites, activities and programs must be accessible to persons with disabilities. Amplified Sound Amplified sound (Public Address system for announcements, etc.) is limited to the hours of 10:00 AM to 9:00 PM for up to a total of four hours in any day. Exceptions may be considered for events approved through the Special Events Permit Program. Events must comply with the City Noise Ordinance HBMC 8.24 and speakers must be facing westward (towards the ocean) at all times. Event producers are required to obtain an Amplified Sound Permit if the event intends to use a loudspeaker or sound amplifying equipment for the purpose of giving instructions, directions, lectures, or transmitting music. The Chief of Police will consider the following in the issuance of Amplified Sound Permits: 1. The volume and intensity of the noise, particularly as it is experienced within a residence or place of business; 2. Whether the noise is prolonged and continuous; 3. How the noise contrasts with the ambient noise level; 4. The proximity of the noise source to residential and commercial uses; 595 9 5. The time of day; and 6. The anticipated duration of the noise. Food, Beverage, or Merchandise Sales In accordance with HBMC Section 12.20.300, the sale of food, non -alcoholic beverages, or branded merchandise from the event producer on the beach is allowed for events approved through the Special Events Permit Program. The sale of any other commodity, merchandise, wares, products, or service on the beach or the strand is not allowed. The event producer is responsible for obtaining any applicable food or beverage permits through the County of Los Angeles Department of Environmental Health. It is the responsibility of the event producer to ensure all vendors have current permits. Requests for alcohol on the beach will not be considered. If the sale of alcohol is approved through the Special Event Permit Program, the event procedure must secure the appropriate license from the State of California Department of Alcohol Beverage Control (ABC). A copy of the license must be provided to the Community Resources Department prior to the issuance of a permit. City departments may place restrictions on the way in which alcohol is managed at a proposed event, including the requirement of security officers and/or assigning City staff to monitor the cost of such services shall be borne by the event producer. Security City staff or law enforcement may deem an activity warrants the presence of one or more Police Officers or security personnel and the cost of such services shall be borne by the event producer. Security personnel must be licensed, in uniform and are subject to approval by the City. Proof of obtaining the required security personnel must be provided to the Community Resources Department at least two (2) weeks prior to the event. Insurance At least ten (10) days prior to the event, event producers will provide the City with a certificate of insurance providing liability insurance with the following requirements: Event producer agrees to furnish the City of Hermosa Beach evidence of comprehensive general liability insurance in the form of a certificate naming "the City of Hermosa Beach, its officers, agents, volunteers, and employees as additional insureds." This exact verbiage is required. Event producer shall notify the City at least thirty (30) days prior to the termination, reduction, cancellation, suspension, modification, or expiration of the policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Event producer shall maintain insurance coverage meeting the standards outlined in this Section at all times during the term of the activity or activities for which the Event producer submitted its application, as reflected in and permitted by this Agreement. All certificates are subject to approval of the City’s Risk Manager. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Form CG 00 01 covering commercial general liability on an "occurrence" basis, including property damage, bodily injury, death, and personal and advertising injury with limits no less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement, or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. The City reserves the right to request greater or lesser amounts of insurance coverage. If the use includes athletic activities, shall provide evidence of that the commercial general liability insurance includes coverage for injuries to athletic participants and participant accident insurance. If the Event producer maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City. Event Day Expectations In order to immediately address any issues or changes that may arise during the course of an event, producers are responsible for: • Providing contact information for an event representative that City staff may reach at any time during the event. 596 10 o The assigned event representative must be on-site and may not actively participate in the event. • Maintaining copies of all applicable Special Event Permits and any other permits issued by the City on- site during the event. Applicable Fees All events are subject to an application fee, daily category fees, and additional fees established by resolution of the City Council and any additional costs incurred by the City on behalf of the event. Payment of event fees is due upon receipt. The Community Resources Department has the discretion to revoke a permit or place a hold on processing future event applications if all applicable fees are not paid in a timely manner. Special Event Permit fees are subject to change. Additional fees may apply due to required staffing and/or services from the City of Hermosa Beach’s Community Development Department, Police Department, Public Works Department and/or the Los Angeles County Fire Department. Current Fee Schedule Event Categories Fee Category I • Less than 500 people Non-profit: $2 per registrant and roster of participants due to City Commercial: 70/30 split of proceeds and roster of participants due to City Category II • Impacts public areas for no longer than one (1) day including set-up and tear-down • Is conducted in the off-season (not between Memorial Day and Labor Day or on any holiday) • Participant plus spectator crowd more than 500 but less than 3,000 • Has no television coverage (except news) • A non-profit entity is the beneficiary of the net revenues (100%) • Does not meet any of the identifying criteria for a Category III or IV event $3,270 per event day Category III • Impacts public areas for more than one (1) day including set-up and tear-down • Participant plus Spectator crowd does not exceed 5,000 • Has no television coverage (except news) • Has more than $3,000 and less than $50,000 in prize money • Does not meet any of the identifying criteria for a Category IV event $3,599 per event day Category IV • Meets Category III Criteria and has one or more of the following: ▪ Has network television coverage ▪ Estimated participant/spectator crowds exceed 5,000 people ▪ Prize money in excess of $50,000 ▪ Charges admission to spectator ▪ Gross revenues in excess of $50,000 $6,544 per event day Additional Fees Fees Commercial Application Fee - non-refundable $1,028 Non-Profit Application Fee - non-refundable $685 Pass-Thru Application Fee - non-refundable $343 Amplified Sound Permit $201 597 11 Additional Fees Cont’d Fees Pier Plaza Use Fee $13,697 per event day Event Co-sponsor* $346 each Event Set-Up/Tear-Down $310 per location, per day Community Resources Staff $411 per day Parking Meter Space Fee Fees vary based on the requested parking location. Current fees are listed in the City’s Master Fee Schedule. *The Event Co-sponsor fee is charged for each organization listed as a presenting sponsor of the event on any or all marketing materials for the event. Damage Deposit Monetary deposits, bonds and other security may be necessary to guarantee performance of all required conditions, clean-up and repair of any City property or facilities damaged as a result of the event. Events may be required to submit a deposit to cover any potential damage to City facilities. All or a portion of the deposit may be refunded upon post event inspection. Events will be billed for the costs to repair or replace any City property damaged as a result of the event if the damage exceeds the deposit provided. Refund/Cancellation Policy Once a permit is approved and issued, daily category fees or additional fees may be refunded when written notice is given to the Community Resources Department at least two weeks prior to the event date and provided that no City staff services have been provided. Compliance Environmental Requirements All events will be required to submit an environmental protection plan through the Special Events Application showing proposed compliance to reduce environmental impacts as part of the application form. Such measures may include, but shall not be limited to: • Waste recycling and reduction. • Energy efficiency. • Protection of the marine environment. • Community education opportunities. • Monitoring and reporting compliance with the environmental protection plan . Applicable Codes + Regulations The City of Hermosa Beach Municipal Code governs the approval, review, and enforcement of events. The Special Events Policy Guide must be strictly adhered to and all pertinent City Ordinances shall be enforced. The sections of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code relevant to events include, but are not limited to: Title 8 – Health and Safety 8.24 Noise Control 8.64 Ban on Polystyrene Food Service Ware Title 9 – Public Peace Morals and Welfare 9.28 Parties, Events and Gatherings on Private Property Title 10 – Vehicles and Traffic 10.28 Loading and Unloading 10.32 Stopping, Standing and Parking Title 12 Street, Sidewalks and Public Places 598 12 12.20 Beach and Strand Regulations 12.24 Municipal Pier 12.28 Parks, Playgrounds and Other Public Areas 12.30 Special Events on Public Property Fee Waiver Grants To support qualifying organizations, the City provides event fee waiver grant opportunities to assist in its success by relieving the financial burden associated with the cost of the City’s event fees. Events and organizations that qualify for a long-term agreement or in contract are not bound to the terms of this policy. Funding Limits The Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission awards grant funding for qualified organizations that have received approval to hold their event in the City of Hermosa Beach. The annual award limit of fee waiver grants is approved by the City Council each fall for the upcoming calendar year. Grants will be awarded up to a maximum of $2,500 per event or a 50% reduction of indirect City event fees, whichever is the lesser amount. Fee waiver grants may only be used toward indirect costs charged by the City; direct costs are not eligible for and organizations are required to pay those in full. The minimum amount of a requested fee waiver grant must total at least $250. Eligibility In order to be eligible to apply for a fee waiver grant, the event must be a returning event to the City and have been successfully approved through its applicable approval process as outlined in the Special Event s Policy Guide. Fee waiver grants will not be considered for new events or events taking place during the Peak Season between Memorial Day and Labor Day. Following approval of an event, a completed Special Event Fee Waiver Grant Application is required to be submitted to the Community Resources Dep artment at least 60 days prior to the event. Following a review to ensure the completeness of the application, the request will be included reviewed by the Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission at one of its regularly scheduled meetings for consideration of approval. Fee waiver grants may be approved when the Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission determines that the event is of significant value to the community or to a significant portion of its residents. The organization producing the event must meet the following criteria: 1) An organization that is not delinquent on city permits or fees. 2) The organization and/or event can demonstrate: a. A community benefit; or b. A positive economic impact as a result of the event. Event producers will be requested to demonstrate the following: • A financial need or other economic justification to be considered for a fee waiver grant; • A positive community benefit through the organization or its event by meeting at least two of the following criteria: • The organization and/or event serves, involves, and/or promotes Hermosa Beach, its residents, schools, and/or businesses; • The organization and/or event can demonstrate broad community support and sponsorship; • The event appeals to a wide segment of community members; • The organization and/or event enhances the quality of life to the Hermosa Beach community; offering recreational, cultural, social, and or and/or educational activities of interest to the community; • The organization can demonstrate a commitment to supporting the City’s active and healthy lifestyle as a result of the event; and/or • The organization/and or event addresses an unmet community need. • A positive economic impact as a result of the event by providing the following information: 599 13 • If the event is consecutive days, data indicating the total number of participants that utilize overnight lodging in the City of Hermosa Beach; and • Data indicating the participants spending in Hermosa Beach during the duration of the event at any of the businesses in the City of Hermosa Beach. Additionally, event producers must be able to fully fund their event should they not receive a fee waiver grant and may not be dependent on the fee waiver grant to determine their ability to hold the event. Events specifically prohibited from receiving a fee waiver grant include those events that: • Promote, advocate, or advance a political message or belief. • Projects or organizations who have unsatisfactorily fulfilled its obligations from previous fee waiver grants. Approval The five (5) member Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission is tasked with reviewing and determining the level of a fee waiver grant at one of their regular meetings held on the first Tuesday of each month beginning at 7:00pm. Consideration will include careful review of: • Special Event Fee Waiver Grant Application. • Community Benefit Form • Economic Impact Report • Successful fulfillment of previously awarded grant obligations. The Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission’s decision to deny a fee waiver grant for an event is appealable by the City Council. The City Council will not consider additional fee waiver considerations in addition to the maximum award amounts allowable through the Special Event Fee Waiver Grant program. Obligations Organizations approved for a fee waiver grant will be required to complete the following: • Include that the event “is brought to you with support from the City of Hermosa Beach” on all marketing materials. The City requests this exact verbiage be used. o A copy of event marketing materials with this exact verbiage must be provided to the City prior to the City’s issuance of the Special Events Permit. • A formal presentation to the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission at one of its regular meetings no more than 60-days following the event. The presentation shall include discussion of: o Number of attendees. o Beneficiary of funds raised by the event (if applicable). o Overview of event budget and financial outlook. o Overview of the community benefit and/or positive economic impact to the City of Hermosa Beach. Disqualification Failure to complete these requirements in accordance with this policy shall automatically disqualify the organization from submitting a future request to receive a fee waiver grant for the remainder of the current calendar year plus one additional calendar year. If any information submitted as part of the Special Event Fee Waiver Grant is found to be fraudulent, event approvals already granted for the remainder of the calendar year will be automatically revoked. While the organization will be permitted to reapply for approval of event(s) in the following calendar year, it will no longer be eligible to apply for a fee waiver grant. Long-term Agreements The City of Hermosa Beach recognizes the value in hosting a variety of beloved community events that help create a balanced and enjoyable events calendar for its residents. To support and develop a long -term approach to the scheduling of events, eligible events can qualify for a long-term agreement (LTA) with the City. 600 14 Eligibility In order for an organization to be eligible for consideration of a long -term agreement, the event(s) must meet at least three of the following: • The event(s) must qualify as an Impact Level II or III (per the Impact Worksheet), and at least one of the following: o Have a combined estimated total of 5,000 people in attendance; or o The event must be at least two (2) consecutive days (including setup and teardown). • Have held its event in Hermosa Beach for at least three consecutive years • The event must be produced by an organization that serves, involves, and/or promotes Hermosa Beach’s coastal lifestyle, its residents, schools, and/or businesses; and • The organization or event producer must be able to demonstrate how its programs (outside of those provided at the event) provide a positive impact to the City including enhancements to quality of life to the Hermosa Beach community; or the offering of recreational, cultural, social, and/or educational activities of interest to the community. • The event can demonstrate: o A community benefit; or o A positive economic impact as a result of the event. Event producers will be requested to demonstrate a positive community benefit through the organization or its event by meeting at least two of the following criteria: • The organization and/or event serves, involves, and/or promotes Hermosa Beach, its residents, schools, and/or businesses; • The organization and/or event can demonstrate broad community support and sponsorship; • The event appeals to a wide segment of community members; • The organization and/or event enhances the quality of life to the Hermosa Beach community; offering recreational, cultural, social, and or and/or educational activities of interest to the community; • The organization can demonstrate a commitment to supporting the City’s active and healthy lifestyle as a result of the event; and/or • The organization/and or event addresses an unmet community need. Event producers will be requested to demonstrate a positive economic impact as a result of the event by providing the following information: • If the event is consecutive days, data indicating the total number of participants that utilize overnight lodging in the City of Hermosa Beach; and • Data indicating the participants spending in Hermosa Beach during the duration of the event at any of the businesses in the City of Hermosa Beach. Upon request of an organization whose event does not satisfy one or more of the above eligibility criteria, the City Council may at a regular Council meeting authorize such organization to apply for an LTA where its event provides a demonstrable or differentiated benefit to the community or a service that the City would otherwise be unable to provide. Term Limits LTA’s shall be for no less than two (2) years but shall not exceed a maximum of three (3) years unless otherwise determined by the City Council. Procedures The following steps are required to guide the development and implementation of an LTA: 1. Submittal of an LTA Application and corresponding letter to the Community Resources Department demonstrating how the organization meets the criteria. 2. Review and recommendation for City Council approval by the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission. 3. Review and approval by the City Council to begin LTA negotiations with City staff. 4. LTA negotiations and development. 601 15 5. Presentation of the final LTA to the City Council for approval. Obligations Organizations whose event(s) are approved through an LTA are required to provide a formal presentation to the Parks, Recreation, and Community Resources Advisory Commission at one of its regular monthly meetings no more than 60-days prior AND 60-days following its event(s). The pre-event presentation shall include a general event overview including anticipated number of attendees; an overview of the event footprint and individualized setup; and its anticipated impact(s) to the community, etc. The post-event presentation shall include a general overview including the actual number of attendees; actual impact(s) to the community; and any event struggles and succes 602 603 Page 1 of 2 2024 City of Hermosa Beach Special Event Permit Application Overview Event Title: Rams Draft Experience Impact Level:III Approved Event Date(s):Thursday, April 25, Friday, April 26, Monday, April 29, Tuesday, April 30, and Wednesday, May 1 with load-in Monday, April 22 through Wednesday, April 24, and load-out Thursday, May 2 through Friday May 3 Proposed Additional Event Date(s):Saturday, April 27, and Sunday, April 28 (originally scheduled as dark days) and Thursday, May 2 (originally scheduled as a load-out day) Applicant Name:Jordan Cohen Organization Name:Los Angeles Rams/BuzzHive Creative Non-Profit: NO/YES Event Time:Field activation: 6am-10pm (tentative) & Beach, Schumacher Plaza, and Pier Plaza activations: 12-10pm (tentative) Event Summary:Draft experience on Schumacher Plaza, Pier Plaza and the beach south of the Pier. Schumacher Plaza and Pier Plaza would have interactive activities for the public such as giveaways, a spirit station, photo opportunities, and face painting. The beach south of the Pier would include a stage for musical performances and a screen for attendees to watch the NFL Draft and listen to panels of players, legends, and coaches. The aforementioned activities would only take place Thursday, April 25, and Friday, April 26. A temporary football field would also be in place on the beach south of the Pier to run sports clinics and tournaments, and general free play on approved event days. Returning Event: NO/YES Event Location (Site Map Attached): Pier Plaza and Beach south of the Pier Estimated Number of Participants:A maximum of 5,000 on Thursday, April 25 and Friday, April 26 and a maximum of 250 on all other approved event days. Age of Participants:All ages Participant Fee:None Parking:Yes Amplified Sound:Yes Generator(s): Yes Fenced Area(s): Yes, to protect production equipment around the stage, and waist high barricades would be around the football field to control ingress and egress of the field, and to keep attendees off the field during unsupervised hours Stage(s), Structure(s) or Tent(s):Yes –stage, football field,signs, tents that exceed 10’ by 10’ Security:Yes Sponsor(s):None Estimated Fees Payable to the City Application (Commercial) $1,028 Category III $3,599 per event day x 8 event days (if proposed additional dates are approved) = $28,792 604 Page 2 of 2 Set-up (Beach) $310 per location, per set-up day x 1 locations and 3 set-up days = $930 Set-up (Schumacher Plaza & Pier Plaza) $310 per location, per set-up day x 2 locations and 1 set-up day = $620 Tear-down $310 per location, per tear-down day x 1 location x 1 tear-down days = $310 Pier Plaza Use $13,697 per use day x 2 use days = $27,394 Amplified Sound $201 Parking TBD *Additional fees to apply due to required staffing and/or services from the City of Hermosa Beach’s Community Resources Department, Community Services Department, Public Works Department, Police Department and the Los Angeles County Fire Department. 605 ZD^Z&dzWZ/E'HWDLOHG/D\RXW'LDJUDPV'HWDLOHG/D\RXW'LDJUDPV'HWDLOHG/D\RXW'LDJUDPV$VRI606 d/td/KE^W^$//63$&(629(59,(:ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ607 d/td/KE^W^&20081,7<%($&+),(/'6287+2)3,(5ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ608 d/td/KE^W^%($&+67$*( )2+67$*(6287+2)3,(5ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ609 d/td/KE^W^%($&+67$*()52176287+2)3,(5ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ610 d/td/KE^W^29(59,(:2)%($&+67$*(3,(53/$=$ 6&+80$&+(53/$=$ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ611 d/td/KE^W^29(59,(:2)3,(53/$=$ 6&+80$&+(53/$=$ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ612 d/td/KE^W^3,(53/$=$ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ613 d/td/KE^W^3,(53/$=$ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ614 d/td/KE^W^6&+80$&+(53/$=$ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ615 d/td/KE^W^6&+80$&+(53/$=$1257+6,'(ˊʺŁŁʺŵąŊþąŵĪŊĞŻʺÚŵąʺŻĦŒơĪŊĞʺűŒŻŻĪöŁąʺÚøƄĪƠÚƄĪŒŊʺÚŵąÚʺÚŊþʺŻƄÚĞąʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʿʺEĪŊÚŁʺŁŒøÚƄĪŒŊŻʺÚŊþʺŻĪưąŻʺƄŒʺöąʺþąƄąŵňĪŊąþʺöƧʺøĪƄƧˌøŒƊŊøĪŁʺÚűűŵŒƠÚŁʿ616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 $OOPDWHULDOVFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVGRFXPHQWDUHSURWHFWHGE\FRS\ULJKWODZVDQGPD\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGUHSXEOLVKHGGLVWULEXWHGWUDQVPLWWHGGLVSOD\HGEURDGFDVWRURWKHUZLVHH[SORLWHGLQDQ\PDQQHUZLWKRXWWKHSULRUH[SUHVVZULWWHQSHUPLVVLRQRI%X]]+LYH$JHQF\%X]]+LYH$JHQF\¶VGHVLJQVDQGDOOUHODWHGPDWHULDOVWUDGHQDPHVDQGRWKHULQWHOOHFWXDOSURSHUW\DUHWKHSURSHUW\RI%X]]+LYH$JHQF\DQGFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWLWVSULRUH[SUHVVRIZULWWHQSHUPLVVLRQ625 TENTATIVE 2024 SPECIAL EVENTS CALENDAR City of Hermosa Beach Community Resources Department 710 Pier Avenue, Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 (310) 318-0280 hbconnect@hermosabeach.gov 626 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 3 4 5 6 Sidewalk Sale Hermosa Avenue, Pier Avenue & Pier Plaza Impact Level II 7 Sidewalk Sale Hermosa Avenue, Pier Avenue & Pier Plaza Impact Level II 8 9 10 11 12 13 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 14 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 15 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 28 29 30 31 January 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event 627 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 3 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 26 27 28 29 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) February 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event 628 March 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 2 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 3 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 4 5 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 6 7 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 8 9 HBLL Opening Day Clark Field Impact Level II 10 11 12 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 13 14 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 15 16 St. Patrick’s Day Parade Downtown Impact Level III 17 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 18 19 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 20 21 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 22 Hearts of Hermosa Community Center (Set-up) Impact Level III 23 Hearts of Hermosa Community Center Impact Level III 24 Hearts of Hermosa Community Center (Tear-down) Impact Level III 25 26 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 27 28 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 29 30 SoCal Beach Foundation North Volleyball Courts 31 Easter Sunrise Mass South of Pier 629 April 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 3 4 5 6 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 7 8 9 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 10 11 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 12 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 13 CBVA North Volleyball Courts Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 14 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 15 16 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 17 18 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts 19 20 Sidewalk Sale Hermosa Avenue, Pier Ave- nue & Pier Plaza Impact Level II State of the Art Cypress Ave. & 6th St. 21 Sidewalk Sale Hermosa Avenue, Pier Avenue & Pier Plaza Impact Level II AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 22 Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (Set-up) (PENDING APPROVAL) 23 SCVA Day at the Beach North Volleyball Courts Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (Set-up) (PENDING APPROVAL) 24 Rams Draft Experience South of Pier, Schumacher Plaza, and Pier Plaza (Set-up) (PENDING APPROVAL) 25 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts Rams Draft Experience South of Pier, Schumacher Plaza, and Pier Plaza (PENDING APPROVAL) 26 Surfers Walk of Fame Kick-off Party Community Theatre impact Level II Rams Draft Experience South of Pier, Schumacher Plaza, and Pier Plaza (PENDING APPROVAL) 27 Surfers Walk of Fame Spyder Surf Fest Pier Plaza Impact Level III Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) (PENDING APPROVAL) 28 Waterman’s Surf Series South of Pier Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) (PENDING APPROVAL) 29 RUHS Volleyball Matches North Volleyball Courts Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (PENDING APPROVAL) 30 Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (PENDING APPROVAL) 630 May 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (PENDING APPROVAL) 2 Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (Tear-down) (PENDING APPROVAL) 3 Rams Draft Experience South of Pier (Tear-down) (PENDING APPROVAL) 4 Classic Car Show Schumacher Plaza & Pier Plaza Impact Level II Pets in the Park Valley Park Impact Level II 5 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts Your are Enough 5k Schumacher Plaza & Strand north of Pier 6 7 8 9 10 11 CBVA North Volleyball Courts Night at the Ballpark Clark Field Impact Level II 12 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 13 14 15 16 17 18 Epic Days South of Pier Impact Level II AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 19 Epic Days South of Pier Impact Level II 20 21 22 23 Fiesta Hermosa Downtown (Set-up) Impact Level III 24 Fiesta Hermosa Downtown (Set-up) Impact Level III CBVA North Volleyball Courts (Set-up) 25 Fiesta Hermosa Downtown Impact Level III CBVA North Volleyball Courts Impact Level III 26 Fiesta Hermosa Downtown Impact Level III CBVA North Volleyball Courts 27 Fiesta Hermosa Downtown Impact Level III CBVA North Volleyball Courts (Tear-down) 28 Fiesta Hermosa Downtown (Tear-down) Impact Level III 29 30 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) 31 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 631 June 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 SoCal Beach Foundation North Volleyball Courts Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 2 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts HBLL Closing Day Clark Field Impact Level II 3 4 5 6 7 Fine Arts Festival Community Center Lawn (Set-up) Impact Level III 8 Fine Arts Festival Community Center Lawn Impact Level III South Bay Paddle South of Pier 9 Fine Arts Festival Community Center Lawn Impact Level III 10 11 12 13 14 SCVA Day at the Beach North Volleyball Courts (Set-up) 15 SCVA Day at the Beach North Volleyball Courts 16 SoCal Beach Foundation North Volleyball Courts 17 U19 World Championship and World University Trials North Volleyball Courts 18 U19 World Championship and World University Trials North Volleyball Courts 19 U19 World Championship and World University Trials North Volleyball Courts 20 U19 World Championship and World University Trials North Volleyball Courts 21 22 Nothing Weekend 23 Nothing Weekend 24 25 26 27 28 29 Smackfest Co-ed 4’s Volleyball Tournament North Volleyball Courts 30 SCVA Day at the Beach North Volleyball Courts 632 July 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 3 4 5 6 JVA/BVCA National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) Impact Level III 7 JVA/BVCA National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 8 JVA/BVCA National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 9 JVA/BVCA National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 10 JVA/BVCA National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III Shakespeare by the Sea Valley Park Impact Level I 11 JVA/BVCA National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III Shakespeare by the Sea Valley Park Impact Level I 12 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) Impact Level III 13 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 14 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 15 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 16 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 17 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 18 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 19 AAU Junior National Championships North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts Impact Level III 20 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 21 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 22 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 23 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 24 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 25 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 26 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 27 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 28 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) Impact Level III 29 AVP– Junior Event North & South Volleyball Courts & Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up, Event or Tear-down - TBD) 30 31 International Surf Festival North & South of Pier (Set-up) Impact Level III 633 August 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 International Surf Festival North & South of Pier (Set-up) Impact Level III 2 International Surf Festival North & South of Pier Impact Level III 3 International Surf Festival North & South of Pier & North Volleyball Courts (CBVA) Impact Level III Sidewalk Sale Hermosa Avenue, Pier Avenue & Pier Plaza 4 International Surf Festival & CBVA North & South of Pier Impact Level III Sidewalk Sale Hermosa Avenue, Pier Avenue & Pier Plaza 5 International Surf Festival North & South of Pier (Tear-down) Impact Level III 6 7 8 9 Triathlon Downtown (Set-up) Impact Level III 10 Triathlon Downtown (Set-up) Impact Level III 11 Triathlon Downtown Impact Level III CBVA North Volleyball Courts 12 13 14 15 16 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) 17 Epic Days South of Pier Impact Level II Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 18 Epic Days South of Pier Impact Level II Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 19 20 21 22 23 24 Nothing Weekend 25 Nothing Weekend 26 27 28 29 30 CBVA North Volleyball Courts (Set-up) 31 CBVA North Volleyball Courts 634 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 CBVA North Volleyball Courts 2 3 4 5 6 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Set-up) Impact Level III 7 Movies at the Beach South of Pier Impact Level III (PENDING APPROVAL) 8 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier Impact Level III 9 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) Impact Level III 10 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) Impact Level III 11 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) Impact Level III 12 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) Impact Level III 13 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Event Infrastructure Only) Impact Level III 14 Movies at the Beach South of Pier Impact Level III (PENDING APPROVAL) 15 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier Impact Level III 16 Hermosa Beach Concert Series South of Pier (Tear-down) Impact Level III 17 18 19 20 21 Coastal Cleanup Day Schumacher Plaza, North & South of Pier Impact Level I Glow Ride for Cystic Fibrosis Schumacher Plaza & Strand north of Pier 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Locale 90254 Hermosa Avenue, & Lot A Impact Level III (TENTATIVE) AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 29 Locale 90254 Hermosa Avenue, & Lot A Impact Level III (TENTATIVE) 30 September 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event 635 October 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 3 4 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) 5 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 6 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Walk to End Alzheimer's Schumacher Plaza and Strand north of PIer 14 15 16 17 18 19 Pumpkins in the Park Edith Rodaway Park Impact Level II VOLLEY4SOUND North Volleyball Courts 20 Skechers Pier to Pier Friendship Walk Schumacher Plaza and Strand north of PIer Impact Level III 21 22 23 24 25 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts (Set-up) 26 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 27 Beach Tennis Tournaments Beach Tennis Courts 28 29 30 31 636 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 Sandy Sauté North of Pier 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Veterans Day Wreath Laying Ceremony Community Center East Lawn Impact Level II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Hermosa for the Holidays Downtown (Set-up) Impact Level III 23 Hermosa for the Holidays Downtown Impact Level III AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 24 Hermosa for the Holidays Downtown Impact Level III 25 26 27 28 29 30 November 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event 637 December 2024 Impact Level I Impact Level II Impact Level III Long-term Agreement City Hosted Event City Contracted Event Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Sand Snowman Contest North of Pier Impact Level I 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 California Great Santa Stroll Strand North of Pier & Pier Plaza Impact Level III 15 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 AAU Southern Pacific Grand Prix Series North Volleyball Courts 27 28 29 Community Chanukah Celebration Pier Plaza & Greenwood Park* Impact Level II 30 31 *Menorah installation at Greenwood Park is Monday, December 23 2024, and the Menorah is removed Friday, January 3, 2025 638 Off-Season Monthly Events (Labor Day – Memorial Day) # of Special Event Days # of Days Available (out of 15) January 6 9 February 3 12 March 19 -4 April 19 -4 May (through May 26) 13 2 September (from September 3) 14 1 October 9 6 November 5 10 December 5 10 Peak Season (Memorial Day: May 27, 2024– Labor Day: September 2, 2024) # of Special Event Days on the Beach/Strand/Pier Plaza Level I & II Event Days (not on Level III Event Days) & City Sponsored/Contracted (not on Level III, II or I Event Days) (Maximum of 25) Level III Event Days (Maximum of 45) Total # of Event Days (out of 70 total) 17 39 56 Peak Season Event Limits: To balance coastal access with events, events on the Beach, Strand & Pier Plaza will be limited to the following number of events during the peak summer season (Memorial Day to Labor Day – approximately 100 days over the summer): o Maximum of 45 days used by Level III Events o Maximum of 25 days used by Level I & II Events, & City Sponsored/Contracted Events (on days not used by Level III Events) City Sponsored or City Contracted Events, & Long-term Agreement Events are categorized by their Impact Level 639 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 DISCUSSION OF ADMINISTRATION CITATION FINES FOR CANNABIS DELIVERY AND SHORT- TERM VACATION RENTALS AND A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING THE ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION FINE SCHEDULE TO INCLUDE RECENTLY ADDED VIOLATIONS SUBJECT TO ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION PROVISIONS AND FINDING THE SAME EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (Community Development Director Carrie Tai) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council: 1)Discuss and provide direction on the cannabis delivery administrative citation fines; 2)Discuss and provide direction on the short-term vacation rental administrative citation fines; and 3)Adopt a resolution (Attachment 1)amending the City’s administrative fine schedule and finding the action to be exempt pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act. Executive Summary: The City’s existing administrative citation procedure was implemented in 2007.City Council recently updated administrative fines,posed questions about fines relating to cannabis delivery and short- term vacation rental violations,and added new violations to the administrative citation provisions. Staff recommends City Council discuss the current cannabis delivery and short-term vacation rental administrative fines and adopt a resolution (Attachment 1)amending the City’s Administrative Fine Schedule to reflect recently added violations. Background: At its August 14,2007 meeting,City Council approved the creation of an administrative citation process.At its October 9,2007 meeting,City Council approved the establishment of a tiered approach of citation fine amounts and deadlines to incentivize compliance.Since then,City Council routinely added to the list of violations subject to the administrative citation provisions.On multiple occasions and in certain cases, City Council approved violation-specific fines. Hermosa Beach Municipal Code (HBMC)Section 1.10.040,Administrative Citations and Penalties, includes a list of violations that are subject to administrative penalty procedures.The section was City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 8 powered by Legistar™640 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 includes a list of violations that are subject to administrative penalty procedures.The section was created to provide the City with civil enforcement procedures separate from the criminal misdemeanor and infraction categories referenced in the HBMC.Administrative citation provisions allow the City to penalize certain offenses under civil procedures,as opposed to the "criminal" procedures for infractions and misdemeanors.Violations may be cited as often as daily.Section 1.10.010 of the HBMC states that the use of administrative citations does not prevent the City from using other methods of enforcement or abatement, including prosecution or arrest for misdemeanors. As part of updating the City’s policies and practices regarding enforcement of HBMC provisions,staff reviewed the City’s administrative citation provisions,fines,and internal procedures to identify opportunities for improvements;with the main goal being to ensure enforcement provisions remain effective in gaining voluntary compliance in a timely manner.To date,staff reviewed and improved internal administrative citation and documentation procedures,added hearing officer capacity for administrative citation appeal hearings, and developed a collections referral process. The City’s process of issuing administrative citations generally consists of a warning letter and an opportunity to correct the violation.If compliance is not reached within the specified amount of time, the City may issue an administrative citation,which is accompanied by a fine.The citation recipient, or responsible party,may appeal the citation by paying the fine and submitting a request for an appeal.If appealed,the case is heard by an independent hearing officer.Administrative citations that are not appealed, and not paid, are referred to collections. The City’s current Administrative Citation fines are as follows: ·All violations-$250 (first), $500 (second), or $1,000 (third/subsequent),except: -Social host liability (underage drinking at private parties)-$2,500 to $10,000 -Encroachment permit-$500 to $1,000 -Stormwater violations-$500 to $1,000 -Short-term vacation rental violations-$2,500 to $15,000 for each violation -Cannabis delivery violations-$20,000 for each violation (The City Manager may waive the citation for the first violation if applicant submits complete application for City permit). Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description August 14, 2007 City Council adopts administrative citation provisions in the Municipal Code. October 9, 2007 City Council adopts Resolution No. 07-6569 establishing a tiered approach for administrative citation fines. 1) $100-first violation 2) $200-second violation 3) $500-third and subsequent violations June 14, 2016 City Council adopts Resolution 16-7033 establishing fines for Short Term Vacation Rentals and Social Host Ordinance. September 12, 2023 City Council adopts Ordinance 23-1469 allowing cannabis delivery and adopted Resolution No. 23-7389 establishing administrative fines for violations. November 28, 2023 City Council adopts Ordinance 23-1472 establishing the City’s pavement moratorium program. January 23, 2024 City Council adopts Resolution No. 24-7413 updating the administrative citation fines for most violations to: 1) $250- first violation 2) $500-second violation 3) $1,000-third and subsequent violations City Council requests future discussion on administrative citation fines for cannabis delivery and for short-term vacation rentals. March 12, 2024 City Council adopted an ordinance adding violations relating to special events and outdoor fitness on public property, solid waste collection, and use of the City logo, seal and insignia to the administrative citation provisions. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 8 powered by Legistar™641 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 Meeting Date Description August 14, 2007 City Council adopts administrative citation provisions in the Municipal Code. October 9, 2007 City Council adopts Resolution No. 07-6569 establishing a tiered approach for administrative citation fines. 1) $100-first violation 2) $200-second violation 3) $500-third and subsequent violations June 14, 2016 City Council adopts Resolution 16-7033 establishing fines for Short Term Vacation Rentals and Social Host Ordinance. September 12, 2023 City Council adopts Ordinance 23-1469 allowing cannabis delivery and adopted Resolution No. 23-7389 establishing administrative fines for violations. November 28, 2023 City Council adopts Ordinance 23-1472 establishing the City’s pavement moratorium program. January 23, 2024 City Council adopts Resolution No. 24-7413 updating the administrative citation fines for most violations to: 1) $250- first violation 2) $500-second violation 3) $1,000-third and subsequent violations City Council requests future discussion on administrative citation fines for cannabis delivery and for short-term vacation rentals. March 12, 2024 City Council adopted an ordinance adding violations relating to special events and outdoor fitness on public property, solid waste collection, and use of the City logo, seal and insignia to the administrative citation provisions. At its January 23,2024 meeting,City Council adopted Resolution No.24-7413 updating the administrative citation fines.At the meeting,City Council requested future discussion on administrative citation fines for cannabis delivery and short-term vacation rentals. At its March 12,2024 meeting,City Council adopted an ordinance adding violations relating to special events and outdoor fitness on public property,solid waste collection,and use of the City logo, seal, and insignia to the administrative citation provisions. The agenda item provides the opportunity to conduct a discussion on administrative fines for cannabis delivery and short-term vacation rentals.It also includes a request to amend the restated administrative fine schedule to include the violations added to the administrative citation provisions. Should City Council desire to change the cannabis delivery or short-term vacation rental fines,the draft administrative fine schedule may also be amended at this time to reflect changes. Discussion: Cannabis Delivery-Administrative Fine City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 8 powered by Legistar™642 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 The current administration citation fine for violation of the cannabis delivery regulations are as follows: Violation First Second Third + 25 Chapter 5.80, Cannabis Delivery;$ 20,000 $ 20,000 $ 20,000 As described in the September 12,2023 City Council staff report (Attachment 5),the administrative fines for violating the City’s cannabis delivery provisions were designed as a penalty to encourage and obtain compliance.Administrative fines are not based on cost recovery,but rather set at an amount that would deter non-compliant activities.Due to the lucrative nature of the potential cannabis delivery market,as well as the severe level of potential harm from illicit operations,a larger amount of fine is necessary to ensure residents are protected and those lawfully complying with the City’s regulatory program are not disincentivized.As such,the City Council established an administrative penalty amount of $20,000 for each day that unpermitted activity occurs,with each day or occurrence considered a separate and distinct offense.To encourage legalization of delivery activities occurring within the City and to ensure the fine amount is not too punitive,City Council granted the City Manager the option to grant forgiveness of a first-time offense if the business operator submits a complete application for a cannabis delivery permit.Excessively high fines,or the perception that the fines are unreasonable or unattainable,may discourage compliance with regulations rather than encourage it. The City of Los Angeles Municipal Code similarly includes a penalty of $20,000 per occurrence for unlicensed commercial cannabis activity,while the County of Los Angeles has set its administrative penalty at $30,000 per occurrence.Precedence for penalties at the recommended level was also set by legislation aimed at controlling unlawful cannabis related activities at the state and local levels. Assembly Bill 1138,passed in 2021,includes a $30,000 penalty for abetting unlicensed commercial cannabis activity and Assembly Bill 141 Budget Act of 2021 includes a $30,000 per occurrence fine for violating licensure regulations of the California Department of Cannabis Control. As part of the 2023-2024 California legislative cycle,proposed Assembly Bill No.1684 would impose a limit of $1,000 per violation or $10,000 per day for violations of unlicensed commercial cannabis activity.Staff is actively monitoring this bill,which if passed as currently proposed,would require City to amend its administrative fine schedule. Since the administrative fine for cannabis delivery violations was recently adopted,and the City has not yet encountered any violations for cannabis delivery,staff does not recommend altering the administrative fine at this time. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 8 powered by Legistar™643 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 Short-Term Vacation Rental (STVR) Administrative Fines The current administration citation fines for violation of the STVR regulations are as follows: Violation First Second Third + 15a Short Term Rentals (<= 2 bed)$ 2,500 $ 5,000 $ 7,500 15b Short Term Rentals (>= 3 bed)$ 5,000 $ 10,000 $ 15,000 The City Council adopted administrative fines for STVR at its June 14,2016 meeting.Staff initially proposed fines of $2,500 for the first violation,$3,000 for the second violation,and $3,500 for the third violation,as these were proposed based on the rates advertised for a weekend for properties at or near the beach in the City.The goal of the fines is to serve as a deterrence,and insufficient fines have the potential to simply be absorbed as the cost of doing business.After the meeting discussion, City Council adopted a modified resolution creating a two-tiered fine structure for short-term rental units with two or fewer bedrooms and three or more bedrooms to reflect the difference in rates, resulting in the administrative fines currently administered. The City created an STVR Pilot Program allowing nonconforming residential units in certain non- residential zones to obtain permits to operate STVRs.Thus far,there have been approximately 14 units permitted. Since 2016,the City has actively engaged in enforcement of STVRs.The City contracted with firms that specialize in the industry to assist in the monitoring and identification of STVRs.The City issued 44 violations or citations thus far in Fiscal Year 2023-2024.The majority of cases are resolved with a warning,however,a small percentage of violators do persist in continuing to either advertise or rent units as STVRs. Staff also conducted a recent survey of administrative fines for other cities; results as follows: Short Term Vacation Rentals Violations Fines Jurisdiction Notes First Second Third Hermosa Beach (<= 2 bed)$ 2,500 $ 5,000 $ 7,500 (>= 3 bed)$ 5,000 $ 10,000 $ 15,000 Beverly Hills Per Violation $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 El Segundo ---$2,500 $5,000 Revocation Laguna Beach $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 Long Beach ---$100 $200 $500 Huntington BeachDaily $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 plus revocation Malibu Daily $1,000 or 2x rental rate $1,000 or 2x rental rate $1,000 or 2x rental rate Manhattan BeachNon-coastal $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 Newport Beach Daily $1,000 1-year suspension Revocation Rancho Palos Verdes---$2,500 $5,000 $7,500 Redondo Beach ---Up to $1,000 Up to $1,000 Up to $1,000 Santa Barbara ---$1,500 $3,000 $5,000 Santa Monica Ad without price $1,000 $2,000 $5,000 Ad with price 4x daily rate 6x daily rate 8x daily rate Seal Beach Daily $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 West Hollywood ---$1,000 $2,500 $5,000 City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 5 of 8 powered by Legistar™644 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 Short Term Vacation Rentals Violations FinesJurisdictionNotesFirst Second ThirdHermosa Beach (<= 2 bed)$ 2,500 $ 5,000 $ 7,500(>= 3 bed)$ 5,000 $ 10,000 $ 15,000Beverly Hills Per Violation $2,500 $2,500 $2,500El Segundo ---$2,500 $5,000 Revocation Laguna Beach $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 Long Beach ---$100 $200 $500 Huntington BeachDaily $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 plus revocation Malibu Daily $1,000 or 2x rental rate $1,000 or 2x rental rate $1,000 or 2x rental rate Manhattan BeachNon-coastal $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 Newport Beach Daily $1,000 1-year suspension Revocation Rancho Palos Verdes---$2,500 $5,000 $7,500 Redondo Beach ---Up to $1,000 Up to $1,000 Up to $1,000 Santa Barbara ---$1,500 $3,000 $5,000 Santa Monica Ad without price $1,000 $2,000 $5,000 Ad with price 4x daily rate 6x daily rate 8x daily rate Seal Beach Daily $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 West Hollywood ---$1,000 $2,500 $5,000 Given that the City’s goal is compliance and that a high percentage of instances is resolved with a warning, staff would not recommend increases to the fine at this time. Amended Administrative Fine Schedule to Reflect Newly-Added Violations As stated earlier in the staff report,the standard administrative citation fine,unless otherwise adopted by City Council is $250 for a first violation,$500 for a second violation,and $1,000 for third and subsequent violations. Staff recommends City Council consider specifying the standard administrative citation fines on the administrative fine schedule.Violations of Chapter 12.09 Pavement Moratorium were previously added,but not the administrative fine schedule.The proposed revised administrative fine schedule is included as Attachment 1. Violation First Second Third + 28 Chapter 12.09 Pavement Moratorium $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 29 Chapter 8.12 Solid Waste Collection and Disposal $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 30 Chapter 12.30 Special Events on Public Property $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 31 Section 12.28.030, Permit requirement for outdoor fitness classes in city parks and on the beach $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 32 Chapter 1.06, Custody and Use of the City Seal, Logo, and City Insignia $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 6 of 8 powered by Legistar™645 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 Violation First Second Third + 28 Chapter 12.09 Pavement Moratorium $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 29 Chapter 8.12 Solid Waste Collection and Disposal $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 30 Chapter 12.30 Special Events on Public Property $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 31 Section 12.28.030, Permit requirement for outdoor fitness classes in city parks and on the beach $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 32 Chapter 1.06, Custody and Use of the City Seal, Logo, and City Insignia $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 Violations of the HBMC are misdemeanors (Government Code section 26900(a)),unless designed by the City as infractions.Misdemeanors are punishable by imprisonment in the County jail,not exceeding six months,or by fine not exceeding $1,000.Government Code Section 36900 provides that infraction violations are punishable by a civil fine.Administrative penalties on the other hand are not limited by these amounts.The City has routinely set in place administrative penalties for violations commensurate with the impact of the violation and to ensure these amounts are proper deterrents such that violators will be incentivized to correct the violation. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below: Governance Element Goal 2. The community is active and engaged in decision-making processes . Policy: ·2.6 Responsive to Community Needs.Continue to be responsive to community needs. Goal 7. Community sustainability and health are a priority in policy and decision-making. Policy: ·7.6 Livability Principles.Amend or update policies that may run counter to livability principles. Environmental Determination: Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines section 15061(b)(3),it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity contemplated by this ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment. Fiscal Impact: If adopted,the administrative fine schedule would generate some revenue as citation fines are assessed to violators.However,the main objective of administrative penalties is to encourage voluntary compliance,not to generate revenue.Staff does not have an estimate of the potential revenue at this time. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 7 of 8 powered by Legistar™646 Staff Report REPORT 24-0152 Attachments: 1.Draft Resolution 2.August 14, 2007 City Council Staff Report 3.Link to October 9, 2007 City Council Staff Report 4.Link to June 14, 2016 City Council Staff Report 5.Link to September 12, 2023 City Council Staff Report 6.Link to November 28, 2023 City Council Staff Report 7.Link to January 23, 2024 City Council Staff Report 8.Link to March 12, 2024 City Council Staff Report Respectfully Submitted by: Carrie Tai, AICP, Community Development Director Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 8 of 8 powered by Legistar™647 Page 1 of 4 RES NO. 24- CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH RES-24-XXXX A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA AMENDING THE CITY’S ADMINISTRATIVE FINE SCHEDULE AND FINDING THE SAME EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT WHEREAS, Section 1.10.050 of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code provides that, "Any responsible person who receives an Administrative Citation shall be subject to the payment of fines as set out in the penalty schedule for administrative fines as adopted by resolution of the City Council." WHEREAS, the establishment of fines is not subject to environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act because it is not classified as a project under CEQA Guidelines sec. 15378. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. The City Council hereby adopts and approves the following administrative penalty schedule, to update and restate the administrative penalties for violations subject to Section 1.10.040 or the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code, as Exhibit A. SECTION 2. This resolution supersedes Resolution 07-6569, Section 1 and 3 only of Resolution 16-7033, Resolution 21-7297, and Resolution 24-7143. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED on this 9th day of April, 2024. Mayor Justin Massey PRESIDENT of the City Council and MAYOR of the City of Hermosa Beach, CA ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ ________________________________ 648 Page 2 of 4 RES NO. 24- Myra Maravilla Patrick Donegan City Clerk City Attorney 649 Page 3 of 4 RES NO. 24- Amended and Restated Administrative Citation Fine Schedule April 9, 2024 Violation Subject to Administrative Citations (Section 1.10.040 (A) HBMC) Current Fine Violation First Second Third + 1 Chapter 5.04, Business Licenses Generally; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 2 Section 6.08.020, Dogs at Large Prohibited in Public Places; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 3 Chapter 6.16, Retail Sale of Dogs and Cats; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 4 Chapter 8.04, Health Code Adopted; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 5 Chapter 8.08, Alarm Systems; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 6 Chapter 8.28, Nuisances; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 7 Chapter 8.32, Rodent Control; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 8 Chapter 8.44, Stormwater and Urban Runoff Pollution Control Regulations; $ 500 $ 750 $ 1,000 9 Chapter 12.16, Encroachments (streets and sidewalks); $ 500 $ 750 $ 1,000 10 Section 12.20.050, Animals $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 11 Paragraphs (A), (U) and (V) of Section 12.28.010, Park Regulations Generally; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 12 Chapter 12.32, Newsracks; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 13 Section 15.04.140, Pedestrian protection during construction; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 14 Sections 15.16.070 and 15.16.080, grease recovery systems; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 15 Title 17, Zoning; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 15a Title 17, Zoning; Short Term Rentals (<= 2 bed) $ 2,500 $ 5,000 $ 7,500 15b Title 17, Zoning; Short Term Rentals (>= 3 bed) $ 5,000 $ 10,000 $ 15,000 16 Chapter 8.56, Water Conservation and Drought Management Plan; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 17 Chapter 8.60, Water Efficient Landscaping; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 18 Chapter 8.64, Ban on Certain Polystyrene Products, Certain Single-Use Plastic Products, and Other Single-Use Products; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 650 Page 4 of 4 RES NO. 24- Amended and Restated Administrative Citation Fine Schedule April 9, 2024 Violation Subject to Administrative Citations (Section 1.10.040 (A) HBMC) Current Fine Violation First Second Third + 19 Chapter 8.68, Plastic Carryout Shopping Bags; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 20a Chapter 9.28, Parties, Events and Gatherings on Private Property $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 20b Section 9.28.030 Social host liability for parties at which underage drinking occurs; $ 2,500 $ 5,000 $ 10,000 21 Chapter 10.44, Shared On-Demand Personal Mobility Devices; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 22 Chapter 5.78, Tobacco Retailers; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 23 Chapter 12.38, Sidewalk Vending; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 24 Chapter 12.36, Trees; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 25 Chapter 5.80, Cannabis Delivery; $ 20,000* $ 20,000* $ 20,000* 26 Title 15, Buildings and Construction; $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 27 Chapter 8.24, Noise Control. $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 28 Chapter 12.09 Pavement Moratorium $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 29 Chapter 8.12 Solid Waste Collection and Disposal $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 30 Chapter 12.30 Special Events on Public Property $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 31 Section 12.28.030, Permit requirement for outdoor fitness classes in city parks and on the beach $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 32 Chapter 1.06, Custody and Use of the City Seal, Logo, and City Insignia $ 250 $ 500 $ 1,000 *$20,000 per occurrence, the City Manager can approve a waiver for a first-time offense if a true and complete application for a lawful permit is made by the violating business operator. 651 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council August 6, 2007 Regular Meeting of August 14, 2007 SUBJECT: AMENDMENT TO MUNICIPAL CODE RELATING TO ADMINISTRATNE CITATIONS FOR CODE VIOLATIONS Recommendation: Introduce the attached revised ordinance amending Title 1 of the Municipal Code and other applicable sections in order to provide for the issuance of administrative citations. Background: Further review of the draft ordinance previously presented to Council has shown the need for more specificity regarding the applicability of administrative citations for enforcement of different regulations in the Municipal Code. Therefore, the draft has been revised and is attached to this report for Council consideration. The text amendment has been prepared in response to the need to provide administrative enforcement procedures for violations of the Municipal Code which are deemed minor in nature. Such violations typically include Building Code, zoning, business license, animal nuisance and other violations which do not constitute immediate threats to public health or safety. The draft amendment is the result of a collaborative effort between planning and code enforcement staff and the City Attorney. Analysis: Key Changes: The following is a description of the amendment's key changes to the Municipal Code: 1. New Chapter 1.10 ("Administrative Citations and Penalties") has been created providing for civil enforcement procedures separate from the criminal misdemeanor and infraction categories referenced above. These new administrative citation provisions establish a category which allows the City to penalize certain minor offenses under civil procedures, as opposed to the "criminal" procedures for infractions and misdemeanors. It should be emphasized, however, that this civil enforcement approach still allows the use of infraction or misdemeanor enforcement actions for such offenses where determined necessary by the City. 2. New Chapter 1. 10 provides for administrative citation procedures, the imposition of fines established by City Council resolution, the contents of the citation, method of service, methods of resolving the citation, appeals, and hearing procedures. If the City exhausts the enforcement process without obtaining a correction of the problem, it would still have ·the right to pursue the violation as an infraction or misdemeanor or to file a civil court action. Appeal and hearing procedures are discussed in more detail later in this report. 652 3. The following are the sections and chapters of the Municipal Code to be made subject to the new administrative penalty procedures. They are specifically listed in Chapter 1.10: 1. Chapter 5.04: Business Licenses Generally 2. Chapter 6.04: Animals Generally 3. Chapter 8.04: Health Code Adopted 4. Chapter 8.08: Alarm Systems 5. Chapter 8.12: Garbage Collection and Disposal 6. Chapter 8.24: Noise Control 7. Chapter 8.28: Nuisances 8. Chapter 8.32: Rodent Control 9. Chapter 8.40: Smoking 10. Chapter 8.44: Stormwater And Urban Runoff Pollution Control Regulations 11. Chapter 12.16: Encroachments (streets and sidewalks) 12. Chapter 12.32: Newsracks 13. Section 15.04.140: Pedestrian Protection at Building and Demolition Sites 14. Sections 15.16.070 and 16.16.080: Grease Recovery Systems 15. Title 17: Zoning 4. Other changes to Title 1 include: 1) A new Chapter 1.04 entitled "Violations and Penalties" has been created clearly defining misdemeanors and infractions and specifying the penalties for each. Note that these are "criminal" offense categories. Provision has also been made for reclassifying misdemeanors as infractions when appropriate. 2) The existing penalties for infractions are retained: a. A fine not exceeding one hundred dollars ($100.00) for a first violation; b. A fine not exceeding two hundred dollars ($200.00) for a second violation of the same provision of the Code within one year; c. A fine not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each additional violation of the same provision of the Code within one year. 3) The existing penalties for misdemeanors are retained: "Any person convicted of a misdemeanor under the provisions of this code shall be punishable by a fine of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) or by imprisonment in the county jail for a period not exceeding six months, or by both such fine and imprisonment." 4) General provisions from old Chapter 1.04 have been integrated into Chapter 1.01, now entitled "Code Adoption and General Provisions". These include such 'housekeeping' items as the Short Title of the Municipal Code, Severability provisions and Definitions and Rules of Construction. The purpose of these changes is to remove redundancies and put code adoption and housekeeping items in one place. For the same reason, the existing sections in Chapter 1.01 relating to misdemeanors and infractions, have been moved to new Chapter 1.04. 2 653 5) Chapter 1.08 has been renamed from "Citation Procedure" to "General Citations" in order to distinguish these existing general citations, which are imposed in order to ensure a promise to appear in court, from the new administrative citations (in new Chapter 1.10) which provide for civil enforcement procedures and the imposition of fines. Citation and Hearing Procedures: A summary of citation and hearing procedures in the ordinance is provided below. Note that appeals are referred directly to a hearing officer appointed by the City Manager, not to the City Council. If an appellant is not satisfied with the hearing officer's decision, he or she may contest the decision in Superior Court. 1. Service of Citation: The enforcement officer attempts to locate and personally serve the responsible person and obtain their signature on the administrative citation. If the enforcement officer is unable to locate the responsible person, the citation may be mailed by certified mail. If the above two methods are unsuccessful, a copy of the citation may be posted on any real property within the city in which the city has knowledge that the responsible party has a legal interest. Finally, if none of the above methods are successful, the citation may be published in a newspaper likely to give actual notice to the party subject to the citation. The publication shall be once a week for four successive weeks in a newspaper published at least once a week. 2. Satisfaction of Citation: Upon receipt of a citation, the responsible person is required to do one of the following: 1) Pay the fine. Pay the fine to the City within 30 days from the date of the citation. All fines assessed shall be payable to the Hermosa Beach Finance Department. Payment of a fine shall not excuse or discharge a failure to correct continuing violations nor shall it bar further enforcement action by the City; 2) Remedy the Violation. If the violation is of a nature that it can be remedied and is deemed by the enforcement officer to not create an immediate danger to health and safety and was corrected within the time given, no fine shall be imposed; or 3) File an appeal. Appeals shall be filed in accordance with the time limits and other provisions of Section 1.10.080. 3. Appeal of Citation: Any person receiving an administrative citation may contest the citation by requesting an administrative hearing within 30 days of service of the citation. 4. Appeal Hearing Procedure: 1) The City Manager will designate the hearing officer for an administrative citation hearing. 2) A hearing before the hearing officer will be set for a date that is not less than 15 and not more than 60 days from the date that the "request for hearing" is filed. 3) The hearing officer will only consider evidence that is relevant to whether the violation occurred and whether the responsible person has caused or maintained the violation on the date(s) specified in the citation. 3 654 4) Administrative hearings are informal, and formal rules of evidence. and discovery do not apply. Each party will have the opportunity to present evidence in support of his or her case and to cross-examine witnesses. The city bears the burden of proof at an administrative hearing to establish a violation of the code. 5. Hearing Officer's Decision: At the conclusion of the hearing or within 15 days thereafter, the administrative hearing officer shall render a decision per the alternatives specified in the ordinance, ranging from sustaining the citation to making a finding that no violation occurred. 6. Right to Judicial Review: Within 20 days after service of the decision of the hearing officer upon the responsible person, he or she may seek review of the decision by filing a notice of appeal with the Superior Court. 7. Failure to Comply: In the absence of a timely appeal to the Superior Court or if the City prevails in court, failure to comply with an order to abate a continuing violation by the date specified in the order is a misdemeanor offense. Filing a misdemeanor action does not preclude the City from pursuing any other remedies to gain compliance provided in the Municipal Code or under state law. Conclusions: The ordinance amendment will provide for a more efficient and streamlined enforcement procedure for most violations of the Municipal Code than is available under the present provisions. It has proven effective in a number of other cities, such as West Hollywood, Santa Ana and others. If the ordinance is approved, staff will return with a separate agenda item to establish the fine amounts for administrative penalties. ~=ctor - Community Development Department Concur: Steph . City~ Attachments: 1. Proposed Code Amendment Ordinance 2. Example of Administrative Citation Form 4 655 ATTACHMENT 1: CODE AMENDMENT ORDINANCE 656 ORDINANCE NO. __ _ AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH AMENDING THE GENERAL PROVISIONS AND ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE The City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach does ordain as follows: SECTION 1. An amendment to the Municipal Code has been prepared in response to the need to provide administrative enforcement procedures for violations of the Municipal Code which are deemed minor in nature. SECTION 2. The code amendment is not subject to environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act because it is not classified as a project under CEQA Guidelines, Sec. 15378. SECTION 3. On August 14, 2007, the City Council held a duly-noticed public hearing and considered the proposed code amendment, and the evidence and arguments submitted by the City staff and all interested parties. A notice of time, place and purpose of the public hearing was duly given and testimony was presented to and considered by the City Council at the public hearing. SECTION 4. The City Council hereby approves the amendment to the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code set out in Exhibits A and B attached hereto and included herein by reference. SECTION 5. This ordinance shall become effective and be in full force and effect from and after thirty (30) days of its final passage and adoption. SECTION 6. Prior to the expiration of fifteen (15) days after the date of its adoption, the City Clerk shall cause this ordinance to be published in the Easy Reader, a weekly newspaper of general circulation published and circulated in the City of Hermosa Beach in the manner provided by law. SECTION 7. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this ordinance, shall enter the same in the book of original ordinances of the City of Hermosa Beach, and shall make minutes of the passage and adoption thereof in the records of the proceedings of the City Council as which the same is passed and adopted. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this_ day of September, 2007 by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: 657 PRESIDENT of the City Council and MAYOR of the City of Hermosa Beach, California ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Clerk City Attorney 2 658 EXHIBIT A: AMENDMENT TO TITLE 1 OF MUNICIPAL CODE 659 Title 1 General Provisions Chapters: 1.01 CODE ADOPTION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.04 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES 1.08 GENERAL CITATIONS 1.10 ADMINISTRATIVE CITATIONS AND PENALTIES Chapter 1.01 CODE ADOPTION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.01. 010 Adoption of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code. That certain document entitled "Code of the City of Hermosa Beach, California", (hereinafter the "Code" or "Municipal Code"), a copy of which has been filed and is on file in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection, together with the secondary Codes therein adopted by reference, is hereby adopted by this reference as the comprehensive ordinance Code for the City of Hermosa Beach pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of Division 1 of Title 5 of the Government Code of the State of California, and each and all of the provisions, terms, and penalties of said Code on file in the office of the City Clerk are hereby referred to, adopted, incorporated herein and made a part of this ordinance as if fully set forth herein. 1.01. 020 Short title. The ordinances embraced in the following chapters and sections shall constitute and be designated the "Hermosa Beach Municipal Code", the "HBMC", or the "Municipal Code", and may be so cited. 1.01. 030 Provisions considered as continuations of existing ordinances. The provisions appearing in this Code, so far as they are the same as those of ordinances existing at the time of the effective date of this Code, shall be considered as continuations thereof and not as new enactments. 1.01. 040 Repeal of certain ordinances and certain ordinances to remain in effect. All ordinances of the City in force upon the effective date of the Code are hereby repealed except as follows: A. Ordinances codified by the Code; and B. Uncodified ordinances comprising or amending the Zoning Map of the City of Hermosa Beach, which are listed in the Uncodified Ordinance List on file in the Office of the City Clerk; and 660 C. Uncodified ordinances relating to matters of a special or temporary nature, which ordinances are listed in the Uncodified Ordinance List on file in the Office of the City Clerk; and D. Any uncodified ordinance promising or guaranteeing the payment of money or authorizing the issue of bonds, or any evidence of the City's Indebtedness, or any contract or obligation assumed by the City; and E. Any ordinance granting any franchise, license or other right conferred by the City on any person or corporation, which franchise, license or other right is in effect as of September 10, 1996; and F. Any uncodified administrative ordinance of the City Council not in conflict with the provisions of the Code; and G. Any uncodified ordinance relating to the salaries, benefits, and working conditions of City officers and employees; and H. Any uncodified ordinance relating to the levy of any tax in effect as of September 1 O, 1996. 1.01. 050 Effect of repeal of ordinances. The repeal of an ordinance shall not revive any ordinances in force before or at the time the ordinance repealed took effect. Also, the repeal of an ordinance shall not affect any punishment or penalty incurred before the repeal took effect, nor any suit, prosecution or proceeding pending at the time of the repeal, for any offense committed under the ordinance repealed. 1.01. 060 Superseded ordinances. All ordinances codified by the Code are superseded to the extent they conflict with the Code. 1.01. 070 Savings provisions. The repeal herein of any ordinance of the City of Hermosa Beach shall not affect or impair any act done, or right vested or approved, or any proceeding, suit or prosecution had or commenced in any cause before such repeal shall take effect; but every such act done, or right vested or accrued, or proceeding, suit, or prosecution had or commenced shall remain in full force and effect for all intents and purposes as if the applicable provisions of the ordinance, or part thereof, so repealed had remained in force and effect. No offense committed and no liability, penalty, or forfeiture, whether civilly or criminally incurred prior to the time when any such ordinance, or part thereof, shall be repealed or altered by said Code, shall be discharged or affected by such repeal or alteration. Prosecutions and suits for such offenses, liabilities, penalties, or forfeitures shall be instituted and proceeded with in all respects as if such prior ordinance, or part thereof, had not been repealed or altered. 1.01. 080 Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or portion of this Municipal Code is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Code. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this 2 661 Code and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, phrases, or portions be declared invalid or unconstitutional. 1.01. 090 Definitions and rules of construction. In the construction of this Code and of all ordinances of the City, the following rules shall be observed, unless such construction would be inconsistent with the manifest intent of the city council or the context clearly requires otherwise: City. The words "the City" or "this City" shall be construed as if followed by the words "of Hermosa Beach." Code. The words "the Code" or "this Code" shall mean the code of the City of Hermosa Beach, California. Computation of Time. The time in which any act provided by law is to be done is computed by excluding the first day and including the last, unless the last day is a holiday and then it is also excluded. Council. Whenever the word "Council" is used in this Code, it shall be construed to mean the City Council of the city of Hermosa Beach. County. The words "the County" or "this County" shall mean the County of Los Angeles. Day. A "day" is the period of time between any midnight and the midnight following. Daytime, Nighttime. "Daytime" is the period of time between sunrise and sunset. "Nighttime" is the period of time between sunset and sunrise. Gender. The masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter. In the City. The words "in the City" shall mean and include all territory over which the City now has, or shall hereafter acquire jurisdiction for the exercise of its police powers or other regulatory powers. Joint Authority. All words giving a joint authority to three or more persons or officers shall be construed as giving such authority to a majority of such persons or officers. Month. The word "month" shall mean a calendar month. Number. The singular number includes the plural, and the plural the singular. Oath. "Oath" includes an affirmation. Officers, Departments, etc. Officers, departments, boards, commissions and employees referred to in this Code shall mean officers, departments, boards, commissions and employees of the City of Hermosa Beach, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. 3 662 Official Time. Whenever certain hours are named in this Code, they shall mean Pacific Standard Time or Daylight Saving Time, as may be in current use in the City. Or, And. "Or" may be read "and", and "and" may be read "or" if the sense requires it. Owner. The word "owner", applied to a building or land, shall include any part owner, joint owner, tenant in common, tenant in partnership, joint tenant or tenant by the entirety of the whole or of a part of such building or land. Person. "Person" includes any person, firm, association, organization, partnership, business trust, corporation or company. "Personal property" includes every species of property, except real property, as defined in this section. Preceding, Following. The words "preceding" and "following" mean next before and next after, respectively. "Process" includes a writ or summons issued in the course of judicial proceedings of either a civil or criminal nature. Property. The word "property" shall include real and personal property. "Real property" shall include lands, tenements and hereditaments. Shall, May. "Shall" is mandatory and "may" is permissive. Signature or Subscription by Mark. "Signature" or "subscription" includes a mark when the signer or subscriber cannot write, such signer's or subscriber's name being written near the mark by a witness who writes his own name near the signer's or subscriber's name; but, a signature or subscription by mark can be acknowledged or can serve as a signature or subscription to a sworn statement only when two witnesses so sign their own names thereto. State. The words "the state" or "this state" shall be construed to mean the state of California. Tenant or Occupant. The words "tenant" or "occupant", applied to a building or land, shall include any person holding a written or an oral lease of, or who occupies the whole or a part of such building or land, either alone or with others. Tenses. The present tense includes the past and future tenses, and the future includes the present. Week. A "week" consists of seven consecutive days. Writing. "Writing" includes any form of recorded message capable of comprehension by ordinary visual means. Whenever any notice, report, statement or record is required or 4 663 authorized by this Code, it shall be made in writing in the English language, unless it is expressly provided otherwise. Year. The word "year" shall mean a calendar year, except where otherwise provided. 5 664 1.04. 010 Chapter 1.04 VIOLATIONS AND PENAL TIES Violations of Code. No person shall violate any provisions or fail to comply with any of the requirements of this Code. Violations of this Code are punishable as set forth in this chapter. 1.04. 020 Misdemeanors. Any person violating any of the provIsIons or failing to comply with any of the requirements of this Code shall be guilty of a misdemeanor unless such violation or failure to comply is expressly stated by this Code to be an infraction or is subject to a civil administrative penalty pursuant to chapter 1.10. Any person convicted of a misdemeanor under the provisions of this Code shall be punishable by a fine of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) or by imprisonment in the county jail for a period not exceeding six months, or by both such fine and imprisonment. Each such person shall be guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during any portion of which any violation of any provision of this Code is committed, continued or permitted by such person and shall be punishable accordingly. 1.04. 030 Infractions. A. Penalties. Any person violating any provIsIon or failing to comply with any mandatory requirement of this Code expressly stated by this Code to be an infraction shall be guilty of an infraction. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, any person convicted of an infraction shall be punishable by: 1. A fine not exceeding one hundred dollars ($100.00) for a first violation; 2. A fine not exceeding two hundred dollars ($200.00) for a second violation of the same provision of the Code within one year; 3. A fine not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each additional violation of the same provision of the Code within one year. B. No counsel for infractions at public expense. An infraction is not punishable by imprisonment. A person charged with an infraction shall not be entitled to have the public defender or other counsel appointed at public expense to represent him or her unless he or she is arrested and not released on his or her written promise to appear, on his or her own recognizance, or on a deposit of bail. 1.04. 040 Reclassification of misdemeanors as infractions. A violation of any provision of this Code section which is classified as a misdemeanor may be charged as an infraction when: 1. The prosecutor files a complaint charging the offense as an infraction, unless the defendant, at the time he or she is arraigned, after being informed of his or her rights, elects to have the case proceed as a misdemeanor; or 6 665 2. The court, with the consent of the defendant, determines that the offense is an infraction. In that event, the case shall proceed as if the defendant had been arraigned on an infraction complaint. 1.04. 050 Additional Provisions. A. Each day a separate offense. Unless otherwise specified, each person shall be guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during any portion of which any violation of any provision of this Code is committed, continued or permitted by such person and shall be punishable accordingly. B. Included offenses. Whenever in the Code any act or omission is made unlawful, it shall include causing, permitting, aiding, abetting, suffering, or concealing the fact or such act of omission. C. Violations deemed to be a public nuisance. In addition to the penalties hereinabove provided, any condition caused or permitted to exist in violation of any of the provisions of the Code shall be deemed a public nuisance and may be summarily abated as such by the City, and every day such condition continues shall be regarded as a new and separate offense. 7 666 1.08. 010 General Citation. Chapter 1.08 GENERAL CITATIONS If any person is arrested for the violation of any provision of this Code and such person is not taken immediately before a magistrate, the arresting officer shall prepare in duplicate a written notice to appear in court. Such notice may be referred to as a "general citation," and shall contain the name and address of such person, the offense charged, and the time when and place where such person shall appear in court. 1.08. 020 Notices to appear--Time. The time specified in the notice to appear shall be at least ten days after such arrest. 1.08. 030 Notices to appear--Place. The place specified in the general citation shall be: 1. The court of the magistrate before whom the person would be taken if the requirement of arresting and taking the person before a magistrate were complied with; or 2. Before an officer authorized by such court to receive deposit or bail. 1.08. 040 Notices to appear--Promise and release. The arresting officer shall deliver one copy of the general citation to the arrested person. The arrested person, in order to secure release, shall give his written promise to appear in court by signing a duplicate notice which shall be retained by the officer. Thereupon, the arresting officer shall forthwith release from custody the person arrested. 1.08. 050 Warrants for arrest. When a person signs a written promise to appear at the time and place specified in the written promise to appear and does not appear or has not posted bail as provided in Section 853.6 of the Penal Code of the State of California, the magistrate shall issue and have delivered for execution a warrant for such person's arrest within twenty (20) days after his failure to appear as promised, or if such person promises to appear before an officer authorized to accept bail, other than a magistrate, and fails to do so on or before the date which such person promised to appear, within twenty (20) days after the delivery of such written promise to appear by the officer to a magistrate having jurisdiction over the offense. 1.08. 060 Violations of promises to appear. Any person willfully violating his written promise to appear in • court shall be guilty of a misdemeanor regardless of the disposition of the charge upon which he was originally arrested. 667 1.08. 070 Arresting officer defined. For the purpose of this chapter, the term "arresting officer'' means any police officer of the City and any other employee of the City whose duty it is to enforce the provisions of this Code who is authorized by the City Manager to use the general citation procedure established by said sections in the performance of his enforcement duties. 9 668 1.10.010 Chapter 1.10 ADMINISTRATIVE CITATIONS AND PENALTIES Administrative citations. Certain provisions of this Code, specifically designated in this chapter, may be enforced through the use of administrative citations and penalties as provided for in this chapter. Use of the provisions of this chapter shall not prevent the use of other methods of enforcement or abatement as provided by this Code, including but not limited to criminal and civil actions. 1.10 .020 Definitions. For the purposes of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply: A. Responsible person: A responsible person is any of the following: 1. A person who causes a Code violation to occur. 2. A person who maintains or allows a Code violation to continue, by his or her action or failure to act. 3. A person whose agent, employee, or independent contractor causes a Code violation by its action or failure to act. 4. A person who is the owner of, and/or a person who is a lessee or sub lessee with the current right of possession of, real property where a property-related Code violation occurs. 5. A person who is the on-site manager of a business who normally works daily at the site when the business is open and is responsible for the activities on such premises. For the purposes of this definition, "person" includes a natural person or legal entity and the owners, majority stockholders, corporate officers, trustees, and general partners of a legal entity. B. Legal Interest: Any interest that is represented by a deed of trust, quitclaim deed, mortgage, judgment lien, tax or assessment lien, mechanic's lien or other similar instrument, which is recorded with the County Recorder. C. Enforcement officer: Any police officer or City employee or agent of the City designated by the director of any City department who has the authority and responsibility to enforce the provisions of this Code as provided for herein. 1.10.030 Administrative citations not a waiver of other remedies. The procedures established in this chapter may be in addition to any criminal, civil or other legal remedy established by law which may be pursued to address violations of the Municipal Code. Issuance of an administrative citation shall not be deemed a waiver of any other enforcement remedies found within this Code. 10 669 1.10. 040 Code violations subject to administrative penalty procedures. A. The violations described in the Municipal Code titles, chapters and sections listed herein below are subject to the administrative penalty procedures and other provisions of this chapter 1.10: 1. Chapter 5.04: Business Licenses Generally 2. Chapter 6.04: Animals Generally 3. Chapter 8.04: Health Code Adopted 4. Chapter 8.08: Alarm Systems 5. Chapter 8.12: Garbage Collection and Disposal 6. Chapter 8.24: Noise Control 7. Chapter 8.28: Nuisances 8. Chapter 8.32: Rodent Control 9. Chapter 8.40: Smoking 10. Chapter 8.44: Stormwater And Urban Runoff Pollution Control Regulations 11. Chapter 12.16: Encroachments (streets and sidewalks) 12. Chapter 12.32: Newsracks 13. Section 15.04.140: Pedestrian Protection at Building and Demolition Sites 14. Sections 15.16.070 and 16.16.080: Grease Recovery Systems 15. Title 17: Zoning B. Any person who violates the same provision, or fails to comply with the same requirement, of the sections of this Code set forth in paragraph A of this section more than three times within a twelve-month period shall be guilty of a misdemeanor for each violation committed thereafter within that same twelve-month period. Any person who violates or fails to comply with the sections of this Code set forth in paragraph A of this section and who possesses no photo identification or refuses to identify himself/herself to an enforcement officer, making it impossible to issue an administrative citation, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. 1.10. 050 Fines. A. Any responsible person who receives an Administrative Citation shall be subject to the payment of fines as set out in the penalty schedule for administrative fines as adopted by resolution of the City Council. An administrative penalty shall be assessed by means of an administrative citation issued by an enforcement officer, and shall be payable directly to the City Treasurer. A portion of each penalty shall constitute reimbursement for the City's administrative expenses in issuing and processing the citation. Penalties shall be collected in accordance with the procedures specified in this chapter. Payment of a penalty shall not excuse the failure to correct the violation nor shall it bar further enforcement action by the City. In the case of violations of the building, plumbing or electrical codes, an administrative citation shall not be issued until after the responsible party has been provided notice and a reasonable opportunity to correct the violation, and has failed to do so. B. Failure of any person to pay the fines assessed by an administrative citation may result in the matter being referred for collection which includes but is not limited to the filing of a small claims court action. 1.10. 060 Contents of citation. 11 670 Each administrative citation shall contain the following information: 1. Date, approximate time, and address or definite description of the location where the violation(s) was observed; 2. The Code sections or conditions violated and a description of the violation(s); 3. The amount of the fine for the violation(s); 4. An explanation of how the fine shall be paid and the time period by which it shall be paid; 5. Identification of rights of appeal, including the time within which the citation may be contested and the place to obtain a request for hearing form to contest the administrative citation; 6. The name and signature of the enforcement officer issuing the citation; 7. If the violation is one which is continuing, an order to correct the violation, the actions needed to correct the violation, and an explanation of the consequences for failing to correct the violation; and 8. The name and address of the responsible person, and a signature line so that the responsible person may acknowledge receipt of the citation. 1.10.070 Service of citation. The following procedures shall be used in serving administrative citations: 1. Personal service. The enforcement officer shall attempt to locate and personally serve the responsible person and obtain the signature of the responsible person on the administrative citation. If the responsible person served refuses or fails to sign the administrative citation, the failure or refusal to sign shall not affect the validity of the administrative citation or of subsequent proceedings. 2. Service of citation by mail. If the enforcement officer is unable to locate the responsible person, the administrative citation shall be mailed to the responsible person by certified mail, postage prepaid with a requested return receipt. Simultaneously, the citation may be sent by first class mail. If the citation is sent by certified mail and returned unsigned, then service shall be deemed effective pursuant to first class mail, provided the citation sent by first class mail is not returned. 3. By Posting on Property. If the enforcement officer is unable to serve the citation under subsections 1 or 2 preceding, a copy of the citation may be posted on any real property within the City in which the City has knowledge that the responsible party has a legal interest. Service under this subsection shall be deemed effective on the date when the notice is posted; or 4. By Publication. If the enforcement officer cannot post the citation by any of the preceding methods, the citation may be published in a newspaper likely to give actual notice to the party subject to the citation. The publication shall be once a week for four successive weeks in a newspaper published at least once a week 1.10. 080 Satisfaction of administrative citation. Upon receipt of a citation, the responsible person must do one of the following: 1) Pay the fine. Pay the fine to the City within 30 days from the date of the citation. All fines assessed shall be payable to the Hermosa Beach Finance Department. Payment of a 12 671 fine shall not excuse or discharge a failure to correct continuing violations nor shall it bar further enforcement action by the City. Payment of the fine, in the absence of a timely request for a hearing pursuant to Section 1.10.090, waives the responsible party's right to the administrative hearing and appeal process; 2) Remedy the Violation. If the violation is of a nature that it can be remedied and is deemed by the enforcement officer to not create an immediate danger to health and safety and was corrected within the time given, no fine shall be imposed; or 3) File an appeal. Appeals shall be filed in accordance with the time limits and other provisions of Section 1.10.090. In the event the responsible party fails or refuses to select and satisfy any of the alternatives set forth above, then the penalty shall be immediately due and owing to the City and may be collected in any manner allowed by law for collection of a debt. Commencement of an action to collect the delinquent penalty shall not preclude issuance of additional citations to the responsible party should the violations persist. 1.10. 090 Appeal of administrative citation. A. Time to file an appeal. Any responsible person to whom an administrative citation is issued may choose to contest the citation by requesting an administrative hearing within thirty (30) days of service of the citation. In order to request a hearing, the responsible person shall submit in the manner directed on the citation a fully completed request for administrative hearing form along with either a deposit of the full amount of the administrative fine (in cash or by way of a negotiable check) or a notice that an advance deposit hardship waiver request has been filed pursuant to paragraph B of this section 1.10.090. The request for hearing shall be incomplete if it does not include the deposit in the full amount of the fine or the request for a hardship waiver. The deposit will be retained in a non-interest bearing account until the matter is resolved. If a timely and complete request for hearing is not submitted, the citation shall be deemed final, and the fine shall be immediately due and owing to the City and may be collected in any manner allowed by law for collection of a debt. Commencement of an action to collect the delinquent fine shall not preclude issuance of additional citations to the responsible party should the violation persist. B. Hardship Waiver. Any responsible person who requests a hearing to contest an administrative citation and who is financially unable to deposit the administrative fine as required in paragraph A of this section may file a request for an advance deposit hardship waiver. The request shall be filed with the planning department on an advance deposit hardship waiver application form, available from the department, no later than ten days after service of the administrative citation. The City Manager or his/her designee may issue an advance deposit hardship waiver only if the person requesting the waiver submits to the City Manager or his/her designee a sworn affidavit, together with any supporting documents, demonstrating to the satisfaction of the City Manager or his/her designee the person's financial inability to deposit with the City the full amount of the fine in advance of the hearing. Written proof of financial hardship, at a minimum must include tax returns, financial statements, bank account records, salary records or similar documentation demonstrating that the responsible person is unable to deposit the penalty. The City Manager or his/her designee shall issue a written decision specifying the reasons for issuing or not issuing the waiver. The decision shall be final, and shall be served upon the person requesting the waiver by certified mail postage pre-paid return receipt requested and first class mail. If the 13 672 City Manager or his/her designee determines that the waiver is not warranted, the person shall remit the full amount of the fine as a deposit within ten days of mailing of the decision. If the full amount of the fine is not deposited within the ten-day period, the request for hearing shall be deemed incomplete and waived, and the citation shall be deemed final. The fine shall be immediately due and owing to the City and may be collected .in any manner allowed by law for collection of a debt. C. Dismissal of citation. The City Manager may dismiss an administrative citation at any time if it is determined to have been issued in error, in which event any deposit made shall be refunded. D. Hearing procedure. 1. The Hermosa Beach City Manager shall designate the hearing officer for the administrative citation hearing. 2. After receipt of the "request for hearing" and fine deposit (or, if applicable, approval of a hardship waiver) a hearing before the hearing officer shall be set for a date that is not less than 15 and not more than 60 days from the date that the "request for hearing" is filed in accordance with the provisions of this section. The person requesting the hearing shall be notified of the time and place set for the hearing by first class mail at least ten days prior to the date of the hearing. The responsible person may request one continuance of the hearing, but in no event may the hearing begin later than 90 days after receipt of the request for hearing from the responsible person. The responsible person may attend the hearing in person or in lieu of attending may submit written argument and documentation under penalty of perjury prior to the time scheduled for the hearing. 3. Any documentation other than the administrative citation, which the enforcement official has submitted or will submit to the hearing officer, shall be sent to the person requesting the hearing by regular first class mail at least five days before the date on which the hearing is scheduled. The documentation shall also be made available upon request at the time of the hearing 4. If the responsible person fails to attend the hearing or fails to submit arguments in writing, the administrative hearing officer will render a decision based on the documents that have been received and the responsible person will be deemed to have waived his/her right to an administrative hearing. Under those circumstances, the administrative hearing officer may request additional information from either the responsible person or the enforcement official as may be necessary to render a decision. If service of the administrative hearing is made by posting the citation on real property within the City in which the responsible person has a legal interest, and the responsible person provides verifiable and substantial evidence that removal of the administrative citation from the property by a third party caused the responsible person's failure to attend the scheduled hearing, the responsible person shall be entitled to an administrative hearing. 5. The hearing officer shall only consider evidence that is relevant to whether the violation occurred and whether the responsible person has caused or maintained the violation of the Municipal Code on the date(s) specified in the administrative citation. 14 673 6. Administrative hearings are informal, and formal rules of evidence and discovery do not apply. Each party shall have the opportunity to present evidence in support of his or her case and to cross-examine witnesses. The City bears the burden of proof at an administrative hearing to establish a violation of the Code. The administrative citation and any additional reports submitted by the enforcement official shall constitute prima facie evidence of the facts contained in those documents. The administrative hearing officer must use a preponderance of evidence as the standard of evidence in deciding the issues. 7. The hearing officer may continue the hearing and request additional information from the issuing officer/employee or the recipient of the administrative citation prior to issuing a written decision. E. Hearing officer's decision. At the conclusion of the hearing or within fifteen (15) days thereafter, the administrative hearing officer shall render a decision as follows: 1. Determine that the violation for which the citation was issued occurred, and impose a fine in the amount set forth in the fine and penalty schedule, and if the violation has not been corrected as of the date of the hearing, order correction or abatement of the violation. In this event, the City shall retain the fine deposited by the responsible person. 2. Determine that the violation for which the citation was issued occurred, but that the responsible party has introduced credible evidence of mitigating circumstances warranting imposition of a lesser fine than that prescribed in the fine and penalty schedule, or no fine at all, and impose such lesser fine, if any; and if the violation has not been corrected as of the date of the hearing, order correction or abatement of the violation. In this event, the City shall retain all or a portion of the fine deposited by the responsible person as applicable. 3. Determine that the violation for which the citation was issued did not occur or that the condition did not constitute a violation of the Municipal Code, or that the person cited was not the responsible party. In this event, the City shall refund the deposit, if any, within fifteen (15) days of the decision. The administrative hearing officer's decision shall be in writing, shall explain the basis for the decision, and shall be served upon the responsible party by first class mail, to the address stated on the request for hearing form. If applicable, the order shall set forth the date by which compliance shall be achieved and the imposed fine paid to the City. The order shall be final on the date of mailing, which shall be deemed the "date of service," and shall notify the responsible person of the right to appeal to the Superior Court, as further described in Section 1.10.100. F. Collection of unpaid fines. Failure to pay the assessed administrative fine within 15 days or such other time limit set forth in the administrative citation, and/or if the decision of the hearing officer has not been successfully challenged by a timely appeal as provided in section 1.10.100, this obligation shall constitute a special assessment and/or lien against the real property on which the violation occurred. The special assessment and/or lien shall be imposed pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 8.28.080 of this Code. Alternatively, the matter may be referred for collection, which includes but is not limited to the filing of a small claims court action. 15 674 1.10.100 Right to judicial review. Within 20 days after service of the decision of the administrative hearing officer upon the responsible person, he/she may seek review of the decision by filing a notice of appeal with the Superior Court. The responsible person shall serve upon the City Clerk either in person or by first class mail a copy of the notice of appeal. If the responsible person fails to timely file a notice of appeal, the administrative hearing officer's decision shall be deemed final. 1.10.110 Failure to comply with administrative order. In the absence of a timely appeal to the Superior Court, failure to comply with a final administrative order directing the abatement of a continuing violation by the date specified in the order is a misdemeanor offense for each day thereafter, or any portion thereof, that the violation is maintained or permitted. In the event of a timely appeal to the Superior Court pursuant to section 1.10.100, and provided the City prevails thereon, the responsible person shall be guilty of a misdemeanor offense for each day, or any portion thereof, that a continuing violation is maintained or permitted after a court ordered abatement date. Filing a misdemeanor action does not preclude the City from pursuing any other remedies to gain compliance provided in this Code or under state law. For purposes of this chapter, a "continuing violation" shall mean a single, ongoing condition or activity in violation of the Municipal Code. 16 675 EXHIBITS: AMENDMENTS TO SELECTED SECTIONS OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE 17 676 The following Sections of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code are amended to read as follows: 5.04. 290 Enforcement of chapter. [Business Licenses] It shall be the duty of the license collector to enforce each and all of the provisions of this title, and the chief of police shall render such assistance in the enforcement hereof as may from time to time be required by the license collector and the city manager. The license collector in the exercise of the duties imposed upon him hereunder, and acting through his deputies or duly authorized assistants, shall examine all places of business in the city to ascertain whether or not the provisions of this title have been complied with. The license collector, his deputies, all police officers, and inspectors of the fire and building departments are hereby appointed as business license inspectors in addition to their other duties, and shall have and exercise the power to enter any place of business for which license is required by this title and to demand the exhibition of the license for the current year by any person engaged or employed in the transaction of the business and if such person shall then and there fail to exhibit the license, the licensee shall be liable to the penalty provided in this title for a violation of this title. It is made the duty of such officers and inspectors to notify the license collector, in writing, of any person violating any of the provisions of this title. The license collector may, with the prior consent of the city council, deputize a qualified accountant to examine the necessary books and records of any person doing business in the city. 5.04. 340 Violations of business license regulations. It is a violation of this chapter to knowingly make a false statement in any application for a license or permit or in any report required under this chapter. A violation of this chapter is subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. Where the violation is of a continuing nature, each day or portion thereof wherein the violation continues constitutes a separate and distinct violation. 6.04. 110 Violations of animal regulations. Violations of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 8.04. 060 Violations of health and safety regulations. A. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, partnership or corporation to violate any provision or to fail to comply with any of the requirements of the Chapter, Codes, or Regulations hereby adopted. Any person, firm, partnership or corporation violating any provision of the Chapter, Codes or Regulations hereby adopted, or failing to comply with any of their requirements shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor unless the violation is classified as an infraction in accordance with the provisions of chapter 1.04. Violations of the provisions of this chapter, whether deemed misdemeanors or infractions, shall be punishable in accordance with the procedures of chapter 1.10. Each and every person, firm, partnership, or corporation shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day or any portion thereof during which any violation of any of the provisions of the Chapter, Codes or Regulations hereby adopted is committed, continued or permitted by such person, firm, partnership or corporation, and shall be deemed punishable therefore as provided herein. 18 677 B. Any person, firm, corporation or association violating any of the provisions of Los Angeles County Code, Title 11, Health and Safety, Division 1, Health Code, and Division 2, General • Hazards, as amended and in effect on September 10, 1996, adopted by reference herein or violating any provision of any permit, license or exception granted thereunder or failing to comply with any of the requirements thereof shall be shall be punishable as a misdemeanor or infraction as provided in chapter 1.04. Each violation is a separate offense for each and every day during any portion of which such violation is committed, continued, or permitted by such person. 8.08. 190 Violations of alarm system regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 8.12. 350 Violations of garbage collection and disposal regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 8.24. 100 Violations of noise regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 8.28. 110 Other remedies. [Nuisances) Nothing in this chapter shall be deemed to prevent the city council from ordering the city attorney to commence a civil action to abate a nuisance as an alternative to or in conjunction with the proceedings herein set forth or to initiate a criminal action against the responsible party for the maintenance of a nuisance. Further, nothing in this chapter shall be deemed to prevent the imposition of the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.1 0 as an option to redress violations of the provisions herein. 8.32. 060 Violations of rodent control regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 8.40. 050 Violations of smoking regulations. Violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 8.44. 11 O Violations of stormwater and urban runoff pollution control regulations. A. Enforcement Procedure. 1. Any condition caused or permitted to exist in violation of: a. Any of the provisions of this Chapter; or 19 678 b. Any failure to comply with any applicable requirement of either the SUSMP or an approved Storm Water Mitigation Plan with respect to a property; or c. Any false certification or verification, or any failure to comply with a certification or verification provided by a project applicant or the applicant's successor in interest; or d. Any failure to properly operate and maintain any Structural or Treatment Control BMP on a property in accordance with an approved Storm Water Mitigation Plan or the SUSMP, is hereby determined to be a threat to the public health, safety and welfare, is declared and deemed a public nuisance, and may be abated or restored by any Authorized Enforcement Officer, and a civil or criminal action to abate, enjoin or otherwise compel the cessation of such nuisance may be brought by the City Attorney." 2. For the first failure to comply with any provision contained in this Chapter, the Director of Public Works shall issue to the violator a written notice which includes the following information: (i) a description of the violation being committed; (ii) a specified time within which the violation must be corrected or within which the violator may file a written response to the Director disputing the existence of a violation; and (iii) a description of the penalties which may be imposed for continued noncompliance. 3. If the violator demonstrates that the violation does not exist, or has been corrected, no further action need be taken. If, however, the violation exists and is not corrected within the prescribed time, the Director of Public Works may thereafter pursue any of the enforcement remedies described below in this Section. B. Violation an Infraction. Violations of the provisions of this chapter shall constitute an infraction. Each day that a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. C. Violations Deemed a Public Nuisance. 1. Any condition caused or permitted to exist in violation of any of the provisions of this Chapter is hereby determined to be a threat to the public health, safety and welfare, is declared and deemed a public nuisance and may be abated or restored by any authorized enforcement officer, and a civil or criminal action to abate, enjoin or otherwise compel the cessation of such nuisance may be brought by the City Attorney. 2. The cost of such abatement and restoration shall be borne by the owner of the property and the cost thereof shall be invoiced to the owner of the property, as provided by law or ordinance for the recovery of nuisance abatement costs. 3. If any violation of this Chapter constitutes a seasonal and recurrent nuisance, the City Manager shall so declare. The failure of any person to take appropriate annual precautions to prevent storm water pollution after written notice of a determination under this paragraph shall constitute a public nuisance and a violation of this Chapter. D. Concealment. Causing, permitting, aiding, abetting, or concealing a violation of any provision of this Chapter shall constitute a violation of such provision. 20 679 E. Civil Actions. In addition to any other remedies provided in this section, any violation of this Chapter may be enforced by civil action brought by the City. In any such action, the City may seek, as appropriate, any or all of the following remedies: 1. A temporary and/or permanent injunction. 2. Assessment of the violator for the costs of any investigation, inspection, or monitoring survey which led to the establishment of the violation, and for the reasonable costs of preparing and bringing legal action under this subsection. 3. Costs incurred in removing, correcting, or terminating the adverse effects resulting from violation. 4. Compensatory damages for loss or destruction to water quality, wildlife, fish and aquatic life. In addition to the preceding measures, violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. F. Administrative Enforcement Powers. In addition to the other enforcement powers and remedies established by this Chapter, the authorized enforcement officer has the authority to utilize the following administrative remedies: 1. Cease and Desist Orders. When an authorized enforcement officer finds that a discharge has taken place or is likely to take place in violation of this Chapter, the officer may issue an order to cease and desist such discharge, or practice, or operation likely to cause such discharge and direct that those persons not complying shall: (i) comply with the requirement, (ii) comply with a time schedule for compliance, and (iii) take appropriate remedial or preventive action to prevent the violation from recurring. 2. Notice to Clean. Whenever an authorized enforcement officer finds any oil, earth, debris, grass, weeds, dead trees, tin cans, rubbish, refuse, waste or any other material of any kind, in or upon the sidewalk abutting or adjoining any parcel of land, or upon any parcel of land or grounds, which may result in pollutants entering the MS4 or a non-storm water discharge to the MS4, he or she may give notice to the owner or occupant of the adjacent property to remove such oil, earth, debris, grass, weeds, dead trees, tin cans, rubbish, refuse, waste or other material, in any manner that he or she may reasonably provide. The recipient of such notice shall undertake the activities as described in the notice. G. Permit Revocation. To the extent the City makes a provision of this Chapter or any identified BMP a condition of approval to the issuance of a permit or license, any person in violation of such condition is subject to the permit revocation procedures set forth in this Code. H. Remedies. Remedies specified in this Chapter are in addition to and do not supersede or limit any and all other remedies, civil or criminal, including remedies under the Federal Clean Water Act and/or 21 680 Porter-Cologne Act. The remedies provided for in this Section shall be cumulative and not exclusive. I. Citizen Reporting. Members of the public are encouraged to report possible violations of this Chapter to the City's Public Works Department. 12.16. 180 Violations of encroachment regulations--additional remedies. As an additional remedy, the construction or maintenance of any encroachment in violation of any provision of this chapter shall be deemed, and is declared to be, a public nuisance and may be subject to abatement summarily by a restraining order or injunction issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 12.32.020 Permit required for newsracks--application--condition-term--violation. A. No person may install, use or maintain a newsrack upon a public sidewalk without a written permit. One permit may include any number of newsracks owned or leased by the permittee. B. Application for a permit for a newsrack must be made to the director of public works, under the procedure stated below. C. A permit may be issued for a newsrack without prior inspection of the location, but the use of the newsrack is conditioned upon observance of the requirements of this code. D. A permit is valid for one year and may be renewed under the procedure for original applications. E. Violations of the provisions of this chapter are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10 15.04. 030 Violations. Section 103 of said building code is hereby amended to read as follows: SECTION 103. 103.1 It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert or demolish, equip, use, occupy or maintain any building or structure or cause or permit the same to be done in violation of this Code. 103.2 Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter or said building code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as set forth in Section 1.04.020 of this Code. 15.04. 140 Pedestrian protection at building and demolition sites Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.04.010, Chapter 3303 of the Building Code is amended by adding thereto a new Section 3303.7.5 to read as follows: 22 681 SECTION 3303.7.5 3303.7.5 Fencing and pedestrian protection shall be required at all building and demolition sites as follows: 1. Prior to issuance of a demolition or building permit, a pre-demolition site inspection shall be performed verifying sewer cap and temporary toilet location, and the capping of electrical, water and gas service to the property. 2. Prior to commencement of work, all new construction or demolition sites shall install minimum 6 foot high protective chain link fencing or wood fencing consistent with Section 3303 of the California Building Code, and Table 33-A regardless of distance to the property line. Protective wood canopies shall be installed prior to commencement of work pursuant to the requirements of Section 3303 and Table 33A of the CBC. 3. A Pedestrian Protection Plan shall be approved identifying all areas of required pedestrian protection for the property, prior to the issuance of demolition or building permits. The plan shall indicate all areas of pedestrian protection or indicate why such protection is not required (i.e. exempt due to distance of construction to property line). The Pedestrian Protection Plan, shall be prepared by a licensed contractor, engineer or owner-builder and indicate the proposed protection system to be installed and the method of installation. When conditions make installation of a pedestrian canopy impractical (i.e. a narrow street or alley) an alternative method may be shown on the plan such as pedestrian diversion through use of flag persons and barriers. 4. Any work encroaching into the public right of way or involving pedestrian diversion shall require Public Works Department approval of permits and pedestrian protection. 5. In addition to the remedies provided in the Building Code, violations of this section shall result in revocation or suspension of a building permit pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Code. 6. Violations of the provisions of this section are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 15.08. 030 Violations. Section 204 of said housing code is hereby amended to read as follows: SECTION 204. Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter or said housing code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as set forth in Section 1.04.020 of this Code. 15.12. 040 Violations. Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter or the current adopted mechanical code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as set forth in Section 1.04.020 of this Code. 15.16. 080 Maintenance and Annual Inspection of Grease Recovery Systems in Commercial Kitchens--Violations. 23 682 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.16.010, the Plumbing Code is amended as follows: Section 1014.6.1 is hereby added to Chapter 10 of the Plumbing Code to read as follows: 1014.6.1 1. Maintenance/Monitoring. It is the responsibility of the owner or operator of every establishment required to have a grease removal system to maintain the system in a sanitary, safe, and efficient operating condition so as to prevent grease from flowing into the sewer system. A grease removal system shall not be considered properly maintained if for any reason it is not in good working condition or if sediment and/or grease accumulations total more than 25 percent of the operative fluid capacity. It is the owner or operator's responsibility to provide for removal of the accumulated grease and other waste contained in the system. Grease removed from such a system shall not be disposed of in the sanitary or the storm sewer. Inspection. All owners/operators of establishments with grease recovery systems shall keep maintenance records and haulers manifests and shall allow City inspection of grease removal systems a minimum of once per calendar year. All applicable records shall be available to the Director or his representative upon requests. An annual inspection fee in an amount set forth in the City's Master Schedule of Service Charges and Fees shall be paid by the owner/operator at the time of business license renewal. Violation. Violations of the provisions of sections 15.16.070 and 15.16.080 are subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 15.16. 090 Violations. Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter or the current adopted plumbing code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as set forth in Section 1.04.020 of this Code. 15.20. 130 Penalties. [Fire Code] Any person violating any of the provIsIons of this chapter or the current adopted fire prevention code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, punishableas set forth in Section 1.04.020 of this Code. The imposition of one penalty for any violation shall not excuse the violation or permit it to continue; all such persons shall be required to correct or remedy such violations or defects within a reasonable time; and when not otherwise specified, each ten (10) days that prohibited conditions are maintained shall constitute a separate offense. The application of the above penalty shall not be held to prevent the enforced removal of prohibited conditions 15.32. 140 Violations. Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter or the current adopted electrical code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as set forth in Section 1.04.020 of this Code. 17.74. 010 Violations of zoning regulations. 24 683 Violations of the provisions of this title shall be subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.10. 17.74. 020 Each day a separate offense. Each person, firm or corporation found guilty of a violation shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for every day during any portion of which any violation of any provision of this title is committed, continued or permitted by such person, firm or corporation, and any use, occupation or building or structure maintained contrary to the provisions hereof shall constitute a public nuisance. 17.74. 030 Violations of conditional use permits and precise development plans. No person shall violate any conditions of a conditional use permit or precise development plan. Such violations shall be shall be subject to the administrative penalty provisions of chapter 1.1 0 in addition to the measures set out in chapter 17. 70 regarding revocation of the permit. 25 684 HERMOSA BEACH ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION (Hermosa Beach Municipal Code Chapter 1.10) DATE I TIME I DAYOFWEEK CASE NO. LOCATION OF VIOLATION NAME AND ADDRESS OF PROPERTY OWNER NAME AND ADDRESS OF TENANT/OCCUPANT (If different from above) FOR VIOLATIONS INVOLVING VEHICLES: N/A VEHICLE UC. NO. I STATE I COLOR(S) I YEAR I MAKE I MODEL REGISTERED OWNER OF VEHICLE (IF DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE) ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OWNER VIOLATIONS HBMC DESCRIPTION FINE AMOUNT DUE DATE SECTION TOTAL FINE AMOUNT DUE: I CERTIFY THAT THE FOREGOING IS TRUE AND CORRECT AND WAS EXECUTED ON THE DATE SHOWN ABOVE AT HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA. ISSUING OFFICER: SIGNATURE PLEASE PRINT NAME Phone# SIGNATURE OF PARTY TO WHOM CITATION ISSUED, IF AVAILABLE. WITHOUT ADMITTING RESPONSIBILITY, I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADMINISTRATIVE CITATION. CITATION IS VALID WITHOUT SIGNATURE. Mailed to Property Owner(s) and resident via 1st class and certified mailing. SIGNATURE PLEASE PRINT NAME A COMPLIANCE INSPECTION WILL BE PERFORMED ON OR ABOUT: ____ _ FOR QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS CITATION, PLEASE qLL TH.E. ISSUING OFFICER.AT THE NUMBER ABOVE. SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR FURTH.ER INFORMATIOl'l AND INSTRUCTIONS. • • • • • 685 IMPORTANT PLEASE READ ORDER: You are ordered to immediately cease committing the Municipal Code Violation(s) listed on this Administrative Citation. If you commit further Municipal Code Violations, the City may issue you another Administrative Citation or may pursue any other available legal remedy. ADMINISTRATIVE FINE: Toe Administrative Fine is listed on the Citation. Toe fine increases for each additional violation of the same offense. The fine must be paid to the City within 30 days from the date of the Administrative Citation. Payment should be in the form of a personal check, cashier's check or money order, made payable to The City of Hermosa Beach. Please write the Citation Number on the check or money order. Make payment by mail or in person, to: City of Hermosa Beach, Finance cashier, 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, California 90254. Payment of the Administrative Fine does not excuse or discharge any continued or repeated violation of the Municipal Code. CONTESTING THE CITATION: You have the right to contest this Administrative Citation at a hearing before a neutral hearing officer. To request a hearing, you must complete the following. NAME:=--------------------- ADDRESS: ____________________ _ DATE: ___________ .PHONE # ________ _ REASON FOR APPEAL: _________________ _ Return this form, together with a deposit of the total administrative fine, to the Finance CaShier by mail or in person within 30 days from the date of the service of the citation. You will be notified of the date and time of your hearing. Your failure to appear at the hearing will result in a forfeiture of your deposit of the fine and will constitute a failure to exhaust your administrative remedies. If you are financially unable to deposit the total amount of the fine, you may file a request for a_n-_advanCe-geposit _h_ardship,-)Naiver fro,m_the-Finance-cashier. The--waiver must-be filed within 30.days from the date of the citation. FAILURE TO PAY ADMINISTRATIVE FINE: If you fail to pay the Administrative Fine within the time required by the citation, or if the citation is contested, you fail to pay the fine within 30 days after the final decision on the citation, then you will be subject to a late payment penalty. QUESTIONS: If you have any questions about this Administrative Citation, you may call the Issuing Officer at the number on the front of this citation. You may locate referenced sections of the Municipal Code at City Hall, 1315 Valley Drive, Hermosa Beach, california 90254; or www.hermosabch.org. 686 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 DISCUSSION AND CONSIDERATION OF INTERIM ORDINANCE TO PROHIBIT OFFICES AND OTHER NON-PEDESTRIAN-ORIENTED USES ON THE GROUND-FLOOR IN THE DOWNTOWN COMMERCIAL ZONE (C-2) (Community Development Director Carrie Tai) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council: 1.Conduct a discussion regarding the potential prohibition of offices and other non-pedestrian uses on the ground floor in commercial areas; and 2.Consider an interim ordinance to protect ground-floor pedestrian-oriented uses in the City’s Downtown Commercial Zone (C-2). Executive Summary: At its February 15,2024 meeting,Councilmember Jackson requested,and Councilmembers Detoy and Saemann supported,a future agenda item to discuss an interim ordinance regarding any new ground floor office space in the City.The following report presents a background on this topic of discussion,along with a draft urgency interim ordinance requiring pedestrian-oriented uses on ground floor commercial spaces and applying building design features to achieve pedestrian orientation. Background: Definition of Office Section 17.04.050 of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code (HBMC) defines offices as: “"General office"means facilities where,as a primary use,the administrative activities of a business are performed,such as management,personnel and financial functions, preparation of reports,business communications,personal contact with clients,and similar activities;or professional,executive,management,administrative or similar services are provided to consumers within a commercial office environment.General office includes,but is not limited to: A.Administrative and business offices providing consumer services,including but not City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 9 powered by Legistar™687 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 A.Administrative and business offices providing consumer services,including but not limited to insurance,real estate,and travel services.It may include business offices of construction and similar contractors;provided,that equipment or materials storage or vehicle fleets are not maintained onsite. B.Government and public utility administrative offices.Excludes public service use or facility. C.Professional services offices,including but not limited to accounting,legal,advertising or public relations,management and similar consulting services,computer and Internet technology services,design services,land development services,and offices for educational, scientific and research organizations. D.Personal improvement services offices,including but not limited to counseling,tutoring and similar services.Excludes gymnasium/health and fitness center,educational institutions,medical office,beauty shops,massage therapy businesses,and similar uses. E.Media production offices,including but not limited to offices for businesses specializing in computer aided video or audio media production and similar services,including the occasional use of unamplified live subjects integral to media production.Excludes communication facilities, live entertainment, and businesses utilizing live audiences.” Ground-Floor Uses The City has focused on ground-floor commercial uses since 2010,with the adoption of Specific Plan Area (SPA)11 representing the Upper Pier Area.This focus broadened into the work for PLAN Hermosa,adopted in 2017.Staff research on this item revealed existing policy and prior discussions regarding the importance of pedestrian-oriented uses on the ground floor, as follows: ·In May 2009,City Council adopted SPA-11,creating a set of regulations and standards for the Upper Pier Area.One primary goal was to retain a pedestrian-oriented village center of small- scale commercial establishments. ·PLAN Hermosa (Page 76)provides guidance for the Community Commercial (CC)land use designation,indicating that “Uses on the ground floor are reserved for retail,restaurant,and other sales-tax revenue generating uses,while office and personal service uses are encouraged on upper floors.” ·PLAN Hermosa (Page 76)provides guidance for Gateway/Commercial (GC)indicates that “… the ground floor should include community and regionally-oriented retail uses with upper floor high visitor office uses.” ·PLAN Hermosa (Page 98)provides guidance for Pacific Coast highway corridor,indicating, “High-quality signage or materials and maximum transparency of ground floor uses should be City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 9 powered by Legistar™688 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 provided to attract shoppers and provide visual interest to pedestrians.” ·The Downtown Core Revitalization Strategy (2015),prepared by Roma Design Group, identified the need to promote ground-floor retail. ·Economic Development Strategy (2020)identified the need to develop incentives for active uses on the ground floor in Downtown, as part of the Zoning Code Update. Zoning Code Update To implement the provisions of PLAN Hermosa,the City launched the Comprehensive Subdivision and Zoning Ordinance Update in 2021.The draft Zoning Code Update was presented to the Planning Commission at its April 9,2022 meeting,during which protection of ground-floor retail uses was discussed.Planning Commission expressed support for regulations to implement this goal.The draft Zoning Code Update proposes to provide parking reduction and development standard incentives when retail and restaurant uses are proposed for the ground-floor,and to require a Minor Conditional Use Permit for non-retail/restaurant uses on the ground floor. .Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description April 20, 2010 Planning Commission conducts discussion on pedestrian environment on Upper Pier Avenue August 22, 2017 City Council adopted PLAN Hermosa. April 9, 2022 Planning Commission conducts discussion on the Zoning Code Update, including commercial uses. February 15, 2024 City Council requests future agenda item to discuss an urgency ordinance to put a moratorium on any new ground- floor office space in the City. At its February 15,2024 meeting,City Council requested a future agenda item to discuss a possible moratorium on ground-floor office uses in the City.Moratoria are usually accomplished through an “urgency”or “interim”ordinance,which is a short-term measure adopted to address an immediate need while the City develops a longer-term solution (California Government Code Section 65858). State law authorizes an urgency measure as an interim ordinance prohibiting any uses that may conflict with a contemplated general plan,specific plan,or zoning proposal that the Council is or intends to study within a reasonable time.An interim ordinance under section 65858 requires a 4/5 vote for adoption and legislative findings that there is a current and immediate threat to the public health,safety,or welfare.Planning Commission review is not required for an interim ordinance under this section and the standard two readings before becoming effective is also not required.These interim measures are effective for up to 45 days and may be extended for just over 22 months. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 9 powered by Legistar™689 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 Discussion: There are at least 20 ground-floor spaces in the City either listed for sale or lease,including those in the downtown and other commercial corridors.Many ground-floor vacant spaces were formerly occupied by restaurants or retail uses.The following tables include known vacancies in commercial areas as of April 2024. Current Vacancies Type of Space Address Area Previous Use/Tenant Building 90 Pier Avenue Downtown Bank of America Retail Space 136 Pier Avenue Downtown Cultured Slice Retail Space 138 Pier Avenue Downtown Maison Luxe Retail/Office Space 205 Pier Avenue Downtown Art Gallery Retail/Office Space 239 Pier Avenue Downtown Caskey Real Estate Retail Space 301 Pier Avenue Downtown Becker’s Surfboards Retail Space 1048 Hermosa AvenueDowntown Dry Cleaners Restaurant Space 1200 Hermosa AvenueDowntown ROK Sushi Retail/Café Space 1309 Hermosa AvenueDowntown Soo Good Snack Shop Retail Space 1401 Hermosa AvenueDowntown Mobi Scooter Retail/Office Space 58 11th Street Downtown Nolan Capital Retail Space 1250-1272 The StrandDowntown Rare Earth Coffee Commercial Space 210 Pacific Coast Highway PCH Corridor Auto Repair Retail Space 524 Pacific Coast Highway PCH Corridor T-Mobile Commercial Space 700 Pacific Coast Highway PCH Corridor JAMA Auto Retail Space 1200 Pacific Coast Highway PCH Corridor E-bike Shop Retail Space 1600 Pacific Coast Highway PCH Corridor Real Estate Office Non-Vacant, but Ongoing Transition Activity Notes Restaurant (Vista)11 Pier Avenue Downtown Listed for Sale Bank Building (CitiBank) 81 Pier Avenue Downtown Listed for Sale Retail/Office 555 Pier Avenue Downtown Listed for Lease; Former Kinecta Credit Union (Pop-Up Use: Two Guns Coffee) Retail Space (Seymour Jewelers) 1212 Hermosa AveDowntown Listed for Lease Restaurant (Pedone’s Pizza) 1332 Hermosa AveDowntown Business for Sale Restaurant (Chef Melba’s) 1403 Hermosa AveDowntown Melba’s Announced Closure City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 9 powered by Legistar™690 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 Non-Vacant, but Ongoing Transition Activity Notes Restaurant (Vista)11 Pier Avenue Downtown Listed for Sale Bank Building (CitiBank) 81 Pier Avenue Downtown Listed for Sale Retail/Office 555 Pier Avenue Downtown Listed for Lease; Former Kinecta Credit Union (Pop-Up Use: Two Guns Coffee) Retail Space (Seymour Jewelers) 1212 Hermosa AveDowntown Listed for Lease Restaurant (Pedone’s Pizza) 1332 Hermosa AveDowntown Business for Sale Restaurant (Chef Melba’s) 1403 Hermosa AveDowntown Melba’s Announced Closure Allowable Uses in Commercial Zones The City has six commercial zones,all of which allow a variety of retail,restaurant,service,office, and other commercial uses.The City Zoning Map is included as Attachment 2.Three of the commercial zones (Neighborhood Commercial (C-1),Downtown Commercial (C-2),and Upper Pier Avenue (SPA-11))are in downtown,which is small-scale and pedestrian-oriented.The other three commercial zones (General Commercial (C-3),Pacific Coast Highway south of Pier Avenue (SPA-7), and Pacific Coast Highway north of Pier Avenue (SPA-8)are located along the Aviation Boulevard and Pacific Coast Highway Corridors, which are automobile-oriented. The following table generally summarizes select common categories of commercial uses in various commercial zones. Commercial Zoning Districts Pedestrian-Oriented Automobile-Oriented Use Category C-1 C-2 SPA-11 C-3 SPA-7 SPA-8 Retail n n n n n n Restaurants (no alcohol)n n n n n n With alcohol ¨¨¨¨¨¨ Offices n n n n n n Personal Services n n n n n n Assembly Uses ¨¨¨¨¨¨ Automobile-Uses ---------¨¨¨ Manufacturing/Utility ---------¨¨¨ n Generally Permitted ¨ Extra Review Required --- Not Permitted City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 5 of 9 powered by Legistar™691 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 Commercial Zoning DistrictsPedestrian-Oriented Automobile-OrientedUse Category C-1 C-2 SPA-11 C-3 SPA-7 SPA-8RetailnnnnnnRestaurants (no alcohol)n n n n n n With alcohol ¨¨¨¨¨¨Offices n n n n n n Personal Services n n n n n n Assembly Uses ¨¨¨¨¨¨ Automobile-Uses ---------¨¨¨ Manufacturing/Utility ---------¨¨¨ n Generally Permitted ¨ Extra Review Required --- Not Permitted The Zoning Ordinance currently includes provisions for pedestrian-oriented uses on a very limited basis. In the Specific Plan Area (SPA) 11, which covers “Upper Pier Avenue,” there is extensive guidance and direction to ensure pedestrian orientation, both in use and design. The existing definition in SPA-11 indicates, “"pedestrian-oriented" means uses and activities that attract, accommodate and are highly visible to people who are walking. Most prominent on the ground floor are retail uses,restaurants or snack bars <http://online.encodeplus.com/regs/hermosabeach-ca/doc- view.aspx?pn=0&ajax=0&secid=2165>, and places for people to congregate, with offices, services, and business services on second stories.” The City’s C-2 zoning district does not include any provisions pertaining to ground floor uses or pedestrian orientation.This zoning district generally extends from 16th Court and Hermosa Avenue to the north,Manhattan Avenue and Palm Drive to the east,8th Street to the south,and The Strand to the west.The C-2 zoning district extends westward from Upper Pier Avenue,which is zoned SPA-11. The continuation of the pedestrian orientation provisions existing in SPA-11 to the C-2 zoning district presents a possible temporary measure to ensure that new ground floor uses in the C-2 zoning district remain pedestrian-oriented.Given the number of vacancies,staff does not recommend a moratorium on any particular use,as this may hinder properties from being re-tenanted in an expeditious manner. Urgency and/or Interim Ordinance To ensure that all ground-floor uses in the City’s downtown include street-front activation to create visual interest for pedestrians passing by on the sidewalk,staff recommends City Council consider adoption of an interim ordinance pursuant to Government Code Section 65858 until such time that staff completes the relevant portions of the Zoning Code Update addressing ground-floor uses. To prevent spaces currently or previously occupied by retail and restaurant uses from compromising pedestrian orientation by converting to other uses,staff recommends City Council consider the attached draft interim ordinance, which includes the following provisions: 1.The proposed interim ordinance would apply the definition of “Pedestrian-oriented”currently existing in the SPA-11 to the C-2 Zone. 2.Require pedestrian-oriented uses (retail and restaurants)in the Downtown commercial zone to have pedestrian-oriented features. 3.Prohibit proposed non-pedestrian-oriented uses,such as office,personal service,medical use, gyms/spas,etc.,on the ground floor in the C-2 Zone,unless a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) is obtained.The scope of the CUP would be to ensure that the ground-floor use retains City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 6 of 9 powered by Legistar™692 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 pedestrian orientation through building and window configurations and storefronts. 4.Require a physical storefront standard of 70 percent transparency in windows between three and eight feet from the ground. 5.Clarify that the ordinance does not affect the ability to change from one pedestrian-oriented use to another (e.g.from retail to restaurant),and that the ordinance does not affect existing entitlements on the site or adopted conditions of approval. If the interim ordinance is passed,the above-mentioned requirements would apply to properties for which no application involving a change of use has been submitted to the City by April 9,2024.The interim ordinance would be effective for an initial 45 days,with an option to extend for an additional 10 months and 15 days if the urgency continues,with the potential for another year extension if a permanent ordinance(s) has not been adopted by the end of the first year. Per Government Code Section 65858,the City must submit a written report 10 days prior to the expiration of the urgency ordinance or any extension,describing ongoing measures to alleviate the causes of the urgency ordinance.The City Council must also conduct a public hearing on extending the interim ordinance.If City Council adopts the interim ordinance,staff would present a public hearing of the extension of the interim ordinance on at its May 14, 2024 meeting. If City Council adopts an interim ordinance under this section,the Council would need to include findings that there is a current and immediate threat to the public health,safety,or welfare and that the approval of additional retail conversions would result in that threat to public health,safety,or welfare. The attached ordinance (Attachment 1) includes the required findings. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below: Land Use Element Goal 6.A pedestrian-focused urban form that creates visual interest and a comfortable outdoor environment. Policies: ·6.1 Outdoor Amenities.Require all new multi-family and commercial development to be designed and constructed with pedestrian friendly features such as sidewalks,tree-shaded streets,buildings that define the public realm,and,in the case of non-residential uses,have transparent ground floor building facades that activate the street. ·6.6 Human-scale buildings.Encourage buildings and design to include human-scale details such as windows on the street,awnings and architectural features that create a visually City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 7 of 9 powered by Legistar™693 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 such as windows on the street,awnings and architectural features that create a visually interesting pedestrian environment. ·6.7 Pedestrian oriented design.Eliminate urban form conditions that reduce walkability by discouraging surface parking and parking structures along walkways,long blank walls along walkways, and garage-dominated building facades. Environmental Review Pursuant to Section 15060(c)(3)of the State California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines,the City has reviewed and determined that the proposed activity is not a “Project”as defined under Section 15378 of the State CEQA Guidelines,as the proposed changes do not permit any development;therefore,pursuant to the activity is not subject to CEQA.Thus,no environmental review is necessary. Further,the imposition of this interim measure does not meet the definition of a project under CEQA Guidelines section 15061,subdivision (b)(3)and section 15378,subdivision (a)and subdivision (b) (5).The interim measure has no potential for resulting in physical changes in the environment, directly or indirectly,because it consists of a limitation on a specific use on the ground floor in certain areas in the City.The adoption of this interim ordinance is therefore exempt from CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines sections15301 and 15308. Public Notification In accordance with Brown Act requirements,this item was included on an agenda for a public meeting.While public hearing notification is not required for an urgency ordinance,any extension of the interim zoning ordinance would require public notification and a public hearing. Fiscal Impact: There is no fiscal impact associated with the recommended action.Any administrative permit application received would be commensurate with staff time to review and process applications. Attachments: 1.Draft Urgency Ordinance 2.City Zoning Map 3.Link to Downtown Core Revitalization Strategy 4.Link to Economic and Market Study 5.Link to Economic Development Strategy 6.PLAN Hermosa 7.Link to April 20, 2010 Planning Commission Staff Report 8.Link to August 22, 2017 City Council Staff Report 9.Link to April 9, 2022 Planning Commission Staff Report City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 8 of 9 powered by Legistar™694 Staff Report REPORT 24-0153 10.Link to February 15, 2024 City Council Meeting Minutes Respectfully Submitted by: Carrie Tai, AICP, Community Development Director Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 9 of 9 powered by Legistar™695 Page 1 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH URGENCY ORDINANCE NO. ORD-24-XXXX AN URGENCY ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA AMENDING SECTION 17.26.050 OF THE HERMOSA BEACH MUNICIPAL CODE PROHIBITING OFFICE USES AND OTHER NON-PEDESTRIAN-ORIENTED USES ON THE GROUND-FLOOR IN THE DOWNTOWN COMMERCIAL (C-2) ZONE AND DETERMINING THE ORDINANCE TO BE EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUAILITY ACT (CEQA) THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH DOES HEREBY ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. FINDINGS A. California state law authorizes cities to act by ordinance to provide for the creation and regulation of land uses through the General Plan and zoning regulations. B. The City’s General Plan, PLAN Hermosa, provides a vision and goals for each land use designation. For commercial areas, PLAN Hermosa provides guidance for ground-floor commercial spaces to foster and promote pedestrian activity. C. The City’s Zoning Ordinance identifies specific areas as commercial zones and includes development standards for these commercial zones. D. As of March 2024, the City identified approximately 20 ground floor commercial spaces in the midst of turnover or ownership transition. E. The City desires to ensure that existing commercial spaces occupied by ground floor pedestrian-oriented uses continue to be occupied by such uses to retain visual interest for pedestrians and the public as well as ensure a balanced and financially viable mix of commercial uses that both serves the community and protect the municipal revenues. 696 Page 2 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx F. The City also desires to ensure that new uses on the ground floor exhibit pedestrian-oriented design features to ensure that there is visual interest for pedestrians. G. There is a current and immediate threat to public health, safety, or welfare based on the current number of vacancies and the potential new uses that may eliminate or decrease the pedestrian-orientation of commercial areas. Further, elimination of pedestrian oriented retail uses could negatively impact the diversification of City revenues such that services geared toward public health and safety may face financial pressures. H. The conversion of pedestrian-oriented uses to uses that do not actively engage the foot traffic would threaten the character of existing commercial areas, which provide economic stability and essential services to the community. These current and immediate threats to public safety, health, and welfare justify adoption of this interim ordinance as an urgency measure to be effective immediately upon adoption by a four-fifths vote of the City Council . I. The City Council may adopt this ordinance as an urgency measure in accordance with Government Code section 65858(a) for 45 days, with possible extensions up to 22 months after a public hearing and notice pursuant to Section 65090 of the California Government Code. SECTION 2. Pursuant to Section 15060(c)(3) of the State California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, the City has reviewed and determined that the proposed activity is not a “Project” as defined under Section 15378 of the State CEQA Guidelines, as the proposed changes do not permit any development; therefore, pursuant to the activity is not subject to CEQA. Thus, no environmental review is necessary. SECTION 3. Section 17.26.050(J) of the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code is hereby added as follows: J. Pedestrian-Oriented Uses in the C-2 zone. "Pedestrian-oriented" means uses and activities that attract, accommodate and are highly visible to people who are walking. Most prominent on the ground floor 697 Page 3 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx are retail uses, restaurants or snack bars, and places for people to congregate, with offices, services and business services on upper stories. 1) Pedestrian-oriented uses such as retail uses, restaurants or snack bars, and places for people to congregate are encouraged to locate on the ground floor. Pedestrian-oriented uses must include window displays and interior that are highly visible to pedestrians. When there is a mix of uses on the ground floor, the pedestrian-oriented uses shall be located so that the building facade, window displays and interior are oriented to pedestrians on the public sidewalk. 2) Service, office and other non-pedestrian oriented uses shall be located on an upper level above the ground floor or in a ground floor space not fronting the sidewalk. If an office use or other non-pedestrian oriented use is proposed on the ground floor fronting the sidewalk, or if a property requests a change of use from a pedestrian-oriented ground floor use to a non-pedestrian-oriented ground floor use, a Conditional Use Permit in accordance with HBMC Chapter 17.56 ensuring compliance with this section is required. 3) The Conditional Use Permit may not be granted unless the ground floor commercial space meets the following criteria: a. Exterior walls facing and within 20 feet of a front or street side property line shall include windows, doors, or other openings for at least 70 percent of the building wall area located between three and eight feet above the level of the sidewalk. No wall may run in an uninterrupted continuous horizontal plane for more than 25 feet without an opening. b. All windows areas must convey visual interest related to the business to passers-by, through window displays or interior view. Windows must comply with City signage regulations. c. Any existing street-facing building walls shall exhibit architectural relief and detail and be enhanced with landscaping in such a way as to create visual interest at the pedestrian level. d. Operational requirements are included to ensure that the pedestrian-orientation visual appearance remains for the life of the use. 698 Page 4 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx e. Other adjacent frontages have not been converted in a manner that cumulatively creates more than 25 feet of uninterrupted building wall without an opening. f. The conversion of a pedestrian-oriented use to a non-pedestrian- oriented use will not individually, or cumulatively, result in an environment where the City’s revenue diversification or generation are impacted to such a degree that the City’s overall financial stability is threatened. 4) This section does not preclude changes from one pedestrian-oriented use to another pedestrian-oriented use, as long as provisions in this section are met. 5) This section does not supersede any existing approved entitlements (Conditional Use Permits, Precise Development Plans, etc.) on the property. SECTION 4. If any provision of this ordinance or its application to any person or circumstance is held to be invalid, such invalidity has no effect on the other provisions or applications of the ordinance that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this extent, the provisions of this resolution are severable. The City Council declares that it would have adopted this resolution irrespective of the invalidity of any portion thereof. SECTION 5. Urgency Ordinance Effective Date. The City Council finds and declares that the adoption and implementation of this urgency measure via interim ordinance is necessary for the current and immediate preservation and protection of the public peace, health and safety as detailed above by the City, pursuant to Government Code section 65858. This ordinance takes effect for 45 days immediately upon its adoption by at least a 4/5 vote. SECTION 6. Certification. The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City’s book of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and, within fifteen (15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law . PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED on this 9th day of April, 2024. 699 Page 5 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx Justin Massey PRESIDENT of the City Council and MAYOR of the City of Hermosa Beach, CA ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ ________________________________ Myra Maravilla Patrick Donegan City Clerk City Attorney 700 Page 6 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx Legislative Digest (For Reference Only) 17.26.050 Standards and limitations. Every use permitted or maintained in C zones shall be subject to the following: A. Parking. Parking shall be provided as specified by Chapter 17.44. B. Enclosures. All uses shall be conducted wholly within a building enclosed on all sides, except for the following: 1. Outdoor uses may be permitted by conditional use permit for uses listed as stated in the permitted use list; 2. Commercial parking lot; 3. Uses incidental to a use conducted primarily within a building located on the premises; provided, that such incidental uses are not conducted in whole or in part on sidewalks, public ways or within any required front or rear yard; and provided, further, that such incidental uses are of a type which cannot be economically or practically conducted within buildings. Where incidental uses are not conducted within a building, no part of the area devoted to the incidental uses shall be considered as part of the required parking facilities. All outdoor storage or activities shall be substantially screened from public visibility, public streets, parks or other public places, and properties; 4. Temporary outdoor merchandise display and outside dining in conjunction with a temporary outdoor event such as a sidewalk sale, authorized by the city council by special permit as set forth in Section 12.12.070. 5. Outdoor dining or seating located adjacent to a food establishm ent, authorized by an encroachment permit for use of the public right-of-way obtained pursuant to Section 12.16.090. Deviation from the standards in Section 12.16.090 may be allowed pursuant to a conditional use permit, issued in compliance with Chapter 17.40. 6. Limited outdoor seating for the purposes of food consumption, accessory to food establishments on private property, shall be allowed with approval of a permit from the community development department, subject to the standards and limitations in this subsection. Food establishments include snack shops, restaurants, food and beverage markets, supermarkets, bakeries, or similar establishments that 701 Page 7 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx offer food or beverages, as determined by the community development director. a. Administrative Permit Required. i. Prior to the establishment of any limited outdoor seating area accessory to any food establishments on private property, an administrative permit shall be required pursuant to Chapter 17.55 except as otherwise stated in this section. An application shall be filed with the community development department in writing upon a form furnished by the department. The application shall include a site plan and drawings and information showing location, furnishings and seating arrangement in sufficient detail to demonstrate the compliance with this section, accompanied by a fee set by resolution of the city council. ii. The community development director may issue the administrative permit only after determining that the request complies with the standards and provisions of this section and any other requirements applicable to the use set forth in the Municipal Code; provided, that where limited outdoor seating is comprised of seating on private property and the public right-of-way, the standards applicable to limited outdoor seating on the public right-of-way in Section 12.16.090(C) shall govern on the private property. iii. The permit shall lapse, and be of no force and effect, and a new administrative permit shall be required for outdoor seating whenever there is a change in food establishment ownership, change in the nature or scope of the business, the permitted food establishment does not operate for a period of more than six (6) months, or the community development director determines, based on substantial evidence, that the food establishment operation no longer meets the standards set forth in subsection (B)(6)(b) of this section. b. Standards and Limitations. The location, design and operation of the limited outdoor seating area shall comply with all of the following: i. Outdoor seating shall be incidental and accessory to food establishments for patrons of the food establishment to consume 702 Page 8 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx food or beverages purchased during the hours that food or beverages are offered for sale, but not to exceed 7:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. in the C-3 zone and zones that allow C-2 uses, or 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. in the other zones where this use is permitted. Employee break areas physically separated and restricted from public use are regulated by subsection (B)(3) of this section. ii. The outdoor seating area authorized by this subsection (B)(6) shall not contain more than one (1) seat per fifteen (15) square feet of area. iii. The outdoor seating area shall be located proximate to the business providing the seating, such as adjacent to the building, within courtyards, or on balconies or decks, including any roof deck. Outdoor seating areas shall not be arranged so as to create food courts. Outdoor seating areas shall not reduce, be located within, or damage any required landscaped area. iv. No entertainment, music, speakers, televisions, or audio or visual media of any type, whether amplified or unamplified, shall be provided within the outdoor seating area or situated so as to be clearly visible to the outdoor seating area. v. The location and use of the outdoor seating area shall not obstruct the movement of pedestrians, goods or vehicles; required parking spaces; driveways or parking aisles; entrances; legal signs; utilities or other improvements. A minimum four (4) foot wide pedestrian path shall be maintained, unless otherwise required by law. When located adjacent to parking spaces, driveways or parking lot aisles, a physical barrier such as curb or railing shall be provided. vi. All furnishings and barriers shall be maintained free of appendages or conditions that pose a hazard to pedestrians and vehicles. vii. All furnishings shall be maintained in good condition at all times. The area shall be supplied adequate solid waste management containers and maintained in a neat and clean manner, free of litter and graffiti, at all times. 703 Page 9 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx viii. Any lighting provided for the use shall be extinguished no later than 11:00 p.m. in the C-3 zone and zones that allow C-3 uses, or 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. in the other zones where this use is permitted, and shall be high-efficiency, the minimum intensity necessary, fully shielded (full cutoff) and down cast (emitting no light above the horizontal plane of the fixture), not create glare or spill beyond the property lines, and the lamp bulb shall not be directly visible from within any residential unit. ix. The use of water for cleaning the area shall conform to Chapter 8.56, Water Conservation and Drought Management Plan, and shall be minimized and any runoff generated shall drain to the sewer system only and shall under no circumstances drain to the stormwater system. x. Noise emanating from the property shall be within the limitations prescribed by Chapter 8.24 and shall not create a nuisance to surrounding residential neighborhoods, and/or commercial establishments. The outdoor seating area shall not adversely affect the welfare of the residents or commercial establishments nearby. xi. The design and use of the outdoor seating area shall conform to all building, fire, zoning, health and safety and other requirements of the Municipal Code and all other requirements of law. c. Conditional Use Permit. Any deviation from the standards listed in this subsection shall require a conditional use permit in compliance with Chapter 17.40. 7. Outdoor retail sales/displays located adjacent to a retail establishment, authorized by an encroachment permit for use of the public right-of-way obtained pursuant to Section 12.16.100. Deviation from the standards in Section 12.16.100 may be allowed pursuant to a conditional use permit, issued in compliance with Chapter 17.40. C. Merchandise. No merchandise shall be sold other than at retail. Sale of repossessed merchandise or secondhand merchandise taken in by the seller as a trade-in on new merchandise is permissible, provided that such sales are conducted on the premises where such merchandise was originally sold, or any successor locations. 704 Page 10 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx D. Signs. Signs for this section are regulated by Section 17.50.140. E. Building Height. 1. In the C-1 zone, any building may have a maximum height of thirty (30) feet. 2. In the C-2 zone, no building shall exceed a maximum height of thirty (30) feet. 3. In the C-3 zone, no building shall exceed a maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet. F. Front Yard Setback. No lot need provide a front yard except as may be required by a precise plan. G. Alley Setback. Buildings shall conform with Section 17.44.130. H. Rear and Side Yard Setback Adjacent to Residential Zones. 1. C-3 Zone. A minimum rear and/or side yard setback of eight feet shall be provided, and an additional two feet of setback shall be provided for each story over the first story for structures that abut residential zones, except where public rights-of-way, twenty (20) feet or greater in width, separate the commercial zone from the residential zone. 2. C-1 and C-2 Zones. A minimum rear and/or side yard setback of five feet shall be provided, except where public rights-of-way twenty (20) feet or greater in width, separate the commercial zone from the residential zone. 3. Existing Buildings. Existing commercial buildings that do not comply with the above setback requirement adjacent to residential zones shall not be considered "nonconforming buildings" under the terms of Chapter 17.52. Therefore, such buildings may be remodeled or expanded as long as any new constructions conforms with the above setback requirements. I. Landscaping Adjacent to Residential Zones. The required rear and/or side yard area shall be landscaped and provided with an automatic watering system. Size, quantity and type of landscaping shall be subject to review and approval by the planning director. Landscaping shall be appropriately maintained, trimmed and void of weeds. 705 Page 11 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx J. Pedestrian-Oriented Uses in the C-2 zone. "Pedestrian-oriented" means uses and activities that attract, accommodate and are highly visible to people who are walking. Most prominent on the ground floor are retail uses, restaurants or snack bars, and places for people to congregate, with offices, services and business services on upper stories. 1. Pedestrian-oriented uses such as retail uses, restaurants or snack bars, and places for people to congregate are encouraged to locate on the ground floor. Pedestrian-oriented uses must include window displays and interior that are highly visible to pedestrians. When there is a mix of uses on the ground floor, the pedestrian-oriented uses shall be located so that the building facade, window displays and interior are oriented to pedestrians on the public sidewalk. 2. Service, office and other non-pedestrian oriented uses shall be located on an upper level above the ground floor or in a ground floor space not fronting the sidewalk. If an office use or other non-pedestrian oriented use is proposed on the ground floor fronting the sidewalk, or if a property requests a change of use from a pedestrian-oriented ground floor use to a non-pedestrian-oriented ground floor use, a Conditional Use Permit in accordance with HBMC Chapter 17.56 ensuring compliance with this section is required. 3. The Conditional Use Permit may not be granted unless the ground floor commercial space meets the following criteria: a. Exterior walls facing and within 20 feet of a front or street side property line shall include windows, doors, or other openings for at least 70 percent of the building wall area located between three and eight feet above the level of the sidewalk. No wall may run in an uninterrupted continuous horizontal plane for more than 25 feet without an opening. b. All windows areas must convey visual interest related to the business to passers-by, through window displays or interior view. Windows must comply with City signage regulations. c. Any existing street-facing building walls shall exhibit architectural relief and detail and be enhanced with landscaping in such a way as to create visual interest at the pedestrian level. 706 Page 12 of 12 ORD NO. 24- Intro: xx/xx/xxxx Adopt: xx/xx/xxxx d. Operational requirements are included to ensure that the pedestrian-orientation visual appearance remains for the life of the use. e. Other adjacent frontages have not been converted in a manner that cumulatively creates more than 25 feet of uninterrupted building wall without an opening. f. The conversion of a pedestrian-oriented use to a non-pedestrian- oriented use will not individually, or cumulatively, result in an environment where the City’s revenue diversification or generation are impacted to such a degree that the City’s overall financial stability is threatened. 4. This section does not preclude changes from one pedestrian-oriented use to another pedestrian-oriented use, as long as provisions in this section are met. 5. This section does not supersede any existing approved entitlements (Conditional Use Permits, Precise Development Plans, etc.) on the property. 707 R-1R-2R-2R-1R-1 R-1R-2BR-2BR-2BR-2R-2R-2SPA-7 R-1R-1R-3R-3 R-2BSPA-11R-1 OSR-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2SPA-11R-3 R-1SPA-11RPD R-2 R-2 OS-1SPA-3R-1R-1R-3 R-2R-1R-1SPA-8 R-2 R-1R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1 C-3R-1R-1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1C-3R-1 SPA-11R-1 SPA-8R-1 R-1 SPA-11R-1 R-1R-1 R- 1 R-1 R-1 C-2 R-1 R-1 OS R-1 R-3 R-2BR-1C-3OS R-2R-1R-1R-1M-1 SPA-7 R-2B R-1 R-1R-3 C-3R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 SPA-4 R- 1 R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1 SPA-11R-1 R-1R-1SPA-11R-1RPD C-3 R-2B M-1 R-2R - 2 R-1R-3 OSOS R-2B R-1R-2B R-1AR-2 R-1 R-1SPA-11R-1R-1R-1 C-3OSR-3SPA-7 R-2 C-3R-1R-1 C-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-1 R-1 C-3M-1 R-1 R-2 R-2B R-2 OS-1R-2R-1SPA-7 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1C-3R-1 OS R-2 C-3 C-3R- 1 R-2R-1C-3R-1 SPA-8SPA-7R-1R-1 R-1OS-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1AR-1R-1R-1C-3R-2 R-2 R-2 R-2 R-1R-2M-1OS-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-2BR-2 R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1C-3C-1 R-2 R-2 R-2R-1R-1R-3 R-1C-3R-1R-1C-3R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R- 1 R-3M-1R-2 R-1C-3R-1 R-1 R-1C-3R-1R-2R-1R-1AR-1 R-2 R-1 R-1R-2B R-1 R-1 OS C-2 C-3R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-2 R-1 R-2R-1R-1R-1AR-2R- 1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 M-1R-1R-1C-1SPA-11R-1 R-1C-3SPA-8R-1R- 1 C-3R-1R-1R-2B OS-1 R-2 R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-2C- 2 R-1 R-2BR-3R-2R-1R-3 R-2SPA-8R-1R-3C-2R-1R-1 R - 1R-2 SPA-9 R-3 R-2B R-2B R-2 R-3R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1R-2BR-3 R-1 R-1R-1R-2 SPA-11R-3R-2 R-1 R-2R-1R-2R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-3 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2 R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-2BR-1R-1C-3C-3R-1R-1R-2 R-2 R-1 R-2R-1R-1 R-1 C-3C-3R-1R-1SPA-11R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R - 1 R-1R-1R-1OS R-2BR-1R-1 R-1 C-3R-1R-1C-3 R-2C-3R-1 SPA-11SPA-11SPA-11R-3 SPA-8 R-1 OS R-2 R-2 R-1 R-2 R-1R-3 R - 2 R - 1 OS M-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2R-2B M-1R-1R- 1R-1C-3C-3 C-3R-1OSR-3R-1R-1 R-2BR-1R-1R-1SPA-11R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 C-3R-2B R-1 OS-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-2SPA-5R-1 R-2 R-1R-1C-3R-1C-3R- 1 C-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R - 1 R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1 R-1 R-2BR-1R-1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1 R-1 C-3C- 3 M-1R-1SPA-11OS C-3OS R-1 OSR-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-2 R-2 R-2 R-3 R-3R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-2 R-2BR-1R-P R-3R-2R-1R-1 R- 2 R-3 R-1 R-1R-3R-2R-2R-1R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-2BR-2R-1OSR-2 R-1 R-1 R-2BR-3 R-2R-1R-1 R-1 R-2BR-2 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-2R-2R-1R-3 SPA-7 R-1R-2 C-2 R-2 R-1C-3R-1R-1 R-3 R- 1R-1R-3 C-2 R- 1 R-2 R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-3 R-1 C-3 R-3R-3C-2C-3R-3 R-3 R-1 R-1R-3 R-1R-2 R-1 R-3 R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1 R-2R-2BR-1M-1 R-1R-1C-3R-1R-2BR-1 R-2BR-2 R-1R-2BR-2R-1R-2R-3 R-2R-1C-3R-2R-2R-1 R-1R-3C-2R-1 R-2BR-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-1MHPR-1 R-2R-2BR-3 R-3 R-2B R-1R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 C-1 R-P R-1R-2 R-3R-2R-3R-2R-2BR-3 R-3 R-1R-2R-3R-1 R-1 R-2BR-3 R-1R-3 R-3 R-2R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-2BR-2R-2R-1R-3R-3PDR-1 C-1R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-2B R-3R-2 R-1 R-3 R-1R-2R-2R-1R-2 R-1C-3R-2OSR-2R-1R-2BR-3 R-2R-3 R-2R-1R-3 R-2C-1C-3R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2 R-2BR-3 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2BR-2R-1R-1R-2BR-2 R-1 SPA-7R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-2R-3R-3R-2BR- 1 R-1R-1R-3R-2BR-2R-2 R-1R- 1 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-P R-3 R-1R-3 R-1 R-2BR-1 R-3 R-1R-2R-2 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-3R-2 R-3R-1R-1R-1SPA-8R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1R-2B R-3 R-2R-2R-1R-1R-2BR-3 R-3 R-1 R-1R-1R-2 R-2R-1R-3 R-2R-2BR-2 R-3 R-3R-3 R-1R-2BR-3R-3 R-2R-1R-2BR-1R-2R-3R-2R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-2 R-3R-1R-2R-3R-3 R-1R-2 R-2R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-2B R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-2R-1R-3R-1R-2R-3 R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-3R-2R-1 R-2 R-1R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-3 R-1 R-2R-2R- 1 R-2R-1R-3R-2 R-1 R-1 R-2BSPA-7R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-3 SPA-7R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R- 1R-2BR-3 R-1R-1R-3 C- 3R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1 SPA-7R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1C-2R-3R-2 R-1R-1R-1 SPA-8 R- 1 OS R-1 SPA-7R-1 R-1R-2 R-1 R-2R-1C- 3R-2R-3 R-2R-2R-2 R-1 R-2B R-1R-1R-2R-2R-1 R-2R-2 R-2 R-2 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-3R-1 R-3 R-1R-2R-2BR-1 R-2BR-1 SPA-11 R-2R-1 R-1R-3 R-2R-2 R-1 R-2 R-2 R- 1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-2R-1M-1 R-1 R-2 R- 1 R-3R-2R-2R-2R-3 R-3R-2R- 1 R-3 R-1R-2 R-1R-3R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2R-1R-PR-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-2R-2BR-2 R-1 R-3R-1R-1R-2R-1R-2 R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-2BR-3R-2R-2SPA-11R- 1 R-3R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-3 R-3 R-2R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-1 R-2R-3 R-3R-2R-1R-2BOS-2C-3R-2B R-2BR-2 R-1 R-2R-1R-1R-3R-2 R-1R-1 R-3 R-2 C-2 R-3 R-2 R-1 R-2B R-1R-3 R-1 C-2 R-2R-1 R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-1 R-2B R-1R-1R-2B R-2BR-1R-3 R-2 R-1 R-1 M-1 R-1 C-2R-1R-3R-1 R-2R-1R-3 R-2R-1 R-1 SPA-7R-1R-1R-2BC-3R-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-1 R-1 R-2B R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1 SPA-7 R-2R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-1 R-P R-1 R-2R-1 R-3 OS R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-2BR-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-2B R-1R-2 R-3 R-PR-1R-1R-2R-1R-2R-2 R-1 R-1R-1 R-1 R-2 R-2R-1R-2R-2R-1R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-3R-1 SPA-7R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1SPA-7R-2R-1C-2 R-1R-1R-2R-2BR-2 C-3R-2R-1R-1 R-2BC-1R-2BR-1AR-1R-1R-1 R-1R-3 R-2 R-1R-2R-2B R-2BR-3 R-2 R-1 R-1R-3R-2R-2R-1 R-1 R-2R-2BC-2R-1R-1R-1 SPA-7R-2BR-1R-P R-3 R-2B R-1 R-1C-2R-3 SPA-7 R-1R-1 R-2R-3R-2R-2R-1R-2R-2 SPA-8 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1C-1 R-1SPA-7OSR-1R-1R-2R-1 C-3R-2R-3R-1R-3R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1C-2R-3 R-1 C-2R-1R-1 R-1C-1R-2 R-1R-1R-2B R-2B R-1R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-2R-2B R-1R-3 SPA-7R-3 R-3 R-3 R-3 R- 1 R-1 R-3R-2 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-3R-2 R-2 R-3R-2R-1R-2 R-1 R-1R-2R-3 SPA-2 R-1R-3R- 1 R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-3 R-1 R-2C-2R-1R-3 R-2R-P R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-3R-1R-2R-1R-1 R-1 R-2BR-2R-2R-3R-1OSR-3 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-2SPA-7 R-2B R-2R-1R-3R-3 R-3 C-1 R-1R-2C-2R-3 OS C-2R-1R-PR-2R-1 R- 1 R-1R-2R-3 R-1R-2 R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-PC-3R-3 R-1R-1AR-1 R-3 R-2 R-2R-1R-1OSR-PR-2 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2R-2C-1 R-3 R-1 R-1SPA-7R-1R-1 R-1 R-2 R-2 R- 1R-1R-1R-2R-1C-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-1R-1 R-3R-2 R-3R-3 R-1 R-2BM-1R-1R-2 R-3 R-P R-3R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1SPA-11R-2B R-1 R-P R-1R-2R-1R-3 R-2R-1R-2R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-2R-1 R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1R-2 R-1 R-2BR-3 R-2R-1R-2BR- 1R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3R-2 C-1 R-1 R-3 R-3R-2C-2C-3 R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-3 C-1 R - 1 R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2 OSR-3 R-3 SPA-7R-1R- 1 R-3C-3R-2R-1R-1R-PR-2BR-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-PR-3 R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1 R-3R-2B R-3 R-2 R-1R-1C-2R-3 R-PR-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-2B R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-2BR-3 R-1 R-2R-2R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-1 C-3 SPA-7 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-3R-1R-2BR-3 R-3R-1 R-1 SPA-7C-2R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-3 R-3 R-3R-1 R-2 R-1 R-1R-P R-3R-2R-2BR-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R-1R-2 R-1 R-1C- 3 R-1R-2BR-3 R-1R- 1R-2R-1R-3 R-1 R-2 R-1 SPA-7R-2R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-2 R-3 SPA-7R-3 R-1 R-2 R-2R-1 R-2B R-3 R-2BR-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1 R-1R-1 R-1 R-3C-1R-1R-1 R- 1 R-1R-P R-3 R-3R-1 R- 1 R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1 R-1R-3 R-1 R- 1R-1SPA-8 R-2 R-3 R-2BR-2R-2R-1R-3R-1C-3 R-1R-1C-2R-2 R-2 R-2R-1 R-1R-1 R-3R-3R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-1R-3 R-3R-1 R-1R-1OSR-2R-3SPA-7R-2 R-1 R-1SPA-8 R-3R-2BR-3R-1R-3 R-2R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-2R-3 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-2R-1R-2 R-1 C-2R-3R-2 R-1 R-3 R-1R-2BR-2BR-1 R-2C-2R-3R-3R-1 SPA-2 R-1C-2R-1R-3R-1R-2 R-2BR-2R-1R-3R-3R-1R-3 R-2R-1R-2R-2R- 1 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1 R-3 R-3R-1 R-1 R-1 C- 3 R-3 R-2R-2 R-3 R-1R- 1 SPA-8 R-3R-1 C-2 R-1R-1R-2R-1 R-1 R-3R-1R-2R-3R-3R-2BR-2 C-2R-2R-3R-3SPA-8R-1 C - 1 R-1 R-1R-2R-2 R-2BR-1R-1 R-P R-3R-2R-1R-1R-2BR-2R-2R-2R-2R-1R-2R-1R-1R-3R-2 R-2R-3 R-3 R-2 R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-1SPA-7 R-3 R-3 R-1R-2R-3 R-2R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-2 R-2R-1R-3 R-3 R-2R-3R-2BR-1R-1M-1 R-1R-1R- 1 R-1R-2R-1R-3 R-3R-2BR-2BR-1R-1R-2C-2R-1 R-3 R-1R-3 R-2B R-2R-1R-1R-2 R-2BR-3 R-2 R-1R-3R-3 C-3R-2OSR-2 R-1 R-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-2 SPA-9 R-3 R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-3C-3R-2 R-2R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R- 1 R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-2R-2 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-3 R-1R-3 R-3 R- 1 R-1R-1 R-1R-3 R- 1 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-1C-1 C- 2 R-1R-3R-1 R-3 R-3 R-3R-2BR-1R-1 R-2R-2C-2R-1R-1SPA-11R-2 R-1 SPA-7 R-3 R-1R-2 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-2B R-3R-1R-2BR-1 R-3C-2R-2 R-1 R-2R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R-1R-2R-2BR-1 R- 1 OS R-1R-1 R-1AR-2BR-1 R-1R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-2C-2R-2R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-2 C-2R-2BR-2R-1 R-1 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1 R-1 C-2R-1R-2R-1R-1R- 1 R-2BR-2R-3R-1R-2 R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-3R-2R-2BR-3 OSR-2 C-2R-2BR-1R-1 R-1R-3R-PM-1R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 SPA-6R-2 R-1 R-2R-2 R-1 R-3 R-2R-1R-2R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-3R-3 R-1AR-1R-1 R- 1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-2R-3R-2R-1R-2 C-1 R-2BR-2R-1R-1A R-3 SPA-7 R-1R-1R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-3R-2SPA-7R- 2 R-2 R-1 R-2B R-1R-3C-1R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-3 R-1R-2 R-1 R-3 R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1 C-3R-1 R-1R-1R-3R-3 R-2 R-2 R-1 R-3R-2BR-2 R-PR-2 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-2 C-2 C-2R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-1 C-2 R-3 R-2 R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-1R-1 M-1 M-1 R-2 R-1R-2R-3R-1R-1 R-3OSR-3 R - 2 M-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-2BR-3 R-1 R-1M-1 R-2R-2R-2R-1 C-3 R-2B R-3R-1R-1R- 1 R-1R-PR-1R-1R-1 R-2BR-3 R- 1 R-1R- 1 R-2BR-1R-3 R-1 R-2 SPA-9 R-1 SPA-7 R-P R-1R-1 R-3 R-1 R-2 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-2B R-2R-1R-2BR-2R-2 R-3 R-1 M-1 R-1 R-2 R-1R-1 R-3 R-2R-2B R-1AR-2R-1R-3R-2 R-1 R-2 R-2R-1R-2R-1 R-1R-3C-3R-2 R-3 R-1 R-1R-3R-1C-2R-3 R-1R-1 R- 1 C-3 R-1R-1M-1R-1 R-2R-3 R-2R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1R-2 R-1 R-3R-2R-1 R-1 R-2BR-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-2R-2R-2BR-2BR-2 R-3R-2R-2R-2R-1 R-1R-1 R-2BR-2R-1SPA-11R-3R-1 R-1R-3R-1R-2R-2R-1R-1R-2BR-2 R-1 R-1R-3 R-3 R-2 R-2R-2BR-1R-1OS-1R-3 R-1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-2BC-2 R-3 R-1R-3R-2 R-3 SPA-11R-1 SPA-7R-3 R-2OSC-2 C-2R-2BR-1R-1C-3R-1 R-3R-2R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-2R-1C-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-2BR-1 R-3R-1 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-3 R- 1 R-1 R-1 R-2 R-1R-2BR-3 SPA-11R-3R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R- 1 R-1C-2 R-2R-2R-1OSR-1R-1R-1R-3R-2 R-3 C-1 R-PR-2B R- 1R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-3R-1AR-3 R-1R-3 R-3R-2R-1 R-2 R-2 R-2BR-1 R-1 R-2 M-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2R-3 R-2R-2BR-1R-2 R-2 R-2 R-2 R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-1 R-3R-2 R-1 R - 1 R-1R-2BR-3R-3R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-2 R-2C-2R-3 R-1R-3 R-1 R-3SPA-9R-2 R-3 R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-1 R-1C-2 R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-P R-2 R-3 R-1R-1C-2R-3 R-1R-3R-3 R-1R-1 R-1SPA-7SPA-7 OS R-2 R-1R-1R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-3 R-2 R-3 R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-1 SPA-2 R-3 R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 C-2R-3 C-2R-3 R-1 R-2BR-2 R-2B R-2 R-1R-2R-1 R-1 SPA-7R-2R-1R-1R-3R-3 R-3R-2R-1C-2R-2C-2R-1 R-1R-3R-1R-2BR-1SPA-11R-2B R-2 R-3 C- 3R-1R-2R-1 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1SPA-7R-1R-2R-2R-2R-1R-2R- 1 C-2R-2R-1R-1R-1R- 1 R-3 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-2R-2 R-2 R-2BR-1C-2 R-3R-1R-1R-3 R-3R-3 R-2 C-2 R-3R-1R-2R- 1 SPA-11R-3 R-1R-2R-2BR-3 R-2 R-1 R-1R-2 R-2 R-1 R-2BR-1R-1R-3R-1R-3R-1R-2R-3R-1R-PM-1 R-1R-PR-1R-2BR-2BR-2 R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-3 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-1R-PR-1R-1AR-2R-2BR-1R-1R-2R-2R-1R-3R-PR-2R-2BR-2R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-3R-1R-1 R-3 R-1 C-2R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-2 R-1 R-1R-1C-1R-3 R-2B R-2BR-1R- 1R- 1 R-1R-3 R-3R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2R-2BR-2 R-3 R-2R-1 C-2 R-3 R-1R-2 R-3 R-1 R-3 C-3R-2 R-1 R-1 R-2R-3 R-1R-1 R-1R-2R-2BR-2 C-3 R-3R-2BR-3R-1 R-1R-3 R-3 R-2BR-2 R-2R-1R-3R-2R-3R-3 R-3R-1R-2BR-3R-3R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-2 R-3 R-1C-2 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-2BR-2 R-3 R-2BR-2R-1R-1R-1 C-2R-1 R-1 R-3R-2BR-3 R-3R-3 R-3R-3 R-1 R-2R-3 R-1R-3 R-1R-2 R-1 R-3 R-3R-1 R-2BR-2R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-2 R-1SPA-7 R-2B R-2 C-2R-1 R-3R-2 R-1 R-2R-2R-2BR-3R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-2R-1R-2 R-1 R-2 SPA-8R-1 R-1 C-2R-1 R-1AR-1C-2R-2 R-1R-2R-3R-2BR-1 R-P OSR-2 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-1SPA-7R-3 R-1R-1R-2B SPA-2R-2BR-1R-3R-3 R-3 R-2BR-2R-1R-1R-3 R-2BR-2B R-3 R-1 R-1R-2 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-3 R-2 R-2B R-1R-2R-3 R-2B R-3R-1C-2R-2 R-2R-3 R-3 SPA-7 R-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-2B R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-3R-1 R-3 R-2R-2R- 1 C-2R-2SPA-8 R-2BR-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-3R-2 R-1 R-3 SPA-2R-3R-2 R-3 R-3 R-1R-2 R-2B R-1 R-2BR-1 R-3 R-1R-2 R-2BC-2 R-2R-3R-1R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-2B R-1R-2B R-2 R-1OS R-2B R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3R-2BR-1R-PR-2BR-2 R-3 R-3R-2R-3R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-2 R-1R-2R-2R-2R-2BR-3 R-2R-1R-1 R-2 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1R-PR-1 R-3 R-1C-2R-2 R-1 R-1R-1AR-1R-2 R-2C-2 R-1R-1R-3R-1 R-3R-2BR-1R-2 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-1 SPA -9 R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-2 R-1 R-2R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1SPA-7R-1R-1 R- 1 R-3C-2R-1R-1R-2BR-2BR-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-1R-1 R-1C-2R-2R-1 C-3R-1 R-3R-2BSPA-8 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-1R-3 R-3 R-2 R-3 R-1R-3R-3R-2R-1R-1R-3M-1 R-PSPA-7R-1 R-1R-2R-1AR-2R-2R-2R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1R-3R-2R-1 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R - 1 R-1SPA-8 R-1R-1R-2BR-3R-2B R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2B R-1R-1R-1 R- 1R- 1 R-1 SPA-7R-1R-3R-1R-2BM-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-2BR-2 R-3R-2R-3R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-1C-3R-2 R-3R-3R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-3 R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-2B R-3 R-1 R-2B R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1SPA-7 R-3 R-1 R-1 R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-1 R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-3R-2R-2 R-3 R-2R-2R-1R-2 R-1R-1C-3R-2BR-1C-2R-3 R-1R-2R-2BR-1 R-3R-1R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 SPA-6 R-2R-1R-2BR-2BR-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2B R-3 R-1C-3R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-1R-1R-2R- 1 R-2R-3R-2R- 1 R-3 R-3 R-3R-1 R-1 R-2R-3R-1R-1 R-3 SPA-11R-3R-2BR-2R-2C-2R-3 SPA -9R-2R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-3OS-O R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2R-2R-1R-1R-1 R-2 R-2R-3R-3 R- 1 R-2R-3R-2BR-3 R-2B R-2R-3 R-1 R-2BR-1R-2R-1 R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-3R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-1R-2BR-2R- 1 R-1R-1R-3R-1 R-3 R-2R-3 R-3 R-PC-2R-3 R-1R-1R-2B R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1 R-1 C-3SPA-8R-2R-1R-1R-2BC-3R-2BSPA-7R-3R-3 R-2BR-1R-1 R-3 SPA-11R-3R-3R-2BSPA-2R-2R-2R-3 R-2R-1R-2B R-3R-2 R-3 R-2BR-1R-3 R-3R-1R- 1 R-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-2BR-1R-1A R-1R-3 R-1 R-3 R-2R-1R-2 R- 2 R-3 R-1 R-1SPA-8 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-2 R-1R-3 R-3 R-3 M-1 R-PR-3R-1R-2R-PSPA-7 R-1R-3R-3R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-2R-2BR-1R-1 R-2BR-2BR-1 R-1R-2R-2R-3R- 1 R-1R-3R-2R-3 R-1R-3R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1AR-2BR-2R-1R-2SPA-11R-3R-3 R-1 R-PR-1R-1R-1 SPA-7 R-3 R-3 R-1R-2 R-1R-1R-1 R- 1 R-2 R-1 R-3R-1 R-1 R-2R-2SPA-8C-3R-1 R-1 R-2B R-2B R-1 R-1R-1 R-2R-2R-3 R-1R-1 R-3 R-2BR-2R-2R-2 R-1 R-PR-1 R-1R-2BC-2R-2BR-2R-3 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-3R-3 R-1R-1SPA-11R-1R-3 R-3 R-3 R-2R-3 R-1SPA-7 R-3 R-2BR-2BR-1R-3R-1 R-1 R-1R-3R-1R-2 R-1R-3R-1C-2R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-3R-3 R-3 R-1 R- 1 R-3R-2R-1R-2R-1 R-2R-3 R-1R-1R-1 SPA-7R-2R-1R-1R-3R-3R-3SPA-7 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2 R-3 R-1R-2 SPA-7R-2M-1 R-1R-2 R-1 C-3R-2SPA-11R-1R-2BR-2 R-2B R-1R-2BR-2B R-2 R-1C-2R-3R-1R-2R-1R-3R-1R-3 R-2R-1AR-2 R- 1 R-2BR-1SPA-7 R-1 R-3 R-PC-3R-1 R-3 R-3R-3R-1 C-3R-1R-3R-1 R-2 R-3 R-3R-2R-1R-2BR-3 R-3 R-1R-2BC-1 R-1R-1R-1OSR-1R-2 R-1R-1 SPA-8 R- 2B R-3R-1R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-2BR-1 R-1R-2R-1 R-2 R-1R-2R-1 R-2SPA-2 R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-2 R-PR-1R-2 R-3 C-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-1SPA-8R-1R-3 R-1R-PC-2R-1SPA-8R-2BR-3 R-3R-3 C-3C-3R-1R-2SPA-7 R-1R-1R-1R-1R- 1 R-1R-2BC-2R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-2BSPA-7 R-1R-3 R-3R-2R-1R-1 R-3R-1 R-1R-2 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-2B R-3 R-1R-3R-3 R-1 R-2BR-2R-3R-1AR-1AR-2B R-2 R-2 R-3 R-3 R-PR-1C-3R-1 C-2 R-3R-2 SPA-8 R-1R-3R-1R-1R-2R - 1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-2R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2 R-2BR-1R-1C-1 R-2 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1C-3R-1 R-P R-3 R-1R-1OS R-3 C-1R-1 R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R-3 R-2R-2 R-1 R-2R-1R-3R-2R-3 R- 1 R-3 R-2BR-PR-2R-3 R-3R-2R-1R-1R-P R-3 R-2 R-1R-2R-2BR-1AR-2BR-1R-1R-1SPA-7 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-2R-3 R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R- 1 R-3 R-2BR-1 R-3R-2R-2R-2R-1R-3 R-1 R-3 R-2BR-2 SPA-8 R-3R-3R-1 SPA-8 R-3 SPA-7R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-3 M-1 R-1R-3R-3 R-1R-2R-2R-2R-2R-1R-1 R-3 R-1C- 3 R-1R-3R-1 SPA-8OS C-2 R-1OS SPA-7R-2 R-3 R-1R-1 R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-2 R-3R-1R-3R- 1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1R-1 R-1R-3R-1 R-3 R-PR-2 R- 2 R-3 R-1R-2R-1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-2BR-1R-1R-1C-3R-1R-3 R-2R-1 R-3R-1R-3 R-1 SPA-7R-3 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2BR-3R-2 R-3 OS R-3 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-3R-2R-1R-3 R-1 C-2R-1 R-3 R-1 R-2 C-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-3R-3R-2BR-2BR-2BR-1 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1R-2B R-2BR-3 C-1R-1 R-3 R-1R-2R-1R-3R-3R-3R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2 S PA -9R- 1 R-3 M-1 R-2 R-PR-3 R-1R-3R-2R-2BR-1R-1C-2R-2BR-2 R-1 R-3R-1SPA-8R-3 R-3 C-3R-2 R-2B R-1 R-3R-3 R-1R-2BR-1 R-3R-2BR-2BR-3 SPA-7 R-1R-2R-1R-PR-2R-2BOSR-2BR-1R-1R-2BR-2R-1R-1 R-2B R-1R-2R-1R-3 R-2B R-3R-3R-3 C-2R-3 R-1R-3 R-1R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-2 R-2 R-2B R- 1 R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1R-1R-2R-2BR-3R-1R-1R-2 R-2 R-2 R-3R-1 R-1R-1 R-2 R-2 R-3 R-3R-3 R-1R-2R-1 R-1 R-1OS-1R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-2R-2R-2R-1R-3R-1R-3 R- 1 R-1 R-PSPA-7 R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1R-2BR-1R-3R-3R-1M-1R-2R-1R-1R-2M-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-2 R-1R-1 R-3 C-1 R-1R-2 R-1M-1R-2 R-3 R-1 C-2R-1R- 1 R-2BR-3 R-2R-PR-1 R-3R-2 R-2BR-2 R-1R-2 R-2 R-3 R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1 OSR-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1R-2 R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1R-1C-3R-2R-1R- 2B R-1R-1R-2 R-2R-1R-3R-1R-1R-3R-2R-1 C-3R-1R-1R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1C-3 R-1R-1 C-2 R-3R-2R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-3R-1 OS C-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-3R-2R-2 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-2R-2R-3 R-1R-2R-1R-1 R-1 R-3 SPA-7 R-3 R-1 R-2BR-3C-3R-2R-2R-2BR-2R-2 C - 1 R-1 R-2B R-1AR-3 R-1 R-3R-2R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-1 SPA-8R-1R-2C-1R-1R-2R-1R-3 R-3R-2R-1R-2BR-P R-1 R-3 R-2B R-1R-2 R-3R-2 R-3R-2 R-2 R-1R-1R-2B R-2BC-2R-3 R-1 R-1R-1R-2R-1R-2B R-1R-1 R-3 R-3 R- 1 R-1R-3 R-2R-1R-2 R-2BR-2BR-1 R-3 MHP R-1R-1R-2R-2R-2R-1R-3R-1R-1R-2 R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2R-2R-1R-2 R-1 C-3 R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 M-1 R-2 R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-2R-1R-3R-2R-2BR-2BR-1R-1 C-3C-3R-1 R-3 R-1R-3 C- 3 R-1 R- 2 R-3R-1C-2R-2BSPA-7R-1R-1R-2R-2R-1AC-2R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-2R-3R-2R-2 R-1 R-1R-2R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1R-PR-3R-1SPA-8R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-2R-3R-2R-1R-3R-2BR-2R-1 R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-2R-2 SPA-8 C- 3 R-3 R-3R-2BR-2BSPA-7R-2BR-1 R-1 R-2 R-1R-1R-3 R-2 R-2BR - 1 R- 1 R-1R-2B R-1C-2R-3 R-3 R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 OSR-1R-1R-3R-1 R - 2 B R-3R-3 C-3R-2R-1R-2BR-1 R-2 R-1R-1R-3 R- 1 R-2C-3R-2BR-1R-3 R-2R-1R-3R-2R-3R-1 R-3R-1 R-1R-1 R-3 R-3 R-1 R-1 R-2R-3R-1R-3R-2R-1R-3R-3R-1R-3 OS-1R-2 R-1 C-3R-2BR-3 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R-1C-1 R-1 R-2BR-2BR-3 R-1R-1AR-3 R-2 R- 1 R-2R-2 R-1R-3R-3 R-2B SPA-9 R-3 R-3 R-1R-1C-2R-2 R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-1 R-2R-1R-3 R-1 R-2R-2 R-2 R-1 SPA-7R-2C-2R-3R-2R-1R-1R-1R-3 SPA-8 R-2BR-1 R-1R-1R-2R-2R-3R-2R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2BR-1R-2BR-1 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-2BR-1 R-3R-2 R-3 R-2R-1R-1R- 1 R-1 R-1 R-2R-3R-1R-2R-2BC-2 R-3 R-1SPA-8R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-3 R-3R-1R-1R-2 R-1 R-1R-1 R-3R-1R-1AC-2R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-2R-2R-2BR-3R-1C-2R-3 R-2R-1 R-3 R-2 R-3R-2BR-2R-2 R-1 R-2B R- 1 R-1R-2B R-2BR-2R- 1 R-1 R-1C-3 R-1R-1R-1R-P R-3 R-3R-2 R-1 R-1R-2B R-1R-1R- 1 R-1R-1C-2R-3 R-3 R-2B R-1M-1R-3 R-2B R-2 R-2BR-2BR-1R-1C-1 R-1R-1OSR-2R-1R-1R-2BR-1 R-3 R-3C-2R- 1 R-2R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-3 R-2R-3 R-2 R- 1 R-1 R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-2 R-3R-3R-2 R-3 R-1R-1A R-3 R-1 R-1R-2 R-1 R-1 R-1R-3R-1R-1SPA-2R-1R-3 R-1SPA-7 R-3 M-1 R-2R-2 R-2 C-2 R-1R-1 R-1 R-2R-2BR- 1 R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1R-1 R-2 R-1 R-3R-3 C-3 R-1R-1R-2BSPA-7R-2 R-1R-1R-3R-2R-2BR-1 R-1 R-1 R-2R-2R-1R- 1 SPA-7R-1 R-1 R-2 R-2R-2BR-1R-3 R-1R-3 R-1 R-1R-1 R-3R-2BR-3 R-2R-2 R-1 R-1 R-2BR-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-1M-1 R-2R-2BR-2 R- 1 R-1R-2R-1R-1R-2R-3R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-2R-1 R-3 C- 2 R-1 R-1R- 1 R-3 R-1 R-1OS-O R-2R-1R-2R-2 R-3R-2OS-OR-2C-2R-1 R-1AR-2BR-3 R-2 R-3R-1R-2 R-3 R-2BR-3R-1R-1R-2 R-3R-3 R-1 R-1R-2BR-3 R-1C-3R-1R-2R- 1R-1R-PR-1R-1 C-3 R-2 R-1R-2 R-2BR-1R-2B R-1R-1 R-2 R-3R-2R-2 R-1R-2R- 1 R-1C-3 R-2BR-2R-1R-PR-1 R-1 R-2BR-1R-1R- 2 R-3R-3 R-2 SPA-7R-3R-1R-2 R - 2 R-1 R-2 R-3R-2R-3R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 C-3R-2R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-3 R-3 R-1R-1C-3R-1R-2BM-1R-1SPA-11R-2B R-3 R-2R-1 R-3 R-2R-1R-2BR-3R-3 R-3 R- 1 R-2BR-3 R-3R-3 R-2BR-2BR-2 R-2 R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1 R-3R-2R-1R-1 C-2R-1R-1SPA-2 R-1 R-1 R-2R-1R-3 R-1C-2R-2B R-3 R-3 R-1 R-1R-2R-3 R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R- 1 R-1C-2R-2 R-2B R-2 R-2 R-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2 C-2R-2R-1R-1R-1R- 2 R-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-2 R-1 R-2 R-1R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1AR-3 R-3R-2 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-1 R-3R-1R-1R-2R-2M-1 R-2R- 2 R-1R-3 R-3R-1R-3R-1C-1R-1R-1R-2 R-3 R-3 R-3 R-1R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-1R-2R-1R-3R-1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-1 OSR- 1 R-2R-2 M-1 R-1 R- 1 R-3 R-1 R-1R-3 R-1R-1 R-2BR-1R-1R-1R-2R-1OS-O R-1R-P R-2 R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-2R-3R-1M-1R-2 R-3 R-1R-2 R-2BR-1 SPA-8R-3 R-1 R-1R-3 R-2BR- 1 R-1 R-1 C-2R-2 R-2R-2 R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-2 R-2R-3R-3R-1R-2R-2C-2C-3R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-2R-3 R-2 R-1R-1R-1 R-2BR-1R-1 R-1R-2R-2 R-3R-1 R-1 R-1R-1R-1 R-1R-3 R-3R-2 R-1R-3R-1R-2BR-2 R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-1 R-2R-2BR-1R-2BR-2BR-1R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-1R-3 R-1R-1R-1R-1R-2R-1 R-3 R-2R-3 R-3R-3R-2R-1R-2BR-1 R-3 R-1 R-3C-2R-1R-1 R-3 R-1R-1R-2BR-2BR-1R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-2R-2R-2BR-1R-2BR-1R-3 SPA-7 R-1 R-1SPA-7 R-P R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-1R-1R-3R-1R-1R-1R-2 R-2BR-1R-2B R-3 SPA-2 R-3 R-3 R-1R-1C-1 M-1 R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-1AR-2R-2BR-2R-3 R-2BR-2R-3R-1R-2BR-1R-3 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-2R-3 R-1 R-3R-3R-1R-2BR-3R-1 R-3R-2BR-1R-1 R-1R-1 R-3 R-3R-1 R-3 R-1R-1 R-1R-1AR-PR-1 R-1 R-3C-2R-3R-3 R-1 R-1 SPA-8 R-2 R-1R-3 R-2R-1R-3 R-1R-2R-3R-2 R-1R-1R-2 R-1R-2R-1R-1R- 1 R-1R-1 R-3 SPA-7 R-2 R-2R-3 R-1 R-2B R-1AR-2 R-2B R-2R-2R-1R-1 R-3 R-3R-1 R-3 R-1R-2R-2R-2BR-2 R-1R-2R-3R-1R-1R-1 R-1 R-2R-1R-1 R-1 R-2BR-3 R-1R- 1 R-1 R-1R-1 R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1R-2BR-1C-2R-1 R-2R-2R-2BR-1R-1R-P R-2R-1R-3 R-1 R-1 R-2BR-1SPA-10R-2 R-2 R-1 C-2R-2BR-3 R-1R-1 R-3 R-3R-3R-3 R-1R-1SPA-7R-1 R-1 R-1 C-2R-1 R-1 R-2 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-3 R-1 R-2R-1C-1R-1R-1R-2R-2 R-1 OS-O R-3 OS-O OS-O R-3 OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O C-2 OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O R-2B OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O OS-O OS24th S t 21st St Lyndo n S t 23rd S t 1st St 34th Pl CochiseAveLoma Wal k Long f ell o w A v e 2 6 t h S t 30th Pl 25th S t 3rd StPower St4th St 19th St The Strand 5th St 6th St 7th St 8th St 20th St 9th St 19th St 18th St 16th St 17th St Pier Plaz a 31st S t 30th S tHighlandAve H e r o n d o S t 22nd S t A u brey Ct 22nd C t ParkAve28th S t 21st S t BarneyCtOcean View Ave3 r d S tMornings ide Dr 29th S t Palm Dr Ing les ide Dr 14th StPalm DrHarpe r Ave 15th St 10th StBeach DrBeach Dr 2nd St M a r l i t a Pl 30th Pl Ozone C t 7th Pl Gravley Ct21st St Bonnie Brae St11th StMorningsideDr Mira St16th St 11th StVista Dr 15th Pl Alley 6th St Cochise Ave26th StCrest Dr Joy St 24th S t Palm Dr35th S t 21st St 2 5 th S t31st S t Beach DrBay V iew Dr 30th S t 15th St 14th St 28th S t 33rd S t 29th S t 27th S t 30th S t 16th St 10th St 26th S t 33rd S t 21st St2 5 t hSt 6th St 4th St 19th St Loma Dr34th S t 24th St 5th St CulperCt33rd Pl 4th St 6th St Reynolds LnCircle C t Lyndon S tPalm Dr 31st Pl Ocean Dr3rd Ct 30th St AubreyParkCt28th C t 1st S t 29th C t 33rd Pl 30th Pl 31st Pl 32nd Pl 35th Pl Hollowell AveRhodes StMeyerCt18th St Alley Ocean Dr31st S t Amby PlHillcrest DrCypress Ave4th Ct 20th St Loma Dr32nd Pl 9th St 11th Pl 6th StLa Carlita PlOak StPower StReynolds Ln5th St 17th St 11th St 5th Ct 17th S t Hopkins StBorden AveHarpe r AveTennyson PlAlleyMyrt le AveBard StMontgomery DrAl l e y 6th CtPalmDr 3rd S t Porter Ln 21st Ct 7th Ct 4th St Pine StNeptu n e Raymond Ave11th Pl 8th Ct 34th Pl Braehol mPlHermosa Vi ewDr 20th St 19th St 9th Ct 10th St Cir c l e Dr M ornin g si d e D r 10th Ct ValleyParkAve20th Ct 12th Ct 11th Ct 15th Ct Bard StSi lve r S t 25th St Campana St11th Pl 7th St 4th S t 13th Ct Hi l l St 13th St 8th St 14th Ct 19th Ct 1st Ct Alley 7th St 24th S t Bayview DrLoma Dr14th St Massey Ave28th C t 18th St 16th Ct 18th Ct 29th C t 8th Pl 17th Ct ElOesteDrGentry St21st S t Sunset DrLoma DrAva AveBayview DrBayview DrPalm DrPalm DrSunset DrOak St 27th C t G old e n A v e 20th Pl Corona StSpringfield Ave11th St 16th St 10th St 20th St 11th St 9th St 8th Pl 1st Pl 19th StSi lve rs t rand Ave 10th St 15th St 6th St 13th St Owosso Ave1st S t 3rd StCypress Ave1st Pl 1st St 24th St 4th St 24th Pl 5th St 9th St Go uld Ter8th St 7th StHillcrestDr24th Pl Ma n h a t t a nAve1st St22nd St Valley DrHermosa Ave Long f ell o w A v e Monterey B lvd 2nd S tMonterey BlvdManhattan AveMonterey BlvdManhattan AveLongfellow Ave ProspectAvePacificCoastHwyArdmore AveVal ley DrManhattan AveArdmoreAveP i e r A v eHermosa Ave 8 t h S tHermosa Ave27th S t A v ia tio nB lvd2 n d S t Gould Ave GreenwichVillageArtesia Blvd Val l eyDr Last updated April 2021 Unclass UNCLASSIFIED (SCHOOL DISTRICT) ZONING DESIGNATIONS R-1 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL R-1A LIMITED SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL R-2 TWO-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL R-2B LIMITED MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL R-3 MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL R-P RESIDENTIAL-PROFESSIONAL RPD RESIDENTIAL PLANNED DEVELOPMENT R-3PD MULTIPLE FAMILY PLANNED DEVELOPMENT C-1 LIMITED BUSINESS AND RESIDENTIAL C-2 GENERAL COMMERCIAL C-3 GENERAL AND HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL M-1 LIGHT MANUFACTURING OS OPEN SPACE OS-1 RESTRICTED OPEN SPACE OS-2 RESTRICTED OPEN SPACE OS-O OPEN SPACE OVERLAY MHP MOBILE HOME PARK SPA SPECIFIC PLAN AREA (RESIDENTIAL USES) SPA SPECIFIC PLAN AREA (COMMERCIAL USES) OTHER DESIGNATIONS COASTAL ZONE APPEALABLE AREA (WEST OF LINE) DOWNTOWN DISTRICT COASTAL ZONE BOUNDARY WALK STREETS #FRONT YARD SETBACKS 1 VALLEY PARK 2 CLARK STADIUM 3 COMMUNITY/CIVIC CENTER 4 EDITH RODAWAY FRIENDSHIP PARK 5 SEA VIEW PARK 6 FORT LOTS-OF-FUN/PROSPECT SCHOOL 7 MOONDUST PARK 8 GREENWOOD PARK 9 BI-CENTENNIAL PARK KAY-ETOW PARK10 SHAFFER PARK11 4TH & PROSPECT PARK12 8TH & VALLEY PARK13 SCOUT PARK14 ARDMORE PARK15 GREENBELT16 BEACH/STRAND/BIKE PATH17 NOBLE PARK18 SOUTH PARK19 RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARK20 CITY YARD21 4 10 10 10 2 6 3 3 5 1 2 2 10 10 3 0 2 2 5 5 3 2 2 5 310 2 3 3 2 2 0 10 5 5 3 10 10 0 25 5 5 5 53 3 25 2 3 10 10 5 10 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 2 0 5 5 3 55 55 0 0 5 3 0 2 2 5 3 5 5 3 5 5 5 4 2 2 3 2 0 3 2 2 25 5 3 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 2 3 5 5 3 2 10 10 10 10 10 11 16 1 5 18 10 16 19 9 15 21 13 2 3 3 20 8 14 4 12 6 7 17 17 2 Unclass Unclass Vista School Hermosa View School Hermosa Valley School Valley Park BeachBeachSouth Park Clark Stadium Community Center Civic Center Hermosa 708 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0172 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 PURCHASE OF VEHICLES FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT (Public Works Director Joe SanClemente) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council: 1.Authorize the purchase of two patrol pursuit vehicles in an amount not to exceed $146,266 from National Auto Fleet Group,the State of California's General Services Department Statewide Contract for Fleet Vehicles,or sole source from a dealership as the vehicles become available; 2.Authorize outfitting,at an amount not to exceed $54,000 total for the two vehicles,through National Auto Fleet Group; and 3.Approve an additional appropriation of $200,266 from the Equipment Replacement Fund balance to fund the purchase and outfitting of the two patrol pursuit vehicles. Executive Summary: The City of Hermosa Beach is committed to providing first-class services to the community.Fulfilling this commitment relies heavily on the availability of the appropriate vehicles within the Police Department (department).At its November 28,2023 meeting,City Council authorized the purchase of four patrol pursuit vehicles and the department is currently on the waiting list to purchase four electric Chevy Blazers from National Auto Fleet.Production of the vehicles is scheduled for May 2024, or shortly thereafter. Recently,four patrol vehicles were out of service due to damages obtained on duty.As a result,only four patrol vehicles remained available for daily operations.Given the urgent need to replace two patrol vehicles, staff identified availability and purchased two Ford Explorer Police Interceptors. With this item,staff requests City Council authorization to advance the purchase of two vehicles on the City’s Fiscal Year 2024-25 Equipment Replacement Schedule this fiscal year.If approved,staff would confirm and order all four electric Chevy Blazers as they become available.Without City Council authorization,staff would be required to reduce the number of electric Chevy Blazers on the original order which would delay the replacement of these vehicles in FY 2024-25. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 5 powered by Legistar™709 Staff Report REPORT 24-0172 Background: The Public Works Department tracks the lifecycle and condition of the entire fleet of City vehicles and equipment.On an annual basis,staff reviews the City’s Equipment Replacement Schedule and makes recommendations for the upcoming budget.Annual recommendations are based on each individual vehicle’s primary use,age,mileage,fuel expense,maintenance and repair history,possible secondary uses in other departments, and potential resale value. On an ongoing basis,as vehicles are brought in for service,the Public Works Department evaluates the cost effectiveness of repairs and whether the repairs would restore the vehicle to reliable and safe operation for ongoing use.As part of this process,staff diligently evaluates the City’s Clean Fleet Vehicle Purchasing Policy (Attachment 2),vehicle availability,and operational needs to select the most appropriate replacement vehicles with the limited timeline and options available. The Police Department’s fleet vehicles are part of the inventory in the City’s Equipment Replacement Schedule and include nine assigned patrol vehicles.Eight patrol vehicles are assigned to on-duty patrol officers and one is reserved for the on-duty Watch Commander.In early March 2024,four patrol vehicles were out of service, leaving only four patrol vehicles for officer use. Out-of-Service Vehicles Year Model Unit Out-of-Service Reason 2018 Ford Interceptor HB3 Damaged by an intoxicated driver. Rear-end was destroyed and vehicle was totaled. 2019 Chevy Tahoe HB5 Involved in traffic collision resulting in significant damage. 2019 Chevy Tahoe HB9 Vehicle has broken motor mounts. 2018 Ford Interceptor HB6 Vehicle engine and transmission are damaged and beyond repair. With the Police Department running at full-staffing levels,often more than four patrol units are required at the same time.With only four patrol vehicles available,officers working during the busiest shifts are unable to effectively respond to their assigned patrol responsibilities. At its November 28,2023 meeting,Council authorized the purchase of four patrol pursuit vehicles from National Auto Fleet Group,the State of California’s General Services Department Statewide Contract for Fleet Vehicles,or sole source from a dealership as vehicles became available.Following City Council approval,staff placed an order through National Auto Fleet for four EV Chevy Blazers; however,they were not projected to begin production until May 2024 and with no definitive delivery date.Given the uncertainty,and urgent need to replace vehicles,staff actively searched for available patrol pursuit vehicles and found two 2024 Ford Explorer Police Interceptors that met the immediate City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 5 powered by Legistar™710 Staff Report REPORT 24-0172 patrol pursuit vehicles and found two 2024 Ford Explorer Police Interceptors that met the immediate vehicle deployment needs of the Police Department. Acquiring police-equipped vehicles has proven challenging,given high demand and long wait times, and it is therefore essential to purchase these vehicles quickly as they became available.Based on City Council’s November 2023 authorization for four pursuit vehicles,staff was able to quickly secure and purchase two vehicles scheduled for delivery April 1, 2024. Hermosa Beach Municipal Code Section 3.12.140 exempts from certain formal bidding procedures "[p]urchases made through a cooperative purchasing program utilizing purchasing agreements maintained by the state,county,or other public agencies."The City relies on this exemption when attempting to purchase through National Auto Fleet Group's master vehicle contract with Sourcewell or the General Services Contract with the state of California. Past Council Actions Meeting Date Description November 28, 2023 City Council authorized the purchase of four patrol pursuit vehicles in an amount not to exceed $312,000 from National Auto Fleet Group, the State of California’s General Services Department Statewide Contract for Fleet Vehicles, or sole source form a dealership as the vehicle becomes available. Discussion: The Police Department functions on a 24 hour per day,7 days per week basis.A primary function of police services is patrol operations.The requirement of patrol operations and the vehicles assigned to this division are unique to any other City fleet or police function.The lifespan and performance of patrol vehicles require accelerated replacement based on a shortened life span caused by the unique requirements of patrol operations.There are many factors that can cause a patrol vehicle’s lifespan to shorten.Patrol vehicles undergo high speed acceleration,stopping,turning,and driving over rough terrain when answering emergency situations.Patrol operations also go beyond a daily patrol shift and can include traffic,task force operations,detectives,and the mental evaluation team.To meet the needs of all assignments, all patrol vehicles must be fully functional and ready for use at all times. In March 2024,the critically low supply of patrol vehicles required staff to seek an immediate solution to ensure that officers were always able to respond to community emergencies.Due to the nationwide lack of vehicle production over the past two years,and scarcity of vehicles through traditional vendors,staff determined that it was critical to make an emergency purchase of two Ford Explorer Police Interceptors as the delivery date for the electric Chevy Blazers remained uncertain. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 5 powered by Legistar™711 Staff Report REPORT 24-0172 Following City Council’s November 2023 authorization,staff placed a request with National Auto Fleet for the purchase of four electric Chevy Blazers.Given the emergency purchase of two Ford Explorer Police Interceptors,staff only has remaining authorization for two additional pursuit vehicles.With two 2019 Chevy Tahoe patrol vehicles scheduled for replacement in Fiscal Year 2024-25,staff recommends City Council appropriate FY 2023-24 Equipment Replacement funds to allow staff to proceed with the order and remain in the queue for four electric Chevy Blazers from National Auto Fleet.Absent of this approval,staff would be required to reduce the purchase order request and then find and secure patrol pursuit vehicles from another vendor, which could result in significant delay. Fiscal Year 2024-25 Patrol Vehicle Replacements Year Model Unit Number Years in Service Mileage Due for Replacement 2019 Chevy Tahoe HB5 5 52,796 2025 2019 Chevy Tahoe HB9 5 62,649 2025 In order to provide the necessary purchasing flexibility in this challenging market,staff recommends the City Council authorize the purchase of two patrol pursuit vehicles via any of the following means: (i)National Auto Fleet;(ii);the state of California’s General Services Department Statewide Contract for Fleet Vehicles;or (iii)sole source from a dealership,as they become available.The flexibility in purchasing would allow staff to respond accordingly should the pending order for Chevy Blazers with National Auto Fleet not come to fruition in a timely manner. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below. Governance Element Goal 1. A high degree of transparency and integrity in the decision-making process. Policy: ·1.6 Long-term considerations.Prioritize decisions that provide long-term community benefit and discourage decisions that provide short-term community benefit but reduce long-term opportunities. Sustainability and Conservation Element Goal 1.Hermosa Beach is a low-carbon municipal organization,reducing greenhouse gas emissions at a rate that meets or exceeds 80% below 2005 levels by 2030. Policies: ·1.1 Low-carbon municipality.Demonstrate environmental leadership and reduce greenhouse City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 5 powered by Legistar™712 Staff Report REPORT 24-0172 ·1.1 Low-carbon municipality.Demonstrate environmental leadership and reduce greenhouse gas emissions from municipal facilities and operations by at least 80%below 2005 levels by 2030. ·1.2 Highest return on investment .Prioritize the implementation of greenhouse gas reduction projects that simultaneously reduce ongoing operational costs to the City. Fiscal Impact: The total purchase cost for the Police Department’s vehicles is $146,266 (Attachment 1).The Police Department vehicles require special outfitting,painting,and badging before the vehicles can be deployed.National Auto Fleet would provide outfitting,painting,and badging services for the new electric Chevy Blazers and has estimated a total cost of up to $27,000 for each vehicle.The outfitting costs are generally consistent for all vehicle types regardless of fuel type. Staff recommends additional appropriation of $200,266 to cover the expedited purchase of two patrol pursuit vehicles this fiscal year. Vehicle Vehicle Cost Vehicle Outfitting Total Account 2024 EV Chevy Blazer $73,133 $27,000 $100,133 715-2101-5403 2024 EV Chevy Blazer $73,133 $27,000 $100,133 715-2101-5403 Total $146,266 $54,000 $200,266 Attachments: 1. 2024 Electric Chevy Blazer Quote 2. City of Hermosa Beach’s Clean Fleet Vehicle Purchasing Policy 3. Link to November 28, 2023 City Council Staff Report Respectfully Submitted by: Joanne Loeza, Management Analyst Concur: Joe SanClemente, Public Works Director Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 5 of 5 powered by Legistar™713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0176 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION EXPRESSING OPPOSITION TO ASSEMBLY BILL 2560 (ALVAREZ), SENATE BILL 1077 (BLAKESPEAR), SENATE BILL 1092 (BLAKESPEAR), AND SENATE BILL 951 (ALLEN) (Deputy City Manager Angela Crespi) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council consider adopting by title a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach,California expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560,Senate Bill 1077,Senate Bill 1092, and Senate Bill 951 (Attachment 1). Executive Summary: The City of Hermosa Beach regularly expresses its support or opposition regarding legislative matters that would have an impact on the City.As requested by Councilmember Detoy,and supported by Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Jackson,at its March 26,2024 meeting, staff presents this item to consider adoption of a resolution expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560 and other similar bills. Background: The legislature of the State of California each year proposes,passes,and has signed into law various bills addressing a range of housing and other land use issues.Many of these bills usurp the authority of local jurisdictions to determine for themselves the land use policies and practices that best suit each city and its residents and instead impose mandates that do not consider the needs and differences of jurisdictions throughout the State of California. Further,these bills have historically not applied to developments in the Coastal Zone such that housing or other projects must still comply with the Coastal Act process (i.e.,coastal development permit,etc.)and adhere to any applicable development standards relating to coastal resources. However,recent legislative proposals have proposed to remove this exemption for projects located in the Coastal Zone as explained below. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 5 powered by Legistar™733 Staff Report REPORT 24-0176 At City Council’s regular meeting on March 26,2024 Councilmember Detoy requested,and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Jackson supported,directing staff to place on the next regular session agenda a resolution expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560 and other similar bills. Past Council Actions Meeting Date Description May 25, 2021 City Council approved the adoption of a Resolution expressing support for actions to further strengthen local authority and control as related to local zoning and housing issues. November 23, 2021 City Council adopted a resolution expressing support for the “Brand-Huang-Mendoza Tri-partisan Land Use Initiative” to Amend Article XI of the Constitution of the State of California to make zoning and land use community affairs, and not of State interest, submitted to the Attorney General of California. July 11, 2023 City Council directed Staff to prepare a Resolution expressing support to further strengthen local democracy, authority, and control as related to local zoning and housing issues. March 26, 2024 Councilmember Detoy requested, and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Jackson supported, a future agenda item to consider adoption of a resolution expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560 and other similar bills. Discussion: Assembly Bill 2560 On February 14,2024,Assembly Member Alvarez introduced Assembly Bill 2560,which proposes that any density bonus,concessions,incentives,waivers or reductions of development standards, and parking ratios to which an applicant is entitled under the density bonus law be permitted notwithstanding the Coastal Act.This would allow developers the same ability irrespective of whether or not the development is located in the Coastal Zone. Existing density bonus law requires the City to provide a developer that proposes a housing development within the City a density bonus and other incentives or concessions,as specified,if the developer agrees to construct specified percentages of units for lower income households or very low income households and meets other requirements.Existing law explicitly posits that nothing in the City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 5 powered by Legistar™734 Staff Report REPORT 24-0176 density bonus law supersedes or alters or lessens the requirements of the Coastal Act. Senate Bill 1077 On February 12,2024,Senator Blakespear introduced Senate Bill 1077,which proposes to amend the California Coastal Act and posit that a coastal development permit shall not be required for the addition of an accessory dwelling units (ADU)or junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU)that is proposed on a lot with an existing residential structure except for those projects proposed to be located:(i)between the sea and the first public road paralleling the sea or within 300 feet of the inland extent of any beach;or (ii)on tidelands,submerged lands,public trust lands,within 100 feet of any wetland, estuary, or stream, or within 300 feet of the top of the seaward face of any coastal bluff. Existing planning and zoning law mandates that the City provide for the creation of accessory dwelling units in areas zoned for residential use (and junior accessory dwelling units in single-family residential zones)pursuant to certain standards.These ADU and JADU laws did not supersede the Coastal Act such that any applicable requirements or standards applicable for a proposed ADU or JADU must still be complied with. Senate Bill 1092 On February 12,2024,Senator Blakespear introduced Senate Bill 1092,which proposes to change the appeal procedure for certain actions taken by a local government on a coastal development permit to the California Coastal Commission.It would also change the standard of review for appeals regarding a multifamily housing development (as defined in SB 1092).The Coastal Commission must find that there was an abuse of discretion in the approval of the project and this proposed bill provides a more expedited timeframe for appeals of these projects. Because the City does not have permitting jurisdiction in the City,this proposed bill would not have much effect as it stands today.In the future,should the City obtain permitting power,then this bill would impact an appeal of the specific projects contemplated by this bill.In comparison to AB 2560 and SB 1077,this bill is not as impactful as the main focus of this bill is to have the California Coastal Commission simply process and issue decisions on appeals more quickly. Senate Bill 951 On January 18,2024,Senator Weiner introduced Senate Bill 951,which proposes to amend the requirements for housing element updates to include any necessary local coastal program updates. Existing planning and zoning law requires that all rezonings associated with housing elements to be completed within a certain time -three years if the housing element is certified within the statutory deadline and one year if the housing element is certified after the statutory deadline.This bill would require that local coastal program updates be completed along with the required rezonings. Because the City does not have a certified Local Coastal Program,this bill potentially would require completion of or update of the local coastal program within specific time periods to stay in complianceCity of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 5 powered by Legistar™735 Staff Report REPORT 24-0176 completion of or update of the local coastal program within specific time periods to stay in compliance with State Housing Element law.Jurisdictions requiring local coastal programs must gain approval from the California Coastal Commission,but do not have control over timelines.This essentially removes any jurisdiction’s local control over approval of their housing element,which is a required part of a City’s general plan. Staff recommends City Council consider adopting by title a Resolution (Attachment 1)of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach,California expressing opposition to Assembly Bill 2560 and other similar bills. General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below. Governance Element Goal 1. A high degree of transparency and integrity in the decision-making process. Policy: ·Open meetings.Maintain the community’s trust by holding meetings in which decisions are being made,that are open and available for all community members to attend,participate,or view remotely. Goal 4. A leader and partner in the region. Policy: ·4.1 Regional governance.Play an active role in the South Bay Cities Council of Governments,the Southern California Association of Governments and other regional agencies to protect and promote the interests of the City. Land Use Element Goal 1.Create a sustainable urban form and land use patterns that support a robust economy and high quality of life for residents. Goal 2.Neighborhoods provide for diverse needs of residents of all ages and abilities,and are organized to support healthy and active lifestyles. Goal 3. A series of unique, destination-oriented districts throughout Hermosa Beach. Goal 4.A variety of corridors throughout the city provide opportunities for shopping,recreation, commerce, employment, and circulation. Goal 5.Quality and authenticity in architecture and site design in all construction and renovation of buildings. Goal 6.A pedestrian-focused urban form that creates visual interest and a comfortable outdoor environment. Goal 7.Adequate space and appropriate integration of community and school facilities that support City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 5 powered by Legistar™736 Staff Report REPORT 24-0176 physical activity, civic life and social connections for residents of all ages and interests. Goal 8.A range of coastal-dependent and visitor-serving uses available to serve a variety of income ranges and amenity desires. Goal 9. Local energy independence through renewable energy generation. Goal 10. A strong sense of cultural and architectural heritage. Goal 11. A proud and visible identity as an arts and cultural community. Goal 12.A mix of cultural facilities that support and encourage the community’s vibrant range of art creation and presentation. Goal 13. Land use patterns that improve the health of residents. Fiscal Impact: There is no immediate fiscal impact associated with the recommended action. Attachments: 1. Draft Resolution 2. Assembly Bill 2560 Text 3. Senate Bill 1077 Text 4. Senate Bill 1092 Text 5. Senate Bill 951 Text 6.Link to May 25, 2021 City Council Staff Report 7.Link to November 23, 2021 City Council Staff Report 8.Link to July 11, 2023 City Council Meeting Agenda 9. Link to March 26, 2024 City Council Agenda Respectfully Submitted by: Angela Crespi, Deputy City Manager Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Patrick Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 5 of 5 powered by Legistar™737 Page 1 of 2 RES NO. 24- CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH RES-24-XXXX A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA EXPRESSING OPPOSITION TO ASSEMBLY BILL 2560 (ALVAREZ), SENATE BILL 1077 (BLAKESPEAR), SENATE BILL 1092 (BLAKESPEAR), AND SENATE BILL 951 (ALLEN) WHEREAS, The legislature of the State of California each year proposes, passes, and has signed into law a number of bills addressing a range of housing issues; and WHEREAS, the legislature of the State of California does not allow sufficient time between each legislative cycle to determine if the legislation is successful in bringing about the change for the State of California’s housing issues; and WHEREAS, the majority of these bills usurp the authority of local jurisdictions to determine for themselves the land use policies and practices that best suit each city and its residents and instead impose mandates that do not take into account the needs and differences of jurisdictions throughout the State of California; and WHEREAS, the ability of local jurisdictions to determine for themselves which projects require review beyond a ministerial approval; what parking requirements are appropriate for various neighborhoods within their jurisdiction; what plans and programs are suitable and practical for each community rather than having these decisions imposed upon cities without regard to the circumstances of each individual city; and what zoning should be allowed for properties in the Coastal Zone is a matter of great importance of the City of Hermosa Beach among other items related to local zoning and housing issues; WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach feels strongly that our local government is best able to assess the needs of our community and objects to the proliferation of State legislation that deprives us of that ability; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS: 738 Page 2 of 2 RES NO. 24- SECTION 1. The City of Hermosa Beach is opposed Assembly Bill 2560, Senate Bill 1077, Senate Bill 1092, and Senate Bill 951. SECTION 2. The City of Hermosa Beach is opposed to the current practice of the legislature of the State of California of continually proposing and passing multitudes of bills that directly impact and interfere with the ability of cities to control their own destiny through use of the zoning authority that has been granted to them. SECTION 3. The City of Hermosa Beach will explore various ways to protect the ability of cities to retain local control over zoning as each individual city within the State of California is best suited to determine how the zoning in their c ity should be allocated in order to meet the housing needs of the community - particularly in the Coastal Zone where coastal resources must be protected. SECTION 4. The City Clerk shall email a copy of this adopted resolution to the League of California Cities at BallotMeasures@calcities.org. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED on this 9th day of April, 2024. Mayor Justin Massey PRESIDENT of the City Council and MAYOR of the City of Hermosa Beach, CA ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ ________________________________ Myra Maravilla Patrick Donegan City Clerk City Attorney 739 california legislature—2023–24 regular session ASSEMBLY BILL No. 2560 Introduced by Assembly Member Alvarez (Coauthor: Senator Wiener) February 14, 2024 An act to amend Section 65915 of the Government Code, relating to housing. legislative counsel’s digest AB 2560, as introduced, Alvarez. Density Bonus Law: California Coastal Act of 1976. Existing law, referred to as the Density Bonus Law, requires a city or county to provide a developer that proposes a housing development within the city or county with a density bonus and other incentives or concessions, as specified, if the developer agrees to construct specified percentages of units for lower income households or very low income households, and meets other requirements. Existing law, the California Coastal Act of 1976 (act), regulates development, as defined, in the coastal zone, as defined, and requires a new development to comply with specified requirements. The Density Bonus Law provides that its provisions do not supersede or in any way alter or lessen the effect or application of the act, and requires that any density bonus, concessions, incentives, waivers or reductions of development standards, and parking ratios to which an applicant is entitled under the Density Bonus Law be permitted in a manner consistent with the act. This bill would provide that any density bonus, concessions, incentives, waivers or reductions of development standards, and parking ratios to which an applicant is entitled under the Density Bonus Law be permitted notwithstanding the act. 99 740 Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: no.​ State-mandated local program: no.​ The people of the State of California do enact as follows: line 1 SECTION 1. Section 65915 of the Government Code is line 2 amended to read: line 3 65915. (a)  (1)  When an applicant seeks a density bonus for line 4 a housing development within, or for the donation of land for line 5 housing within, the jurisdiction of a city, county, or city and county, line 6 that local government shall comply with this section. A city, line 7 county, or city and county shall adopt an ordinance that specifies line 8 how compliance with this section will be implemented. Except as line 9 otherwise provided in subdivision (s), failure to adopt an ordinance line 10 shall not relieve a city, county, or city and county from complying line 11 with this section. line 12 (2)  A local government shall not condition the submission, line 13 review, or approval of an application pursuant to this chapter on line 14 the preparation of an additional report or study that is not otherwise line 15 required by state law, including this section. This subdivision does line 16 not prohibit a local government from requiring an applicant to line 17 provide reasonable documentation to establish eligibility for a line 18 requested density bonus, as described in subdivision (b), and line 19 parking ratios, as described in subdivision (p). line 20 (3)  In order to provide for the expeditious processing of a density line 21 bonus application, the local government shall do all of the line 22 following: line 23 (A)  Adopt procedures and timelines for processing a density line 24 bonus application. line 25 (B)  Provide a list of all documents and information required to line 26 be submitted with the density bonus application in order for the line 27 density bonus application to be deemed complete. This list shall line 28 be consistent with this chapter. line 29 (C)  Notify the applicant for a density bonus whether the line 30 application is complete in a manner consistent with the timelines line 31 specified in Section 65943. line 32 (D)  (i)  If the local government notifies the applicant that the line 33 application is deemed complete pursuant to subparagraph (C), line 34 provide the applicant with a determination as to the following line 35 matters: 99 — 2 — AB 2560 741 line 1 (I)  The amount of density bonus, calculated pursuant to line 2 subdivision (f), for which the applicant is eligible. line 3 (II)  If the applicant requests a parking ratio pursuant to line 4 subdivision (p), the parking ratio for which the applicant is eligible. line 5 (III)  If the applicant requests incentives or concessions pursuant line 6 to subdivision (d) or waivers or reductions of development line 7 standards pursuant to subdivision (e), whether the applicant has line 8 provided adequate information for the local government to make line 9 a determination as to those incentives, concessions, waivers, or line 10 reductions of development standards. line 11 (ii)  Any determination required by this subparagraph shall be line 12 based on the development project at the time the application is line 13 deemed complete. The local government shall adjust the amount line 14 of density bonus and parking ratios awarded pursuant to this section line 15 based on any changes to the project during the course of line 16 development. line 17 (b)  (1)  A city, county, or city and county shall grant one density line 18 bonus, the amount of which shall be as specified in subdivision line 19 (f), and, if requested by the applicant and consistent with the line 20 applicable requirements of this section, incentives or concessions, line 21 as described in subdivision (d), waivers or reductions of line 22 development standards, as described in subdivision (e), and parking line 23 ratios, as described in subdivision (p), if an applicant for a housing line 24 development seeks and agrees to construct a housing development, line 25 excluding any units permitted by the density bonus awarded line 26 pursuant to this section, that will contain at least any one of the line 27 following: line 28 (A)  Ten percent of the total units of a housing development, line 29 including a shared housing building development, for rental or line 30 sale to lower income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 line 31 of the Health and Safety Code. line 32 (B)  Five percent of the total units of a housing development, line 33 including a shared housing building development, for rental or line 34 sale to very low income households, as defined in Section 50105 line 35 of the Health and Safety Code. line 36 (C)  A senior citizen housing development, as defined in Sections line 37 51.3 and 51.12 of the Civil Code, or a mobilehome park that limits line 38 residency based on age requirements for housing for older persons line 39 pursuant to Section 798.76 or 799.5 of the Civil Code. For purposes 99 AB 2560 — 3 — 742 line 1 of this subparagraph, “development” includes a shared housing line 2 building development. line 3 (D)  Ten percent of the total dwelling units of a housing line 4 development are sold to persons and families of moderate income, line 5 as defined in Section 50093 of the Health and Safety Code, line 6 provided that all units in the development are offered to the public line 7 for purchase. line 8 (E)  Ten percent of the total units of a housing development for line 9 transitional foster youth, as defined in Section 66025.9 of the line 10 Education Code, disabled veterans, as defined in Section 18541, line 11 or homeless persons, as defined in the federal McKinney-Vento line 12 Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.). The units line 13 described in this subparagraph are subject to a recorded line 14 affordability restriction of 55 years and shall be provided at the line 15 same affordability level as very low income units. line 16 (F)  (i)  Twenty percent of the total units for lower income line 17 students in a student housing development that meets the following line 18 requirements: line 19 (I)  All units in the student housing development shall be used line 20 exclusively for undergraduate, graduate, or professional students line 21 enrolled full time at an institution of higher education accredited line 22 by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges or the line 23 Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges. In line 24 order to be eligible under this subclause, the developer shall, as a line 25 condition of receiving a certificate of occupancy, provide evidence line 26 to the city, county, or city and county that the developer has entered line 27 into an operating agreement or master lease with one or more line 28 institutions of higher education for the institution or institutions line 29 to occupy all units of the student housing development with line 30 students from that institution or institutions. An operating line 31 agreement or master lease entered into pursuant to this subclause line 32 is not violated or breached if, in any subsequent year, there are line 33 insufficient students enrolled in an institution of higher education line 34 to fill all units in the student housing development. line 35 (II)  The applicable 20-percent units shall be used for lower line 36 income students. line 37 (III)  The rent provided in the applicable units of the development line 38 for lower income students shall be calculated at 30 percent of 65 line 39 percent of the area median income for a single-room occupancy line 40 unit type. 99 — 4 — AB 2560 743 line 1 (IV)  The development shall provide priority for the applicable line 2 affordable units for lower income students experiencing line 3 homelessness. A homeless service provider, as defined in paragraph line 4 (3) of subdivision (e) of Section 103577 of the Health and Safety line 5 Code, or institution of higher education that has knowledge of a line 6 person’s homeless status may verify a person’s status as homeless line 7 for purposes of this subclause. line 8 (ii)  For purposes of calculating a density bonus granted pursuant line 9 to this subparagraph, the term “unit” as used in this section means line 10 one rental bed and its pro rata share of associated common area line 11 facilities. The units described in this subparagraph are subject to line 12 a recorded affordability restriction of 55 years. line 13 (G)  One hundred percent of all units in the development, line 14 including total units and density bonus units, but exclusive of a line 15 manager’s unit or units, are for lower income households, as line 16 defined by Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code, except line 17 that up to 20 percent of the units in the development, including line 18 total units and density bonus units, may be for moderate-income line 19 households, as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety line 20 Code. For purposes of this subparagraph, “development” includes line 21 a shared housing building development. line 22 (2)  For purposes of calculating the amount of the density bonus line 23 pursuant to subdivision (f), an applicant who requests a density line 24 bonus pursuant to this subdivision shall elect whether the bonus line 25 shall be awarded on the basis of subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), line 26 (E), (F), or (G) of paragraph (1). line 27 (c)  (1)  (A)  An applicant shall agree to, and the city, county, line 28 or city and county shall ensure, the continued affordability of all line 29 very low and low-income rental units that qualified the applicant line 30 for the award of the density bonus for 55 years or a longer period line 31 of time if required by the construction or mortgage financing line 32 assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy line 33 program. line 34 (B)  (i)  Except as otherwise provided in clause (ii), rents for the line 35 lower income density bonus units shall be set at an affordable rent, line 36 as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety Code. line 37 (ii)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 38 subparagraph (G) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), rents for all line 39 units in the development, including both base density and density line 40 bonus units, shall be as follows: 99 AB 2560 — 5 — 744 line 1 (I)  The rent for at least 20 percent of the units in the line 2 development shall be set at an affordable rent, as defined in Section line 3 50053 of the Health and Safety Code. line 4 (II)  The rent for the remaining units in the development shall line 5 be set at an amount consistent with the maximum rent levels for line 6 lower income households, as those rents and incomes are line 7 determined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee. line 8 (2)  (A)  An applicant shall agree to ensure, and the city, county, line 9 or city and county shall ensure, that a for-sale unit that qualified line 10 the applicant for the award of the density bonus meets one of the line 11 following conditions: line 12 (i)  The unit is initially sold to and occupied by a person or family line 13 of very low, low, or moderate income, as required, and it is offered line 14 at an affordable housing cost, as that cost is defined in Section line 15 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code and is subject to an equity line 16 sharing agreement. line 17 (ii)  If the unit is not purchased by an income-qualified person line 18 or family within 180 days after the issuance of the certificate of line 19 occupancy, the unit is purchased by a qualified nonprofit housing line 20 corporation that meets all of the following requirements pursuant line 21 to a recorded contract that satisfies all of the requirements specified line 22 in paragraph (10) of subdivision (a) of Section 402.1 of the line 23 Revenue and Taxation Code: line 24 (I)  The nonprofit corporation has a determination letter from line 25 the Internal Revenue Service affirming its tax-exempt status line 26 pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and line 27 is not a private foundation as that term is defined in Section 509 line 28 of the Internal Revenue Code. line 29 (II)  The nonprofit corporation is based in California. line 30 (III)  All of the board members of the nonprofit corporation have line 31 their primary residence in California. line 32 (IV)  The primary activity of the nonprofit corporation is the line 33 development and preservation of affordable home ownership line 34 housing in California that incorporates within their contracts for line 35 initial purchase a repurchase option that requires a subsequent line 36 purchaser of the property that desires to resell or convey the line 37 property to offer the qualified nonprofit corporation the right to line 38 repurchase the property prior to selling or conveying that property line 39 to any other purchaser pursuant to an equity sharing agreement or line 40 affordability restrictions on the sale and conveyance of the property 99 — 6 — AB 2560 745 line 1 that ensure that the property will be preserved for lower income line 2 housing for at least 45 years for owner-occupied housing units and line 3 will be sold or resold only to persons or families of very low, low, line 4 or moderate income, as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health line 5 and Safety Code. line 6 (B)  For purposes of this paragraph, a “qualified nonprofit line 7 housing corporation” is a nonprofit housing corporation organized line 8 pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code that line 9 has received a welfare exemption under Section 214.15 of the line 10 Revenue and Taxation Code for properties intended to be sold to line 11 low-income families who participate in a special no-interest loan line 12 program. line 13 (C)  The local government shall enforce an equity sharing line 14 agreement required pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph line 15 (A), unless it is in conflict with the requirements of another public line 16 funding source or law or may defer to the recapture provisions of line 17 the public funding source. The following apply to the equity line 18 sharing agreement: line 19 (i)  Upon resale, the seller of the unit shall retain the value of line 20 any improvements, the downpayment, and the seller’s proportionate line 21 share of appreciation. line 22 (ii)  Except as provided in clause (v), the local government shall line 23 recapture any initial subsidy, as defined in clause (iii), and its line 24 proportionate share of appreciation, as defined in clause (iv), which line 25 amount shall be used within five years for any of the purposes line 26 described in subdivision (e) of Section 33334.2 of the Health and line 27 Safety Code that promote homeownership. line 28 (iii)  For purposes of this subdivision, the local government’s line 29 initial subsidy shall be equal to the fair market value of the home line 30 at the time of initial sale minus the initial sale price to the line 31 moderate-income household, plus the amount of any downpayment line 32 assistance or mortgage assistance. If upon resale the market value line 33 is lower than the initial market value, then the value at the time of line 34 the resale shall be used as the initial market value. line 35 (iv)  For purposes of this subdivision, the local government’s line 36 proportionate share of appreciation shall be equal to the ratio of line 37 the local government’s initial subsidy to the fair market value of line 38 the home at the time of initial sale. line 39 (v)  If the unit is purchased or developed by a qualified nonprofit line 40 housing corporation pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) 99 AB 2560 — 7 — 746 line 1 the local government may enter into a contract with the qualified line 2 nonprofit housing corporation under which the qualified nonprofit line 3 housing corporation would recapture any initial subsidy and its line 4 proportionate share of appreciation if the qualified nonprofit line 5 housing corporation is required to use 100 percent of the proceeds line 6 to promote homeownership for lower income households as defined line 7 by Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code within the line 8 jurisdiction of the local government. line 9 (3)  (A)  An applicant shall be ineligible for a density bonus or line 10 any other incentives or concessions under this section if the housing line 11 development is proposed on any property that includes a parcel or line 12 parcels on which rental dwelling units are located or, if the dwelling line 13 units have been vacated or demolished in the five-year period line 14 preceding the application, have been subject to a recorded covenant, line 15 ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons line 16 and families of lower or very low income; subject to any other line 17 form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise line 18 of its police power; or occupied by lower or very low income line 19 households, unless the proposed housing development replaces line 20 those units, and either of the following applies: line 21 (i)  The proposed housing development, inclusive of the units line 22 replaced pursuant to this paragraph, contains affordable units at line 23 the percentages set forth in subdivision (b). line 24 (ii)  Each unit in the development, exclusive of a manager’s unit line 25 or units, is affordable to, and occupied by, either a lower or very line 26 low income household. line 27 (B)  For the purposes of this paragraph, “replace” shall mean line 28 either of the following: line 29 (i)  If any dwelling units described in subparagraph (A) are line 30 occupied on the date of application, the proposed housing line 31 development shall provide at least the same number of units of line 32 equivalent size to be made available at affordable rent or affordable line 33 housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same line 34 or lower income category as those households in occupancy. If line 35 the income category of the household in occupancy is not known, line 36 it shall be rebuttably presumed that lower income renter households line 37 occupied these units in the same proportion of lower income renter line 38 households to all renter households within the jurisdiction, as line 39 determined by the most recently available data from the United line 40 States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s 99 — 8 — AB 2560 747 line 1 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. For line 2 unoccupied dwelling units described in subparagraph (A) in a line 3 development with occupied units, the proposed housing line 4 development shall provide units of equivalent size to be made line 5 available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and line 6 occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income line 7 category as the last household in occupancy. If the income category line 8 of the last household in occupancy is not known, it shall be line 9 rebuttably presumed that lower income renter households occupied line 10 these units in the same proportion of lower income renter line 11 households to all renter households within the jurisdiction, as line 12 determined by the most recently available data from the United line 13 States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s line 14 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. All line 15 replacement calculations resulting in fractional units shall be line 16 rounded up to the next whole number. If the replacement units will line 17 be rental dwelling units, these units shall be subject to a recorded line 18 affordability restriction for at least 55 years. If the proposed line 19 development is for-sale units, the units replaced shall be subject line 20 to paragraph (2). line 21 (ii)  If all dwelling units described in subparagraph (A) have line 22 been vacated or demolished within the five-year period preceding line 23 the application, the proposed housing development shall provide line 24 at least the same number of units of equivalent size as existed at line 25 the highpoint of those units in the five-year period preceding the line 26 application to be made available at affordable rent or affordable line 27 housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same line 28 or lower income category as those persons and families in line 29 occupancy at that time, if known. If the incomes of the persons line 30 and families in occupancy at the highpoint is not known, it shall line 31 be rebuttably presumed that low-income and very low income line 32 renter households occupied these units in the same proportion of line 33 low-income and very low income renter households to all renter line 34 households within the jurisdiction, as determined by the most line 35 recently available data from the United States Department of line 36 Housing and Urban Development’s Comprehensive Housing line 37 Affordability Strategy database. All replacement calculations line 38 resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the next whole line 39 number. If the replacement units will be rental dwelling units, line 40 these units shall be subject to a recorded affordability restriction 99 AB 2560 — 9 — 748 line 1 for at least 55 years. If the proposed development is for-sale units, line 2 the units replaced shall be subject to paragraph (2). line 3 (C)  Notwithstanding subparagraph (B), for any dwelling unit line 4 described in subparagraph (A) that is or was, within the five-year line 5 period preceding the application, subject to a form of rent or price line 6 control through a local government’s valid exercise of its police line 7 power and that is or was occupied by persons or families above line 8 lower income, the city, county, or city and county may do either line 9 of the following: line 10 (i)  Require that the replacement units be made available at line 11 affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, line 12 low-income persons or families. If the replacement units will be line 13 rental dwelling units, these units shall be subject to a recorded line 14 affordability restriction for at least 55 years. If the proposed line 15 development is for-sale units, the units replaced shall be subject line 16 to paragraph (2). line 17 (ii)  Require that the units be replaced in compliance with the line 18 jurisdiction’s rent or price control ordinance, provided that each line 19 unit described in subparagraph (A) is replaced. Unless otherwise line 20 required by the jurisdiction’s rent or price control ordinance, these line 21 units shall not be subject to a recorded affordability restriction. line 22 (D)  For purposes of this paragraph, “equivalent size” means line 23 that the replacement units contain at least the same total number line 24 of bedrooms as the units being replaced. line 25 (E)  Subparagraph (A) does not apply to an applicant seeking a line 26 density bonus for a proposed housing development if the line 27 applicant’s application was submitted to, or processed by, a city, line 28 county, or city and county before January 1, 2015. line 29 (d)  (1)  An applicant for a density bonus pursuant to subdivision line 30 (b) may submit to a city, county, or city and county a proposal for line 31 the specific incentives or concessions that the applicant requests line 32 pursuant to this section, and may request a meeting with the city, line 33 county, or city and county. The city, county, or city and county line 34 shall grant the concession or incentive requested by the applicant line 35 unless the city, county, or city and county makes a written finding, line 36 based upon substantial evidence, of any of the following: line 37 (A)  The concession or incentive does not result in identifiable line 38 and actual cost reductions, consistent with subdivision (k), to line 39 provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Section 50052.5 99 — 10 — AB 2560 749 line 1 of the Health and Safety Code, or for rents for the targeted units line 2 to be set as specified in subdivision (c). line 3 (B)  The concession or incentive would have a specific, adverse line 4 impact, as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section line 5 65589.5, upon public health and safety or on any real property that line 6 is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources and for line 7 which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid line 8 the specific, adverse impact without rendering the development line 9 unaffordable to low-income and moderate-income households. line 10 (C)  The concession or incentive would be contrary to state or line 11 federal law. line 12 (2)  The applicant shall receive the following number of line 13 incentives or concessions: line 14 (A)  One incentive or concession for projects that include at least line 15 10 percent of the total units for lower income households, at least line 16 5 percent for very low income households, or at least 10 percent line 17 for persons and families of moderate income in a development in line 18 which the units are for sale. line 19 (B)  Two incentives or concessions for projects that include at line 20 least 17 percent of the total units for lower income households, at line 21 least 10 percent for very low income households, or at least 20 line 22 percent for persons and families of moderate income in a line 23 development in which the units are for sale. line 24 (C)  Three incentives or concessions for projects that include at line 25 least 24 percent of the total units for lower income households, at line 26 least 15 percent for very low income households, or at least 30 line 27 percent for persons and families of moderate income in a line 28 development in which the units are for sale. line 29 (D)  Five incentives or concessions for a project meeting the line 30 criteria of subparagraph (G) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). line 31 If the project is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop line 32 or is located in a very low vehicle travel area in a designated line 33 county, the applicant shall also receive a height increase of up to line 34 three additional stories, or 33 feet. line 35 (E)  One incentive or concession for projects that include at least line 36 20 percent of the total units for lower income students in a student line 37 housing development. line 38 (F)  Four incentives or concessions for projects that include at line 39 least 16 percent of the units for very low income households or at 99 AB 2560 — 11 — 750 line 1 least 45 percent for persons and families of moderate income in a line 2 development in which the units are for sale. line 3 (3)  The applicant may initiate judicial proceedings if the city, line 4 county, or city and county refuses to grant a requested density line 5 bonus, incentive, or concession. If a court finds that the refusal to line 6 grant a requested density bonus, incentive, or concession is in line 7 violation of this section, the court shall award the plaintiff line 8 reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of suit. This subdivision shall line 9 not be interpreted to require a local government to grant an line 10 incentive or concession that has a specific, adverse impact, as line 11 defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 65589.5, line 12 upon health or safety, and for which there is no feasible method line 13 to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact. line 14 This subdivision shall not be interpreted to require a local line 15 government to grant an incentive or concession that would have line 16 an adverse impact on any real property that is listed in the line 17 California Register of Historical Resources. The city, county, or line 18 city and county shall establish procedures for carrying out this line 19 section that shall include legislative body approval of the means line 20 of compliance with this section. line 21 (4)  The city, county, or city and county shall bear the burden line 22 of proof for the denial of a requested concession or incentive. line 23 (e)  (1)  In no case may a city, county, or city and county apply line 24 any development standard that will have the effect of physically line 25 precluding the construction of a development meeting the criteria line 26 of subdivision (b) at the densities or with the concessions or line 27 incentives permitted by this section. Subject to paragraph (3), an line 28 applicant may submit to a city, county, or city and county a line 29 proposal for the waiver or reduction of development standards that line 30 will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a line 31 development meeting the criteria of subdivision (b) at the densities line 32 or with the concessions or incentives permitted under this section, line 33 and may request a meeting with the city, county, or city and county. line 34 If a court finds that the refusal to grant a waiver or reduction of line 35 development standards is in violation of this section, the court line 36 shall award the plaintiff reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of line 37 suit. This subdivision shall not be interpreted to require a local line 38 government to waive or reduce development standards if the waiver line 39 or reduction would have a specific, adverse impact, as defined in line 40 paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 65589.5, upon health 99 — 12 — AB 2560 751 line 1 or safety, and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily line 2 mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact. This subdivision line 3 shall not be interpreted to require a local government to waive or line 4 reduce development standards that would have an adverse impact line 5 on any real property that is listed in the California Register of line 6 Historical Resources, or to grant any waiver or reduction that would line 7 be contrary to state or federal law. line 8 (2)  A proposal for the waiver or reduction of development line 9 standards pursuant to this subdivision shall neither reduce nor line 10 increase the number of incentives or concessions to which the line 11 applicant is entitled pursuant to subdivision (d). line 12 (3)  A housing development that receives a waiver from any line 13 maximum controls on density pursuant to clause (ii) of line 14 subparagraph (D) of paragraph (3) of subdivision (f) shall only be line 15 eligible for a waiver or reduction of development standards as line 16 provided in subparagraph (D) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) line 17 and clause (ii) of subparagraph (D) of paragraph (3) of subdivision line 18 (f), unless the city, county, or city and county agrees to additional line 19 waivers or reductions of development standards. line 20 (f)  For the purposes of this chapter, “density bonus” means a line 21 density increase over the otherwise maximum allowable gross line 22 residential density as of the date of application by the applicant to line 23 the city, county, or city and county, or, if elected by the applicant, line 24 a lesser percentage of density increase, including, but not limited line 25 to, no increase in density. The amount of density increase to which line 26 the applicant is entitled shall vary according to the amount by line 27 which the percentage of affordable housing units exceeds the line 28 percentage established in subdivision (b). line 29 (1)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 30 subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density line 31 bonus shall be calculated as follows: line 32 line 33 Percentage Density line 34 Bonus Percentage Low-Income Units line 35 20  10 line 36 21.5 11 line 37 23  12 line 38 24.5 13 line 39 26  14 line 40 27.5 15 99 AB 2560 — 13 — 752 line 1 29 16 line 2 30.5 17 line 3 32  18 line 4 33.5 19 line 5 35  20 line 6 38.75 21 line 7 42.5 22 line 8 46.25 23 line 9 50 24 line 10 line 11 (2)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 12 subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density line 13 bonus shall be calculated as follows: line 14 line 15 Percentage Density Bonus Percentage Very Low Income Units line 16 20  5 line 17 22.5 6 line 18 25  7 line 19 27.5 8 line 20 30  9 line 21 32.5 10 line 22 35  11 line 23 38.75 12 line 24 42.5 13 line 25 46.25 14 line 26 50 15 line 27 line 28 (3)  (A)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 29 subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density line 30 bonus shall be 20 percent of the number of senior housing units. line 31 (B)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 32 subparagraph (E) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density line 33 bonus shall be 20 percent of the number of the type of units giving line 34 rise to a density bonus under that subparagraph. line 35 (C)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 36 subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density line 37 bonus shall be 35 percent of the student housing units. line 38 (D)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 39 subparagraph (G) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the following line 40 shall apply: 99 — 14 — AB 2560 753 line 1 (i)  Except as otherwise provided in clauses (ii) and (iii), the line 2 density bonus shall be 80 percent of the number of units for lower line 3 income households. line 4 (ii)  If the housing development is located within one-half mile line 5 of a major transit stop, the city, county, or city and county shall line 6 not impose any maximum controls on density. line 7 (iii)  If the housing development is located in a very low vehicle line 8 travel area within a designated county, the city, county, or city and line 9 county shall not impose any maximum controls on density. line 10 (4)  For housing developments meeting the criteria of line 11 subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), the density line 12 bonus shall be calculated as follows: line 13 line 14 Percentage Density Bonus Percentage Moderate-Income Units line 15 5 10 line 16 6 11 line 17 7 12 line 18 8 13 line 19 9 14 line 20 10 15 line 21 11 16 line 22 12 17 line 23 13 18 line 24 14 19 line 25 15 20 line 26 16 21 line 27 17 22 line 28 18 23 line 29 19 24 line 30 20 25 line 31 21 26 line 32 22 27 line 33 23 28 line 34 24 29 line 35 25 30 line 36 26 31 line 37 27 32 line 38 28 33 line 39 29 34 line 40 30 35 99 AB 2560 — 15 — 754 line 1 31 36 line 2 32 37 line 3 33 38 line 4 34 39 line 5 35 40 line 6 38.75 41 line 7 42.5 42 line 8 46.25 43 line 9 50 44 line 10 line 11 (5)  All density calculations resulting in fractional units shall be line 12 rounded up to the next whole number. The granting of a density line 13 bonus shall not require, or be interpreted, in and of itself, to require line 14 a general plan amendment, local coastal plan amendment, zoning line 15 change, or other discretionary approval. line 16 (g)  (1)  When an applicant for a tentative subdivision map, line 17 parcel map, or other residential development approval donates line 18 land to a city, county, or city and county in accordance with this line 19 subdivision, the applicant shall be entitled to a 15-percent increase line 20 above the otherwise maximum allowable residential density for line 21 the entire development, as follows: line 22 line 23 Percentage Density Bonus Percentage Very Low Income line 24 15 10 line 25 16 11 line 26 17 12 line 27 18 13 line 28 19 14 line 29 20 15 line 30 21 16 line 31 22 17 line 32 23 18 line 33 24 19 line 34 25 20 line 35 26 21 line 36 27 22 line 37 28 23 line 38 29 24 line 39 30 25 line 40 31 26 99 — 16 — AB 2560 755 line 1 32 27 line 2 33 28 line 3 34 29 line 4 35 30 line 5 line 6 (2)  This increase shall be in addition to any increase in density line 7 mandated by subdivision (b), up to a maximum combined mandated line 8 density increase of 35 percent if an applicant seeks an increase line 9 pursuant to both this subdivision and subdivision (b). All density line 10 calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the line 11 next whole number. Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed line 12 to enlarge or diminish the authority of a city, county, or city and line 13 county to require a developer to donate land as a condition of line 14 development. An applicant shall be eligible for the increased line 15 density bonus described in this subdivision if all of the following line 16 conditions are met: line 17 (A)  The applicant donates and transfers the land no later than line 18 the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or line 19 residential development application. line 20 (B)  The developable acreage and zoning classification of the line 21 land being transferred are sufficient to permit construction of units line 22 affordable to very low income households in an amount not less line 23 than 10 percent of the number of residential units of the proposed line 24 development. line 25 (C)  The transferred land is at least one acre in size or of line 26 sufficient size to permit development of at least 40 units, has the line 27 appropriate general plan designation, is appropriately zoned with line 28 appropriate development standards for development at the density line 29 described in paragraph (3) of subdivision (c) of Section 65583.2, line 30 and is or will be served by adequate public facilities and line 31 infrastructure. line 32 (D)  The transferred land shall have all of the permits and line 33 approvals, other than building permits, necessary for the line 34 development of the very low income housing units on the line 35 transferred land, not later than the date of approval of the final line 36 subdivision map, parcel map, or residential development line 37 application, except that the local government may subject the line 38 proposed development to subsequent design review to the extent line 39 authorized by subdivision (i) of Section 65583.2 if the design is line 40 not reviewed by the local government before the time of transfer. 99 AB 2560 — 17 — 756 line 1 (E)  The transferred land and the affordable units shall be subject line 2 to a deed restriction ensuring continued affordability of the units line 3 consistent with paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (c), which line 4 shall be recorded on the property at the time of the transfer. line 5 (F)  The land is transferred to the local agency or to a housing line 6 developer approved by the local agency. The local agency may line 7 require the applicant to identify and transfer the land to the line 8 developer. line 9 (G)  The transferred land shall be within the boundary of the line 10 proposed development or, if the local agency agrees, within line 11 one-quarter mile of the boundary of the proposed development. line 12 (H)  A proposed source of funding for the very low income units line 13 shall be identified not later than the date of approval of the final line 14 subdivision map, parcel map, or residential development line 15 application. line 16 (h)  (1)  When an applicant proposes to construct a housing line 17 development that conforms to the requirements of subdivision (b) line 18 and includes a childcare facility that will be located on the premises line 19 of, as part of, or adjacent to, the project, the city, county, or city line 20 and county shall grant either of the following: line 21 (A)  An additional density bonus that is an amount of square line 22 feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the amount line 23 of square feet in the childcare facility. line 24 (B)  An additional concession or incentive that contributes line 25 significantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the line 26 childcare facility. line 27 (2)  The city, county, or city and county shall require, as a line 28 condition of approving the housing development, that the following line 29 occur: line 30 (A)  The childcare facility shall remain in operation for a period line 31 of time that is as long as or longer than the period of time during line 32 which the density bonus units are required to remain affordable line 33 pursuant to subdivision (c). line 34 (B)  Of the children who attend the childcare facility, the children line 35 of very low income households, lower income households, or line 36 families of moderate income shall equal a percentage that is equal line 37 to or greater than the percentage of dwelling units that are required line 38 for very low income households, lower income households, or line 39 families of moderate income pursuant to subdivision (b). 99 — 18 — AB 2560 757 line 1 (3)  Notwithstanding any requirement of this subdivision, a city, line 2 county, or city and county shall not be required to provide a density line 3 bonus or concession for a childcare facility if it finds, based upon line 4 substantial evidence, that the community has adequate childcare line 5 facilities. line 6 (4)  “Childcare facility,” as used in this section, means a child line 7 daycare facility other than a family daycare home, including, but line 8 not limited to, infant centers, preschools, extended daycare line 9 facilities, and schoolage childcare centers. line 10 (i)  “Housing development,” as used in this section, means a line 11 development project for five or more residential units, including line 12 mixed-use developments. For the purposes of this section, “housing line 13 development” also includes a subdivision or common interest line 14 development, as defined in Section 4100 of the Civil Code, line 15 approved by a city, county, or city and county and consists of line 16 residential units or unimproved residential lots and either a project line 17 to substantially rehabilitate and convert an existing commercial line 18 building to residential use or the substantial rehabilitation of an line 19 existing multifamily dwelling, as defined in subdivision (d) of line 20 Section 65863.4, where the result of the rehabilitation would be a line 21 net increase in available residential units. For the purpose of line 22 calculating a density bonus, the residential units shall be on line 23 contiguous sites that are the subject of one development line 24 application, but do not have to be based upon individual line 25 subdivision maps or parcels. The density bonus shall be permitted line 26 in geographic areas of the housing development other than the line 27 areas where the units for the lower income households are located. line 28 (j)  (1)  The granting of a concession or incentive shall not require line 29 or be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan line 30 amendment, local coastal plan amendment, zoning change, study, line 31 or other discretionary approval. For purposes of this subdivision, line 32 “study” does not include reasonable documentation to establish line 33 eligibility for the concession or incentive or to demonstrate that line 34 the incentive or concession meets the definition set forth in line 35 subdivision (k). This provision is declaratory of existing law. line 36 (2)  Except as provided in subdivisions (d) and (e), the granting line 37 of a density bonus shall not require or be interpreted to require the line 38 waiver of a local ordinance or provisions of a local ordinance line 39 unrelated to development standards. 99 AB 2560 — 19 — 758 line 1 (k)  For the purposes of this chapter, concession or incentive line 2 means any of the following: line 3 (1)  A reduction in site development standards or a modification line 4 of zoning code requirements or architectural design requirements line 5 that exceed the minimum building standards approved by the line 6 California Building Standards Commission as provided in Part 2.5 line 7 (commencing with Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health line 8 and Safety Code, including, but not limited to, a reduction in line 9 setback and square footage requirements and in the ratio of line 10 vehicular parking spaces that would otherwise be required that line 11 results in identifiable and actual cost reductions, to provide for line 12 affordable housing costs, as defined in Section 50052.5 of the line 13 Health and Safety Code, or for rents for the targeted units to be line 14 set as specified in subdivision (c). line 15 (2)  Approval of mixed-use zoning in conjunction with the line 16 housing project if commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses line 17 will reduce the cost of the housing development and if the line 18 commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses are compatible line 19 with the housing project and the existing or planned development line 20 in the area where the proposed housing project will be located. line 21 (3)  Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the line 22 developer or the city, county, or city and county that result in line 23 identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable line 24 housing costs, as defined in Section 50052.5 of the Health and line 25 Safety Code, or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified line 26 in subdivision (c). line 27 (l)  Subdivision (k) does not limit or require the provision of line 28 direct financial incentives for the housing development, including line 29 the provision of publicly owned land, by the city, county, or city line 30 and county, or the waiver of fees or dedication requirements. line 31 (m)  This section does not supersede or in any way alter or lessen line 32 the effect or application of the California Coastal Act of 1976 line 33 (Division 20 (commencing with Section 30000) of the Public line 34 Resources Code). Any density bonus, concessions, incentives, line 35 waivers or reductions of development standards, and parking ratios line 36 to which the an applicant is entitled under this section shall be line 37 permitted in a manner that is consistent with this section and line 38 Division notwithstanding the California Coastal Act of 1976 line 39 (Division 20 (commencing with Section 30000) of the Public line 40 Resources Code. Code). 99 — 20 — AB 2560 759 line 1 (n)  If permitted by local ordinance, nothing in this section shall line 2 be construed to prohibit a city, county, or city and county from line 3 granting a density bonus greater than what is described in this line 4 section for a development that meets the requirements of this line 5 section or from granting a proportionately lower density bonus line 6 than what is required by this section for developments that do not line 7 meet the requirements of this section. line 8 (o)  For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall line 9 apply: line 10 (1)  “Designated county” includes the Counties of Alameda, line 11 Contra Costa, Los Angeles, Marin, Napa, Orange, Riverside, line 12 Sacramento, San Bernardino, San Diego, San Mateo, Santa line 13 Barbara, Santa Clara, Solano, Sonoma, and Ventura, and the City line 14 and County of San Francisco. line 15 (2)  “Development standard” includes a site or construction line 16 condition, including, but not limited to, a height limitation, a line 17 setback requirement, a floor area ratio, an onsite open-space line 18 requirement, a minimum lot area per unit requirement, or a parking line 19 ratio that applies to a residential development pursuant to any line 20 ordinance, general plan element, specific plan, charter, or other line 21 local condition, law, policy, resolution, or regulation that is adopted line 22 by the local government or that is enacted by the local line 23 government’s electorate exercising its local initiative or referendum line 24 power, whether that power is derived from the California line 25 Constitution, statute, or the charter or ordinances of the local line 26 government. line 27 (3)  “Located within one-half mile of a major transit stop” means line 28 that any point on a proposed development, for which an applicant line 29 seeks a density bonus, other incentives or concessions, waivers or line 30 reductions of development standards, or a vehicular parking ratio line 31 pursuant to this section, is within one-half mile of any point on line 32 the property on which a major transit stop is located, including line 33 any parking lot owned by the transit authority or other local agency line 34 operating the major transit stop. line 35 (4)  “Lower income student” means a student who has a line 36 household income and asset level that does not exceed the level line 37 for Cal Grant A or Cal Grant B award recipients as set forth in line 38 paragraph (1) of subdivision (k) of Section 69432.7 of the line 39 Education Code. The eligibility of a student to occupy a unit for line 40 lower income students under this section shall be verified by an 99 AB 2560 — 21 — 760 line 1 affidavit, award letter, or letter of eligibility provided by the line 2 institution of higher education in which the student is enrolled or line 3 by the California Student Aid Commission that the student receives line 4 or is eligible for financial aid, including an institutional grant or line 5 fee waiver from the college or university, the California Student line 6 Aid Commission, or the federal government. line 7 (5)  “Major transit stop” has the same meaning as defined in line 8 subdivision (b) of Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code. line 9 (6)  “Maximum allowable residential density” or “base density” line 10 means the greatest number of units allowed under the zoning line 11 ordinance, specific plan, or land use element of the general plan, line 12 or, if a range of density is permitted, means the greatest number line 13 of units allowed by the specific zoning range, specific plan, or land line 14 use element of the general plan applicable to the project. Density line 15 shall be determined using dwelling units per acre. However, if the line 16 applicable zoning ordinance, specific plan, or land use element of line 17 the general plan does not provide a dwelling-units-per-acre standard line 18 for density, then the local agency shall calculate the number of line 19 units by: line 20 (A)  Estimating the realistic development capacity of the site line 21 based on the objective development standards applicable to the line 22 project, including, but not limited to, floor area ratio, site coverage, line 23 maximum building height and number of stories, building setbacks line 24 and stepbacks, public and private open-space requirements, line 25 minimum percentage or square footage of any nonresidential line 26 component, and parking requirements, unless not required for the line 27 base project. Parking requirements shall include considerations line 28 regarding number of spaces, location, design, type, and circulation. line 29 A developer may provide a base density study and the local agency line 30 shall accept it, provided that it includes all applicable objective line 31 development standards. line 32 (B)  Maintaining the same average unit size and other project line 33 details relevant to the base density study, excepting those that may line 34 be modified by waiver or concession to accommodate the bonus line 35 units, in the proposed project as in the study. line 36 (7)  (A)  (i)  “Shared housing building” means a residential or line 37 mixed-use structure, with five or more shared housing units and line 38 one or more common kitchens and dining areas designed for line 39 permanent residence of more than 30 days by its tenants. The line 40 kitchens and dining areas within the shared housing building shall 99 — 22 — AB 2560 761 line 1 be able to adequately accommodate all residents. If a local line 2 ordinance further restricts the attributes of a shared housing line 3 building beyond the requirements established in this section, the line 4 local definition shall apply to the extent that it does not conflict line 5 with the requirements of this section. line 6 (ii)  A “shared housing building” may include other dwelling line 7 units that are not shared housing units, provided that those dwelling line 8 units do not occupy more than 25 percent of the floor area of the line 9 shared housing building. A shared housing building may include line 10 100 percent shared housing units. line 11 (B)  “Shared housing unit” means one or more habitable rooms, line 12 not within another dwelling unit, that includes a bathroom, sink, line 13 refrigerator, and microwave, is used for permanent residence, that line 14 meets the “minimum room area” specified in Section R304 of the line 15 California Residential Code (Part 2.5 of Title 24 of the California line 16 Code of Regulations), and complies with the definition of line 17 “guestroom” in Section R202 of the California Residential Code. line 18 If a local ordinance further restricts the attributes of a shared line 19 housing building beyond the requirements established in this line 20 section, the local definition shall apply to the extent that it does line 21 not conflict with the requirements of this section. line 22 (8)  (A)  “Total units” or “total dwelling units” means a line 23 calculation of the number of units that: line 24 (i)  Excludes a unit added by a density bonus awarded pursuant line 25 to this section or any local law granting a greater density bonus. line 26 (ii)  Includes a unit designated to satisfy an inclusionary zoning line 27 requirement of a city, county, or city and county. line 28 (B)  For purposes of calculating a density bonus granted pursuant line 29 to this section for a shared housing building, “unit” means one line 30 shared housing unit and its pro rata share of associated common line 31 area facilities. line 32 (9)  “Very low vehicle travel area” means an urbanized area, as line 33 designated by the United States Census Bureau, where the existing line 34 residential development generates vehicle miles traveled per capita line 35 that is below 85 percent of either regional vehicle miles traveled line 36 per capita or city vehicle miles traveled per capita. For purposes line 37 of this paragraph, “area” may include a travel analysis zone, line 38 hexagon, or grid. For the purposes of determining “regional vehicle line 39 miles traveled per capita” pursuant to this paragraph, a “region” line 40 is the entirety of incorporated and unincorporated areas governed 99 AB 2560 — 23 — 762 line 1 by a multicounty or single-county metropolitan planning line 2 organization, or the entirety of the incorporated and unincorporated line 3 areas of an individual county that is not part of a metropolitan line 4 planning organization. line 5 (p)  (1)  Except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4), upon line 6 the request of the developer, a city, county, or city and county shall line 7 not require a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of parking for line 8 persons with a disability and guests, of a development meeting the line 9 criteria of subdivisions (b) and (c), that exceeds the following line 10 ratios: line 11 (A)  Zero to one bedroom: one onsite parking space. line 12 (B)  Two to three bedrooms: one and one-half onsite parking line 13 spaces. line 14 (C)  Four and more bedrooms: two and one-half parking spaces. line 15 (2)  (A)  Notwithstanding paragraph (1), if a development line 16 includes at least 20 percent low-income units for housing line 17 developments meeting the criteria of subparagraph (A) of paragraph line 18 (1) of subdivision (b) or at least 11 percent very low income units line 19 for housing developments meeting the criteria of subparagraph line 20 (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), is located within one-half line 21 mile of a major transit stop, and there is unobstructed access to line 22 the major transit stop from the development, then, upon the request line 23 of the developer, a city, county, or city and county shall not impose line 24 a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of parking for persons with a line 25 disability and guests, that exceeds 0.5 spaces per unit. line 26 Notwithstanding paragraph (1), if a development includes at least line 27 40 percent moderate-income units for housing developments line 28 meeting the criteria of subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) of line 29 subdivision (b), is located within one-half mile of a major transit line 30 stop, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 21155 of the Public line 31 Resources Code, and the residents of the development have line 32 unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development line 33 then, upon the request of the developer, a city, county, or city and line 34 county shall not impose a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of line 35 parking for persons with a disability and guests, that exceeds 0.5 line 36 spaces per bedroom. line 37 (B)  For purposes of this subdivision, “unobstructed access to line 38 the major transit stop” means a resident is able to access the major line 39 transit stop without encountering natural or constructed line 40 impediments. For purposes of this subparagraph, “natural or 99 — 24 — AB 2560 763 line 1 constructed impediments” includes, but is not limited to, freeways, line 2 rivers, mountains, and bodies of water, but does not include line 3 residential structures, shopping centers, parking lots, or rails used line 4 for transit. line 5 (3)  Notwithstanding paragraph (1), if a development meets the line 6 criteria of subparagraph (G) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), line 7 then, upon the request of the developer, a city, county, or city and line 8 county shall not impose vehicular parking standards if the line 9 development meets any of the following criteria: line 10 (A)  The development is located within one-half mile of a major line 11 transit stop and there is unobstructed access to the major transit line 12 stop from the development. line 13 (B)  The development is a for-rent housing development for line 14 individuals who are 55 years of age or older that complies with line 15 Sections 51.2 and 51.3 of the Civil Code and the development has line 16 either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one-half line 17 mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times line 18 per day. line 19 (C)  The development is either a special needs housing line 20 development, as defined in Section 51312 of the Health and Safety line 21 Code, or a supportive housing development, as defined in Section line 22 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code. A development that is a line 23 special needs housing development shall have either paratransit line 24 service or unobstructed access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus line 25 route service that operates at least eight times per day. line 26 (4)  If the total number of parking spaces required for a line 27 development is other than a whole number, the number shall be line 28 rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this line 29 subdivision, a development may provide onsite parking through line 30 tandem parking or uncovered parking, but not through onstreet line 31 parking. line 32 (5)  This subdivision shall apply to a development that meets line 33 the requirements of subdivisions (b) and (c), but only at the request line 34 of the applicant. An applicant may request parking incentives or line 35 concessions beyond those provided in this subdivision pursuant line 36 to subdivision (d). line 37 (6)  This subdivision does not preclude a city, county, or city line 38 and county from reducing or eliminating a parking requirement line 39 for development projects of any type in any location. 99 AB 2560 — 25 — 764 line 1 (7)  Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (3), if a city, county, line 2 city and county, or an independent consultant has conducted an line 3 areawide or jurisdictionwide parking study in the last seven years, line 4 then the city, county, or city and county may impose a higher line 5 vehicular parking ratio not to exceed the ratio described in line 6 paragraph (1), based upon substantial evidence found in the parking line 7 study, that includes, but is not limited to, an analysis of parking line 8 availability, differing levels of transit access, walkability access line 9 to transit services, the potential for shared parking, the effect of line 10 parking requirements on the cost of market-rate and subsidized line 11 developments, and the lower rates of car ownership for low-income line 12 and very low income individuals, including seniors and special line 13 needs individuals. The city, county, or city and county shall pay line 14 the costs of any new study. The city, county, or city and county line 15 shall make findings, based on a parking study completed in line 16 conformity with this paragraph, supporting the need for the higher line 17 parking ratio. line 18 (8)  A request pursuant to this subdivision shall neither reduce line 19 nor increase the number of incentives or concessions to which the line 20 applicant is entitled pursuant to subdivision (d). line 21 (q)  Each component of any density calculation, including base line 22 density and bonus density, resulting in fractional units shall be line 23 separately rounded up to the next whole number. The Legislature line 24 finds and declares that this provision is declaratory of existing law. line 25 (r)  This chapter shall be interpreted liberally in favor of line 26 producing the maximum number of total housing units. line 27 (s)  Notwithstanding any other law, if a city, including a charter line 28 city, county, or city and county has adopted an ordinance or a line 29 housing program, or both an ordinance and a housing program, line 30 that incentivizes the development of affordable housing that allows line 31 for density bonuses that exceed the density bonuses required by line 32 the version of this section effective through December 31, 2020, line 33 that city, county, or city and county is not required to amend or line 34 otherwise update its ordinance or corresponding affordable housing line 35 incentive program to comply with the amendments made to this line 36 section by the act adding this subdivision, and is exempt from line 37 complying with the incentive and concession calculation line 38 amendments made to this section by the act adding this subdivision line 39 as set forth in subdivision (d), particularly subparagraphs (B) and 99 — 26 — AB 2560 765 line 1 (C) of paragraph (2) of that subdivision, and the amendments made line 2 to the density tables under subdivision (f). line 3 (t)  When an applicant proposes to construct a housing line 4 development that conforms to the requirements of subparagraph line 5 (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) that is a shared line 6 housing building, the city, county, or city and county shall not line 7 require any minimum unit size requirements or minimum bedroom line 8 requirements that are in conflict with paragraph (7) of subdivision line 9 (o). line 10 (u)  (1)  The Legislature finds and declares that the intent behind line 11 the Density Bonus Law is to allow public entities to reduce or even line 12 eliminate subsidies for a particular project by allowing a developer line 13 to include more total units in a project than would otherwise be line 14 allowed by the local zoning ordinance in exchange for affordable line 15 units. It further reaffirms that the intent is to cover at least some line 16 of the financing gap of affordable housing with regulatory line 17 incentives, rather than additional public subsidy. line 18 (2)  It is therefore the intent of the Legislature to make line 19 modifications to the Density Bonus Law by the act adding this line 20 subdivision to further incentivize the construction of very low, line 21 low-, and moderate-income housing units. It is further the intent line 22 of the Legislature in making these modifications to the Density line 23 Bonus Law to ensure that any additional benefits conferred upon line 24 a developer are balanced with the receipt of a public benefit in the line 25 form of adequate levels of affordable housing. The Legislature line 26 further intends that these modifications will ensure that the Density line 27 Bonus Law creates incentives for the construction of more housing line 28 across all areas of the state. line 29 (v)  (1)  Provided that the resulting housing development would line 30 not restrict more than 50 percent of the total units to line 31 moderate-income, lower income, or very low income households, line 32 a city, county, or city and county shall grant an additional density line 33 bonus calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) when an applicant line 34 proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the line 35 requirements of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b), agrees to include line 36 additional rental or for-sale units affordable to very low income line 37 households or moderate income households, and meets any of the line 38 following requirements: 99 AB 2560 — 27 — 766 line 1 (A)  The housing development conforms to the requirements of line 2 subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) and provides line 3 24 percent of the total units to lower income households. line 4 (B)  The housing development conforms to the requirements of line 5 subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) and provides line 6 15 percent of the total units to very low income households. line 7 (C)  The housing development conforms to the requirements of line 8 subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) and provides line 9 44 percent of the total units to moderate-income households. line 10 (2)  A city, county, or city and county shall grant an additional line 11 density bonus for a housing development that meets the line 12 requirements of paragraph (1), calculated as follows: line 13 line 14 Percentage Density Bonus Percentage Very Low Income Units line 15 20 5 line 16 23.75 6 line 17 27.5 7 line 18 31.25 8 line 19 35 9 line 20 38.75 10 line 21 line 22 Percentage Density Bonus Percentage Moderate-Income Units line 23 20 5 line 24 22.5 6 line 25 25 7 line 26 27.5 8 line 27 30 9 line 28 32.5 10 line 29 35 11 line 30 38.75 12 line 31 42.5 13 line 32 46.25 14 line 33 50 15 line 34 line 35 (3)  The increase required by paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be in line 36 addition to any increase in density granted by subdivision (b). 99 — 28 — AB 2560 767 line 1 (4)  The additional density bonus required under this subdivision line 2 shall be calculated using the number of units excluding any density line 3 bonus awarded by this section. O 99 AB 2560 — 29 — 768 AMENDED IN SENATE APRIL 1, 2024 SENATE BILL No. 1077 Introduced by Senator Blakespear February 12, 2024 An act to amend Section 30610 of the Public Resources Code, relating to coastal resources. legislative counsel’s digest SB 1077, as amended, Blakespear. Coastal resources: coastal development permits: accessory and junior accessory dwelling units: parking requirements. units. Existing law, the California Coastal Act of 1976, among other things, requires anyone wishing to perform or undertake any development in the coastal zone, except as specified, in addition to obtaining any other permit required by law from any local government or from any state, regional, or local agency, to obtain a coastal development permit from the California Coastal Commission or a local government, as provided. The act provides that a coastal development permit is not required for specified types of development in specified areas, as provided. as provided, including improvements to existing single-family residences, provided that the commission shall specify, by regulation, those classes of development that involve a risk of adverse environmental effect and shall require that a coastal development permit be obtained pursuant to the act. Existing law, the Planning and Zoning Law, authorizes a local agency to provide for the creation of accessory dwelling units in areas zoned for residential use, as specified. Existing law also authorizes a local agency to provide for the creation of junior accessory dwelling units in single-family residential zones, as specified. 98 769 This bill would provide that specify, for the purposes of a coastal development permit shall not be required for not being required for improvements to existing single-family residences, that the exception includes the addition of an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit that is proposed to be developed on a lot with an existing residential structure, as provided. The bill would provide, as an exception to the above, that a coastal development permit may be required for the development of an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit that is proposed to be located in specified locations. attached to an existing residential structure, as defined, and the conversion of an existing structure into an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit. To the extent the bill would create additional duties for a local government, the bill would impose a state-mandated local program. The California Constitution requires the state to reimburse local agencies and school districts for certain costs mandated by the state. Statutory provisions establish procedures for making that reimbursement. This bill would provide that, if the Commission on State Mandates determines that the bill contains costs mandated by the state, reimbursement for those costs shall be made pursuant to the statutory provisions noted above. Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: yes.​ State-mandated local program: yes.​ The people of the State of California do enact as follows: line 1 SECTION 1. Section 30610 of the Public Resources Code is line 2 amended to read: line 3 30610. Notwithstanding any other provision of this division, line 4 a coastal development permit shall not be required pursuant to this line 5 chapter for the following types of development and in the following line 6 areas: line 7 (a)  (1)   Improvements to existing single-family residences; line 8 provided, however, that the commission shall specify, by line 9 regulation, those classes of development that involve a risk of line 10 adverse environmental effect and shall require that a coastal line 11 development permit be obtained pursuant to this chapter. line 12 (2)  Improvements pursuant to paragraph (1) shall include both line 13 of the following: 98 — 2 — SB 1077 770 line 1 (A)  The addition of an accessory dwelling unit or a junior line 2 accessory dwelling unit that is attached to an existing residential line 3 structure. line 4 (B)  The conversion of an existing structure into an accessory line 5 dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit. line 6 (3)  As used in this subdivision, “existing residential structure” line 7 means a building that exists at the time a project proponent submits line 8 an application for the relevant development permits related to an line 9 accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit. line 10 (b)  Improvements to a structure other than a single-family line 11 residence or a public works facility; provided, however, that the line 12 commission shall specify, by regulation, those types of line 13 improvements that (1) involve a risk of adverse environmental line 14 effect, (2) adversely affect public access, or (3) involve a change line 15 in use contrary to any policy of this division. Any improvement line 16 so specified by the commission shall require a coastal development line 17 permit. line 18 (c)  Maintenance dredging of existing navigation channels or line 19 moving dredged material from those channels to a disposal area line 20 outside the coastal zone, pursuant to a permit from the United line 21 States Army Corps of Engineers. line 22 (d)  Repair or maintenance activities that do not result in an line 23 addition to, or enlargement or expansion of, the object of those line 24 repair or maintenance activities; provided, however, that if the line 25 commission determines that certain extraordinary methods of repair line 26 and maintenance involve a risk of substantial adverse line 27 environmental impact, it shall, by regulation, require that a permit line 28 be obtained pursuant to this chapter. line 29 (e)  Any category of development, or any category of line 30 development within a specifically defined geographic area, that line 31 the commission, after public hearing, and by two-thirds vote of its line 32 appointed members, has described or identified and with respect line 33 to which the commission has found that there is no potential for line 34 any significant adverse effect, either individually or cumulatively, line 35 on coastal resources or on public access to, or along, the coast and, line 36 where the exclusion precedes certification of the applicable local line 37 coastal program, that the exclusion will not impair the ability of line 38 local government to prepare a local coastal program. line 39 (f)  The installation, testing, and placement in service or the line 40 replacement of a necessary utility connection between an existing 98 SB 1077 — 3 — 771 line 1 service facility and a development approved pursuant to this line 2 division; provided, however, that the commission may, where line 3 necessary, require reasonable conditions to mitigate any adverse line 4 impacts on coastal resources, including scenic resources. line 5 (g)  (1)  The replacement of a structure, other than a public works line 6 facility, destroyed by a disaster. The replacement structure shall line 7 conform to applicable existing zoning requirements, shall be for line 8 the same use as the destroyed structure, shall not exceed either the line 9 floor area, height, or bulk of the destroyed structure by more than line 10 10 percent, and shall be sited in the same location on the affected line 11 property as the destroyed structure. line 12 (2)  As used in this subdivision: line 13 (A)  “Disaster” means a situation in which the force or forces line 14 that destroyed the structure to be replaced were beyond the control line 15 of its owner. line 16 (B)  “Bulk” means total interior cubic volume as measured from line 17 the exterior surface of the structure. line 18 (C)  “Structure” includes landscaping and any erosion control line 19 structure or device which is similar to that which existed prior to line 20 the occurrence of the disaster. line 21 (h)  Any activity anywhere in the coastal zone that involves the line 22 conversion of any existing multiple-unit residential structure to a line 23 time-share project, estate, or use, as defined in Section 11212 of line 24 the Business and Professions Code. If any improvement to an line 25 existing structure is otherwise exempt from the permit requirements line 26 of this division, no coastal development permit shall be required line 27 for that improvement on the basis that it is to be made in connection line 28 with any conversion exempt pursuant to this subdivision. The line 29 division of a multiple-unit residential structure into condominiums, line 30 as defined in Section 783 of the Civil Code, shall not be considered line 31 a time-share project, estate, or use for purposes of this subdivision. line 32 (i)  (1)  Any proposed development that the executive director line 33 finds to be a temporary event that does not have any significant line 34 adverse impact upon coastal resources within the meaning of line 35 guidelines adopted pursuant to this subdivision by the commission. line 36 The commission shall, after public hearing, adopt guidelines to line 37 implement this subdivision to assist local governments and persons line 38 planning temporary events in complying with this division by line 39 specifying the standards that the executive director shall use in line 40 determining whether a temporary event is excluded from permit 98 — 4 — SB 1077 772 line 1 requirements pursuant to this subdivision. The guidelines adopted line 2 pursuant to this subdivision shall be exempt from the review of line 3 the Office of Administrative Law and from the requirements of line 4 Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division line 5 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. line 6 (2)  Exclusion or waiver from the coastal development permit line 7 requirements of this division pursuant to this subdivision does not line 8 diminish, waive, or otherwise prevent the commission from line 9 asserting and exercising its coastal development permit jurisdiction line 10 over any temporary event at any time if the commission determines line 11 that the exercise of its jurisdiction is necessary to implement the line 12 coastal resource protection policies of Chapter 3 (commencing line 13 with Section 30200). line 14 (j)  (1)  The addition of an accessory dwelling unit or a junior line 15 accessory dwelling unit pursuant to Section 65852.2 or 65852.22 line 16 of the Government Code that is proposed to be developed on a lot line 17 with an existing residential structure. line 18 (2)  Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a coastal development permit line 19 may be required for the development of an accessory dwelling unit line 20 or a junior accessory dwelling unit that is proposed to be in a line 21 location subject to paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a) of Section line 22 30603. line 23 SEC. 2. If the Commission on State Mandates determines that line 24 this act contains costs mandated by the state, reimbursement to line 25 local agencies and school districts for those costs shall be made line 26 pursuant to Part 7 (commencing with Section 17500) of Division line 27 4 of Title 2 of the Government Code. O 98 SB 1077 — 5 — 773 AMENDED IN SENATE MARCH 14, 2024 SENATE BILL No. 1092 Introduced by Senator Blakespear February 12, 2024 An act to amend Section 35030 of the Public Resources Code, relating to coastal resources. 30625 of, and to add Section 30628 to, the Public Resources Code, relating to coastal resources. legislative counsel’s digest SB 1092, as amended, Blakespear. Coastal Resources and Energy Assistance Act. Coastal resources: multifamily housing development: coastal development permits: appeals. (1)  The California Coastal Act of 1976, among other things, requires anyone wishing to perform or undertake any development in the coastal zone, in addition to obtaining any other permit required by law from any local government or from any state, regional, or local agency, to obtain a coastal development permit from the California Coastal Commission or a local government, as provided. The act authorizes an appeal to the commission for any action taken by a local government on coastal development permit applications, as provided. The act requires the commission to hear the appeal and establishes specified appeal procedures, as provided. This bill would require the commission to comply with specified appeal procedures when reviewing an appeal related to multifamily housing development, as defined, on specified sites, as defined, if the commission makes specified determinations. The bill would require the commission, on or before January 1, 2028, to provide a report to the Legislature that provides information relating to the appeal process described above, as provided. 98 774 (2)  The act authorizes any appealable action on a coastal development permit or claim of exemption for any development by a local government or port governing body to be appealed to the commission by an applicant, any aggrieved person, or any 2 members of the commission, as provided. The act requires the commission to hear an appeal unless it makes certain determinations. This bill would instead authorize the commission to hear an appeal only if it makes certain determinations, as provided. The existing Coastal Resources and Energy Assistance Act authorizes the Secretary of the Natural Resources Agency, after consulting with the California Coastal Commission and the State Lands Commission concerning offshore energy activities, to award grants to coastal communities and cities to be used for certain purposes relating to the planning, implementation, monitoring, and enforcement of offshore energy development, consistent with the requirements of the state’s coastal management program. This bill would make nonsubstantive changes in that provision. Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: no yes.​ State-mandated local program: no.​ The people of the State of California do enact as follows: line 1 SECTION 1. Section 30625 of the Public Resources Code is line 2 amended to read: line 3 30625. (a)  Except as otherwise specifically provided in line 4 subdivision (a) of Section 30602, any appealable action on a coastal line 5 development permit or claim of exemption for any development line 6 by a local government or port governing body may be appealed line 7 to the commission by an applicant, any aggrieved person, or any line 8 two members of the commission. The commission may approve, line 9 modify, or deny such that proposed development, and if no action line 10 is taken within the time limit specified in Sections 30621 and line 11 30622, the decision of the local government or port governing line 12 body, as the case may be, shall become final, unless the time limit line 13 in Section 30621 or 30622 is waived by the applicant. line 14 (b)  The Except in cases where Section 30628 applies, the line 15 commission shall may hear an appeal unless only if it determines line 16 the following: 98 — 2 — SB 1092 775 line 1 (1)  With respect to appeals pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section line 2 30602, that no a substantial issue exists as to conformity with line 3 Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 30200). line 4 (2)  With respect to appeals to the commission after certification line 5 of a local coastal program, that no a substantial issue exists with line 6 respect to the grounds on which an appeal has been filed pursuant line 7 to Section 30603. line 8 (3)  With respect to appeals to the commission after certification line 9 of a port master plan, that no a substantial issue exists as to line 10 conformity with the certified port master plan. line 11 (c)  Decisions of the commission, where applicable, shall guide line 12 local governments or port governing bodies in their future actions line 13 under this division. line 14 SEC. 2. Section 30628 is added to the Public Resources Code, line 15 immediately following Section 30627, to read: line 16 30628. (a)  (1)  The Legislature finds and declares that to line 17 address the state’s housing shortage, specifically affordable line 18 housing for low- and moderate-income households, and reduce line 19 carbon emissions from vehicle miles traveled, which contribute to line 20 global anthropogenic climate change, it is necessary to streamline line 21 the coastal development permit appeals process for moderate- to line 22 high-density housing development projects proposed on urban line 23 infill sites. These reforms are intended to balance the objectives line 24 of the California Coastal Act of 1976, namely to preserve vital line 25 coastal natural resources and ensure public access to California’s line 26 coast, with the objectives of meeting the state’s housing needs and line 27 promoting sustainable development patterns. line 28 (2)  It is the intent of the Legislature that this section, as a line 29 specific statute of limited applicability, shall prevail over a line 30 conflicting statute of general applicability, and that to the extent line 31 the procedures for appeal set forth in this section conflict with any line 32 other procedures, including those set forth in Section 30604, 30621, line 33 or 30625, the procedures set out in this section shall prevail. line 34 (b)  For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply: line 35 (1)  “Appeal” shall have the same meaning as used in Sections line 36 30602 and 30603. line 37 (2)  “Multifamily housing development” means a development line 38 that proposes to construct two or more housing units on an urban line 39 infill site and meets all of the following conditions: line 40 (A)  Results in a density of no fewer than 15 units per acre. 98 SB 1092 — 3 — 776 line 1 (B)  (i)  For developments that propose to build fewer than five line 2 housing units, the floor area, in square footage, of the largest unit line 3 shall be no more than twice the floor area, in square footage, of line 4 the smallest unit. line 5 (ii)  This subparagraph shall not apply to the addition of line 6 accessory dwelling units or junior accessory dwelling units to line 7 properties with existing residential structures. line 8 (C)  The development will result in a net increase of housing line 9 units. line 10 (3)  “Site” means a development and the site on which it is line 11 located that satisfies all of the following: line 12 (A)  It is a legal parcel or parcels located in a city if, and only line 13 if, the city boundaries include some portion of either an urbanized line 14 area or urban cluster, as designated by the United States Census line 15 Bureau, or, for unincorporated areas, a legal parcel or parcels line 16 wholly within the boundaries of an urbanized area or urban cluster, line 17 as designated by the United States Census Bureau. line 18 (B)  At least 75 percent of the perimeter of the site adjoins line 19 parcels that are developed with urban uses. For the purposes of line 20 this section, parcels that are only separated by a street or highway line 21 shall be considered to be adjoined. line 22 (C)  (i)  A site that meets the requirements of clause (ii) and line 23 satisfies any of the following: line 24 (I)  The site is zoned for residential use or residential mixed-use line 25 development. line 26 (II)  The site has a general plan designation that allows line 27 residential use or a mix of residential and nonresidential uses. line 28 (III)  The site is zoned for office or retail commercial use. line 29 (ii)  At least two-thirds of the square footage of the development line 30 is designated for residential use. Additional density, floor area, line 31 and units, and any other concession, incentive, or waiver of line 32 development standards granted pursuant to the Density Bonus line 33 Law in Section 65915 of the Government Code, shall be included line 34 in the square footage calculation. The square footage of the line 35 development shall not include underground space, such as line 36 basements or underground parking garages. line 37 (c)  (1)  Notwithstanding Sections 30604, 30621, and 30625, line 38 and any other law to the contrary, the commission may hear an line 39 appeal regarding a multifamily housing development only if it line 40 determines either of the following: 98 — 4 — SB 1092 777 line 1 (A)  With respect to an appeal pursuant to Section 30602, there line 2 was an abuse of discretion with respect to conformance with line 3 Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 30200). line 4 (B)  With respect to appeals to the commission after certification line 5 of a local coastal program, there was an abuse of discretion with line 6 respect to the grounds on which an appeal had been filed pursuant line 7 to Section 30603. line 8 (2)  For purposes of this subdivision, a determination that there line 9 has been an abuse of discretion shall be established if the local line 10 government did not proceed in the manner required by law, the line 11 decision was not supported by the findings, or the findings are not line 12 supported by substantial evidence in the record of the local line 13 government’s proceeding. The commission shall interpret the term line 14 “abuse of discretion” as it is used in Section 1094.5 of the Code line 15 of Civil Procedure and consistent with judicial interpretation. line 16 (3)  (A)  The commission shall determine that there has been an line 17 abuse of discretion regarding an issue or issues raised by an line 18 appeal no later than 49 working days after the appeal was filed. line 19 (B)  The commission may only request, and the applicant of an line 20 appealed permit may only agree to, one extension of the deadline line 21 described in subparagraph (A) of up to 90 working days. line 22 (C)  If the commission does not make the determination described line 23 in this paragraph by the applicable deadline, the local government line 24 action shall become final. line 25 (4)  After determining that an appeal establishes an abuse of line 26 discretion, the commission may only request additional information line 27 from an applicant of an appealed permit within seven working line 28 days of the commission’s determination that an appeal establishes line 29 an abuse of discretion, as described in this subdivision. The line 30 information requested by the commission pursuant to this line 31 paragraph shall be germane to issues raised in the appeal, which line 32 the commission determined established an abuse of discretion, as line 33 described in paragraphs (1) and (2). line 34 (5)  The commission’s de novo review of an appeal pursuant to line 35 this subdivision shall be limited to issues raised in the appeal that line 36 the commission determined established an abuse of discretion, as line 37 described in paragraphs (1) and (2). line 38 (6)  (A)  If the commission has found an abuse of discretion, the line 39 commission shall take final action on the appealed permit within line 40 90 working days from either (i) the date the commission finds the 98 SB 1092 — 5 — 778 line 1 appeal established an abuse of discretion as described in line 2 paragraphs (1) and (2) or (ii), if the commission requested line 3 information from the applicant of the appealed permit pursuant line 4 to paragraph (4), the date the applicant provides the additional line 5 information the commission requested, whichever occurs later. line 6 (B)  The commission may only request, and the applicant of an line 7 appealed permit may only agree to, one extension of the deadline line 8 described in subparagraph (A) of up to 90 working days. line 9 (C)  If the commission does not take final action by the applicable line 10 deadline described in this paragraph, the decision of the local line 11 government on the appealed permit shall become final. line 12 (7)  When taking a final action on a permit appeal described in line 13 this subdivision, the commission may approve, require line 14 modifications, or deny the proposed development. Final action line 15 shall be made only on the basis of issues enumerated in the permit line 16 appeal that the commission determined established an abuse of line 17 discretion. line 18 (d)  (1)  On or before January 1, 2028, the commission shall line 19 provide a report to the Legislature that provides the following line 20 information regarding appeals filed after implementing this line 21 section: line 22 (A)  Information on the percentage of coastal development line 23 permits that are appealed, approved, and denied pursuant to this line 24 section. line 25 (B)  Summary statistics, including statistics that are calculated line 26 using mean, median, and standard deviation measures, on both of line 27 the following: line 28 (i)  For appeals that result in the commission upholding the line 29 action of the local government, the number of working days line 30 between when the commission first received an appeal pursuant line 31 to this section and when the commission upheld the local line 32 government action pursuant to this section. line 33 (ii)  For appeals that result in the commission overturning the line 34 action of the local government, the number of working days line 35 between when the commission first received an appeal pursuant line 36 to this section and when the commission took final actions on the line 37 appeal pursuant to this section. line 38 (2)  A report submitted to the Legislature pursuant to this line 39 subdivision shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 line 40 of the Government Code. 98 — 6 — SB 1092 779 line 1 (3)  The requirement to submit a report imposed pursuant to this line 2 subdivision shall become inoperative on January 1, 2032, pursuant line 3 to Section 10231.5 of the Government Code. line 4 line 5 SECTION 1. Section 35030 of the Public Resources Code is line 6 amended to read: line 7 35030. (a)  The secretary, after consulting with the California line 8 Coastal Commission and the State Lands Commission concerning line 9 offshore energy activities, shall award grants to coastal counties line 10 and cities to be used for the purposes of planning, assessment, line 11 mitigation, permitting, monitoring and enforcement, public services line 12 and facilities, and for other activities that are related to offshore line 13 energy development, consistent with the requirements of the state’s line 14 coastal management program. line 15 (b)  Before receiving grants under this chapter, each coastal line 16 county and city shall submit a report to the secretary describing line 17 how the funds are to be expended. Before submitting the report, line 18 each coastal county and city shall provide opportunities for the line 19 public to review and comment on the report and shall hold at least line 20 one public hearing on the report. O 98 SB 1092 — 7 — 780 AMENDED IN SENATE MARCH 19, 2024 SENATE BILL No. 951 Introduced by Senator Wiener January 18, 2024 An act to amend Section 65583 of the Government Code, and to amend Section 30603 of, and to add Section 30175 to, of the Public Resources Code, relating to coastal resources. legislative counsel’s digest SB 951, as amended, Wiener. California Coastal Act of 1976: coastal zone: City and County of San Francisco. zone: coastal development. (1)  Existing law requires a city or county to prepare and adopt a general plan for its jurisdiction that contains certain mandatory elements, including a housing element. Existing law requires the housing element to identify adequate sites for housing, including rental housing, factory-built housing, mobilehomes, and emergency shelters, among other things. Existing law requires the housing element to contain an assessment of housing needs and an inventory of resources and constraints relevant to the meeting of these needs. Existing law requires rezoning, including adoption of minimum density and development standards, as specified, when an inventory of sites does not identify adequate sites to accommodate the need for groups of specified household income levels. This bill would additionally apply specified rezoning standards for any necessary local coastal program updates for jurisdictions located within the coastal zone. By imposing new duties on local governments with regard to the administration of housing elements, the bill would impose a state-mandated local program. 98 781 (2)  The California Coastal Act of 1976 requires each local government lying, in whole or in part, within the coastal zone, defined to mean that land and water area of the state, specified on specific maps, as provided, to prepare a local coastal program for that portion of the coastal zone within its jurisdiction. This bill would require the inland boundary of the coastal zone in the City and County of San Francisco to be amended to conform with the inland boundary on a specified map, as provided. The act (2)  The California Coastal Act of 1976 prescribes procedures for the approval and certification of a local coastal program by the California Coastal Commission, and provides for the delegation of development review authority to a local government, as defined, with a certified local coastal program. Under the act, an action taken by a local government after certification of its local coastal program on a coastal development permit application may be appealed to the commission only on specified grounds and only for certain types of developments, including a development approved by a coastal county that is not designated as the principal permitted use under the zoning ordinance or zoning district map, as specified. This bill would instead authorize an appeal for a development approved by a coastal county that is not designated as a permitted use under the zoning ordinance or zoning district map, as specified. The act requires a local government taking an action on a coastal development permit to send notification of its final action to the commission by certified mail, as provided. This bill would also allow notification to the commission by email, as provided. (3)  The bill would include findings that changes proposed by Section 1 of this act addresses a matter of statewide concern rather than a municipal affair and, therefore, apply to all cities, including charter cities. (4)  This bill would make legislative findings and declarations as to the necessity of a special statute for the City and County of San Francisco. (5) (4)  The California Constitution requires the state to reimburse local agencies and school districts for certain costs mandated by the state. Statutory provisions establish procedures for making that reimbursement. 98 — 2 — SB 951 782 This bill would provide that no reimbursement is required by this act for a specified reason. Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: yes.​ State-mandated local program: yes.​ The people of the State of California do enact as follows: line 1 SECTION 1. Section 65583 of the Government Code is line 2 amended to read: line 3 65583. The housing element shall consist of an identification line 4 and analysis of existing and projected housing needs and a line 5 statement of goals, policies, quantified objectives, financial line 6 resources, and scheduled programs for the preservation, line 7 improvement, and development of housing. The housing element line 8 shall identify adequate sites for housing, including rental housing, line 9 factory-built housing, mobilehomes, and emergency shelters, and line 10 shall make adequate provision for the existing and projected needs line 11 of all economic segments of the community. The element shall line 12 contain all of the following: line 13 (a)  An assessment of housing needs and an inventory of line 14 resources and constraints relevant to the meeting of these needs. line 15 The assessment and inventory shall include all of the following: line 16 (1)  An analysis of population and employment trends and line 17 documentation of projections and a quantification of the locality’s line 18 existing and projected housing needs for all income levels, line 19 including extremely low income households, as defined in line 20 subdivision (b) of Section 50105 and Section 50106 of the Health line 21 and Safety Code. These existing and projected needs shall include line 22 the locality’s share of the regional housing need in accordance line 23 with Section 65584. Local agencies shall calculate the subset of line 24 very low income households allotted under Section 65584 that line 25 qualify as extremely low income households. The local agency line 26 may either use available census data to calculate the percentage line 27 of very low income households that qualify as extremely low line 28 income households or presume that 50 percent of the very low line 29 income households qualify as extremely low income households. line 30 The number of extremely low income households and very low line 31 income households shall equal the jurisdiction’s allocation of very line 32 low income households pursuant to Section 65584. 98 SB 951 — 3 — 783 line 1 (2)  An analysis and documentation of household characteristics, line 2 including level of payment compared to ability to pay, housing line 3 characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing stock line 4 condition. line 5 (3)  An inventory of land suitable and available for residential line 6 development, including vacant sites and sites having realistic and line 7 demonstrated potential for redevelopment during the planning line 8 period to meet the locality’s housing need for a designated income line 9 level, and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public line 10 facilities and services to these sites, and an analysis of the line 11 relationship of the sites identified in the land inventory to the line 12 jurisdiction’s duty to affirmatively further fair housing. line 13 (4)  (A)  The identification of one or more zoning designations line 14 that allow residential uses, including mixed uses, where emergency line 15 shelters are allowed as a permitted use without a conditional use line 16 or other discretionary permit and that are suitable for residential line 17 uses. The identified zoning designations shall include sufficient line 18 sites meeting the requirements of subparagraph (H) with sufficient line 19 capacity, as described in subparagraph (I), to accommodate the line 20 need for emergency shelter identified in paragraph (7), except that line 21 each local government shall identify a zoning designation or line 22 designations that can accommodate at least one year-round line 23 emergency shelter. If the local government cannot identify a zoning line 24 designation or designations with sufficient capacity, the local line 25 government shall include a program to amend its zoning ordinance line 26 to meet the requirements of this paragraph within one year of the line 27 adoption of the housing element. The local government may line 28 identify additional zoning designations where emergency shelters line 29 are permitted with a conditional use permit. The local government line 30 shall also demonstrate that existing or proposed permit processing, line 31 development, and management standards that apply to emergency line 32 shelters are objective and encourage and facilitate the development line 33 of, or conversion to, emergency shelters. line 34 (B)  Emergency shelters shall only be subject to the following line 35 written, objective standards: line 36 (i)  The maximum number of beds or persons permitted to be line 37 served nightly by the facility. line 38 (ii)  Sufficient parking to accommodate all staff working in the line 39 emergency shelter, provided that the standards do not require more 98 — 4 — SB 951 784 line 1 parking for emergency shelters than other residential or commercial line 2 uses within the same zone. line 3 (iii)  The size and location of exterior and interior onsite waiting line 4 and client intake areas. line 5 (iv)  The provision of onsite management. line 6 (v)  The proximity to other emergency shelters, provided that line 7 emergency shelters are not required to be more than 300 feet apart. line 8 (vi)  The length of stay. line 9 (vii)  Lighting. line 10 (viii)  Security during hours that the emergency shelter is in line 11 operation. line 12 (C)  For purposes of this paragraph, “emergency shelter” shall line 13 include other interim interventions, including, but not limited to, line 14 a navigation center, bridge housing, and respite or recuperative line 15 care. line 16 (D)  The permit processing, development, and management line 17 standards applied under this paragraph shall not be deemed to be line 18 discretionary acts within the meaning of the California line 19 Environmental Quality Act (Division 13 (commencing with Section line 20 21000) of the Public Resources Code). line 21 (E)  If a local government has adopted written, objective line 22 standards pursuant to subparagraph (B), the local government shall line 23 include an analysis of the standards in the analysis of constraints line 24 pursuant to paragraph (5). line 25 (F)  A local government that can demonstrate, to the satisfaction line 26 of the department, the existence of one or more emergency shelters line 27 either within its jurisdiction or pursuant to a multijurisdictional line 28 agreement that can accommodate that jurisdiction’s need and the line 29 needs of the other jurisdictions that are a part of the agreement for line 30 emergency shelter identified in paragraph (7) may comply with line 31 the zoning requirements of subparagraph (A) by identifying a line 32 zoning designation where new emergency shelters are allowed line 33 with a conditional use permit. line 34 (G)  A local government with an existing ordinance or ordinances line 35 that comply with this paragraph shall not be required to take line 36 additional action to identify zoning designations for emergency line 37 shelters. The housing element must only describe how existing line 38 ordinances, policies, and standards are consistent with the line 39 requirements of this paragraph. 98 SB 951 — 5 — 785 line 1 (H)  The zoning designation or designations where emergency line 2 shelters are allowed, as described in subparagraph (A), shall include line 3 sites that meet at least one of the following standards: line 4 (i)  Vacant sites zoned for residential use. line 5 (ii)  Vacant sites zoned for nonresidential use that allow line 6 residential development, if the local government can demonstrate line 7 how the sites with this zoning designation that are being used to line 8 satisfy the requirements of paragraph (1) are located near amenities line 9 and services that serve people experiencing homelessness, which line 10 may include, health care, transportation, retail, employment, and line 11 social services, or that the local government will provide free line 12 transportation to services or offer services onsite. line 13 (iii)  Nonvacant sites zoned for residential use or for line 14 nonresidential use that allow residential development that are line 15 suitable for use as a shelter in the current planning period, or which line 16 can be redeveloped for use as a shelter in the current planning line 17 period. A nonvacant site with an existing use shall be presumed line 18 to impede emergency shelter development absent an analysis based line 19 on substantial evidence that the use is likely to be discontinued line 20 during the planning period. The analysis shall consider current line 21 market demand for the current uses, market conditions, and line 22 incentives or standards to encourage shelter development. line 23 (I)  The zoning designation or designations shall have sufficient line 24 sites meeting the requirements of subparagraph (H) to line 25 accommodate the need for shelters identified pursuant to paragraph line 26 (7). The number of people experiencing homelessness that can be line 27 accommodated on any site shall be demonstrated by dividing the line 28 square footage of the site by a minimum of 200 square feet per line 29 person, unless the locality can demonstrate that one or more line 30 shelters were developed on sites that have fewer square feet per line 31 person during the prior planning period or the locality provides line 32 similar evidence to the department demonstrating that the site can line 33 accommodate more people experiencing homelessness. Any line 34 standard applied pursuant to this subparagraph is intended only line 35 for calculating site capacity pursuant to this section, and shall not line 36 be constructed as establishing a development standard applicable line 37 to the siting, development, or approval of a shelter. line 38 (J)  Notwithstanding subparagraph (H), a local government may line 39 accommodate the need for emergency shelters identified pursuant line 40 to paragraph (7) on sites owned by the local government if it 98 — 6 — SB 951 786 line 1 demonstrates with substantial evidence that the sites will be made line 2 available for emergency shelter during the planning period, they line 3 are suitable for residential use, and the sites are located near line 4 amenities and services that serve people experiencing line 5 homelessness, which may include health care, transportation, retail, line 6 employment, and social services, or that the local government will line 7 provide free transportation to services or offer services onsite. line 8 (5)  An analysis of potential and actual governmental constraints line 9 upon the maintenance, improvement, or development of housing line 10 for all income levels, including the types of housing identified in line 11 paragraph (1) of subdivision (c), and for persons with disabilities line 12 as identified in the analysis pursuant to paragraph (7), including line 13 land use controls, building codes and their enforcement, site line 14 improvements, fees and other exactions required of developers, line 15 local processing and permit procedures, and any locally adopted line 16 ordinances that directly impact the cost and supply of residential line 17 development. The analysis shall also demonstrate local efforts to line 18 remove governmental constraints that hinder the locality from line 19 meeting its share of the regional housing need in accordance with line 20 Section 65584 and from meeting the need for housing for persons line 21 with disabilities, supportive housing, transitional housing, and line 22 emergency shelters identified pursuant to paragraph (7). line 23 (6)  An analysis of potential and actual nongovernmental line 24 constraints upon the maintenance, improvement, or development line 25 of housing for all income levels, including the availability of line 26 financing, the price of land, the cost of construction, the requests line 27 to develop housing at densities below those anticipated in the line 28 analysis required by subdivision (c) of Section 65583.2, and the line 29 length of time between receiving approval for a housing line 30 development and submittal of an application for building permits line 31 for that housing development that hinder the construction of a line 32 locality’s share of the regional housing need in accordance with line 33 Section 65584. The analysis shall also demonstrate local efforts line 34 to remove nongovernmental constraints that create a gap between line 35 the locality’s planning for the development of housing for all line 36 income levels and the construction of that housing. line 37 (7)  An analysis of any special housing needs, such as those of line 38 the elderly; persons with disabilities, including a developmental line 39 disability, as defined in Section 4512 of the Welfare and line 40 Institutions Code; large families; farmworkers; families with female 98 SB 951 — 7 — 787 line 1 heads of households; and families and persons in need of line 2 emergency shelter. The need for emergency shelter shall be line 3 assessed based on the capacity necessary to accommodate the most line 4 recent homeless point-in-time count conducted before the start of line 5 the planning period, the need for emergency shelter based on line 6 number of beds available on a year-round and seasonal basis, the line 7 number of shelter beds that go unused on an average monthly basis line 8 within a one-year period, and the percentage of those in emergency line 9 shelters that move to permanent housing solutions. The need for line 10 emergency shelter may be reduced by the number of supportive line 11 housing units that are identified in an adopted 10-year plan to end line 12 chronic homelessness and that are either vacant or for which line 13 funding has been identified to allow construction during the line 14 planning period. An analysis of special housing needs by a city or line 15 county may include an analysis of the need for frequent user line 16 coordinated care housing services. line 17 (8)  An analysis of opportunities for energy conservation with line 18 respect to residential development. Cities and counties are line 19 encouraged to include weatherization and energy efficiency line 20 improvements as part of publicly subsidized housing rehabilitation line 21 projects. This may include energy efficiency measures that line 22 encompass the building envelope, its heating and cooling systems, line 23 and its electrical system. line 24 (9)  An analysis of existing assisted housing developments that line 25 are eligible to change from low-income housing uses during the line 26 next 10 years due to termination of subsidy contracts, mortgage line 27 prepayment, or expiration of restrictions on use. “Assisted housing line 28 developments,” for the purpose of this section, shall mean line 29 multifamily rental housing that receives governmental assistance line 30 under federal programs listed in subdivision (a) of Section line 31 65863.10, state and local multifamily revenue bond programs, line 32 local redevelopment programs, the federal Community line 33 Development Block Grant Program, or local in-lieu fees. “Assisted line 34 housing developments” shall also include multifamily rental units line 35 that were developed pursuant to a local inclusionary housing line 36 program or used to qualify for a density bonus pursuant to Section line 37 65916. line 38 (A)  The analysis shall include a listing of each development by line 39 project name and address, the type of governmental assistance line 40 received, the earliest possible date of change from low-income 98 — 8 — SB 951 788 line 1 use, and the total number of elderly and nonelderly units that could line 2 be lost from the locality’s low-income housing stock in each year line 3 during the 10-year period. For purposes of state and federally line 4 funded projects, the analysis required by this subparagraph need line 5 only contain information available on a statewide basis. line 6 (B)  The analysis shall estimate the total cost of producing new line 7 rental housing that is comparable in size and rent levels, to replace line 8 the units that could change from low-income use, and an estimated line 9 cost of preserving the assisted housing developments. This cost line 10 analysis for replacement housing may be done aggregately for line 11 each five-year period and does not have to contain a line 12 project-by-project cost estimate. line 13 (C)  The analysis shall identify public and private nonprofit line 14 corporations known to the local government that have legal and line 15 managerial capacity to acquire and manage these housing line 16 developments. line 17 (D)  The analysis shall identify and consider the use of all federal, line 18 state, and local financing and subsidy programs that can be used line 19 to preserve, for lower income households, the assisted housing line 20 developments, identified in this paragraph, including, but not line 21 limited to, federal Community Development Block Grant Program line 22 funds, tax increment funds received by a redevelopment agency line 23 of the community, and administrative fees received by a housing line 24 authority operating within the community. In considering the use line 25 of these financing and subsidy programs, the analysis shall identify line 26 the amounts of funds under each available program that have not line 27 been legally obligated for other purposes and that could be line 28 available for use in preserving assisted housing developments. line 29 (b)  (1)  A statement of the community’s goals, quantified line 30 objectives, and policies relative to affirmatively furthering fair line 31 housing and to the maintenance, preservation, improvement, and line 32 development of housing. line 33 (2)  It is recognized that the total housing needs identified line 34 pursuant to subdivision (a) may exceed available resources and line 35 the community’s ability to satisfy this need within the content of line 36 the general plan requirements outlined in Article 5 (commencing line 37 with Section 65300). Under these circumstances, the quantified line 38 objectives need not be identical to the total housing needs. The line 39 quantified objectives shall establish the maximum number of line 40 housing units by income category, including extremely low income, 98 SB 951 — 9 — 789 line 1 that can be constructed, rehabilitated, and conserved over a line 2 five-year time period. line 3 (c)  A program that sets forth a schedule of actions during the line 4 planning period, each with a timeline for implementation, that may line 5 recognize that certain programs are ongoing, such that there will line 6 be beneficial impacts of the programs within the planning period, line 7 that the local government is undertaking or intends to undertake line 8 to implement the policies and achieve the goals and objectives of line 9 the housing element through the administration of land use and line 10 development controls, the provision of regulatory concessions and line 11 incentives, the utilization of appropriate federal and state financing line 12 and subsidy programs when available, and the utilization of moneys line 13 in a low- and moderate-income housing fund of an agency if the line 14 locality has established a redevelopment project area pursuant to line 15 the Community Redevelopment Law (Division 24 (commencing line 16 with Section 33000) of the Health and Safety Code). In order to line 17 make adequate provision for the housing needs of all economic line 18 segments of the community, the program shall do all of the line 19 following: line 20 (1)  Identify actions that will be taken to make sites available line 21 during the planning period with appropriate zoning and line 22 development standards and with services and facilities to line 23 accommodate that portion of the city’s or county’s share of the line 24 regional housing need for each income level that could not be line 25 accommodated on sites identified in the inventory completed line 26 pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) without rezoning, and line 27 to comply with the requirements of Section 65584.09. Sites shall line 28 be identified as needed to affirmatively further fair housing and line 29 to facilitate and encourage the development of a variety of types line 30 of housing for all income levels, including multifamily rental line 31 housing, factory-built housing, mobilehomes, housing for line 32 agricultural employees, supportive housing, single-room occupancy line 33 units, emergency shelters, and transitional housing. line 34 (A)  Where the inventory of sites, pursuant to paragraph (3) of line 35 subdivision (a), does not identify adequate sites to accommodate line 36 the need for groups of all household income levels pursuant to line 37 Section 65584, rezoning of those sites, including adoption of line 38 minimum density and development standards or for jurisdictions line 39 in the coastal zone, any necessary local coastal program updates, line 40 for jurisdictions with an eight-year housing element planning period 98 — 10 — SB 951 790 line 1 pursuant to Section 65588, shall be completed no later than three line 2 years after either the date the housing element is adopted pursuant line 3 to subdivision (f) of Section 65585 or the date that is 90 days after line 4 receipt of comments from the department pursuant to subdivision line 5 (b) of Section 65585, whichever is earlier, unless the deadline is line 6 extended pursuant to subdivision (f). Notwithstanding the line 7 foregoing, for a local government that fails to adopt a housing line 8 element that the department has found to be in substantial line 9 compliance with this article within 120 days of the statutory line 10 deadline in Section 65588 for adoption of the housing element, line 11 rezoning of those sites, including adoption of minimum density line 12 and development standards or for jurisdictions in the coastal zone, line 13 any necessary local coastal program updates, shall be completed line 14 no later than one year from the statutory deadline in Section 65588 line 15 for adoption of the housing element. line 16 (B)  Where the inventory of sites, pursuant to paragraph (3) of line 17 subdivision (a), does not identify adequate sites to accommodate line 18 the need for groups of all household income levels pursuant to line 19 Section 65584, the program shall identify sites that can be line 20 developed for housing within the planning period pursuant to line 21 subdivision (h) of Section 65583.2. The identification of sites shall line 22 include all components specified in Section 65583.2. line 23 (C)  Where the inventory of sites pursuant to paragraph (3) of line 24 subdivision (a) does not identify adequate sites to accommodate line 25 the need for farmworker housing, the program shall provide for line 26 sufficient sites to meet the need with zoning that permits line 27 farmworker housing use by right, including density and line 28 development standards that could accommodate and facilitate the line 29 feasibility of the development of farmworker housing for low- and line 30 very low income households. line 31 (2)  Assist in the development of adequate housing to meet the line 32 needs of extremely low, very low, low-, and moderate-income line 33 households. line 34 (3)  Address and, where appropriate and legally possible, remove line 35 governmental and nongovernmental constraints to the maintenance, line 36 improvement, and development of housing, including housing for line 37 all income levels and housing for persons with disabilities. The line 38 program shall remove constraints to, and provide reasonable line 39 accommodations for housing designed for, intended for occupancy line 40 by, or with supportive services for, persons with disabilities. 98 SB 951 — 11 — 791 line 1 Transitional housing and supportive housing shall be considered line 2 a residential use of property and shall be subject only to those line 3 restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same line 4 type in the same zone. Supportive housing, as defined in Section line 5 65650, shall be a use by right in all zones where multifamily and line 6 mixed uses are permitted, as provided in Article 11 (commencing line 7 with Section 65650). line 8 (4)  Conserve and improve the condition of the existing line 9 affordable housing stock, which may include addressing ways to line 10 mitigate the loss of dwelling units demolished by public or private line 11 action. line 12 (5)  Promote and affirmatively further fair housing opportunities line 13 and promote housing throughout the community or communities line 14 for all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, marital status, line 15 ancestry, national origin, color, familial status, or disability, and line 16 other characteristics protected by the California Fair Employment line 17 and Housing Act (Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 12900) of line 18 Division 3 of Title 2), Section 65008, and any other state and line 19 federal fair housing and planning law. line 20 (6)  Preserve for lower income households the assisted housing line 21 developments identified pursuant to paragraph (9) of subdivision line 22 (a). The program for preservation of the assisted housing line 23 developments shall utilize, to the extent necessary, all available line 24 federal, state, and local financing and subsidy programs identified line 25 in paragraph (9) of subdivision (a), except where a community has line 26 other urgent needs for which alternative funding sources are not line 27 available. The program may include strategies that involve local line 28 regulation and technical assistance. line 29 (7)  Develop a plan that incentivizes and promotes the creation line 30 of accessory dwelling units that can be offered at affordable rent, line 31 as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety Code, for line 32 very low, low-, or moderate-income households. For purposes of line 33 this paragraph, “accessory dwelling units” has the same meaning line 34 as “accessory dwelling unit” as defined in paragraph (4) of line 35 subdivision (i) of Section 65852.2. line 36 (8)  Include an identification of the agencies and officials line 37 responsible for the implementation of the various actions and the line 38 means by which consistency will be achieved with other general line 39 plan elements and community goals. 98 — 12 — SB 951 792 line 1 (9)  Include a diligent effort by the local government to achieve line 2 public participation of all economic segments of the community line 3 in the development of the housing element, and the program shall line 4 describe this effort. line 5 (10)  (A)  Affirmatively further fair housing in accordance with line 6 Chapter 15 (commencing with Section 8899.50) of Division 1 of line 7 Title 2. The program shall include an assessment of fair housing line 8 in the jurisdiction that shall include all of the following line 9 components: line 10 (i)  A summary of fair housing issues in the jurisdiction and an line 11 assessment of the jurisdiction’s fair housing enforcement and fair line 12 housing outreach capacity. line 13 (ii)  An analysis of available federal, state, and local data and line 14 knowledge to identify integration and segregation patterns and line 15 trends, racially or ethnically concentrated areas of poverty and line 16 affluence, disparities in access to opportunity, and disproportionate line 17 housing needs, including displacement risk. The analysis shall line 18 identify and examine such patterns, trends, areas, disparities, and line 19 needs, both within the jurisdiction and comparing the jurisdiction line 20 to the region in which it is located, based on race and other line 21 characteristics protected by the California Fair Employment and line 22 Housing Act (Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 12900) of line 23 Division 3 of Title 2) and Section 65008. line 24 (iii)  An assessment of the contributing factors, including the line 25 local and regional historical origins and current policies and line 26 practices, for the fair housing issues identified under clauses (i) line 27 and (ii). line 28 (iv)  An identification of the jurisdiction’s fair housing priorities line 29 and goals, giving highest priority to those factors identified in line 30 clause (iii) that limit or deny fair housing choice or access to line 31 opportunity, or negatively impact fair housing or civil rights line 32 compliance, and identifying the metrics and milestones for line 33 determining what fair housing results will be achieved. line 34 (v)  Strategies and actions to implement those priorities and line 35 goals, which may include, but are not limited to, enhancing line 36 mobility strategies and encouraging development of new affordable line 37 housing in areas of opportunity, as well as place-based strategies line 38 to encourage community revitalization, including preservation of line 39 existing affordable housing, and protecting existing residents from line 40 displacement. 98 SB 951 — 13 — 793 line 1 (B)  A jurisdiction that completes or revises an assessment of line 2 fair housing pursuant to Subpart A (commencing with Section line 3 5.150) of Part 5 of Subtitle A of Title 24 of the Code of Federal line 4 Regulations, as published in Volume 80 of the Federal Register, line 5 Number 136, page 42272, dated July 16, 2015, or an analysis of line 6 impediments to fair housing choice in accordance with the line 7 requirements of Section 91.225 of Title 24 of the Code of Federal line 8 Regulations in effect before August 17, 2015, may incorporate line 9 relevant portions of that assessment or revised assessment of fair line 10 housing or analysis or revised analysis of impediments to fair line 11 housing into its housing element. line 12 (C)  The requirements of this paragraph shall apply to housing line 13 elements due to be revised pursuant to Section 65588 on or after line 14 January 1, 2021. line 15 (d)  (1)  A local government may satisfy all or part of its line 16 requirement to identify a zone or zones suitable for the line 17 development of emergency shelters pursuant to paragraph (4) of line 18 subdivision (a) by adopting and implementing a multijurisdictional line 19 agreement, with a maximum of two other adjacent communities, line 20 that requires the participating jurisdictions to develop at least one line 21 year-round emergency shelter within two years of the beginning line 22 of the planning period. line 23 (2)  The agreement shall allocate a portion of the new shelter line 24 capacity to each jurisdiction as credit toward its emergency shelter line 25 need, and each jurisdiction shall describe how the capacity was line 26 allocated as part of its housing element. line 27 (3)  Each member jurisdiction of a multijurisdictional agreement line 28 shall describe in its housing element all of the following: line 29 (A)  How the joint facility will meet the jurisdiction’s emergency line 30 shelter need. line 31 (B)  The jurisdiction’s contribution to the facility for both the line 32 development and ongoing operation and management of the line 33 facility. line 34 (C)  The amount and source of the funding that the jurisdiction line 35 contributes to the facility. line 36 (4)  The aggregate capacity claimed by the participating line 37 jurisdictions in their housing elements shall not exceed the actual line 38 capacity of the shelter. 98 — 14 — SB 951 794 line 1 (e)  Except as otherwise provided in this article, amendments to line 2 this article that alter the required content of a housing element line 3 shall apply to both of the following: line 4 (1)  A housing element or housing element amendment prepared line 5 pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section 65588 or Section 65584.02, line 6 when a city, county, or city and county submits a draft to the line 7 department for review pursuant to Section 65585 more than 90 line 8 days after the effective date of the amendment to this section. line 9 (2)  Any housing element or housing element amendment line 10 prepared pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section 65588 or Section line 11 65584.02, when the city, county, or city and county fails to submit line 12 the first draft to the department before the due date specified in line 13 Section 65588 or 65584.02. line 14 (f)  The deadline for completing required rezoning pursuant to line 15 subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) shall be line 16 extended by one year if the local government has completed the line 17 rezoning at densities sufficient to accommodate at least 75 percent line 18 of the units for low- and very low income households and if the line 19 legislative body at the conclusion of a public hearing determines, line 20 based upon substantial evidence, that any of the following line 21 circumstances exist: line 22 (1)  The local government has been unable to complete the line 23 rezoning because of the action or inaction beyond the control of line 24 the local government of any other state, federal, or local agency. line 25 (2)  The local government is unable to complete the rezoning line 26 because of infrastructure deficiencies due to fiscal or regulatory line 27 constraints. line 28 (3)  The local government must undertake a major revision to line 29 its general plan in order to accommodate the housing-related line 30 policies of a sustainable communities strategy or an alternative line 31 planning strategy adopted pursuant to Section 65080. line 32 The resolution and the findings shall be transmitted to the line 33 department together with a detailed budget and schedule for line 34 preparation and adoption of the required rezonings, including plans line 35 for citizen participation and expected interim action. The schedule line 36 shall provide for adoption of the required rezoning within one year line 37 of the adoption of the resolution. line 38 (g)  (1)  If a local government fails to complete the rezoning by line 39 the deadline provided in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of line 40 subdivision (c), as it may be extended pursuant to subdivision (f), 98 SB 951 — 15 — 795 line 1 except as provided in paragraph (2), a local government may not line 2 disapprove a housing development project, nor require a line 3 conditional use permit, planned unit development permit, or other line 4 locally imposed discretionary permit, or impose a condition that line 5 would render the project infeasible, if the housing development line 6 project (A) is proposed to be located on a site required to be line 7 rezoned pursuant to the program action required by that line 8 subparagraph and (B) complies with applicable, objective general line 9 plan and zoning standards and criteria, including design review line 10 standards, described in the program action required by that line 11 subparagraph. Any subdivision of sites shall be subject to the line 12 Subdivision Map Act (Division 2 (commencing with Section line 13 66410)). Design review shall not constitute a “project” for purposes line 14 of Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public line 15 Resources Code. line 16 (2)  A local government may disapprove a housing development line 17 described in paragraph (1) if it makes written findings supported line 18 by substantial evidence on the record that both of the following line 19 conditions exist: line 20 (A)  The housing development project would have a specific, line 21 adverse impact upon the public health or safety unless the project line 22 is disapproved or approved upon the condition that the project be line 23 developed at a lower density. As used in this paragraph, a “specific, line 24 adverse impact” means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and line 25 unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified written public line 26 health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed line 27 on the date the application was deemed complete. line 28 (B)  There is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or line 29 avoid the adverse impact identified pursuant to paragraph (1), other line 30 than the disapproval of the housing development project or the line 31 approval of the project upon the condition that it be developed at line 32 a lower density. line 33 (3)  The applicant or any interested person may bring an action line 34 to enforce this subdivision. If a court finds that the local agency line 35 disapproved a project or conditioned its approval in violation of line 36 this subdivision, the court shall issue an order or judgment line 37 compelling compliance within 60 days. The court shall retain line 38 jurisdiction to ensure that its order or judgment is carried out. If line 39 the court determines that its order or judgment has not been carried line 40 out within 60 days, the court may issue further orders to ensure 98 — 16 — SB 951 796 line 1 that the purposes and policies of this subdivision are fulfilled. In line 2 any such action, the city, county, or city and county shall bear the line 3 burden of proof. line 4 (4)  For purposes of this subdivision, “housing development line 5 project” means a project to construct residential units for which line 6 the project developer provides sufficient legal commitments to the line 7 appropriate local agency to ensure the continued availability and line 8 use of at least 49 percent of the housing units for very low, low-, line 9 and moderate-income households with an affordable housing cost line 10 or affordable rent, as defined in Section 50052.5 or 50053 of the line 11 Health and Safety Code, respectively, for the period required by line 12 the applicable financing. line 13 (h)  An action to enforce the program actions of the housing line 14 element shall be brought pursuant to Section 1085 of the Code of line 15 Civil Procedure. line 16 (i)  Notwithstanding any other law, the otherwise applicable line 17 timeframe set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) and line 18 subdivision (d) of Section 21080.3.1 of the Public Resources Code, line 19 and paragraph (3) of subdivision (d) of Section 21082.3 of the line 20 Public Resources Code, for a Native American tribe to respond to line 21 a lead agency and request consultation in writing is extended by line 22 30 days for any housing development project application line 23 determined or deemed to be complete on or after March 4, 2020, line 24 and prior to December 31, 2021. line 25 (j)  On or after January 1, 2024, at the discretion of the line 26 department, the analysis of government constraints pursuant to line 27 paragraph (5) of subdivision (a) may include an analysis of line 28 constraints upon the maintenance, improvement, or development line 29 of housing for persons with a characteristic identified in subdivision line 30 (b) of Section 51 of the Civil Code. The implementation of this line 31 subdivision is contingent upon an appropriation by the Legislature line 32 in the annual Budget Act or another statute for this purpose. line 33 SEC. 2. Section 30175 is added to the Public Resources Code, line 34 immediately following Section 30174, to read: line 35 30175. Notwithstanding any maps adopted on March 1, 1977, line 36 pursuant to Section 17 of Chapter 1330 of the Statutes of 1976, as line 37 amended by Section 29 of Chapter 1331 of the Statutes of 1976, line 38 the inland boundary of the coastal zone in the City and County of line 39 San Francisco shall be amended to conform to the inland boundary line 40 shown on Map B, which is hereby adopted by reference and which 98 SB 951 — 17 — 797 line 1 shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State and the line 2 commission on the date of enactment of this section. The areas line 3 deleted from the coastal zone, which are specifically shown on line 4 Map B, are in the City and County of San Francisco and are line 5 generally described as follows: line 6 (a)  In the vicinity of Sutro Heights, north of the Balboa Street line 7 right-of-way, approximately 14 acres are excluded as specifically line 8 shown on Map B. line 9 (b)  To exclude Golden Gate Park and developed areas of the line 10 City and County of San Francisco’s Richmond District line 11 neighborhood, the boundary is moved seaward to the midpoint of line 12 the Upper Great Highway right-of-way, extending from Balboa line 13 Street to Lincoln Way. line 14 (c)  To exclude developed areas of the City and County of San line 15 Francisco’s Sunset District neighborhood, the boundary is moved line 16 seaward to the western edge of the Lower Great Highway line 17 right-of-way, extending from Lincoln Way to Sloat Boulevard. line 18 (d)  In the vicinity of the San Francisco Zoological Gardens and line 19 Lake Merced, the boundary is moved seaward to the southern and line 20 western edges of the Sloat Boulevard and Lake Merced Boulevard line 21 rights-of-way, except that the existing location of the boundary line 22 extending into Harding Park Golf Course shall be retained. line 23 SEC. 3. line 24 SEC. 2. Section 30603 of the Public Resources Code is line 25 amended to read: line 26 30603. (a)  After certification of its local coastal program, an line 27 action taken by a local government on a coastal development permit line 28 application may be appealed to the commission for only the line 29 following types of developments: line 30 (1)  A development approved by the local government between line 31 the sea and the first public road paralleling the sea or within 300 line 32 feet of the inland extent of a beach or of the mean high tideline of line 33 the sea where there is no beach, whichever is the greater distance. line 34 (2)  A development approved by the local government not line 35 included within paragraph (1) that is located on tidelands, line 36 submerged lands, public trust lands, within 100 feet of any wetland, line 37 estuary, or stream, or within 300 feet of the top of the seaward line 38 face of a coastal bluff. 98 — 18 — SB 951 798 line 1 (3)  A development approved by the local government not line 2 included within paragraph (1) or (2) that is located in a sensitive line 3 coastal resource area. line 4 (4)  A development approved by a coastal county that is not line 5 designated as a permitted use under the zoning ordinance or zoning line 6 district map approved pursuant to Chapter 6 (commencing with line 7 Section 30500). line 8 (5)  A development that constitutes a major public works project line 9 or a major energy facility. line 10 (b)  (1)  The grounds for an appeal pursuant to subdivision (a) line 11 shall be limited to an allegation that the development does not line 12 conform to the standards set forth in the certified local coastal line 13 program or the public access policies set forth in this division. line 14 (2)  The grounds for an appeal of a denial of a permit pursuant line 15 to paragraph (5) of subdivision (a) shall be limited to an allegation line 16 that the development conforms to the standards set forth in the line 17 certified local coastal program and the public access policies set line 18 forth in this division. line 19 (c)  An action described in subdivision (a) shall become final at line 20 the close of business on the 10th working day from the date of line 21 receipt by the commission of the notice of the local government’s line 22 final action, unless an appeal is submitted within that time. line 23 Regardless of whether an appeal is submitted, the local line 24 government’s action shall become final if an appeal fee is imposed line 25 pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 30620 and is not deposited line 26 with the commission within the time prescribed. line 27 (d)  A local government taking an action on a coastal line 28 development permit shall send notification of its final action to line 29 the commission by certified mail or email within seven calendar line 30 days from the date of taking the action. line 31 SEC. 4. line 32 SEC. 3. The Legislature finds and declares that Section 1 of line 33 this act amending Section 65583 of the Government Code line 34 addresses a matter of statewide concern rather than a municipal line 35 affair as that term is used in Section 5 of Article XI of the line 36 California Constitution. Therefore, Section 1 of this act applies to line 37 all cities, including charter cities. line 38 SEC. 5. In regards to Section 2 of this act, the Legislature finds line 39 and declares that a special statute is necessary and that a general line 40 statute cannot be made applicable within the meaning of Section 98 SB 951 — 19 — 799 line 1 16 of Article IV of the California Constitution because the City line 2 and County of San Francisco is uniquely behind on state housing line 3 goals. The Department of Housing and Community Development line 4 issued a first-of-its-kind “Policy and Practice Review” that line 5 identified barriers to housing approvals and construction and line 6 provided required actions for the City and County of San Francisco, line 7 which included changing local permitting processes to more line 8 efficiently approve housing. Excluding land from the coastal zone line 9 in the City and County of San Francisco will better enable the line 10 region to meet housing goals. A general statute could unnecessarily line 11 alter coastal resource protections in other jurisdictions that do not line 12 require alterations to coastal zone permitting processes in an effort line 13 to comply with state housing law. line 14 SEC. 6. line 15 SEC. 4. No reimbursement is required by this act pursuant to line 16 Section 6 of Article XIII B of the California Constitution because line 17 a local agency or school district has the authority to levy service line 18 charges, fees, or assessments sufficient to pay for the program or line 19 level of service mandated by this act, within the meaning of Section line 20 17556 of the Government Code. O 98 — 20 — SB 951 800 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0174 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 ADOPT A RESOLUTION EXPRESSING CONTINUED OPPOSITION TO TAXPAYER PROTECTION AND GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY ACT INITIATIVE NO. 21-0042A1 RESTRICTING VOTER'S INPUT AND LOCAL TAXING AUTHORITY (Deputy City Manager Angela Crespi) Recommended Action: Staff recommends City Council adopt by title a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Hermosa Beach,California,expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1 (Attachment 1). Executive Summary: The City of Hermosa Beach regularly expresses its support or opposition regarding legislative matters that would have an impact on the City.As requested by the City Council at its March 26, 2024 meeting,staff presents the following item to consider adoption of a resolution expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No.21- 0042A1.Staff prepared a draft resolution (Attachment 1)expressing continued opposition to the initiative. Background: In 2018,the “Tax Fairness,Transparency and Accountability Act”(AG#17-0050 Amdt.#1),was circulated to qualify for the November 2018 ballot.This initiative would have drastically limited local revenue authority.Through the successful work and advocacy of the League of California Cities and its coalition partners, the measure’s proponents withdrew the initiative from the ballot in June 2018. On January 4,2022,the California Business Roundtable filed the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act (AG#21-0042A1)(Attachment 2).This measure is far more detrimental to cities than the measure filed in 2018,because it would decimate vital local and state revenue generating methods. City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 4 powered by Legistar™801 Staff Report REPORT 24-0174 During its December 2021 meeting,the League of California Cities’Board of Directors voted unanimously to oppose the initiative.Following the Board’s unanimous decision,a coalition of public safety,labor,local government,and infrastructure advocates joined together to fight against this potential measure. The Attorney General released the Title and Summary on February 3,2022 (Attachment 3).The proponents of the measure needed to submit nearly one million signatures in order to qualify for the November 2022 ballot and the Secretary of State’s recommended date to turn in signatures was April 29, 2022. At its March 22,2022 meeting,City Council adopted Resolution No.22-7308 expressing opposition to the initiative if placed on the November 8,2022 ballot (Attachment 4).Based on Council’s prior expressed opposition to the initiative,Mayor Jackson signed and submitted a letter of opposition to the initiative and submitted the letter to the League of California Cities on April 13,2023.The letter was received and filed by City Council at its April 25, 2023 meeting. After failing to secure the require number of signatures to qualify for the November 2022 ballot,the proponents continued to collect the required signatures.On June 27,2024 the California Secretary of State will certify the initiative as qualified for the November 5,2024,General Election ballot,unless it is withdrawn by the proponent prior to certification pursuant to Elections Code section 9604(b). At its March 26,2024 meeting,Councilmember Detoy requested,and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Jackson supported,a future agenda item to consider adoption of a resolution expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative. Past Board, Commission, and Council Actions Meeting Date Description March 22, 2022 City Council adopted Resolution No. 22-7308 expressing opposition to the initiative if placed on the November 8, 2022 ballot. April 25, 2023 City Council received and filed a letter in opposition of the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1. March 26, 2024 Councilmember Detoy requested, and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Jackson supported, a future agenda item to consider adoption of a resolution expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative.City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 2 of 4 powered by Legistar™802 Staff Report REPORT 24-0174 Meeting Date DescriptionMarch 22, 2022 City Council adopted Resolution No. 22-7308 expressing opposition to the initiative if placed on the November 8, 2022 ballot. April 25, 2023 City Council received and filed a letter in opposition of the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1. March 26, 2024 Councilmember Detoy requested, and Mayor Pro Tem Francois and Councilmember Jackson supported, a future agenda item to consider adoption of a resolution expressing continued opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative. Analysis: In 2022,the League of California Cities (“Cal Cities”)requested support from the City of Hermosa Beach and all member cities in expressing opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No.21-0042A1.Cal Cities cites that the proposed initiative limits voters' authority,adopts new and stricter rules for raising taxes and fees,and makes it more difficult to raise revenue to cover costs of providing services. In the State of California,cities use revenues raised from local taxes,fees and charges,and fines to pay for local services,including,but not limited to,police and fire services,street and sidewalk maintenance, and recreation programs. California State law prescribes the process for instituting new,or increasing existing,taxes and fees. Local governments seeking to institute new,or increase existing taxes and fees are required by law to comply with a clear public process.The proposed initiative would result in several changes that would impose greater restrictions on local governments’ability to raise revenue to cover costs of providing services. The California Legislative Analyst's Office released a summary of estimate outlining the proposal and fiscal effects on January 19,2022 (Attachment 5).The League of California Cities and municipal financial expert Michael Coleman of CaliforniaCityFinance.com also prepared expert summaries regarding the initiative’s impacts (Attachments 6 and 7). The City of Hermosa Beach is currently listed on the League of California Cities coalition of cities and towns opposed to the ballot measure (Attachment 8). General Plan Consistency: This report and associated recommendation have been evaluated for their consistency with the City’s General Plan. Relevant Policies are listed below: Governance Element City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 3 of 4 powered by Legistar™803 Staff Report REPORT 24-0174 Goal 4. A leader and partner in the region. Policy: ·4.1 Regional governance.Play an active role in the South Bay Cities Council of Governments,the Southern California Association of Governments and other regional agencies to protect and promote the interests of the City. Fiscal Impact: There is no immediate fiscal impact associated with the recommended action.However,if the Initiative is approved by voters in the November election,it will limit the City’s ability to raise revenue in the future to pay for basic City services. Attachments: 1.Draft Resolution 2.Proposed Initiative File No. 21-0042A1 3.Attorney General of California Title and Summary 4.Resolution No. 22-7308 5.Summary of Estimate by Legislative Analyst and Director of Finance 6.League of California Cities Analysis 7.Fiscal and Program Effects of Initiative 21-0042A1 on Local Governments, CaliforniaCityFinance.com (Michael Coleman) 8.League of California Cities List of Cities and Towns in Opposition 9.Link to March 22, 2022 City Council Staff Report 10.Link to April 25, 2023 City Council Staff Report 11.Link to March 26, 2024 City Council Agenda Respectfully Submitted by: Angela Crespi, Deputy City Manager Noted for Fiscal Impact: Viki Copeland, Finance Director Legal Review: Pat Donegan, City Attorney Approved: Suja Lowenthal, City Manager City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 4 of 4 powered by Legistar™804 Page 1 of 2 RES NO. 23- CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH RES-23-XXXX A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA EXPRESSING CONTINUED OPPOSITION TO THE TAXPAYER PROTECTION AND GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY ACT INITIATIVE NO. 21-0042A1 WHEREAS, in 2018, Tax Fairness, Transparency and Accountability Act (“Initiative No. 17-0050”), was being circulated to qualify for the November 2018 ballot; and WHEREAS, Initiative No. 17-0050 would have drastically limited local revenue authority; and; WHEREAS, the proponents of the Initiative No. 17-0050 withdrew the initiative from the ballot in June 2018; and WHEREAS, on January 4, 2022, the California Business Roundtable filed the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act (AG# 21-0042A1) to be considered for the ballot, which would decimate vital local and state revenue- generating methods; and WHEREAS, Initiative 21-0042A1 is even more harmful to local governments than Initiative No. 17-0050 would have been, as it would limit voters’ input, restrict local tax and fee authority to provide local services, and restrict the authority of state and local governments to issue fines and penalties for corporations and property owners that violate state and local laws; and; WHEREAS, the measure creates barriers for cities to maintain and generate revenue to provide services to communities, including local infrastructure, protecting our environment, water quality, air quality, and natural resources; and WHEREAS, the measure includes undemocratic provisions that would make it more difficult for local voters to pass measures needed to fund local services and infrastructure; and 805 Page 2 of 2 RES NO. 23- WHEREAS, the League of California Cities’ Board of Directors voted unanimously to oppose the initiative. Following the Board’s unanimous decision, a coalition of public safety, labor, local government and infrastructure advocates have joined together to fight against this potential measure; and WHEREAS, the measure puts billions of dollars currently dedicated to state and local services at risk, and could force cuts to fire and emergency response, law enforcement, public health, parks, libraries, harbors, affordable housing, services to support homeless residents, mental health services, and more. WHEREAS, on March 22, 2022 the City of Hermosa Beach City Council adopted Resolution 22-7308 expressing opposition to the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. that the City of Hermosa Beach reaffirms its opposition to Initiative 21-0042A1 and remains with the growing coalition of public safety, labor, local government, infrastructure advocates, and other organizations throughout the state that are also in opposition. SECTION 2. The City shall email a copy of this adopted resolution to the League of California Cities at BallotMeasures@calcities.org. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED on this 9th day of April, 2024. Mayor Justin Massey PRESIDENT of the City Council and MAYOR of the City of Hermosa Beach, CA ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ ________________________________ Myra Maravilla Patrick Donegan City Clerk City Attorney 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 February 3, 2022 Initiative 21-0042 (Amdt. 1) The Attorney General of California has prepared the following title and summary of the chief purpose and points of the proposed measure: LIMITS ABILITY OF VOTERS AND STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS TO RAISE REVENUES FOR GOVERNMENT SERVICES. INITIATIVE CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT. For new or increased state taxes currently enacted by two-thirds vote of Legislature, also requires statewide election and majority voter approval. Limits voters’ ability to pass voter-proposed local special taxes by raising vote requirement to two-thirds. Eliminates voters’ ability to advise how to spend revenues from proposed general tax on same ballot as the proposed tax. Expands definition of “taxes” to include certain regulatory fees, broadening application of tax approval requirements. Requires Legislature or local governing body set certain other fees. Summary of estimate by Legislative Analyst and Director of Finance of fiscal impact on state and local governments: Lower annual state and local revenues, potentially substantially lower, depending on future actions of the Legislature, local governing bodies, voters, and the courts. (21-0042A1.) 817 Page 1 of 2 22-7308 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 RESOLUTION NO. 22-7308 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH, CALIFORNIA, EXPRESSING OPPOSITION TO THE TAXPAYER PROTECTION AND GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY ACT INITIATIVE NO. 21-0042A1 WHEREAS; in 2018, Tax Fairness, Transparency and Accountability Act (“Initiative No. 17-0050”), was being circulated to qualify for the November 2018 ballot and; WHEREAS; Initiative No. 17-0050 would have drastically limited local revenue authority; and; WHEREAS; the proponents of the Initiative No. 17-0050 withdrew the initiative from the ballot in June 2018; and WHEREAS on January 4, 2022, the California Business Roundtable filed the Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act (AG# 21-0042A1) to be considered for the November 2022 ballot, which would decimate vital local and state revenue-generating methods; and; WHEREAS; Initiative 21-0042A1 is even more harmful to local governments than Initiative No. 17-0050 would have been, as it would limit voters’ input, restrict local tax and fee authority to provide local services, and restrict the authority of state and local governments to issue fines and penalties for corporations and property owners that violate state and local laws; and; WHEREAS, the measure creates barriers for cities to maintain and generate revenue to provide services to communities, including local infrastructure, protecting our environment, water quality, air quality, and natural resources; and WHEREAS, the measure includes undemocratic provisions that would make it more difficult for local voters to pass measures needed to fund local services and infrastructure; and WHEREAS, the League of California Cities’ Board of Directors voted unanimously to oppose the initiative. Following the Board’s unanimous decision, a coalition of public safety, labor, local government and infrastructure advocates have joined together to fight against this potential measure; and WHEREAS, the measure puts billions of dollars currently dedicated to state and local services at risk, and could force cuts to fire and emergency response, law enforcement, public health, parks, libraries, harbors, affordable housing, services to support homeless residents, mental health services, and more. NOW, THERFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HERMOSA BEACH DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:           REAS, 818 Page 2 of 2 22-7308 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Section 1. that the City, opposes Initiative 21-0042A1. Section 2. that the City of Hermosa Beach will join the NO on Initiative 21- 0042A1 coalition, a growing coalition of public safety, labor, local government, infrastructure advocates, and other organizations throughout the state. Section 3. The City Clerk shall email a copy of this adopted resolution to the League of California Cities at BallotMeasures@calcities.org. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED this 22nd day of March, 2022. _________________________________________________________________ PRESIDENT of the City Council and MAYOR of the City of Hermosa Beach, California ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________ __________________________ Susan Morrow, Interim City Clerk Michael Jenkins, City Attorney           819 820 3UHSULQWHG/ RJRZLOOJRKHUH -DQXDU\ +RQ 5RE%RQWD $WWRUQH\*HQHUDO ,6WUHHWWK )ORRU 6DFUDPHQWR&DOLIRUQLD $WWHQWLRQ 0V $QDEHO5HQWHULD ,QLWLDWLYH&RRUGLQDWRU 'HDU$WWRUQH\*HQHUDO%RQWD 3XUVXDQWWR(OHFWLRQV&RGH6HFWLRQZHKDYHUHYLHZHGWKHSURSRVHGFRQVWLWXWLRQDO 7D[SD\HU3URWHFWLRQDQG*RYHUQPHQW$FFRXQWDELOLW\$FWLQLWLDWLYH $*)LOH1R $PHQGPHQW  Background State Government Taxes and Fees.7KLV\HDU¶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urrent Requirements to Approve Taxes and Fees.8QGHUWKH6WDWH&RQVWLWXWLRQVWDWHWD[ LQFUHDVHVUHTXLUHDSSURYDOE\WZRWKLUGVRIHDFKKRXVHRIWKH/HJLVODWXUHRUDPDMRULW\YRWHRI WKHVWDWHZLGHHOHFWRUDWH7KH/HJLVODWXUHFDQUHGXFHWD[HVZLWKDPDMRULW\YRWHRIHDFKKRXVH SURYLGHGWKHFKDQJHGRHV QRWUHVXOWLQDQLQFUHDVHLQWD[HVSDLGE\DQ\VLQJOHWD[SD\HU,QPDQ\ FDVHVWKH/HJLVODWXUHKDVHQDFWHGVWDWXWHVWKDWGHOHJDWHLWVDXWKRULW\WRDGMXVWIHHVDQGRWKHU $PGW Jan 19 2022 821 +RQ5RE%RQWD  -DQXDU\ FKDUJHVWRDGPLQLVWUDWLYHHQWLWLHVOLNHVWDWHGHSDUWPHQWV,QWKHVHFDVHVWKHVHFKDUJHVFDQEH LQFUHDVHGRUFKDQJHGE\WKHGHSDUWPHQWZLWKLQFHUWDLQOLPLWV Local Government Taxes and Fees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urrent Requirements to Approve Taxes and Fees.6WDWHODZUHTXLUHVLQFUHDVHVLQORFDO WD[HVWRUHFHLYHDSSURYDORIWKHORFDOJRYHUQLQJERG\²IRUH[DPSOHDFLW\FRXQFLORUFRXQW\ ERDUGRIVXSHUYLVRUV²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roposal 7KLVPHDVXUHDPHQGVWKH6WDWH&RQVWLWXWLRQWRFKDQJHWKHUXOHVIRUKRZWKHVWDWHDQGORFDO JRYHUQPHQWVFDQLPSRVHWD[HVIHHVDQGRWKHUFKDUJHV State and Local Government Taxes Expands Definition of Tax.7KHPHDVXUHDPHQGVWKH6WDWH&RQVWLWXWLRQWRH[SDQGWKH GHILQLWLRQRIWD[HVWRLQFOXGHVRPHFKDUJHVWKDWVWDWHDQGORFDOJRYHUQPHQWVFXUUHQWO\WUHDWDV IHHVDQGRWKHUFKDUJHV)RUH[DPSOHFHUWDLQFKDUJHVLPSRVHGIRUDEHQHILWRUSULYLOHJHJUDQWHGWR DSD\HUEXWQRWJUDQWHGWRWKRVHQRWFKDUJHGZRXOGQRORQJHUEHFRQVLGHUHGIHHV$VDUHVXOWWKH PHDVXUHFRXOGLQFUHDVHWKHQXPEHURIUHYHQXHSURSRVDOVVXEMHFWWRWKHKLJKHUVWDWHDQGORFDO YRWHUHTXLUHPHQWVIRUWD[HVGLVFXVVHGEHORZ Requires Voter Approval for State Taxes.7KHPHDVXUHLQFUHDVHVWKHYRWHUHTXLUHPHQWVIRU LQFUHDVLQJVWDWHWD[HV6SHFLILFDOO\WKHPHDVXUHUHTXLUHVWKDWOHJLVODWLYHO\SURSRVHGWD[LQFUHDVHV UHFHLYHDSSURYDOE\WZRWKLUGVRIHDFKKRXVHandDPDMRULW\YRWHRIWKHVWDWHZLGHHOHFWRUDWH 9RWHUVZRXOGVWLOOEHDEOHWRLQFUHDVHWD[HVE\PDMRULW\YRWHRIWKHHOHFWRUDWHZLWKRXWOHJLVODWLYH DFWLRQKRZHYHU$Q\VWDWHWD[DSSURYHGEHWZHHQ-DQXDU\DQGWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKLV PHDVXUHZRXOGEHQXOOLILHGXQOHVVLWIXOILOOVWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHPHDVXUH Requirements for Approving Local Taxes:KHWKHUVRXJKWE\WKHORFDOJRYHUQLQJERG\RU WKHHOHFWRUDWHWKHPHDVXUHHVWDEOLVKHVWKHVDPHDSSURYDOUHTXLUHPHQWVIRULQFUHDVLQJORFDO 822 +RQ5RE%RQWD  -DQXDU\ VSHFLDOWD[HV$Q\ORFDOWD[DSSURYHGEHWZHHQ-DQXDU\DQGWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKLV PHDVXUHZRXOGEHQXOOLILHGXQOHVVLWIXOILOOVWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHPHDVXUH Allowable Uses and Duration of State and Local Tax Revenues Must Be Specified.7KH PHDVXUHUHTXLUHVVWDWHDQGORFDOWD[PHDVXUHVWRLGHQWLI\WKHW\SHDQGDPRXQW RUUDWH RIWKHWD[ DQGWKHGXUDWLRQRIWKHWD[6WDWHDQGORFDOJRYHUQPHQWJHQHUDOWD[PHDVXUHVPXVWVWDWHWKDWWKH UHYHQXHFDQEHXVHGIRUJHQHUDOSXUSRVHV State and Local Government Fees Requires the Legislature and Local Government Bodies to Impose State and Local Fees. )HHVZRXOGKDYHWREHLPSRVHGE\DPDMRULW\YRWHRIERWKKRXVHVRIWKH/HJLVODWXUHRUORFDO JRYHUQLQJERGLHV7KHPHDVXUHZRXOGUHVWULFWWKHDELOLW\RIVWDWHDQGORFDOJRYHUQPHQWVWR GHOHJDWHIHHFKDQJHVWRDGPLQLVWUDWLYHHQWLWLHV7KHH[WHQWRIWKHVHUHVWULFWLRQVZRXOGGHSHQGRQ IXWXUHFRXUWGHFLVLRQV$Q\IHHDSSURYHGEHWZHHQ-DQXDU\DQGWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKLV PHDVXUHZRXOGEHQXOOLILHGXQOHVVLWIXOILOOVWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHPHDVXUH Some New State and Local Fees Could Not Exceed Actual Costs.)RUVRPHFDWHJRULHVRI IHHVLIWKH/HJLVODWXUHRUDORFDOJRYHUQLQJERG\ZLVKHGWRLPSRVHDQHZIHHRUPDNHFKDQJHVWR DQH[LVWLQJIHHWKHPHDVXUHJHQHUDOO\ZRXOGUHTXLUHWKDWWKHFKDUJHEHERWKUHDVRQDEOHDQG UHIOHFWWKHDFWXDOFRVWVWRWKHVWDWHRUORFDOJRYHUQPHQWRISURYLGLQJWKHVHUYLFH7KHPHDVXUH DOVRVSHFLILHVWKDWDFWXDOFRVWVKRXOGQRWH[FHHG³WKHPLQLPXPDPRXQWQHFHVVDU\´,QPDQ\ FDVHVH[LVWLQJIHHVDOUHDG\UHIOHFWWKHJRYHUQPHQW¶VDFWXDOFRVWV,QRWKHUFDVHVVRPHIHHVZRXOG KDYHWRPRUHFORVHO\DSSUR[LPDWHWKHSD\HU¶VDFWXDOFRVWVLQRUGHUWRUHPDLQIHHV,IDIHHSD\HU FKDOOHQJHGWKHFKDUJHWKHVWDWHRUORFDOJRYHUQPHQWZRXOGQHHGWRSURYLGHFOHDUDQGFRQYLQFLQJ HYLGHQFHWKDWWKHIHHPHHWVWKLVWKUHVKROG6WDWHDQGORFDOJRYHUQPHQWVDOVRZRXOGEHDUWKH EXUGHQRISURYLGLQJFOHDUDQGFRQYLQFLQJHYLGHQFHWKDWWKHOHY\LVDIHH²ZKLFKLVQRWVXEMHFWWR DYRWHE\WKHHOHFWRUDWH²DQGQRWDWD[XQGHUWKHQHZGHILQLWLRQ Fiscal Effects Lower State Tax and Fee Revenue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ower Local Government Tax and Fee Revenue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ossible Increased State and Local Administrative Costs to Change Some Fee Levels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ummary of Fiscal Effects.:HHVWLPDWHWKDWWKLVPHDVXUHZRXOGKDYHWKHIROORZLQJPDMRU ILVFDOHIIHFWV x /RZHUDQQXDOVWDWHDQGORFDOUHYHQXHVSRWHQWLDOO\VXEVWDQWLDOO\ORZHU GHSHQGLQJRQ IXWXUHDFWLRQVRIWKH/HJLVODWXUHORFDOJRYHUQLQJERGLHVYRWHUVDQGWKHFRXUWV 6LQFHUHO\ BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB IRU*DEULHO3HWHN /HJLVODWLYH$QDO\VW BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB IRU.HHO\0DUWLQ%RVOHU 'LUHFWRURI)LQDQFH 824 The Taxpayer Protection and Government Accountability Act Initiative No. 21-0042A1 January 21, 2022 Summary: The measure limits the voters’ input,adopts new and stricter rules for raising taxes and fees, and makes it more difficult to hold state and local law violators accountable. Limiting Voter Authority and Accountability x Limits voter input. Prohibits local voters from providing direction on how local tax dollars should be spent by prohibiting local advisory measures. x Invalidates Upland decision that allows majority of local voters to pass special taxes. Taxes proposed by the Initiative are subject to the same rules as taxes placed on the ballot by a city council. All measures passed between January 2022 and November 2022 would be invalidated unless reenacted within 12 months. Restricting Local Fee Authority to Provide Local Services x Franchise fees. Sets new standard for fees and charges paid for the use of local and state government property. The standard may significantly restrict the amount oil companies, utilities, gas companies, railroads, garbage companies, cable companies, and other corporations pay for the use of local public property. Rental and sale of local government property must be “reasonable” which must be proved by “clear and convincing evidence.” x Except for licensing and other regulatory fees, fees and charges may not exceed the “actual cost” of providing the product or service for which the fee is charged. “Actual cost” is the “minimum amount necessary.” The burden to prove the fee or charge does not exceed “actual cost” is changed to “clear and convincing” evidence. Restricting Authority of State and Local Governments to Issue Fines and Penalties for Violations of Law. x Requires voter approval of fines, penalties, and levies for corporations and property owners that violate state and local laws unless a new, undefined adjudicatory process is used to impose the fines and penalties. 825 Restricting Local Tax Authority to Provide Local Services x Expanding existing taxes (e.g., UUT, use tax, TOT) to new territory (e.g., annexation) or expanding the base (e.g., new utility service) requires voter approval. x City charters may not be amended to include a tax or fee. x New taxes can be imposed only for a specific time period. x Taxes adopted after January 1, 2022, that do not comply with the new rules, are void unless reenacted. x All state taxes require majority voter approval. x Prohibits any surcharge on property tax rate and allocation of property tax to state. Other Changes x No fee or charge or exaction regulating vehicle miles traveled can be imposed as a condition of property development or occupancy. 826 CaliforniaCityFinance.Com )LVFDODQG3URJUDP(IIHFWVRI ,QLWLDWLYH$RQ/RFDO*RYHUQPHQWV  ,I,QLWLDWLYH$LVSODFHGRQWKHEDOORWDQGSDVVHGE\YRWHUVLWZLOOUHVXOWLQ x %LOOLRQVRIORFDOJRYHUQPHQWIHHDQGFKDUJHUHYHQXHVSODFHGDWKHLJKWHQHGOHJDOSHULO5HODWHGSXEOLF VHUYLFHUHGXFWLRQVDFURVVYLUWXDOO\HYHU\DVSHFWRIFLW\FRXQW\VSHFLDOGLVWULFWDQGVFKRROVHUYLFHV HVSHFLDOO\IRUWUDQVSRUWDWLRQDQGSXEOLFIDFLOLW\XVH x +XQGUHGVRIPLOOLRQVRIGROODUVRIDQQXDOUHYHQXHVIURPGR]HQVRIWD[DQGERQGPHDVXUHVDSSURYHGE\ YRWHUVEHWZHHQ-DQXDU\DQG1RYHPEHUVXEMHFWWRDGGLWLRQDOYRWHUDSSURYDOLIQRWLQ FRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHLQLWLDWLYH x ,QGHWHUPLQDEOHOHJDODQGDGPLQLVWUDWLYHEXUGHQVDQGFRVWVRQORFDOJRYHUQPHQWIURPQHZDQGPRUH HPSRZHUHGOHJDOFKDOOHQJHVDQGEXUHDXFUDWLFFRVWWUDFNLQJUHTXLUHPHQWV x 7KHGHOD\DQGGHWHUUHQFHRIPXQLFLSDODQQH[DWLRQVDQGDVVRFLDWHGLPSDFWVRQKRXVLQJDQGFRPPHUFLDO GHYHORSPHQW x 6HUYLFHDQGLQIUDVWUXFWXUHLPSDFWVLQFOXGLQJLQILUHDQGHPHUJHQF\UHVSRQVHODZHQIRUFHPHQWSXEOLF KHDOWKGULQNLQJZDWHUVHZHUVDQLWDWLRQSDUNVOLEUDULHVSXEOLFVFKRROVDIIRUGDEOHKRXVLQJ KRPHOHVVQHVVSUHYHQWLRQDQGPHQWDOKHDOWKVHUYLFHV  /RFDO*RYHUQPHQW7D[HVDQG6HUYLFHV7KUHDWHQHG :LWKUHJDUGWRWD[HV,QLWLDWLYH$ x 3URKLELWVDGYLVRU\QRQELQGLQJPHDVXUHVDVWRXVHRIWD[SURFHHGVRQWKHVDPHEDOORW o 9RWHUVPD\EHOHVVLQIRUPHGDQGPRUHOLNHO\WRYRWHDJDLQVWPHDVXUHV x (OLPLQDWHVWKHDELOLW\RIVSHFLDOWD[PHDVXUHVSURSRVHGE\FLWL]HQLQLWLDWLYHWREHHQDFWHGE\PDMRULW\YRWHU DSSURYDO Upland  o %HFDXVHWKHFDVHODZUHJDUGLQJFLWL]HQLQLWLDWLYHVSHFLDOWD[HVDSSURYHGE\PDMRULW\YRWH 8SODQG  LVVRUHFHQWLWLVXQNQRZQKRZFRPPRQWKHVHVRUWVRIPHDVXUHVPLJKWEHLQWKHIXWXUH7KLV LQLWLDWLYHZRXOGSURKLELWVXFKPHDVXUHVDIWHUWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKHLQLWLDWLYH$Q\VXFK PHDVXUHVDGRSWHGDIWHU-DQXDU\WKURXJK1RYHPEHUZRXOGEHYRLGDIWHU 1RYHPEHU x 5HTXLUHVWKDWWD[PHDVXUHVLQFOXGHDVSHFLILFGXUDWLRQRIWLPHWKDWWKHWD[ZLOOEHLPSRVHG7KLVVHHPVWR UHTXLUHWKDWDOOWD[LQFUHDVHVRUH[WHQVLRQVFRQWDLQDVXQVHW HQGGDWH  o 7KLVZRXOGUHTXLUHDGGLWLRQDOWD[PHDVXUHVWRH[WHQGSUHYLRXVO\DSSURYHGWD[HVDWDGGLWLRQDOFRVW WRWD[SD\HUV x 5HTXLUHVWKDWDWD[RUERQGPHDVXUHDGRSWHGDIWHU-DQXDU\DQGEHIRUHWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKH LQLWLDWLYH 1RYHPEHU WKDWZDVQRWDGRSWHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHPHDVXUHEHUHDGRSWHGLQ FRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHPHDVXUHRUZLOOEHYRLGWZHOYHPRQWKVDIWHUWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKHLQLWLDWLYH 1RYHPEHU  o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‡'DYLV&$‡ 3KRQH‡)D[ Rev. January 7, 2022 827 ±±UHY-DQXDU\ CaliforniaCityFinance.com x 5HTXLUHVYRWHUDSSURYDOWRH[SDQGDQH[LVWLQJWD[WRQHZWHUULWRU\ DQQH[DWLRQV 7KLVZRXOGUHTXLUH DGGLWLRQDOWD[PHDVXUHVDQGZRXOGGHWHUDQQH[DWLRQVDQGODQGGHYHORSPHQWLQFLWLHV o ,IDWD[LVH[WHQGHGWRDQDQQH[HGDUHDZLWKRXWDYRWHDIWHU-DQXDU\LWZLOOEHYRLG PRQWKVODWHUXQWLOEURXJKWLQWRFRPSOLDQFH%HFDXVHWKHUHLVQRUHJXODUO\VFKHGXOHGHOHFWLRQ ZLWKLQWKHPRQWKVIROORZLQJWKHHIIHFWLYHGDWHRIWKHLQLWLDWLYHVXFKH[WHQVLRQVIRUJHQHUDO WD[HVZRXOGXQGHUFXUUHQWODZHDFKUHTXLUHXQDQLPRXVYRWHRIWKHDJHQF\ERDUGWREHSODFHGRQ DVSHFLDOHOHFWLRQEDOORWRUZRXOGEHYRLGDIWHU1RYHPEHU            D1XPEHURI0HDVXUHVDQG9DOXHRI/RFDO7D[HVDW5LVN ,QYRWHUVLQ&DOLIRUQLDDSSURYHGORFDOWD[DQGERQGPHDVXUHVIRUFLWLHVFRXQWLHVVSHFLDO GLVWULFWVDQGVFKRROV LQ0DUFKDQGLQ1RYHPEHU 7KHDSSURYHGPHDVXUHVHQDFWHGELOOLRQ LQQHZDQQXDOWD[HVLQFOXGLQJELOOLRQIRUFLWLHVPLOOLRQIRUFRXQWLHVPLOOLRQIRUVSHFLDO GLVWULFWV ILUHZDVWHZDWHURSHQVSDFHDQGWUDQVLWGLVWULFWV DQGELOOLRQIRUVFKRROV LQFOXGLQJIRU VFKRROERQGV  0RVWWD[PHDVXUHVJRWRWKHEDOORWGXULQJDSUHVLGHQWLDORUJXEHUQDWRULDOSULPDU\RUJHQHUDOHOHFWLRQLQDQ HYHQ\HDU+RZHYHUVRPHWD[PHDVXUHVDUHGHFLGHGDWRWKHUWLPHV'XULQJWKHUHZHUH DSSURYHGWD[DQGERQGPHDVXUHV FLW\VSHFLDOGLVWULFWVFKRRO DGRSWLQJPLOOLRQLQQHZ DQQXDOWD[HV PLOOLRQFLW\PLOOLRQVSHFLDOGLVWULFWDQGPLOOLRQVFKRRO  0RVWWD[DQGERQGPHDVXUHVFRPSO\ZLWKWKHQHZUXOHVLQ,QLWLDWLYH$PGWH[FHSW x 'R]HQVRIWD[HVZRXOGUHTXLUHHQGGDWHV7KLVZRXOGUHTXLUHDGGLWLRQDOPHDVXUHVLQIXWXUH\HDUV WRH[WHQGWKHWD[HVIXUWKHU9HU\IHZH[WHQVLRQVRIH[LVWLQJORFDOWD[HVIDLO x 0DMRULW\YRWHJHQHUDOWD[PHDVXUHVFRXOGQRWEHDFFRPSDQLHGRQWKHVDPHEDOORWZLWKDQ DGYLVRU\QRQELQGLQJPHDVXUHDVWRXVHRIWD[SURFHHGV x 6SHFLDOWD[HVSODFHGRQWKHEDOORWYLDFLWL]HQLQLWLDWLYHZRXOGUHTXLUHWZRWKLUGVYRWHUDSSURYDO %RQGPHDVXUHVKDYHIL[HGWHUPV+LVWRULFDOO\DERXWSHUFHQWRIRWKHUWD[PHDVXUHVKDYHLQFOXGHG VSHFLILFGXUDWLRQV LHVXQVHWV $GYLVRU\PHDVXUHVDVWRXVHRIUHYHQXHVDUHXQFRPPRQ,GRQRWH[SHFW WKHSURYLVLRQVRI$WRKDYHDQ\VXEVWDQWLDOHIIHFWRQSDVVDJHUDWHV+RZHYHUVRPH DSSURYHGPHDVXUHVZRXOGOLNHO\KDYHWRSXWEDFNRQWKHEDOORW %DVHGRQKLVWRU\DUHDVRQDEOHHVWLPDWHRIWKHDQQXDOL]HGWD[UHYHQXHVHVWLPDWHGWREHDSSURYHGE\ 1 Source: Compilation and summary of data from County elections offices. 828 ±±UHY-DQXDU\ CaliforniaCityFinance.com YRWHUVLQDQGSODFHGDWULVNE\WKLVLQLWLDWLYHLVDWOHDVWELOOLRQLQFOXGLQJELOOLRQIURP FLWLHVDQGPLOOLRQIURPFRXQWLHVDQGVSHFLDOGLVWULFWV E$GGLWLRQDO&RVWVDQG3XEOLF6HUYLFH(IIHFWVRIWKH7D[3URYLVLRQV ,QDGGLWLRQWRVHUYLFHGHOD\VDQGGLVUXSWLRQGXHWRQHZWD[UHYHQXHVSODFHGDWJUHDWHUOHJDOULVNWKHUHZLOO EHVXEVWDQWLDODGGLWLRQDOFRVWVIRUOHJDOGHIHQVH7KHGHWHUUHQFHRIWD[HVIRUDQQH[DWLRQVZLOOGHOD\DQG GHWHUPXQLFLSDODQQH[DWLRQV  ³([HPSW&KDUJHV´(f ees an d c h ar g es t h at ar e n o t t ax es ) DQG6HUYLFHV7KUHDWHQHG :LWKUHJDUGWRIHHVDQGFKDUJHVDGRSWHGDIWHU-DQXDU\,QLWLDWLYH$ x 6XEMHFWVQHZIHHVDQGFKDUJHVIRUDSURGXFWRUVHUYLFHWRDQHZDFWXDOFRVW´WHVWGHILQHGDV³ L WKH PLQLPXPDPRXQWQHFHVVDU\WRUHLPEXUVHWKHJRYHUQPHQWIRUWKHFRVWRISURYLGLQJWKHVHUYLFHWRWKH SD\RUDQG LL ZKHUHWKHDPRXQWFKDUJHGLVQRWXVHGE\WKHJRYHUQPHQWIRUDQ\SXUSRVHRWKHUWKDQ UHLPEXUVLQJWKDWFRVW,QDGGLWLRQVXEMHFWVWKHVHVDPHFKDUJHVWRDQHZXQGHILQHG³UHDVRQDEOH´ VWDQGDUG x 6XEMHFWVIHHVDQGFKDUJHVIRUHQWUDQFHWRORFDOJRYHUQPHQWSURSHUW\DQGUHQWDODQGVDOHRIORFDO JRYHUQPHQWSURSHUW\WRDQHZXQGHILQHG³UHDVRQDEOH´WHVW x 6XEMHFWVDFKDOOHQJHGIHHRUFKDUJHWRQHZKLJKHUEXUGHQVRISURRILIOHJDOO\FKDOOHQJHG x 3URKLELWVDOHY\FKDUJHRUH[DFWLRQUHJXODWLQJRUUHODWHGWRYHKLFOHPLOHVWUDYHOHGLPSRVHGDVD FRQGLWLRQRISURSHUW\GHYHORSPHQWRURFFXSDQF\ D9DOXHRQ1HZ/RFDO*RYHUQPHQW)HHVDQG&KDUJHVDW5LVN 9LUWXDOO\HYHU\FLW\FRXQW\DQGVSHFLDOGLVWULFWPXVWUHJXODUO\ HJDQQXDOO\ DGRSWLQFUHDVHVWRIHHUDWHVDQG FKDUJHVDQGUHYLVHUDWHVFKHGXOHVWRDFFRPPRGDWHQHZXVHUVDQGDFWLYLWLHV0RVWRIWKHVHZRXOGEHVXEMHFW WRQHZVWDQGDUGVDQGOLPLWDWLRQVXQGHUWKUHDWRIOHJDOFKDOOHQJH%DVHGRQWKHFXUUHQWYROXPHRIIHHVDQG FKDUJHVLPSRVHGE\ORFDODJHQFLHVDQGLQFUHDVHVLQWKRVHIHHVVLPSO\WRDFFRPPRGDWHLQIODWLRQWKHDPRXQW RIORFDOJRYHUQPHQWIHHDQGFKDUJHUHYHQXHSODFHGDWULVNLVDERXWELOOLRQSHU\HDULQFOXGLQJWKRVH DGRSWHGVLQFH-DQXDU\2IWKLVELOOLRQDERXWPLOOLRQLVIRUVSHFLDOGLVWULFWV PLOOLRQLVFLWLHVDQGPLOOLRQLVFRXQWLHV 0DMRUH[DPSOHVRIDIIHFWHGIHHVDQGFKDUJHVDUH  1XLVDQFHDEDWHPHQWFKDUJHVVXFKDVIRUZHHGUXEELVKDQGJHQHUDOQXLVDQFHDEDWHPHQWWRIXQG FRPPXQLW\VDIHW\FRGHHQIRUFHPHQWDQGQHLJKERUKRRGFOHDQXSSURJUDPV  &RPPHUFLDOIUDQFKLVHIHHV  (PHUJHQF\UHVSRQVHIHHVVXFKDVLQFRQQHFWLRQZLWK'8,  $GYDQFHG/LIH6XSSRUW $/6 WUDQVSRUWFKDUJHV  'RFXPHQWSURFHVVLQJDQGGXSOLFDWLRQIHHV  7UDQVLWIHHVWROOVSDUNLQJIHHVSXEOLFDLUSRUWDQGKDUERUXVHIHHV  )DFLOLW\XVHFKDUJHVIHHVIRUSDUNVDQGUHFUHDWLRQVHUYLFHVJDUEDJHGLVSRVDOWLSSLQJIHHV ,QDGGLWLRQWRIHHVDQGFKDUJHVWKHPHDVXUHSXWVILQHVDQGSHQDOWLHVDVVHVVHGIRUWKHYLRODWLRQRIVWDWHDQG 2 This does not include citizen initiative special tax approved by majority but not two-thirds. Because this approach is new, the number of these measures and amount of revenue involved cannot be estimated. 3 Source: California State Controller Annual Reports of Financial Transactions concerning cities, counties and special districts, summarized with an assumed growth due to fee rate increases (not population) of 2 percent annually. 4 School fees are also affected but the amount is negligible by comparison. 829 ±±UHY-DQXDU\ CaliforniaCityFinance.com ORFDOODZDWULVNPDNLQJWKHPWD[HVVXEMHFWWRYRWHUDSSURYDOXQGHUFHUWDLQFLUFXPVWDQFHV  E$GGLWLRQDO&RVWVDQG3XEOLF6HUYLFH(IIHFWVRIWKH)HH&KDUJH3URYLVLRQV ,QDGGLWLRQWRVHUYLFHGHOD\VDQGGLVUXSWLRQVGXHWRIHHDQGFKDUJHUHYHQXHVSODFHGDWJUHDWHUOHJDOULVN WKHUHZRXOGEHVXEVWDQWLDODGGLWLRQDOFRVWVIRUOHJDOGHIHQVH7KHULVNWRIHHVDQGFKDUJHVZLOOPDNH LQIUDVWUXFWXUHILQDQFLQJPRUHGLIILFXOWDQGZLOOGHWHUQHZUHVLGHQWLDODQGFRPPHUFLDOGHYHORSPHQW   PF 830 Cities and Towns Opposed to the California Business Roundtable Measure Agoura Hills Alameda Albany Anderson Angels Camp Antioch Apple Valley Artesia Atwater Avalon Azusa Banning Beaumont Bell Bell Gardens Bellflower Belmont Benicia Beverly Hills Big Bear Lake Blue Lake Brea Brentwood Brisbane Buena Park Burbank Burlingame Carmel-by-the-Sea Carpinteria Carson Cathedral City Ceres Chino Hills Chowchilla Clayton Clearlake Cloverdale Clovis Colton Concord Corona Corte Madera Cotati Cupertino Cypress Danville Dinuba Dos Palos Downey Dunsmuir El Cerrito Elk Grove Emeryville Eureka Fairfax Fairfield Farmersville Fowler Glendora Goleta Grand Terrace Grass Valley Grover Beach Gustine Hayward Hermosa Beach Hesperia Highland Hollister Hughson Indian Wells Indio Irwindale Kerman King City La Palma Lafayette Lakeport Lakewood Larkspur Lathrop Lincoln Livermore Lodi Lomita Long Beach Los Banos Los Gatos Madera Mammoth Lakes Manhattan Beach Manteca Marina Maywood Mill Valley Monrovia Montebello Monterey Monterey Park Moorpark Morgan Hill Mountain View Needles Newman Norco Norwalk Novato Oakdale Oakley Ontario Orinda Orland Oroville Oxnard Palm Desert Paramount Patterson Perris Petaluma Pico Rivera Pismo Beach Placentia Placerville Pleasant Hill Rancho Cucamonga Redlands Richmond Rio Vista Riverbank Rohnert Park Rolling Hills Estates Rosemead Roseville Salinas San Anselmo San Diego 831 San Joaquin San Jose San Juan Bautista San Leandro San Pablo San Rafael San Ramon Sand City Santa Cruz Santa Fe Springs Santa Monica Santa Rosa Scotts Valley Sebastopol Selma Shasta Lake Sierra Madre Signal Hill Soledad Sonoma Sonora South Gate South Pasadena St. Helena Stanton Stockton Sunnyvale Tehachapi Tehama Temecula Torrance Tracy Truckee Tulelake Ukiah Union City Upland Vallejo Ventura Victorville Walnut Walnut Creek Watsonville West Hollywood West Sacramento Williams Woodlake Woodland Yountville Yuba City Yucca Valley 9 Join the coalition by sending a copy of your city/town resolution or opposition letter to BallotMeasures@calcities.org. 9 Contact your Cal Cities regional public affairs manager for a sample letter, a sample resolution, and a sample staff report. 832 City of Hermosa Beach Staff Report City Hall 1315 Valley Drive Hermosa Beach, CA 90254 Staff Report REPORT 24-0180 Honorable Mayor and Members of the Hermosa Beach City Council Regular Meeting of April 9, 2024 TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS Attached is the current list of tentative future agenda items for Council’s information. Attachments: Tentative Future Agenda Items City of Hermosa Beach Printed on 4/4/2024Page 1 of 1 powered by Legistar™833 April 3, 2024 Honorable Mayor and Members Regular Meeting of of the Hermosa Beach City Council April 9, 2024 TENTATIVE FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS THURSDAY, APRIL 18, 2024 STUDY SESSION: FISCAL YEAR 2023–2024 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM NO MEETING APRIL 23, 2024 (DARK) Passover begins at sunset on April 22 and ends at nightfall on April 30 - work prohibited MAY 14, 2024 @ 5:00 PM INITIAL DATE CLOSED SESSION MAY 14, 2024 @ 6:00 PM PRESENTATIONS RECOGNIZING HERMOSA BEACH LEMONADE DAY WINNERS RECOGNIZING OCEAN LIFEGUARD JASON NAPOLITANO FOR HIS OCEAN RESCUE IN HERMOSA BEACH RECOGNIZING MAY 2024 AS MENTAL HEALTH AWARENESS MONTH RECOGNIZING MAY 2024 AS JEWISH AMERICAN HERITAGE MONTH AND ASIAN AMERICAN AND PACIFIC ISLANDER HERITAGE MONTH CITY MANAGER REPORTS: National Public Service Recognition Week (5/5 – 5/11) National Police Week (5/12 – 5/18) National Public Works Week (5/19 – 5/25) Public Works Director Update Police Chief Update CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS Updates from City Council Ad Hoc Subcommittees and Standing Committee Delegates/Alternates CONSENT CALENDAR City Council Minutes City Clerk Ongoing Vacancies – Planning Commission – Upcoming Expiration of Terms – Request to advertise three positions from May 15 – May 30 City Clerk 4-Year Terms Check Registers Finance Director Ongoing Action Minutes of the Civil Service Board Meeting of March 20, 2024 Human Resources Manager Ongoing Action minutes of the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission meeting of February 6 and March 7, 2024 Community Resources Manager Ongoing Approval of Special Event Long Term Agreements Community Resources Manager Staff Request Apr 3, 2024 Action Minutes of the Planning Commission Meeting of April 16, 2024 Community Development Director Ongoing Approval of the Second Amendment to Agreement with IK Consulting, LLC for professional services to provide as needed Accela Civic Platform Consulting Services for the Community Development Department Community Development Director Staff Request Mar 12, 2024 Approval of Agreement with Los Angeles County Library for Library Grounds Maintenance Public Works Director Staff Request Mar 27, 2024 Los Angeles Fire and Ambulance Monthly Report for March 2024 Emergency Management Coordinator Monthly MUNICIPAL MATTERS Parking In-Lieu Fee Update Community Development Director Staff Request Feb. 21, 2024 FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS – CITY COUNCIL Future Agenda Items City Manager Ongoing 834 2 MAY 28, 2024 @ 5:00 PM INITIAL DATE CLOSED SESSION MAY 28, 2024 @ 6:00 PM PRESENTATIONS RECOGNIZING AMERICAN YOUTH SOCCER ORGANIZATION WESTERN STATE CHAMPIONS PROCLAMATION DECLARING JUNE 2024 AS PRIDE MONTH IN HERMOSA BEACH CITY MANAGER REPORTS Update From Jim Fasola - City Delegate to The Los Angeles County West Vector & Vector-Borne Disease Control District Board of Trustees Police Chief Update CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS Updates from City Council Ad Hoc Subcommittees and Standing Committee Delegates/Alternates CONSENT CALENDAR City Council Minutes City Clerk Ongoing Check Registers Finance Director Ongoing Revenue Report, Expenditure Report, and CIP Report by Project for March and April 2024 Finance Director Ongoing City Treasurer’s Report and Cash Balance Report for March and April 2024 City Treasurer Ongoing Cancellation of Certain Checks City Treasurer Ongoing Capital Improvement Program Status Report Public Works Director Ongoing Action minutes of the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission meeting of April 11, 2024 Community Resources Manager Ongoing Action Minutes of the Planning Commission Meeting of May 21, 2024 Community Development Director Ongoing Planning Commission Tentative Future Agenda Community Development Director Ongoing Action minutes of the Civil Service Board Meeting of April 17, 2024 Human Resources Director Ongoing Endorsement of Arakelian Enterprises, Inc’s (DBA Athens Services) Request for an Annual Rate Adjustment to the Maximum Rates for Solid Waste Services Environmental Programs Manager Annual MUNICIPAL MATTERS Award Contract for Community Outreach and Engagement for Civic Facilities City Manager Staff Request Mar. 21, 2024 FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS – CITY COUNCIL Future Agenda Items City Manager Ongoing TENTATIVE: SATURDAY, JUNE 1, 2024 CITY COUNCIL RETREAT WEDNESDAY, JUNE 5, 2024 STUDY SESSION: FISCAL YEAR 2024–2025 BUDGET 835 3 SPECIAL MEETING: JUNE 11, 2024 @ 4:00 PM APPLICANT INTERVIEWS FOR PLANNING COMMISSION JUNE 11, 2024 @ 5:00 PM INITIAL DATE CLOSED SESSION JUNE 11, 2024 @ 6:00 PM – 8:00 PM (Shavuot begins at sunset on June 11 and ends at nightfall on June 13 - work prohibited) CITY MANAGER REPORTS Public Works Director Update Police Chief Update CITY COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS Updates from City Council Ad Hoc Subcommittees and Standing Committee Delegates/Alternates CONSENT CALENDAR City Council Minutes City Clerk Ongoing Vacancies – Civil Service Board – Upcoming Expiration of Terms – Request to advertise two positions from June 12 – June 30 City Clerk 4-Year Terms Check Registers Finance Director Ongoing Action minutes of the Parks, Recreation and Community Resources Advisory Commission meeting of May 7, 2024 Community Resources Manager Ongoing Los Angeles Fire and Ambulance Monthly Report for April 2024 Emergency Management Coordinator Monthly PUBLIC HEARINGS – 6:30 PM Adoption of Fiscal Year 2024–25 Budget Finance Director Annual No other Public Hearings to be Added MUNICIPAL MATTERS Call the General Municipal Election for At-Large Candidates City Clerk Election Years No other Municipal Matter Items to be Added FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS – CITY COUNCIL Future Agenda Items City Manager Ongoing 836 4 PENDING STRATEGIC PLAN ITEMS STATUS / TENTATIVE MEETING DATE Beach Policy/Regulations (Continued from meeting of October 27, 2016) Community Resources Manager This item will be addressed through the creation of the Volleyball Court Use Policy, to be reviewed by City Council in 2023 (date to be determined) Alternative Fuel Transportation Report, Nov. 2016 Environmental Analyst PENDING NEW ITEMS STATUS / TENTATIVE MEETING DATE Approval of the Municipal Lease Policy Initiated by: Staff Request Jun. 12, 2018 Community Resources Manager Landscape and Street Lighting District Assessment Adjustment (mail-in election authorization) Initiated by: Council Direction Jul. 9, 2019 Public Works Director Council approved $25,000 in the FY 2023-2024 Budget to study the District rates and to consider creating a new supplemental district. The study will seek to address the annual operating deficit, so that no further subsidies from the General Fund or other discretionary funds would be required. The study should include District-related recommendations from the Parks Master Plan, thereby, shifting completion of the study to FY 2024-25. The study is anticipated to take approximately 4 to 6 months to complete pending staff availability. If council agrees to then advance the adjustment, it will need to go to a city-wide ballot in compliance with Proposition 218. Public Records Request Guidelines Initiated by: Staff Request Oct. 14, 2019 City Clerk Emergency Services Municipal Code Chapter 2.56 Update Emergency Management Coordinator Waiting for State to review proposed language changes Return to Council to discuss a full ban on tobacco sales and to include all available data related to other communities who have adopted complete bans Initiated by: Council Direction Jan. 28, 2020 Community Development Director Staff to work with BCHD to consider appropriate timing to return to consider a full ban Consideration of licensing agreement/fees for use of City logo Initiated by: Council Direction Jun. 9, 2020 City Attorney The City will develop a licensing agreement for commercial uses of the City logo as part of a comprehensive Administrative Memorandum (AM) on City Branding and Logo Use by City Staff. City staff will begin drafting the AM after finalizing the City’s style guide and filing its “Intent to Use” trademark application for the City logo with the USPTO. As part of developing a Licensing Agreement for the Commercial Use of the City 837 5 Logo, staff will establish a process for reviewing and handling these requests. This process will likely include the negotiation of royalties and as well as the preparation of a staff report to obtain Council approval to enter into the agreement. Only once after the City receives the issuance of a Notice of Allowance from the USPTO can it begin approving applications for commercial uses of the logo. Follow-up on Mayor’s Pledge Initiated by: Council Direction August 25, 2020 City Manager’s Office/Police Chief City to provide events for the Mayor’s Pledge criteria Ordinance to regulate nuisance Outdoor Lighting Initiated by: Staff Request June 3, 2021 Community Development Director Council referred to Planning Commission at June 2021 meeting, tentatively scheduled for Planning Commission, February 2022 An Ordinance of the City of Hermosa Beach, California, adding Chapter 12.42 to the Hermosa Beach Municipal Code to require property owners to repair the sidewalk area abutting their real property Initiated by: Staff Request June 12, 2021 City Attorney PLAN Hermosa 5-year check-in on milestones (Supported by Massey, Campbell, Armato, Jackson) Initiated by: Council Direction October 26, 2021 Community Development Director/Environmental Program Manager The next update to City Council will be in 2026 Consideration of Non-Profit Grant Program Initiated by: Council Direction March 9, 2022 Deputy City Manager Report on whether the Blue Star Marker Program would be applicable in Hermosa Beach (supported by Detoy, Jackson and Saemann) Initiated by: Council Direction May 23, 2023 Community Resources Manager Staff waiting to hear back from the Hermosa Garden Club Consideration of rules that would govern operation of off-sale alcohol establishments in downtown and consideration of queuing for on -sale alcohol establishments. (supported by Massey, Saemann and Detoy) Initiated by: Council Direction June 13, 2023 Community Development/Police Chief/Deputy City Manager Ordinance to be established to address items Review of Los Angeles Metro C Line (Green) Extension to Torrance (supported by Jackson, Detoy and Francois) Initiated by: Council Direction September 26, 2023 City Manager Information Item: Discussion of the City's COVID-19 requirements for employment and the City's position on the vaccination requirement (supported by Saemann and Francois) Initiated by: Council Direction November 28, 2023 Human Resources Manager/City Manager/City Attorney Information Item: Discussion Regarding the Creation of an Informal Civic Facilities Community Advisory Group (supported by Francois and Saemann) Initiated by: Council Direction February 27, 2024 City Manager This item will return to City Council when the community engagement process is expected to begin. 838